| ORU PATIENT MOVMT |
action |
|
This is the option used to review orders when a patient is discharged or transferred. |
I '$D(ORACTION) D REV^ORCHART(DFN) |
|
| IBTRED BI MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRC PRINT REV WORKSHEET |
action |
|
|
D RW^IBTRC4 |
|
| IBCNSP PERSONAL RIDERS |
action |
|
|
D RIDERS^IBCNSP3 |
|
| IBCNSM PERSONAL RIDERS |
action |
|
|
D RD^IBCNSP3 |
|
| IBDF COMPILE FORM |
action |
|
Allows forms to be compiled into a format that is very fast to print. |
D CMPLACTN^IBDF19 |
|
| IBCNSC INS CO RX CLAIMS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",11," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=41 |
| IBCNS QUIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRC CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBTRC1 |
|
| IBTRV CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBTRV1 |
|
| PRCP CC/IK POSTING MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol allows the user to post specific items used in a case cart or instument kit to the using secondary and patient. |
|
|
| PRCP CC/IK ITEM EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the quantity returned from the secondary inventory point for items contained in a case cart or instrument kit. |
D EDIT^PRCPOPP1 |
|
| PRCP CC/IK REMOVE REUSABLES |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to remove all the reusable items contained in a case cart or instrument kit from the list of items to post. This provides a more compact list of items to post and should be used if all reusable items ordered are returned. |
D REMREUSE^PRCPOPP1 |
|
| PRCP CC/IK REMOVE CC/IK |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to remove a case cart or instument kit from the list of case carts and instrument kits to post. If a case cart or instrument kit is removed from the list, all items contained in the case cart or instrument kit will be removed from the list. |
D REMCCIK^PRCPOPP1 |
|
| PRCP CC/IK POST |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to post the items contained in the case cart or instrument kit to the secondary inventory point and patient. |
D POST^PRCPOPP2 |
|
| PRCP ENTER/EDIT INVENTORY ITEMS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu allows the user to add/edit the inventory item data. |
|
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER CHECK |
action |
|
This protocol will check the items on a distribution order for errors in the inventory point. Errors include, issue and receipt units, available quantity on-hand, etc. |
D CHECKORD^PRCPOPER |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER RELEASE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to release a distribution order for filling by the primary inventory point. |
D RELEASEL^PRCPOPR |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER PROCESSING |
menu |
|
This protocol menu provides the options to generate and post orders from a primary inventory point to a secondary inventory point. |
|
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol will delete the distribution order from the system. |
D ORDRDELM^PRCPOPD |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER ITEM EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add/edit items to the distribution order. |
D EDIT^PRCPOPEE |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER ITEM DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to delete specific items from the distribution order. |
D ITEMDELM^PRCPOPD |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER PICKING TICKET |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to print a picking ticket of the order. Before the picking ticket can be printed, the order must be released. |
D PICKLM^PRCPOPT |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER POSTING |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to post the items on the distribution order to the secondary inventory point. Before the order can be posted, the order must have the picking ticket printed on a printer. |
D POST^PRCPOPP |
|
| PRCP EDIT ITEM DESCRIPTION |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the items descriptive data. |
D DESCRIP^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT COSTING DATA |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the item costing data. |
D COST^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT ISSUE UNITS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the items issue units. |
D ISSUNITS^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT LEVELS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the items levels. |
D LEVELS^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT QUANTITIES |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to make adjustments to the inventory quantity on-hand and total value. |
D QUANTITY^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT DUEINS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the items due-ins. |
D DUEIN^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT SPECIAL PARAMETERS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit special miscellaneous item parameters. |
D SPECIAL^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE17 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| PRCP EDIT SOURCES |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the procurement sources for the item. |
D SOURCES^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT DRUG ACCT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the drug accountability parameters. Before this protocol can be selected, the primary inventory point must be set up as a drug accountability inventory point. |
D DRUGACCT^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT ALL FIELDS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit all item data fields. It is mostly used when adding new items to the inventory point. |
D ALL^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT REMOVE ITEM FROM INVPT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to remove an item from an inventory point. |
D DELETE^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP EDIT SECONDARY ITEMS |
action |
|
This protocol allows primary inventory point users to edit secondary inventory point item data. The secondary inventory point must be defined as a distribution inventory point and the user must be an authorized inventory point user. |
D SECOND^PRCPEIL1 |
|
| PRCP DIST ORDER INV ITEM EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter/edit inventory item data without having to leave the distribution order processing protocol menu and return. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPOPL |
|
| PRCP CHECK ORDER MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu is generated if there are errors which need to be corrected by the user before release and posting of items on a distribution order. |
|
|
| PRCP CHECK ORDER ITEM EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter/edit inventory item data and correct errors on the spot without having to leave the option and return. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPOPER |
|
| PRCP CC/IK EDIT INVENTORY ITEMS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter/edit inventory item data from within the cc/ik protocol menu without having to leave the option and return. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPOPPC |
|
| PRCP CC/IK CHECK ITEMS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu is generated if there are errors which need to be corrected by the user before release and posting of items on a distribution order. |
|
|
| PRCP CC/IK CHECK ITEMS EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter/edit inventory item data and correct errors on the spot without having to leave the option and return. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPOPEC |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY PARAMETERS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the main menu for entering and editing the inventory point parameters. |
|
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT DESCRIPTION |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the inventory descriptive parameters. |
D DESCRIP^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT SPECIAL |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the inventory special parameters. |
D SPECIAL^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT ALL FIELDS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the descriptive, special parameters, inventory user, and mis costing section fields. |
D ALL^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT FCP |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the fund control points assigned to the inventory point. |
D FCP^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT DISTRPTS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the distribution points assigned to the inventory point. |
D DISTRPTS^PRCPENE2 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT MISCOST |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the MIS costing section. |
D MISCOST^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT USERS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to give authorized users access to the inventory point. |
D USERS^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT STOCKEDBY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add/delete inventory points which stock this inventory point. |
D STOCKED^PRCPENE2 |
|
| PRCP INVENTORY EDIT FLAGS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit the inventory flags which include the emergency stock level, automatic purge, and regular whse issues due date. |
D FLAGS^PRCPENE1 |
|
| PRCP PURCHASE ORDER RECEIPT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the main protocol for receiving purchase orders into the inventory point. |
|
|
| PRCP PURCHASE ORDER RECEIVE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to receive the purchase order into the inventory point. |
D RECEIVE^PRCPPOL1 |
|
| PRCP PURCHASE ORDER DIST COST |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to cost items to distribution points for those items which are not stored in the inventory point. |
D DISTCOST^PRCPPOL0 |
|
| PRCP PURCHASE ORDER E/E ITEMS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter/edit inventory item data. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPPOL0 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK POSTING MENU |
menu |
|
This is the top level menu for the protocol to Post the Issue Book from the warehouse to the primary inventory point. |
|
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK E/E ITEMS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to jump to the Enter/Edit Inventory Item data option, change inventory item data, and return to the posting of the issue book. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPWPL0 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK QTY TO REMAIN |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to set the quantity to post to the quantity remaining to post (outstanding quantity) for all line items on the issue book request. |
D REMAIN^PRCPWPL0 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK QTY TO ONHAND |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to set the quantity to post to the current on-hand quantity in the warehouse inventory point. |
D ONHAND^PRCPWPL0 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK QTY TO ENTER |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter the quantity to post for each line item. |
D ENTER^PRCPWPL0 |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE18 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK SHOW NSN |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to include the items NSN on the list manager's list. |
D SHOWNSN^PRCPWPL0 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK CANCEL LINE |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to cancel a line item on the issue book request. |
D CANCEL^PRCPWPL2 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK SUBSTITUTE LINE |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to substitute an item for an ordered item. The line item will be cancelled and a new line item added to the issue book request. |
D SUBST^PRCPWPL1 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK POST |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to post the issue book to the primary inventory point. |
D POST^PRCPWPL3 |
|
| PRCP ISSUE BOOK MAKE FINAL |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to make the issue book a final. |
D FINAL^PRCPWPL2 |
|
| PRCP RECEIVE ISSUE BOOK MENU |
menu |
|
This is the top level menu for the protocol to Receive the Issue Book into the primary inventory point. |
|
|
| PRCP RECEIVE ISSUE BOOK E/E ITEMS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to jump the the Enter/Edit Inventory Item data option, change inventory item data, and return to the receiving of the issue book. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPWPP0 |
|
| PRCP RECEIVE ISSUE BOOK QTY TO ENTER |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to enter the quantity to receive for each line item. |
D ENTER^PRCPWPP0 |
|
| PRCP RECEIVE ISSUE BOOK QTY TO REMAIN |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to set the quantity to receive to the difference between the quantity posted by the warehouse and the quantity received by the primary. |
D REMAIN^PRCPWPP0 |
|
| PRCP RECEIVE ISSUE BOOK RECEIVING |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to receive the issue book into the primary inventory point. |
D RECEIVE^PRCPWPP3 |
|
| PRCP UPLOAD BARCODE DATA MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol controls the barcode upload for physical counts and usage. |
|
|
| PRCP UPLOAD BARCODE E/E ITEMS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to jump to the Enter/Edit Inventory Item data option, change inventory item data, and return to the uploading of barcode data. |
D EEITEMS^PRCPBAL1 |
|
| PRCP UPLOAD BARCODE EDIT QTY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to change the quantities for items which have been uploaded. |
D EDITQTY^PRCPBAL1 |
|
| PRCP UPLOAD BARCODE POST |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to post the uploaded quantities to the inventory point items. |
D POST^PRCPBAL1 |
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SP^IBCNSU2 |
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN LOOKUP |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSJ CHANGE PLAN |
action |
|
|
D CSTP^IBCNSJ2 |
|
| IBCNSJ INACTIVATE PLAN |
action |
|
|
D IA^IBCNSJ1 |
|
| IBCNSC INS CO DELETE COMPANY |
action |
|
|
D ^IBCNSCD |
|
| IBCNSJ EDIT PLAN INFO |
action |
|
|
D PI1^IBCNSP11 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC PLAN DETAIL |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSJ INS CO EDIT COVERAGE LIMITS |
action |
|
|
D CV1^IBCNSJ5 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSJ EDIT COVERAGE LIMITS |
action |
|
|
D CV^IBCNSJ5 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("PLIM"),1) |
| IBCNSC PLAN LIST |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D VP^IBCNSJ5 |
|
| IBCNSJ UPDATE ANNUAL BENEFITS |
action |
|
|
D AB^IBCNSJ5 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSJ INS CO INACTIVATE PLAN |
action |
|
|
D IA^IBCNSJ5 |
|
| IBCNSJ SWITCH PLANS |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBCNSJ5 |
|
| IBCNSJ INS CO PLANS |
action |
|
|
D PL^IBCNSJ5 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSJ PLAN COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D PC^IBCNSJ5 |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE19 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN UR INFO |
action |
|
|
D IT1^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBJP MCCR PARAMETERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT AR ACCOUNT PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT I $G(IBARCOMM) D REBLD^IBJTTA |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTTA",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT AR COMMENT HISTORY MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTTC",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT BILL CHARGES MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTBA",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT BILL DX MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTBB",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT BILL PROCEDURES MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTBC",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT CLAIM SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT S VALMBCK="R" |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT CT/IR COMMUNICATIONS LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTRA",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT INACTIVE LIST SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT NS VIEW AN BEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBCNSA",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT NS VIEW EXP POL MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT S VALMBCK="R" |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBCNSVP",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT NS VIEW INS CO MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT S VALMBCK="R" |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBCNSC",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT PT ELIGIBILITY MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTEA",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJP AUTO BILLING MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJP CLAIMS TRACKING MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJP IB SITE PARAMETER MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT NS PI VIEW PAT INS MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT SHORT MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJP IB SITE PARAMETER EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NXEDIT^IBJPS |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE20 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP CT GENERAL EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CTEDIT^IBJPC(3) |
|
| IBJP CT RANDOM SAMPLE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CTEDIT^IBJPC(2) |
|
| IBJP CT TRACKING EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CTEDIT^IBJPC(1) |
|
| IBJP CT EDIT ALL |
action |
|
|
D CTEDIT^IBJPC(0) |
|
| IBJP IB SITE PARAMETER SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPS |
|
| IBJP CLAIMS TRACKING SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPC |
|
| IBJP AUTO BILLING SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPB |
|
| IBJP AB INPATIENT EDIT |
action |
|
|
D ABEDIT^IBJPB(1) |
|
| IBJP AB GENERAL EDIT |
action |
|
|
D ABGEDIT^IBJPB |
|
| IBJP AB PRESCRIPTION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D ABEDIT^IBJPB(4) |
|
| IBJP AB OUTPATIENT EDIT |
action |
|
|
D ABEDIT^IBJPB(2) |
|
| IBJ EXIT |
action |
|
|
D FASTEXIT^IBJU1 |
|
| IBJT ACTIVE LIST SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $D(IBFASTXT),IBFASTXT>4 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT ACTIVE LIST SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJTLA |
|
| IBJT INACTIVE LIST SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJTLB |
|
| IBJT CLAIM SCREEN ACTIVE |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTLA("IBJT CLAIM INFO") |
|
| IBJT NS VIEW INS CO SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBCNSC") D VI^IBJTNA(0) |
|
| IBJT NS VIEW EXP POL SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBCNSVP") D VP^IBJTNB(0) |
|
| IBJT NS VIEW AN BEN SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBCNSA") D AB^IBJTNB(0) |
|
| IBJT BILL CHARGES SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTBA") D EN^IBJTBA |
|
| IBJT BILL DX SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTBB") D EN^IBJTBB |
|
| IBJT BILL PROCEDURES SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTBC") D EN^IBJTBC |
|
| IBJT AR ACCOUNT PROFILE SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTTA") D EN^IBJTTA |
|
| IBJT CHANGE DATES INACTIVE |
action |
|
|
D CDI^IBJTA1 |
|
| IBJT CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBJTA1 |
|
| IBJT ACTIVE LIST SCREEN SKIP |
action |
|
|
S:'$G(IBNOTPJI) IBFASTXT=4 Q:'$G(IBNOTPJI) D FULL^VALM1 W !!,*7,"This action is not available for the current path into TPJI" S VALMBCK="R" N DIR S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR W ! |
|
| IBJT AR TRANSACTION PROFILE SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTTA("IBJT AR TRANSACTION PROFILE") |
|
| IBJT CLAIM SCREEN INACTIVE |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTLB("IBJT CLAIM INFO") |
|
| IBJT CLAIM SCREEN SKIP |
action |
|
|
S IBFASTXT=3 |
|
| IBJT CHANGE BILL |
action |
|
|
D CB^IBJTA1 |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE21 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBJT PT ELIGIBILITY SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTEA") D EN^IBJTEA |
|
| IBJT CT/IR COMMUNICATIONS LIST SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTRA") D EN^IBJTRA |
|
| IBJT CT/IR REVIEWS/APPEALS SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTRA |
|
| IBJT HS HEALTH SUMMARY |
action |
|
|
D HS^IBJTA1 |
|
| IBJT AR COMMENT HISTORY SCREEN |
action |
|
|
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTTC") D EN^IBJTTC |
|
| IBJT AR TRANSACTION PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT CT/IR REVIEWS/APPEALS MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT NS VIEW EXP POL REDISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D VP^IBJTNB(1) |
|
| IBJT NS VIEW AN BEN REDISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D AB^IBJTNB(1) |
|
| IBJT NS VIEW INS CO REDISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D VI^IBJTNA(1) |
|
| IBJT NS PI VIEW PAT INS SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D VPI^IBJTNC |
|
| IBJT NS PI VIEW AN BEN SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTNC("IBJT NS VIEW AN BEN") |
|
| IBJT NS PI VIEW EXP POL SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTNC("IBJT NS VIEW EXP POL") |
|
| IBJT NS PI VIEW INS CO SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBJTNC("IBJT NS VIEW INS CO") |
|
| IBJT AR COMMENT ADD |
action |
|
|
D ARCA^IBJTA1 |
|
| IBTRE VIEW PAT INS |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRCD1("IBCNS VIEW PAT INS",1) |
|
| PRCO VENDOR REVIEW |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PRCO REVIEW ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D REV^PRCORV1 |
|
| PRCO EDIT VENDOR ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PRCORV1 |
|
| PRCO SEND VRQ |
action |
|
|
D SEND^PRCORV1 |
|
| PRCO DELETE VRQ |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^PRCORV1 |
|
| PRCO PRINT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D PRINT^PRCORV |
|
| SC PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY TEAM INFO |
action |
|
This action allows the user to display team information during the specified date range. |
K SDY S SDALL=1,(SDTYP,SDFLG)=7,GBL="^TMP(""SDPPALL"","_$J_")" D ^SDPPALL |
|
| SC PCMM INPATIENT ACTIVITY |
extended action |
|
This is used to send MailMan messages to practitioners who are currently ADMISSION, TRANSFER, OR DISCHARGE (as appropriate) and yyy is the patient's name and PID. assigned to positions that: o Have been assigned to this patient and the position is defined to receive inpatient messages for the position's patient panel. o Are part of teams that have been assigned to this patient and the position is defined to receive messages for all patients in the team's patient panel. The Messages are labeled 'INPATIENT' xxx 'for' yyy. Here xxx is |
D MAIL^SCMCPM |
|
| SC CLINIC ENROLL/DISCHARGE EVENT DRIVER |
extended action |
|
Generic team event driver to handle the assignment of patients to teams |
|
D EXIT^SCMCEV3 |
| SC TEAM AUTO-ADD |
action |
|
This is the action that adds a patient to a team via the SC TEAM EVENT DRIVER. |
D COMPARE^SCMCEV3(DFN) |
|
| SCMC PATIENT TEAM CHANGES |
extended action |
|
This is fired off whenever the Patient Team Assignment File (#404.42) is SCTMNDAF = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) After SCPTTM = Pointer to Patient Team Assignment (#404.42) SCTMB4 = Pointer to Team (404.51) Before SCTMAF = Pointer to Team (404.51) After Notes: o The 7th piece of the Team File (i.e. $P(SCTMND,U,7)) is a pointer to the institution file. o The 8th piece of the Patient Team Assignment File is the Assignment Type Field (#.08). Its internal value is '1' if it is a primary updated. care assignment. Its value could be either null or '99'. '99' is 'Other'. You can check the variable, SCPCTM (1 or 0) to see if this is a primary care team assignment. Note: Utility: $$INSTPCTM^SCAPMC(DFN,DATE,SCERR) Input: DFN - ien of PATIENT File (#2) DATE - date to check (default=DT) SCERR - error array (default=^TMP("SCERR",$J)) - contains info about bad data. It is only set if there is bad data. Returned: 0 if no Primary Care Team on Date or SC4^Institution Name^SCTM^Team Name SC4 = ien of Institution File SCTM = ien of Team File Available Output Variables: =========================== SCPCTM = 1 if it this is a primary care team assignment, 0 otherwise SCPTTMB4 = 0 Node of Patient Team Assignment (#404.42) Before SCPTTMAF = 0 Node of Patient Team Assignment (#404.42) After SCTMNDB4 = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) Before |
|
|
| SCMC PATIENT TEAM POSITION CHANGES |
extended action |
|
This should be fired off whenever the PATIENT TEAM POSITION ASSIGNMENT Available Variables: ==================== SCPCTP = null or 0 if not a primary care assignment 1 if a primary care practitioner assignment 2 if a primary care attending assignment SCPTTPB4 = 0 Node of Patient Team Position Assignment (#404.43) Before SCPTTPAF = 0 Node of Patient Team Position Assignment (#404.43) After SCTMNDB4 = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) Before SCTMNDAF = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) After SCTPNDB4 = 0 Node of Team Position (#404.57) Before file (#404.43) is updated SCTPNDAF = 0 Node of Team Position (#404.57) After SCPTTP = Pointer to Patient Team Position Assignment (#404.43) SCTPB4 = Pointer to Team Position (404.57) Before SCTPAF = Pointer to Team Position (404.57) After Protocol Name: SCMC Patient Team Position Changes, hang an entry off of this to use this protocol (I do not believe you will be using this one) Description: This should be fired off whenever the PATIENT TEAM POSITION ASSIGNMENT file (#404.43)is updated. |
|
|
| SC DISPLAY TEAM INFO |
action |
|
Display team information for a selected patient. |
D SEL^SCMCU1 S:$G(TDFN)'>0 VALMBCK="R" Q:$G(TDFN)'>0 D EN^VALM("SC TEAM INFORMATION") |
K ^TMP("SCTI",$J),TDFN |
| SCMC PT TEAM CHANGE MAIL MESSAGE |
action |
|
This fires off the MailMan Message for changes to File #404.42. |
D MAIL^SCMCTMM |
|
| SCMC PT POSITION CHANGE MAIL MESSAGE |
action |
|
This fires off the MailMan Message for changes to File #404.43. |
D MAIL^SCMCTPM |
|
| SC ASSIGN PC TEAM ON DISCHARGE |
action |
|
This is called from the patient movement event driver. If the movement is a discharge, and the patient does not have a current or future assignment to a primary care team - it will prompt the user to assign the patient to a primary care team. |
D:'$G(^DPT(DFN,.35)) PCMMDIS^SCMCPM1 |
|
| GMRADGPM MARK CHART |
extended action |
|
This protocol will hang off of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol and for a new admission, a bulletin to mark that patients chart for all of the active allergies will be fired. |
D EN1^GMRADGMV |
|
| GMRAOR ALLERGY ENTER/EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to enter/edit patient allergy/adverse reaction data. |
N DFN S DFN=$S(ORVP[";DPT(":+ORVP,1:0) D:DFN>0 EN2^GMRAPEM0 K GMRAUSER,GMRAOUT |
|
| GMRA SIGN-OFF ON DATA |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction is Signed. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) Variables: NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605, GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. |
|
|
| GMRA VERIFY DATA |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction is Verified. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) Variables: NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605, GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in file 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. |
|
|
| GMRA ENTERED IN ERROR |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction is Entered in Error. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( Variables: DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605, GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. |
|
|
| GMRA MEDWATCH DATA COMPLETE |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction has a MEDWatch form $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) entered. Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long reaction. (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) GMRAPA1 = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.85 (ADVERSE REACTION REPORTING) GMRAPA1(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.85. Below is a description of the data for that node. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 DATE/TIME OF EVENT Date/Time (FileMan format) 2 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 3 QUESTION #1 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 4 QUESTION #2 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 5 QUESTION #3 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 6 QUESTION #4 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 7 QUESTION #5 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 8 NO. DAY HOSPITALIZED Numeric 9 QUESTION #6 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) Variables: 10 QUESTION #7 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 11 QUESTION #8 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 12 DATE MD NOTIFIED Date/Time (FileMan format) 13 OBSERVER Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 14 SEVERITY Set of Codes (1=Mild, 2=Moderate, 3=Severe) 15 RELATED REACTION Pointer to File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in 16 QUESTION #9 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 17 QUESTION #10 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605, GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. |
|
|
| GMRA RECEIVE |
action |
|
Receive a Health Level Seven (HL7) message from the OE/RR package. |
D EN1^GMRAOR4(.XQORMSG) |
|
| IBDF HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF PCE EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol is the event handler attached updated. This protocol ensures that data during data entry through PCE or scheduling flags a manual data entry field in the Form Tracking file. to the PXK VISIT DATA EVENT protocol. In order to determine if all data from encounter forms has been collected it is necessary to flag all printed forms as having data input. If the input is from AICS then the Form Tracking file is automatically updated. If data entry is done through Scheduling or PCE then the form tracking file is not |
D MAN^IBDFPCE |
|
| PXCA DATA EVENT |
extended action |
|
This is the event point invoked by PCE Device Interface Module when it has not found any errors in the data passed to it. This makes the data available to other users of the data including users of any Local data that may be included. |
|
|
| PXK VISIT DATA EVENT |
extended action |
|
This is a Protocol that PIMS can hook onto to find the data that was collected by PCE using List Manager,Scanning etc. PIMS has developed a protocol, SDAM PCE EVENT, which will use the visit related data to do an auto-checkout. |
S PXKSPX=1 |
K PXKSPX |
| IBDF EF QUIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. |
D FASTEXIT^IBDFU3 |
|
| IBDF EF QUEUE PARMS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF EF EDIT QUEUE PARMS |
action |
|
|
D EDT^IBDFPE1 |
|
| IBDF EF ADD QUEUE PARMS |
action |
|
|
D ADD^IBDFPE1 |
|
| IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD1^IBDFCG |
|
| IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF EF PARAMETER GROUP JUMP |
action |
|
|
D JUMP^IBDFPE |
|
| IBDF EF QUEUE PRINT FORMS |
action |
|
|
D ^IBDFQS |
|
| IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP MENU ACTION |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBDFCG |
K IBDFCG I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP JUMP |
action |
|
|
D JUMP^IBDFCG |
|
| IBDF EF QUEUE STATS |
action |
|
|
D STAT^IBDFPE1 |
|
| IBDF EF EXIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
|
| IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBDFCG |
|
| IBDF RESEQUENCE LIST |
action |
|
Allows the list to be resequenced by any subcolumn. |
D SEQUENCE^IBDF4 |
|
| IBDFC ADD FORM TO LIST |
action |
|
Allows a single form to be added to the list for conversion. |
D ADDONE^IBDFC |
|
| IBDFC CONVERSION UTILITY MENU |
menu |
|
Menu for the conversion utility screen. |
|
|
| IBDFC REMOVE FORM FROM LIST |
action |
|
Used to remove a form from the current list of forms to be converted for scanning. |
D REMOVE^IBDFC |
|
| IBDFC MENU FOR CONVERTED FORMS |
menu |
|
Menu for working with the list of converted forms. |
|
|
| IBDFC LIST CONVERTED FORMS |
action |
|
Used to go to the screen that lists all of the converted forms. |
D LIST^IBDFC1 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF EF HELP SPEC INST |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBDFHLP |
|
| IBDF EF HELP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDFC CONVERT LISTED FORMS |
action |
|
Converts all the forms on the list. The original forms are left unchanged. The forms are copied, the copied form is renamed with a CNV. prefix, and it is the copy that is converted. |
D CNVTLIST^IBDFC |
|
| IBDFC VIEW SCANNING WARNINGS |
action |
|
Allows the potential problems discovered durring the conversion process to be viewed. |
D WARNINGS^IBDFC1 |
|
| IBDFC REPLACE IN CLINICS |
action |
|
Used to substitute the converted forms for the original forms in the clinics. |
D REPLACE^IBDFC3 |
|
| IBDF PRINT FORM DEFINITION |
action |
|
Allows the information in the Form Definition table to be printed. This is the information used form scanning. |
D FORMDEF^IBDFC4 |
|
| IBDFC DELETE CONVERTED FORM |
action |
|
Allows a form listed in the conversion log to be deleted if it is not in use. |
D DELFORM^IBDFC1 |
|
| IBDFC PURGE CONVERSION LOG |
action |
|
Allows the log to be purged. |
D PURGE^IBDFC1 |
|
| IBDF EF TASK INTERUPT |
action |
|
|
S IBDFSTOP=1 D STAT^IBDFPE1 |
K IBDFSTOP |
| IBDF UTIL PRIMARY PROTOCOL |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF UTIL JUMP |
action |
|
|
D JUMP^IBDFUTL2 |
|
| IBDF UTIL CHANGE LIST |
action |
|
|
S IBDF1=1 D CHGLST^IBDFUTL2 |
K IBDF1 |
| IBDF UTIL DELETE FROM SELECTION LIST |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBDFUTL2 |
|
| IBDF UTIL COMPLETE INVALID LIST |
action |
|
|
D START^IBDFLST |
|
| IBDF UTIL COMPLETE LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF UTIL INVALID CODES JUMP |
action |
|
|
D JUMP^IBDFLST |
|
| IBDF UTIL REPLACE CODE |
action |
|
|
D REPLACE^IBDFUTL3 |
|
| IBDF QUICK SELECTION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D ^IBDFQSL |
|
| IBDF QUICK EDIT ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF QUICK ACTION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF QUICK ACTION DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF QUICK ACTION ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADDSLCTN^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF QUICK ACTION ADD BLANK |
action |
|
|
D ADDBLANK^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF QUICK ACTION FORMAT GROUP |
action |
|
|
D FORMAT^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF QUICK GROUP ADD |
action |
|
|
D GROUPADD^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF QUICK SELECTION EDIT 2ND SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EDITBLK^IBDFQSL,IDXFORM^IBDF5A() |
|
| IBDF FT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF FT STATISTICS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBDFST |
|
| IBDF FT STATS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF FT STATUS SELECT |
action |
|
|
D START^IBDFSS,EN^IBDFSS |
|
| IBDF FT STATUS SELECT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF QUICK GRP COPY |
action |
|
|
D ^IBDFGRP |
D INIT^IBDFQSL1 S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBDF QUICK GRP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF QUICK GROUP COPY SELECTION |
action |
|
|
D GRPCOPY^IBDFGRP |
|
| IBDF QUICK GRP DELETE |
action |
|
|
D GRPDEL^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF FT CHANGE LIST |
action |
|
|
S IBDF1=1 D CHGLST^IBDFFT |
K IBDF1 |
| IBDF QUICK EDIT GRP |
action |
|
|
D GRPEDIT^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBDFCG |
|
| IBDF EF DELETE QUEUE PARMS |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBDFPE1 |
|
| PSJ OR PAT OE |
protocol |
|
This protocol allows the entry of Unit Dose and non-fluid IV orders through the Order Entry/Results Reporting package. This protocol assumes that the patient has been selected prior to this protocol being selected. |
D ^PSJORA |
|
| PSJU OR PAT PR |
action |
|
This allows a user to print to any device a profile (list) of a patient's Unit Dose orders for the patient's current or last (if patient has been discharged) admission. If the user's terminal is selected as the printing device, this option will allow the user to select any of the printed orders to be shown in complete detail, including the activity logs, if any. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
D ENOR^PSGPR |
|
| PSJ OR PAT MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This contains Inpatient (Unit Dose and IV) Medications reports for use with the OE/RR package. These reports assume that the patient has been selected prior to the protocol being selected. |
|
|
| PSJI OR PAT PR |
action |
|
This will allow a patient's IV profile to be sent to a printer. With each profile printed, a view of each order within the profile can also be printed. This protocol assumes that a patient has been selected prior to this protocol being selected. |
D ENOR^PSIVPR |
|
| PSJU OR VBW |
action |
|
This allows the user to verify (or take other actions) on non-verified Unit Dose orders for patients. If the user is a pharmacist, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a pharmacist for a ward group, ward, or single patient, as the user chooses. If the user is a nurse, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a nurse. If the user is ward staff, this protocol will show patients with orders not verified by a nurse, but not allow any action to be taken. |
D ^PSGVBW |
|
| PSJ OR MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This contains Inpatient (Unit Dose and IV) Medications reports that may be run by ward personnel through the OE/RR package. |
|
|
| PSJU OR AP-1 |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a profile of patients' active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. |
D ^PSGAP |
|
| PSJU OR AP-2 |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a profile of patients' active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. |
D ^PSGCAP |
|
| PSJU OR 7D MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print selected patients' Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a seven day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). |
D EN7^PSGMMAR |
|
| PSJU OR 14D MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print selected patients' Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a fourteen day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). |
D EN14^PSGMMAR |
|
| PSJU OR PAT AP-1 |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a profile of a patient's active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
D ENOR^PSGAP |
|
| PSJU OR PAT AP-2 |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a profile of a patient's active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
D ENOR^PSGCAP0 |
|
| PSJU OR PAT VBW |
action |
|
This allows the user to verify (or take other actions) on non-verified Unit Dose orders for a patient. If the user is a pharmacist, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a pharmacist for a selected patient. If the user is a nurse, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a nurse. If the user is ward staff, this protocol will show the patient's orders not verified by a nurse, but not allow any action to be taken. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
D ENOR^PSGVBW |
|
| PSJU OR PAT DS |
action |
|
This gives the physician and/or Outpatient Pharmacy a report of the active Unit Dose medications for a patient about to be discharged or transferred to Authorized Absence, and allows the physician to mark the appropriate action deemed necessary for each medication. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
D ENOR^PSGDS |
|
| PSJ OR PAT PR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print Inpatient Medications orders for a selected patient. This protocol assumes that the patient has already been selected. |
S:'$G(PSGP)&(+$G(ORVP)) PSGP=+ORVP Q:'$D(PSGP) D ENOR^PSJPR(PSGP) |
K PSGP |
| PSJU OR DS |
action |
|
This gives the physician and/or Outpatient Pharmacy a report of the active Unit Dose medications for patients about to be discharged or transferred to Authorized Absence, and allows the physician to mark the appropriate action deemed necessary for each medication. |
D ^PSGDS |
|
| PSJU OR PR |
action |
|
This allows a user to print to any device a profile (list) of patients' Unit Dose orders for the patient's current or last (if patient has been discharged) admission. If the user's terminal is selected as the printing device, this protocol will allow the user to select any of the printed orders to be shown in complete detail, including the activity logs, if any. The user may print patients' profiles for a single patient, or for an entire ward group or an entire ward. |
D ^PSGPR |
|
| PSJU OR PAT 14D MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a selected patient's Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a fourteen day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
S PSGMARDF=14 D ENOR^PSGMMAR |
|
| PSJU OR PAT 7D MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a selected patient's Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a seven day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
S PSGMARDF=7 D ENOR^PSGMMAR |
|
| PSJ OR PAT PR MENU |
menu |
|
These are Inpatient Medications profiles for use with the OE/RR package. These protocols all assume that the patient has already been selected through the OE/RR package. |
|
|
| PSJ OR PR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print Inpatient Medications orders for selected patients. Profiles can be printed by patient, ward, or ward group. |
D ^PSJPR |
|
| PSJI OR PR |
action |
|
This will allow a patient's IV profile to be sent to a printer. With each profile printed, a view of each order within the profile can also be printed. |
D ^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) D ^PSIVPR,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K J,N2,ORIFN,P17 |
|
| PSJ OR PAT ADT |
action |
|
This takes the appropriate action on a patient's Inpatient Medication orders whenever the patient is Admitted, Discharged, or Transferred (ADT). This is an action protocol to be used within the DG MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. |
D ^PSJADT |
|
| PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE |
protocol |
|
This allows entry of IV fluids orders through OE/RR. This protocol assumes that a patient has been selected prior to this protocol being selected. |
D ^PSIVORA |
|
| PSJI OR PAT HYPERAL OE |
action |
|
This allows limited processing of IV Hyperal orders through OE/RR. |
S ORPK="TESTING ORPK SET" D ^PSIVORH |
|
| PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE MENU |
protocol menu |
|
Placeholder, possible replacement: PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE |
|
|
| PSJ OR PAT OE MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This is a menu that allows the entry of Unit Dose and non-fluid IV orders through OE/RR. This menu should contain the Inpatients Medications order entry protocol and any Inpatient Medications quick order protocols. |
|
|
| PSJQ4 AMY |
protocol |
|
|
D PROCESS^PSJQSET(4) |
|
| PSJQ5 MAI |
protocol |
|
|
D PROCESS^PSJQSET(5) |
|
| VAQ PDX1 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for status screen PDX1 |
|
|
| VAQ DISPLAY PDX |
action |
|
|
D DIS^VAQREQ01 |
|
| VAQ CREATE REQUEST |
action |
|
CALLS REQUEST SCREEN (PDX2) |
D EP^VAQREQ02 |
|
| VAQ PDX2 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for status screen PDX2 |
|
|
| VAQ CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D PAT^VAQREQ02 |
D EXIT^VAQREQ02 |
| VAQ ADD/EDIT REQUEST |
action |
|
ADD/EDIT INFO TO CREATE A PDX REQUEST |
D REQ^VAQREQ02 |
|
| VAQ TRANSMIT REQUEST |
action |
|
TRANSMIT PDX REQUEST, UPDATE TRANSACTION FILE |
D TRAN^VAQREQ02 |
|
| VAQ COPY REQUEST |
action |
|
Allows the users to create multiple entries |
D COPY^VAQREQ02 |
|
| VAQ PDX3 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for manual process PDX activity screen PDX3 |
|
|
| VAQ PROCESS RELEASE |
action |
|
Manual process PDX request, Release |
D REL^VAQEXT02 |
|
| VAQ PROCESS REJECT |
action |
|
Manual process PDX, Reject |
D REJ^VAQEXT02 |
|
| VAQ PDX4 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for manual process screen PDX4 |
|
|
| VAQ PROCESS MANUAL |
action |
|
This option allows the user to select the PDX to manually process |
D PM^VAQEXT04 |
|
| VAQ PDX5 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for status screen PDX5 |
|
|
| VAQ LOAD EDIT |
action |
|
|
D LED^VAQLED01 |
|
| VAQ PDX6 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for status screen PDX6 |
|
|
| VAQ LOAD DATA |
action |
|
LOADS ALL FIELDS IN DATA SEGMENT TO THE LOCAL PATIENT FILE |
D LOAD^VAQLED02 |
|
| VAQ LOAD FIELD |
action |
|
LOADS THE FIELD OR FIELDS SELECTED TO THE LOCAL DATA BASE |
D FIELD^VAQLED02 |
|
| VAQ PDX8 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for possiable matches screen |
|
|
| VAQ DUPLICATE |
action |
|
|
D SEL^VAQLED03 |
|
| VAQ PDX7 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for update screen PDX7 |
|
|
| VAQ ADD PATIENT |
action |
|
ADDS PATIENT TO LOCAL DATA BASE |
D ADD^VAQLED07 |
|
| VAQ DIS1 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for display screen DIS1 |
|
|
| VAQ PDX9 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for display screen PDX9 |
|
|
| VAQ DISPLAY SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^VAQDIS11 |
|
| VAQ PDX11 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for segment screen PDX11 |
|
|
| VAQ DIS SELECTED SEGMENT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^VAQDIS15 |
|
| VAQ DIS ALL SEGMENT |
action |
|
|
D ALL^VAQDIS15 |
|
| VAQ PDX12 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for data display screen PDX12 |
|
|
| VAQ NEW PATIENT |
action |
|
Allows the users to a new patient in the database |
D NEW^VAQLED03 |
|
| VAQ DISPLAY BY REQUESTOR |
action |
|
|
D SEL^VAQDIS12 |
|
| VAQ PDX10 (MENU) |
menu |
|
display custom options to user for display screen PDX9 |
|
|
| DVBA DISCHARGE TYPES (MENU) |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM("B")="AL" |
|
| DVBA C&P SCHD EVENT |
action |
|
AMIE C&P appointment processing protocol. This protocol is executed from the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol as an Item. It asks a series of questions to any user making a C&P appointment. It's purpose is to provide a tracking mechanism between AMIE 2507 exams and C&P appointments. |
D ^DVBCSDEV |
|
| DVBA ADD DISCHARGE TYPE |
action |
|
|
D ADD^DVBALD |
|
| DVBA DELETE DISCHARGE TYPES |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^DVBALD |
|
| DVBA CREATE DISCHARGE TYPE LIST |
action |
|
|
D CREATE^DVBALD |
|
| DVBA ACCEPT DISCHARGE TYPES |
action |
|
/// |
D ACCEPT^DVBALD |
|
| SR SURGERY REQUEST |
protocol |
|
This protocol allows the entry and editing of operation requests through OE/RR. |
D EN^SROERR |
K SRSITE,^TMP($J,"SRCUSS") |
| DVB ADMISSION HINQ |
action |
|
|
D EVENT^DVBHT2 |
Q |
| IBDF FT DELETE |
action |
|
Allows for deleting of Forms Tracking Entries that are not associated with an appointment. |
D DELFT^IBDFDEA |
|
| VSIT PATIENT STATUS |
extended action |
|
This option is called from the EVENT DRIVER (DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS) when a patient is admitted or discharged or an admission or discharge is edited. The visits for that patient are updated with inpatient or outpatient status based upon the admission and discharge dates. |
D EN^VSITSTAT |
|
| PXK SDAM TO V-FILES |
action |
|
Populates the V-Provider file based on the Provider identified by MAS clerks in the PIMS Check-out process. The V-Provider entry will only be created if the PIMS Check-out process has the Visit entry that the V-Provider entry should be related to. This protocol should be attached to the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS Protocol. |
D EN1^PXKCO |
|
| PXCE ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows you to edit existing encounters or add one or more of the following: measurements, providers, problems treated at visit, CPT procedures, immunizations, skin tests, patient education, exams, health factors or treatments. You may also select an encounter to update by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt. |
D GETVIEN^PXCEAE,EN^PXCEAE |
D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE ADD/EDIT DISPLAY BRIEF |
action |
|
This action allows you to display a summarized profile of the selected patient encounter. |
S VALMBG=1,PXCEAEVW="B" D BUILD^PXCEAE1(PXCEVIEN,PXCEAEVW,"^TMP(""PXCEAE"",$J)","^TMP(""PXCEAEIX"",$J)") |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE ADD/EDIT DISPLAY DETAIL |
action |
|
This action allows you to expand the display to include all available information related to the encounter, including the encounter date and time, the patient name, the hospital location and the workload credit stop. |
S VALMBG=1,PXCEAEVW="D" D BUILD^PXCEAE1(PXCEVIEN,PXCEAEVW,"^TMP(""PXCEAE"",$J)","^TMP(""PXCEAEIX"",$J)") |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE ADD/EDIT HIDDEN |
menu |
|
This is the menu of hidden actions of the Update Encounter screen. |
|
|
| PXCE ADD/EDIT KNOWN ENCOUNTER |
action |
|
THIS PROTOCOL IS CALLED BY ANOTHER PROTOCOL Use this action to add new items or edit items about a patient encounter. |
I $G(PXCEVIEN)>0,$D(^AUPNVSIT(PXCEVIEN,0))#2 D EN^PXCEAE |
D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE ADD/EDIT MENU |
menu |
|
This is the protocol menu of actions on the Update Encounter screen. |
|
|
| PXCE ADD/EDIT PATIENT CHANGE |
action |
|
This action allows selection of a new patient without returning to the "Appointment List" or "Encounter List" screen. After you select a new patient, a current list of appointments or encounters will be displayed for the selected patient. Enter the name in one of the standard formats: LASTNAME,FIRSTNAME LASTNAME, FIRST INITIAL First letter of last name + last 4 digits of SSN |
D NEWPAT2^PXCEPAT |
Q |
| PXCE BLANK 1 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE BLANK 2 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE BLANK 3 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE CHANGE HOSPITAL LOCATION |
action |
|
This action allows you to change the list of encounters based on the hospital location. If the list includes encounters for all locations, and a list for a specific location is desired, you may select a new location. The list will be redisplayed with encounters that relate to the new location. |
D NEWHLOC^PXCENEW |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE CPT ADD |
action |
|
The action allows you to add/edit CPT coded procedures for a patient encounter. Additional information related to the CPT code may also be entered. This information may include: provider information, provider narrative, quantity, and diagnosis. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("CPT") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE DATE CHANGE |
action |
|
This action allows you to change the date range used for displaying encounters or appointments. You may change the beginning and/or ending date. |
D NEWDATE^PXCEDATE |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE DELETE V-FILE |
action |
|
This action allows you to delete any item associated with an encounter, including providers, CPT codes, diagnoses, exams, immunizations, etc. You may delete one item, several items separated by commas, or a range of items separated by a hyphen. |
D DEL^PXCEAE |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE DISPLAY DETAIL |
action |
|
This action allows you to expand the display to include all available information related to the encounter, including the encounter date and time, the patient name, the hospital location and the workload credit stop. |
I $D(^TMP("VALM DATA",$J,VALMEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") |
S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R" |
| PXCE EDIT V-FILE |
action |
|
This action allows you to edit an entry for a selected encounter. You may edit one item, several items separated by commas, or a range of items separated by a hyphen. You may also edit entries by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt. |
D EDIT^PXCEAE |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE ENCOUNTER EDIT |
action |
|
This action displays encounter information related to the encounter, including the Encounter Date and Time, the Check Out Date and Time, the Evaluation and Management code, the Service Connected Status, Agent Orange Exposure, Ionizing Radiation Exposure, and Persian Gulf Exposure. If this is a main encounter, you may edit the Check Out Date and Time, the Evaluation and Management code and Service Connected. |
S PXCEFIEN=+^TMP("PXCEAEIX",$J,1) D EN^PXCEVFIL($S($P(^AUPNVSIT(+PXCEFIEN,0),"^",7)="E":"HIST",1:"VST")) |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE ENCOUNTER LIST |
action |
|
This action allows you to change the display from a list of appointments for this patient to a list of encounters for this patient. |
S $P(PXCEVIEW,"^",2)="V" S PXCECONT=1 Q |
|
| PXCE EXAM ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to add an exam for the patient. You may enter additional information related to the exam such as the results of the exam, provider information and comments. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("XAM") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE HEALTH FACTORS ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to add/edit a Health Factor for a patient encounter. You may also add additional information such as Level/Severity and Comments. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("HF") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE HOSPITAL LOCATION VIEW |
action |
|
This action allows you to change the display of appointments or encounters based on a clinic. For example, if your current list includes all appointments for a specified date range for the selected patient, and you want to display all appointments for a specific clinic, you may use this action to change the display to include appointments or encounters for the desired clinic. |
D NEWHOSL^PXCENEW |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE IMMUNIZATION ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to add an immunization for a patient encounter. You may also add additional information such as the encounter provider, the series (optional), reaction, date and time, and ordering provider. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("IMM") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE SDAM LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This action allows you to change which appointments will be displayed based on their status of the appointments. For example, you may change the display to list cancelled, checked in, checked out, future appointments, inpatient appointments, appointment where no action has been taken, non count appointments, no show appointments or all appointments. |
D FULL^VALM1 S XQORM(0)="1A" |
S:'$D(VALMBCK) VALMBCK="" D EXIT^PXCESDAM |
| PXCE MAIN HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This is the hidden actions for the PCE Encounter List display. |
|
|
| PXCE MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Encounter List display. |
|
|
| PXCE NEW ENCOUNTER |
extended action |
|
This action allows you to add a new encounter for a patient. |
S PXCEVIEN="" D SDSALONE^PXCEPAT D:$G(PXCEPAT)>0 EN^PXCEVFIL("SIT") |
|
| PXCE PATIENT CHANGE |
action |
|
This action allows you to change the display of encounters based on the patient. If you select a new patient, the display will include encounters or appointments for the selected patient. |
D NEWPAT^PXCEPAT |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE PATIENT ED ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to add an education topic to indicate that the patient received education. Additional information such as level of understanding, encounter provider, and ordering provider may also be added. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("PED") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE POV ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to add/edit an ICD coded diagnosis for a patient encounter. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("POV") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE PROVIDER ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to enter or edit one or more providers for an encounter. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("PRV") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE QUIT |
action |
|
This action allows you to exit the PCE Update Encounter screen and return to the Appointment or Encounter List screen. |
D CHECK^PXCEVFI5 Q:PXCEEXIT |
D:'PXCEEXIT DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE QUIT COMPLETELY |
action |
|
This action allows you to exit PCE and return to your menu. |
K PXCEVIEW,PXCECONT Q |
|
| PXCE SDAM DISPLAY DETAIL |
action |
|
This action expands the display to include all available information related to one encounter for a selected appointment. |
I $D(^TMP("VALM DATA",$J,VALMEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") |
S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R" |
| PXCE SDAM EXPAND |
action |
|
This action allows you to display all the patient demographics and appointment event log items that have been entered for a selected patient appointment. This action displays information from the Scheduling package and not from PCE. |
D EN^SDAMEP |
S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R" |
| PXCE SDAM LIST |
action |
|
This action allows you to change your view from a list of existing encounters to a list of appointments. |
S $P(PXCEVIEW,"^",2)="A",PXCECONT=1 K:PXCEVIEW["P" PXCEHLOC Q |
|
| PXCE SDAM MENU |
menu |
|
This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Appointment List screen. |
|
|
| PXCE SDAM UPDATE ENCOUNTER |
action |
|
This action allows you to edit an encounter that is associated with an appointment. You may also edit additional information such as provider, diagnosis, procedure, treatment, measurement, immunization, skin test, patient education, exams, and treatments. You may also edit an encounter that is associated with an appointment by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt. |
D SEL^PXCESDAM |
D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE SKIN TEST ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to enter a skin test or skin test code. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("SK") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE TREATMENT ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to record one or more treatments for a patient encounter. A treatment is a procedure that can not be associated with a CPT code. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("TRT") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXK CPT-SCH TO V-CPT |
action |
|
This will only be connected to the protocol that is used by scheduling Redesign to transfer prodecures from the scheduling file to the V-CPT file along with associated diagnosis and provider. |
D EN1^PXSCH1 |
|
| PXCE GMRP REVIEW SCREEN |
extended action |
|
This protocol can be added to the PCE menu protocols, PXCE MAIN MENU and PXCE SDAM MENU, to allow the user of PCE's user interface to go to Progress Notes without leaving the interface. |
D FULL^VALM1,JUSTDFN^PXCEPAT S:$G(DFN)'>0 XQORQUIT=1 |
D JUSTDFNK^PXCEPAT,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE GMTS HS ADHOC |
extended action |
|
This protocol can be added to the PCE menu protocols, PXCE MAIN MENU and PXCE SDAM MENU, to allow the user of PCE's user interface to go to Health Summary without leaving the interface. |
D FULL^VALM1,JUSTDFN^PXCEPAT S:$G(DFN)'>0 XQORQUIT=1 |
D JUSTDFNK^PXCEPAT,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE GMPL OE DATA ENTRY |
extended action |
|
This protocol can be added to the PCE menu protocols, PXCE MAIN MENU and PXCE SDAM MENU, to allow the user of PCE's user interface to go to Problem List without leaving the interface. |
D FULL^VALM1,JUSTDFN^PXCEPAT S:$G(DFN)'>0 XQORQUIT=1 |
D JUSTDFNK^PXCEPAT,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE BLANK PL |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE BLANK PN |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE BLANK HS |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE BLANK 4 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE ADD/EDIT INTERVIEW |
action |
|
This action allows you to go through the interview questions for this encounter. |
D UPDATENC^PXCEINTR |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PXCE SDAM INTERVIEW |
action |
|
This action allows you to go through the interview questions for an encounter that is associated with an appointment. You may also edit additional information such as provider, diagnosis, and procedure. You may also edit an encounter that is associated with an appointment by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt or using the Update Encounter. |
D SDINTRVW^PXCEINTR("INTV") |
D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE INTERVIEW |
action |
|
This action allows you to go through the interview questions for an encounters. You may also edit additional information such as provider, diagnosis, and procedure. You may also select an encounter to update by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt or by using the Update Encounter. |
D INTRVIEW^PXCEINTR |
D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE HISTORICAL ENCOUNTER |
extended action |
|
Record an old encounter or an encounter at a different facility even on VA facilities. |
S PXCEVIEN="" D NEWENC^PXCEHELP D:Y EN^PXCEVFIL("HIST") |
|
| PXCE CHANGE CLINIC STOP |
action |
|
This action allows you to change the display of encounters based on the credit stop. You may select from the following credit stop views: (M) Main Encounter Only; (A) All Encounters; or (O) One Clinic Stop. If you select "M", ony the main encounters will be displayed. If you select "A", all encounters will be displayed. If you select "O", you will be prompted to specify a Clinic Stop. |
D NEWCLST^PXCENEW |
D DONE^PXCE |
| PXCE BLANK SELECT NEW PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PXCE SDAM STANDALONE |
extended action |
|
This action allows you to add a new encounter for a patient. |
D SDSALONE^PXCEPAT S PXCEVIEN=$$VISITLST^PXAPI($G(PXCEPAT),PXCEDBEG,PXCEDEND,$G(PXCEHLOC),"OP",-1,"A") D:PXCEVIEN="A" EN^PXCEVFIL("SIT") |
D SDKALONE^PXCEPAT |
| SDAM PCE EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol is the event handler attached to the PXK VISIT DATA EVENT protocol. The protocol processes scheduled appointment check out data made available by this PCE event point. PCE currently obtains this check out data from MCCR data capture pilots and also a manual entry module within the PCE package. To allow processing of the other items attached to PXK VISIT DATA EVENT as a TaskMan job, the call to EN^SDPCE was moved to EVENT^PXKMAIN in patch PX*1*211. |
;D EN^SDPCE |
|
| SDAM CPT |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update the procedures associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. |
D CO^SDCOAM("CPT","procedure") |
|
| SDCO CPT |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update the procedures associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. |
D EN^SDCO9 |
|
| FB BATCH STATUS |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="BS" D ^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| FB INVOICE DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="INV" D ^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| FB DISPLAY VENDOR |
action |
|
|
D DV^FBPHON2 |
|
| FB LIST BATCH |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="BT" D ^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| FB DISPLAY AUTHORIZATION |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="DA" D ^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| FB PHONE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| FB CHANGE VENDOR |
action |
|
|
D CV^FBPHON2 |
|
| FB CHANGE VETERAN |
action |
|
|
D CP^FBPHON2 |
|
| FB DISPLAY CHECK |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="DC" D ^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| FB EXPAND VIEW |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="EV" D ^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| FB CPT DESCRIPTION |
action |
|
|
S FBPR="CD" D EN^FBPHON2 |
K FBPR |
| RA OERR EXAM |
protocol |
|
This option is used to link the Rad/Nuc Med Package with the Order Entry Package (OE/RR) being developed by the Salt Lake City ISC. |
D ^RAORR |
|
| RA OERR PROFILE |
action |
|
This action protocal is used in OE/RR for reporting results of radiology and nuclear medicine reports. |
Q:'$D(ORVP) S RADFN=+ORVP,RAHEAD="**** RAD/NUC MED PATIENT EXAMS ****" S (RAF1,RAREPORT)=1 D ^RAPTLU Q:X["^"!'$D(RADUP) D OERR^RAORDQ |
K RAF1,RAREPORT D READ^ORUTL |
| RA OERR DEFAULT PROTOCOL |
protocol |
|
|
D ^RAORR |
|
| RA ORDERABLE ITEM UPDATE |
extended action |
|
Invoked whenever a single Radiology/Nuc Med procedure is added or edited. and Radiology/Nuclear Medicine V4.5 have been installed at a site. This protocol is NOT used for this initial population. Instead, function calls are used in this one-time event. Creates an HL7 message array containing all data associated with the procedure. The triggering event may be an add/edit of an entry in the Rad/Nuc Med Procedure file (which can change any data item related to a procedure), or an add/edit of the Rad/Nuc Med Common Procedure file (which only affects the Common Order Flag of the ZRA segment). An initial, one-time only population of the OE/RR Orderable file with Rad/Nuc Med procedures will occur at the point in time when both OE/RR V3 |
|
K:$L($G(RAVARBLE)) @RAVARBLE,RAVARBLE |
| RA EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
Invoked when a request is created or changed by the Radiology/Nuclear Medicine package (the "backdoor") and the data is passed to the Order Entry package, Version 3.0 or greater. |
|
K:$L($G(RAVARBLE)) @RAVARBLE,RAVARBLE |
| RA RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN1^RAO7RO(.XQORMSG) |
|
| RA REG |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is registered. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, ORC, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. |
Q |
|
| RA CANCEL |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is cancelled. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, ORC, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of cancellation, procedure modifiers, patient allergies and clinical history. |
Q |
|
| RA RPT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine report enters into a status of Verified or Released/Not Verified. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains relevant information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers, diagnostic code, interpreting physician, impression text and report text. |
Q |
|
| IVM MEANS TEST EVENT |
extended action |
|
Center. This event will be called each time a means test is added, edited, or deleted. It will check two things: 1) If the means test meets IVM criteria for tranmsission, it will send demographic and income information to the IVM Center. 2) If the IVM Center has already received data about the patient for the means test year, updated information will be sent to the IVM |
D ^IVMPMTE |
|
| IVM INSURANCE EVENT |
extended action |
|
This event will be called when patient insurance policy data is added, that patient's Means Test data is queued for transmission. edited, or deleted. Two checks are performed: 1) If the insurance status of an active IVM patient has changed since that patient's Means Test data was last transmitted to the IVM Center, the data will be queued for re-transmission. 2) If the patient is Category C, has no active case record, and does not have active insurance, a case record is added and |
D ^IVMPINS |
|
| IBAMTV REV PASS CHARGE |
action |
|
|
D PC^IBAMTV32 |
|
| IBAMTV REV IND CHARGES |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBAMTV REV CANC CHARGE |
action |
|
|
D CC^IBAMTV32 |
|
| IBAMTV SEL PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D SP^IBAMTV31 |
|
| IBAMTV REV PATIENT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IVMLS PURGE SSN |
action |
|
This protocol will be used by the IVM SSN Update utility to purge an entry on the list if the user feels it is not appropriate. |
D PU^IVMLSU2 |
|
| IVMLS UPLOAD SSN |
action |
|
This protocol may be used to upload an SSN from the list of suggested SSN received back from the Social Security Administration (SSA). |
D UP^IVMLSU2 |
|
| IVMLS SSN UPLOAD |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the activities allowed when updating IVM information using the Upload IVM Data option. |
|
|
| IVMLI DISPLAY ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D DE^IVMLINS1 |
|
| IVMLI INSURANCE UPLOAD |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IVMLD SELECT UPLOADABLE |
action |
|
|
D UD^IVMLDEM1 |
|
| IVMLD DEMO UPLOAD |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IVMLD UPLOADABLE DEMO |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IVMLD UPLOAD FIELDS |
action |
|
|
D UF^IVMLDEM4 |
|
| IVMLD SELECT NON-UPLOADABLE |
action |
|
|
D ND^IVMLDEM1 |
|
| IVMLD DELETE FIELDS |
action |
|
|
D DF^IVMLDEM4 |
|
| IVMLD SELECT HELP |
action |
|
|
D EN^IVMLDEM5 |
|
| IVMLD NON-UPLOADABLE FIELDS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IVMLI SELECT HELP |
action |
|
|
D EXHLP^IVMLINS5 |
|
| SCDX AMBCARE EVENT |
action |
|
This is the ambcare event handler that will hang off of the Scheduling event driver. It will monitor the events that are happening and populate the necessary Ambcare files in the case of new encounters, edits or deletes to existing encounters. |
D EN^SCDXHLDR |
|
| SCDX AMBCARE SEND SERVER FOR ADT-Z00 |
event driver |
|
HL7 server protocol for the sending of batch ADT-Z00 messages by the Ambulatory Care Reporting Project. These batch messages will contain ADT-A08 & ADT-A23 messages as required and used by the National Patient Care Databse. |
|
|
| SCDX AMBCARE SEND CLIENT FOR ADT-Z00 |
subscriber |
|
HL7 client protocol for the sending of batch ADT-Z00 messages by the Ambulatory Care Reporting Project. These batch messages will contain ADT-A08 & ADT-A23 messages as required and used by the National Patient Care Databse. |
|
|
| GMPL HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains the List Manager functions relevant to the operation of the Problem List application; it is accessible from any "Select Action" prompt by entering "??". |
|
|
| GMPL PROBLEM LIST |
menu |
|
This menu uses the List Manager utility to display a patient's problem list with data relevant to the needs of a clinician. Various actions may be taken here such as adding, removing, editing, inactivating, and appending comments; the user may also see a detailed display of selected problem(s) or change which problems appear on the displayed view of the list. A new patient's list may be selected or a printout of the list generated. |
|
|
| GMPL DATA ENTRY |
menu |
|
This menu uses the List Manager utility to display a patient's problem list with data relevant to the needs of a clinic or billing clerk. Various actions may be taken here such as adding, removing, editing, and printing problems. |
|
|
| GMPL DT MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions available for navigating the problems selected to review in the "Detailed Display" action. The user may go on to the next selected problem when finished reviewing, or exit and return to the problem list. |
|
|
| GMPL EDIT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is for use with the List Manager utility, to display the current editable values of the selected problem entry in a list format for editing. |
|
|
| GMPL USER PREFS |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions allowing a user to change his/her preferred view of patient problem lists. A set of services may be defined here that will be used as a default screen when displaying patient problem lists for this user; the view may be changed dynamically within the Problem List application through the "Change View" action, but it will not be stored as a new default unless updated here. |
|
|
| GMPL LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is for use with the List Manager utility, to display the user's preferred list of commonly seen problems to facilitate selection and addition to the patient's problem list. |
|
|
| GMPL MENU BUILD LIST |
menu |
|
This menu allows the creation of lists of problems, to facilitate selecting a new problem to add to a patient's problem list. Problems are added or removed in categories, which may also be ordered or titled for clarity. |
|
|
| GMPL MENU BUILD GROUP |
menu |
|
This menu allows the creation of categories of problems, to facilitate selecting a new problem to add to a patient's problem list. Categories may then be linked together to form lists, in which they may be ordered and titled. Categories may be reused in multiple lists, as well. |
|
|
| GMPL CODE LIST |
menu |
|
This menu uses the List Manager utility to display all of a patient's problems with data relevant to a billing clerk/coder. Only the ICD code may be edited, but a detailed display of all information stored about a problem is available to facilitate the assignment of a code. |
|
|
| GMPL NEW PROBLEM |
action |
|
This action will allow the addition of a new entry to a patient's problem list. The user will be asked to select a term from the Clinical Lexicon Utility describing the problem, and to enter other relevant information. |
D ADD^GMPL |
|
| GMPL EDIT REFORMULATE |
action |
|
This action allows limited reformulation of the current problem. If new problem text is entered, the narrative is passed to the Clinical Lexicon Utility to find a match; both the user's narrative and the new Clinical term will be stored, as with a new problem entry. If the new problem selected from the CLU is already an entry on the patient's list, the user will be alerted. |
D TERM^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL ANNOTATE |
action |
|
This action will append a brief comment(s) to a problem entry, up to 200 characters in length. |
D NOTES^GMPL |
|
| GMPL DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
This action will present an expanded display of each problem selected from the patient's problem list. All available information will be shown, including comments by all authors and an audit trail of changes made to the problem. |
D EXPAND^GMPL |
|
| GMPL PATIENT |
action |
|
This allows selection of a new patient from within the Problem List application; a new list will be generated and displayed for review. |
D NEWPAT^GMPLMGR1 |
|
| GMPL PRINT |
action |
|
This action allows printing a copy of the problem list, either the currently displayed view (which may be abbreviated) or the complete list in chartable format. |
D EN^GMPLPRNT |
|
| GMPL INACTIVATE |
action |
|
This action allows a problem to be inactivated. |
D STATUS^GMPL |
|
| GMPLX BLANK1 |
action |
|
Blank placeholder for menu actions. |
Q |
|
| GMPLX BLANK2 |
action |
|
Blank placeholder for menu actions. |
Q |
|
| GMPL EDIT PROBLEM |
action |
|
This option allows editing of select fields of a problem entry; all changes made to a patient's problem are recorded in the Problem Audit file. A problem is selected, and control is transferred to the List Manager and GMPL EDIT MENU protocol. |
D EDIT^GMPL |
|
| GMPL DELETE |
action |
|
This action will remove an entry from a patient's problem list; the problem is not physically deleted from the file, but flagged as "removed" and, except for historical purposes, generally ignored. |
D DELETE^GMPL |
|
| GMPL EDIT PROVIDER |
action |
|
This action allows the entry/editing of the primary provider of care for this problem. |
D PROV^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL EDIT SAVE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to save any changes made to the current problem, and return to the entire problem list. If this action is not selected and the problem has been changed, the user will be asked when exiting if s/he wishes to save the changes. |
W !!,"Saving ..." D EN^GMPLSAVE W " done." |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| GMPL EDIT REMOVE |
action |
|
This action will remove the current entry from the patient's list; the problem is not physically deleted from the file, but flagged as "removed" and, except for historical purposes, generally ignored. The user is then returned to the entire problem list. |
D DELETE^GMPLEDT2 |
|
| GMPL EDIT NOTES |
action |
|
This action will allow editing of comments that have previously been appended to a problem entry. Notes will be displayed for editing only if the current user is the author of the note; accessing this action through the Manager's Menu will set a flag allowing all notes for the current problem to be displayed and edited. |
D NTES^GMPLEDT4 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL EDIT STATUS |
action |
|
This action allows editing the status assigned to a problem; if the problem is inactivated, the user will be asked for Date Resolved also. |
D STATUS^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL EDIT ONSET |
action |
|
This action allows the entry/editing of the date of onset of a problem. |
D ONSET^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL EDIT SC |
action |
|
This action allows editing the service connection status of the current problem; if the service connection of this problem was previously unknown, it may be entered here. Data will only be asked for if the patient has service connection indicated in the Patient file. MCCR will be using this data for billing purposes. |
D SC^GMPLEDT1 I 'GMPSC W !!,"This patient has no service-connection on file.",! H 2 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL VIEW ACTIVE |
action |
|
This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those that are currently active. |
S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="A" GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("ACT")="A" |
|
| GMPL VIEW SERVICE |
action |
|
This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those associated with the selected service(s) for care. |
D NEWSRV^GMPLMGR1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW PROVIDER |
action |
|
This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those listed as being treated by the selected provider. |
D NEWPROV^GMPLMGR1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW INACTIVE |
action |
|
This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those that are currently inactive. |
S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="I" GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("ACT")="I" |
|
| GMPL VIEW BOTH |
action |
|
This action will remove any current screen on problem status and include problems that are both active and inactive on the display. |
S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="" GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("ACT")="" |
|
| GMPL EDIT SERVICE |
action |
|
This action allows the entry/editing of the service primarily responsible for the care of this problem. This data will be used for screening and grouping the problems displayed in the user's selected view of the list. |
D SOURCE^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL EDIT NEW NOTE |
action |
|
This action will allow appending addtional comment(s) to the currently selected problem. |
D NOTE^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL VERIFY |
action |
|
If the parameter "Verify Transcribed Problems" is turned on in the Problem List Site Parameters file (#125.99), this action will allow a clinician to mark the selected problem(s) as verified. A "$" will appear immediately in front of the problem text for problems that were transcribed in by a clerk and the above described parameter is on; entering a "$" at the "Select Action" prompt will invoke this action. |
D VERIFY^GMPL |
|
| GMPL DT CONTINUE |
action |
|
If multiple problems were selected for review under the "Detailed Display" action, this will allow retrieval of the data from the next problem of those selected. |
D EN^GMPLDISP |
|
| GMPL PRINT LIST |
action |
|
This action will generate a complete listing of the patient's problem list in chartable format. Active and inactive problems will appear here in this listing. |
S Y="A",VALMBCK=$S(VALMCC:"",1:"R") D EN1^GMPLPRNT |
|
| GMPL VIEW ALL PROV |
action |
|
This action will remove any current screen on primary providers of care for problems, and include problems being treated by all providers. |
S:GMPLVIEW("PROV")'=0 GMPLVIEW("PROV")=0,GMPREBLD=1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW ALL SERV |
action |
|
This action will remove any current screen on services associated with problems, and include problems being treated by all services. |
S:"S"'[GMPLVIEW("VIEW") GMPLVIEW("VIEW")="S",GMPREBLD=1 |
|
| GMPL EDIT SP |
action |
|
This action allows editing the special exposures associated with the current problem; if exposures related to this problem were previously unknown, it may be entered here. Data will only be asked for if the patient is indicated for Agent Orange, Ionizing Radiation, or Persian Gulf exposures in the Patient file. MCCR will be using this data for billing. |
D SP^GMPLEDT1 I 'GMPAGTOR,'GMPION,'GMPGULF W !!,"This patient has no special exposures on file.",! H 2 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL OE PROBLEM LIST |
action |
|
This action will allow entry to the Problem List application from the OE/RR Clinician and Nurse menus. The variable ORVP is checked for the current patient, and then control is passed to the PL. |
S DFN=+$G(ORVP) D:DFN DEM^VADPT S:DFN GMPDFN=DFN_U_VADM(1)_U_$E(VADM(1))_VA("BID") D EN^GMPL |
|
| GMPL OE DATA ENTRY |
action |
|
This action will allow entry to the Problem List application from the OE/RR Ward Clerk menu. The variable ORVP is checked for the current patient, and then control is passed to the PL. |
S DFN=+$G(ORVP) D:DFN DEM^VADPT S:DFN GMPDFN=DFN_U_VADM(1)_U_$E(VADM(1))_VA("BID") D DE^GMPL |
|
| GMPL EDIT VERIFY |
action |
|
If the parameter "Verify Transcribed Problems" is turned on in the Problem List Site Parameters file (#125.99), this action will allow a clinician to mark the current problem as verified. A "$" will appear immediately in front of the problem text if the current problem was transcribed in by a clerk and the above described parameter is on; entering a "$" at the "Select Item" prompt will invoke this action. |
D VERIFY^GMPLEDT2 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL MENU ADD GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows adding one or more problem categories to a selection list. |
D ADD^GMPLBLD |
|
| GMPL MENU EDIT GROUP DISPLAY |
action |
|
This action allows the user to change the text that appears as the subheader of a category of problems, and whether or not to display the problems in the category automatically on entry to the list. |
D EDIT^GMPLBLD1 |
|
| GMPL MENU REMOVE GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to remove a problem category from the current list; it remains in the Problem Selection Category file for future use. |
D REMOVE^GMPLBLD |
|
| GMPL MENU NEW LIST |
action |
|
This action allows the user to switch to editing a new problem selection list. |
D NEWLST^GMPLBLD2 |
|
| GMPL MENU VIEW LIST |
action |
|
This action allows the user to toggle between displaying the sequence numbers assigned to each category for ordering, or the display numbers only. |
S GMPLMODE=$S(GMPLMODE="E":"I",1:"E"),VALMBCK="R",VALMSG=$$MSG^GMPLX |
W !,"Rebuilding selection list display to"_$S(GMPLMODE="E":" not",1:"")_" show sequence numbers ..." D BUILD^GMPLBLD("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE) |
| GMPL MENU RESEQUENCE GROUPS |
action |
|
This action allows the user to place the problem caetgories on the current list in a different order; problems will be automatically renumbered. |
D RESEQ^GMPLBLD1 |
I $D(GMPREBLD) D BUILD^GMPLBLD("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE) K GMPREBLD |
| GMPL MENU SAVE LIST |
action |
|
This action allows the user to save any changes that have been made to the current list and exit the utility. |
D SAVE^GMPLBLD2 |
S ^GMPL(125,+GMPLSLST,0)=$P(GMPLSLST,U,2)_U_DT_U_$P(GMPLSLST,U,4)_U_$P(GMPLSLST,U,5) D HDR^GMPLBLD |
| GMPL LIST SELECT ITEM |
action |
|
This action will allow selection of a problem listed in the displayed menu, to be added to the current patient's problem list. The same prompts will be stepped through for each problem selected as if it had been entered through the regular 'Add' action. If the item selected is a category heading, the list will be expanded to include all the problems included in that category for selection. |
D ITEM^GMPLMENU |
D CK^GMPLMENU |
| GMPL LIST CLU |
action |
|
This action will allow selection of a problem not listed in the displayed menu, to be added to the current patient's problem list. The code invoked here is the same as for the regular 'Add' action, possibly allowing a look-up into the Clinical Lexicon Utility. |
D CLU^GMPLMENU |
D CK^GMPLMENU |
| GMPL MENU DELETE GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to delete a problem category; it will be completely removed from the Problem Selection Category file, if no list currently contains it. |
D DELETE^GMPLBLD2 |
|
| GMPL MENU CREATE GROUP |
action |
|
This action transfers control to the List Manager utility, to bring up a new screen allowing the entry/editing of any problem category. The user will be asked for the category s/he wishes to review and edit, and a screen similar to the 'Build List' menu will be shown allowing similar actions to edit the contents of the selected category. A new category may be entered here, which will be available to add to the current list upon return to the 'Build List' screen when finished. |
D EDIT^GMPLBLD |
I $D(GMPSAVED) D BUILD^GMPLBLD("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE),HDR^GMPLBLD K GMPSAVED |
| GMPL MENU SAVE GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to save any changes that have been made to the current category and exit the utility. |
D SAVE^GMPLBLD2 |
S ^GMPL(125.11,+GMPLGRP,0)=$P(GMPLGRP,U,2)_U_DT_U_$P(GMPLGRP,U,4) D HDR^GMPLBLDC |
| GMPL MENU NEW GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to switch to editing a new problem category. |
D NEWGRP^GMPLBLD2 |
|
| GMPL MENU ADD PROBLEM |
action |
|
This action allows adding one or more problems to a problem category. |
D ADD^GMPLBLDC |
|
| GMPL MENU REMOVE PROBLEM |
action |
|
This action allows the user to remove a problem from the current category. |
D REMOVE^GMPLBLDC |
|
| GMPL MENU RESEQUENCE PROBLEMS |
action |
|
This action allows the user to place the problems in the current category in a different order; problems will be automatically renumbered for display and selection purposes. |
D RESEQ^GMPLBLD1 |
I $D(GMPREBLD) D BUILD^GMPLBLDC("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE) K GMPREBLD |
| GMPL MENU EDIT PROBLEM |
action |
|
This action allows the user to edit the problem and its associated code; if no code is currently assigned to the problem, one may be entered. |
D EDIT^GMPLBLDC |
|
| GMPL MENU VIEW GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to toggle between displaying the sequence numbers assigned to each problem for ordering, or the display numbers only. |
S GMPLMODE=$S(GMPLMODE="E":"I",1:"E"),VALMBCK="R",VALMSG=$$MSG^GMPLX |
W !,"Rebuilding problem category display to"_$S(GMPLMODE="E":" not",1:"")_" show sequence numbers ..." D BUILD^GMPLBLDC("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE) |
| GMPL CODE ICD SEARCH |
action |
|
This option allows the user to search the ICD Diagnosis file for the selected problem's text; for this option it is recommended that the Multi-Term Lookup utility be setup to operate on this file (#80). |
D EDIT^GMPLCODE |
|
| GMPL EDIT ICD |
action |
|
This action allows a user with the GMPL ICD CODE key to assign a [new] ICD Code to a problem. |
D ICD^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL VIEW OUTPAT |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions allowing the user to change his/her current view of the patient's problem list. The problems displayed onscreen may be changed by selecting the status, clinic, and/or provider from which the user wishes to see problems listed. The number of problems listed and the total number of problems will be shown in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. |
|
|
| GMPL VIEW RESTORE |
action |
|
This action will replace the currently specified view with the user's pre-defined preferred view. |
S X=$$VIEW^GMPLX1(DUZ) W:'$L(X) !,"You have no preferred view defined.",! Q:'$L(X) S:X'=GMPLVIEW("VIEW") GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("VIEW")=X K X S:GMPLVIEW("PROV") GMPLVIEW("PROV")=0,GMPREBLD=1 S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="A" GMPLVIEW("ACT")="A",GMPREBLD=1 |
|
| GMPL UP ADD ITEM |
action |
|
This action allows the user to include additional service(s) in his/her preferred view of patient problem lists. |
D ADD^GMPLPRF1 |
|
| GMPL UP REMOVE ITEM |
action |
|
This action allows the user to remove service(s) from his/her preferred view of patient problem lists. |
D REMOVE^GMPLPRF1 |
|
| GMPL UP SAVE VIEW |
action |
|
This action allows the user to save any changes made to his/her preferred view of patient problem lists; control is passed back to the User Preferences menu. |
S GMPSAVED=1,VALMBCK="Q" D SAVE^GMPLPRF1 |
|
| GMPL MENU ASSIGN LIST |
action |
|
This action allows the user to assign this list to a clinic or to user(s). Linking a list to a clinic will invoke the list whenever a user selects that clinic as the location where the patient was seen, when adding new problems. If a list is linked to a user, this is the list that will always be invoked when that user is adding new problems, regardless of the clinic specified that the patient was seen in. |
D ASSIGN^GMPLBLD2 |
|
| GMPL VIEW INCLUDE INACTIVE |
action |
|
This action will include problems that are both active and inactive on the list of problems displayed; active problems will appear first, followed by the inactive problems. |
D INACTIVE^GMPLMGR1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW ALL CLIN |
action |
|
This action will remove any current screen on clinics associated with problems, and include problems being followed by all clinics. |
S:"C"'[GMPLVIEW("VIEW") GMPLVIEW("VIEW")="C",GMPREBLD=1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW CLINIC |
action |
|
This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those associated with the selected clinic(s) for care. |
D NEWCLIN^GMPLMGR1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW INPAT |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions allowing the user to change his/her current view of the patient's problem list. The problems displayed onscreen may be changed by selecting the status, service, and/or provider from which the user wishes to see problems listed. The number of problems listed and the total number of problems will be shown in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. |
|
|
| GMPL VIEW |
action |
|
This allows the user to change the problems displayed onscreen in the patient's list, on-the-fly. Various attributes are presented for selection such as status, provider, and clinic (or service if the patient is currently admitted). |
D ENVIEW^GMPLMGR2 |
D EXVIEW^GMPLMGR2 |
| GMPL UP SWITCH |
action |
|
This action allows the user to switch to a different preferred view. If one is currently editing a service view of problem lists, this action will clear the current view and bring up a list of clinics from which to select a view, and vice-versa from clinic to service list. NOTE: Each user may have only ONE preferred view at a time! |
D SWITCH^GMPLPRF1 |
|
| GMPL EDIT RECORDED |
action |
|
This action allows editing of the date the problem was originally recorded; date will default to NOW when entering a new problem, but may be changed to an earlier date to reflect entry in the paper chart. |
D RECORDED^GMPLEDT1 |
D CK^GMPLEDT3 |
| GMPL UP DELETE VIEW |
action |
|
This action allows the user to delete his/her preferred view and exit the utility. The user will again see all active problems, when initially displaying a patient's problem list. |
D DELETE^GMPLPRF1 |
|
| GMPL VIEW SWITCH |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to switch from displaying the problems in an outpatient mode to an inpatient mode, or vice-versa. If clinic information is currently being displayed, service and provider will now be displayed after selecting this action; likewise, if service and provider information are currently displayed, clinic will now be shown. |
S X=$E(GMPLVIEW("VIEW")),GMPLVIEW("VIEW")=$S(X="S":"C",1:"S"),GMPREBLD=1,Y=$S(X="S":"Clinic",1:"Service/Provider") D CHGCAP^VALM("CLINIC",Y) K X,Y |
|
| SCDX MENU FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SCDX SELECT PATIENT FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB |
action |
|
|
D MARKPT^SCDXRT02(0) |
|
| SCDX SELECT ALL FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB |
action |
|
|
D MARKALL^SCDXRT02(0) |
|
| SCDX DESELECT PATIENT FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB |
action |
|
|
D MARKPT^SCDXRT02(1) |
|
| SCDX DESELECT ALL FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB |
action |
|
|
D MARKALL^SCDXRT02(1) |
|
| SCDX DESELECT RETRANS BY NUMBER |
action |
|
|
D MARK^SCDXRT02(1) |
|
| SCDX SELECT RETRANS BY NUMBER |
action |
|
|
D MARK^SCDXRT02(0) |
|
| PRCO EDI GENERATOR |
action |
|
|
D REPORTS^PRCOER1 |
|
| PRCO EDI REPORTS |
menu |
|
|
|
K ^TMP("PRCOER") |
| PRCO EDI STATS SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol is called from the PRCO EDI list manager template. It generates a summary review of all data stored in file 443.75. |
D ^PRCOER2 |
|
| PRCO EDI EXCEPTION |
action |
|
This report includes exceptions in PRJ and POA transactions, for a date range. |
D ^PRCOER4 |
|
| LREPI |
event driver |
|
This event driver protocol defines the associated parameters needed to build the HL7 Message used to send the EPI data to Austin. |
|
|
| LREPI CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This subscriber protocol defines the parameter needed by the HL7 package to determine were to send the HL7 formatted message containing the EPI information. |
|
|
| RA EXAMINED |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam has reached a status where GENERATE EXAMINED HL7 MSG is Y at that (or at a lower) status. This message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. |
Q |
|
| RA SEND ORM |
subscriber |
|
This protocol receives the HL7 message. |
Q |
Q |
| RA SEND ORU |
subscriber |
|
This protocol receives the HL7 message. |
Q |
Q |
| PSD PAT ADT |
action |
|
|
D ^PSDADT1 |
|
| PSD A01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Triggered by the DGPM MOVEMENT DRIVER, this protocol serves admissions. |
|
|
| PSD A01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Delivers admit (A01) messages to narcotic dispensing equipment systems. |
|
|
| PSD A02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Triggered by the DGPM MOVEMENT DRIVER, it serves admissions. |
|
|
| PSD A02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Delivers transfers (A02) to narcotic dispensing equipment systems. |
|
|
| PSD A03 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Triggered by the DGPM MOVEMENT DRIVER, it serves discharges. |
|
|
| PSD A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Delivers discharges to narcotic dispensing equipment systems |
|
|
| PSD DFT SERVER |
event driver |
|
These messages record dispensing activity as it occurs at narcotic dispensing equipment systems. |
|
|
| PSD DFT CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Records dispensing activity when it occurs at narcotic dispensing equipment systems. |
|
|
| IBDF EF TASK INTERRUPT |
action |
|
|
S IBDFSTOP=1 D STAT^IBDFPE1 |
K IBDFSTOP |
| IBDF FORM COMPONENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF FORM COMPONENT ACTION |
action |
|
|
D INIT^IBDFCMP |
|
| IBDF COMPONENT EXP PROTO |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF COMP EXP |
action |
|
|
D ^IBDFCMP1 |
|
| IBDF QUICK GROUP RESEQUENCE |
action |
|
|
D GRPRESEQ^IBDFQEA |
|
| IBDF FT RELEASE |
action |
|
This option should be used to free a Forms Tracking entry when not all pages of the form have been received, but the remaining pages have been lost. This option will take the data that has been stored temporarily in Forms Tracking (from the pages that were scanned), and will pass it across to PCE. |
D FREEFT^IBDFFRFT |
|
| DGPRE RG MENU |
menu |
|
Menu for Preregistration List Manager Call List |
|
|
| DGPRE RG CP |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^DGPREP1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPRE RG EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^DGPREP0 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPRE RG XH |
action |
|
|
D STAT^DGPREP1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPRE RG EH |
action |
|
|
D EH^DGPREP1 |
|
| DGPRE HIST SC |
action |
|
Displays comments associated with the call attempt in the Call Log. |
D EXPND^DGPREP2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPRE HIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| DGPRE EXPAND PATIENT |
action |
|
Displays the patient inquiry screens for Load/Edit for selected patient |
D PTINQ^DGPREP2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| GMRVORMENU |
protocol menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRVORTPR |
limited protocol |
|
|
D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORTPR B/P |
limited protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORADMIT V/M |
limited protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORPULSE |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORB/P |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORWT |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORTEMP |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORRESP |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORHT |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORP SF511 |
action |
|
This is the option that will create the protocol for the SF511 Patient Profile in OERR. |
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) S DFN=+ORVP D EN4^GMRVSR0 |
K DFN |
| GMRVORP CUM REPORT |
action |
|
This option will create the protocol for the Cumulative Vitals report. |
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) S DFN=+ORVP D EN2^GMRVSC0 |
K DFN |
| GMRVORP DISP VITALS |
action |
|
This option will create the protocol for the latest vitals display. |
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) S DFN=+ORVP D EN3^GMRVDS0 |
K DFN |
| GMRVOR DGPM |
extended action |
|
This option will become the GMRVOR DGPM protocol, and should be linked to the DGOERR TRANSFER EVENTS protocol. This protocol will perform events that are appropriate for the GMRV package. |
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN4^GMRVORDG |
|
| GMRVORCG |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORPO |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORCVP |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| PXCE VIEW ONLY |
menu |
|
This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Encounter List display. |
|
|
| PXCE SDAM VIEW ONLY |
menu |
|
This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Appointment List screen. |
|
|
| IBCR CHARGE SET SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCRLC |
|
| IBCE ADD LOCAL FORM |
action |
|
|
D ADDL^IBCEFG4 |
|
| IBCE EDIT LOCAL FORM |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCEFG4 |
|
| IBCE EXIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. |
D FASTEXIT^IBCEFG4 |
|
| IBCE LOCAL FORM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE LOCAL FORM DETAIL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE LOCAL FORM VIEW/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D SELX^IBCEFG3 D:$G(IBCEXDA) EN^VALM("IBCE LOCAL FORM DETAIL"),BLD^IBCEFG3 |
|
| IBCE DELETE LOCAL FORM |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBCEFG41 |
|
| IBCE LOCAL FORM FIELD EDIT |
action |
|
|
D FFLDS^IBCEFG4 |
|
| IBCE SWITCH FORM |
action |
|
|
D CHGFORM^IBCEFG4 |
|
| IBCE FORM FIELDS LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE ADD FORM FIELD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^IBCEFG6 |
|
| IBCE DELETE FORM FIELD |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBCEFG60 |
|
| IBCE EDIT FORM FIELD |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCEFG6 |
|
| IBCE DEFINE FIELD CONTENT |
action |
|
|
D CONTENT^IBCEFG6() |
|
| IBCE ADD/EDIT LOCAL ELEMENT |
action |
|
|
D ELEMENT^IBCEFG41 |
|
| IBCE VIEW ELEMENT |
action |
|
|
D VIEWEL^IBCEFG6() |
|
| IBCE TEST FORM |
action |
|
|
D TEST^IBCEFG8 |
|
| IBCE VIEW FORM FIELD |
action |
|
|
D VIEWF^IBCEFG6() |
|
| IBCR RATE SCHEDULE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR CHARGE ITEM SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D ENCI^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR BILLING RATE SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCRLR |
|
| IBCR RATE TYPE SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCRLT |
|
| IBCR CHARGE SET MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR RATE SCHEDULE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDRS^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR RATE TYPE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDRT^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR RATE TYPE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR BILLING RATE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDBR^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR BILLING RATE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR CHARGE SET EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDCS^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR CHARGE ITEM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDCI^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR CHARGE ITEM MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR CHARGE ITEM CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D CICITM^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR CHARGE ITEM DATES |
action |
|
|
D CICDTS^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR EXIT |
action |
|
|
D FASTEXIT^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR BILLING REGION SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCRLG |
|
| IBCR BILLING REGION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDRG^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR BILLING REGION MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR RATE SCHEDULE SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCRLS |
|
| IBCR INTRODUCTION MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>4 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR MAIN SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D MAINSCR^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR BILLING ITEM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDBI^IBCRLA1 |
|
| LR7O CH EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| LR7O ORDERABLE OR |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| LR7O BB EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| LR7O AP EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| LR7O CH RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^LR7OF0(.XQORMSG) |
|
| LR7O AP RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^LR7OF0(.XQORMSG,"LRAP") |
|
| LR7O BB RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^LR7OF0(.XQORMSG) |
|
| LR7O TEST STATUS |
action |
|
|
D OERR^LROS($G(ORVP)) |
|
| LR7O ALL EVSEND RESULTS |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| DGEN PATIENT ENROLLMENT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for patient enrollment. |
|
|
| DGEN ENROLL PATIENT |
action |
|
The DGEN ENROLL PATIENT protocol is disabled with DG*5.3*1027. Use the Enrollment System to complete the enrollment process. |
D EP^DGEN1 |
|
| DGEN CEASE ENROLLMENT |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to cease the enrollment of a patient who is enrolled. Cease Enrollment functionality was disabled by DG*5.3*232. Code, options, and protocols will not be deleted until it is determined they will not be used in future releases. |
D CE^DGEN1 |
|
| DGENPT PREFERRED FACILITY |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to enter/edit the patient's preferred facility. |
D PF^DGENPT |
|
| DGEN MT AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT UPDATE |
extended action |
|
This event is called each time a means test is added, edited, or deleted. If there has been change in the Means Test the patient's current enrollment will be updated. |
D MTUPD^DGENA2 |
|
| DGENCD CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY MENU |
menu |
|
Contains the protocols for adding, editing, and deleting patient catastrophic disability data. |
|
|
| DGENCD ADD/EDIT CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY |
action |
DGENCD ADD/EDIT |
This action will allow the catastrophic disability information for a patient to be added or edited, but not deleted. If catastrophic disability information is added, the Catastrophically Disabled eligibility code is added. |
D ADDCD^DGENCD1 |
|
| DGENCD DELETE CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY |
action |
CD DELETE |
This action will allow the catastrophic disability information for a patient to be deleted. If catastrophic disability information is deleted, the Catastrophically Disabled eligibility code is also deleted. |
D DELETECD^DGENCD1 |
|
| DGENCD CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY |
action |
|
Displays the DGEN CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY List Template. |
D EN^DGENCD1($G(DFN)) |
|
| DGEN EXPAND HISTORY |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to expand an enrollment history record. |
D EH^DGEN1 |
|
| DGEN SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to select a different patient. |
D SP^DGEN1 |
|
| USR CLASS STATUS SELECT |
menu |
|
Select the resolution status for the filing errors which you would like to see displayed. |
|
|
| USR CLASS STATUS ALL |
action |
|
Show all filing errors, regardless of their resolution status. |
|
|
| USR CLASS STATUS ACTIVE |
action |
|
Show all filing errors, regardless of their resolution status. |
|
|
| USR CLASS STATUS INACTIVE |
action |
|
Show only those errors which have NOT yet been resolved. |
|
|
| USR CLASS ACTION MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| USR CLASS ACTION CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. |
D MAKELIST^USRCLST S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| USR CLASS ACTION EDIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit selected reports online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D EDIT^USRCLASS |
|
| USR CLASS ACTION EXPAND SUBCLASSES |
action |
|
|
D EXPAND^USRCLASS |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| USR CLASS ACTION CREATE |
action |
|
|
D CREATE^USRCLASS |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| USR CLASS ACTION LIST MEMBERS |
action |
|
|
D MEMBERS^USRCLASS |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)+1 |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP EDIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit selected reports online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D EDIT^USRMEMBR |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^USRMEMBR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^USRMEMBR |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBER USER ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^USRUMMBR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| USR CLASS MEMBER USER DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^USRUMMBR |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBER USER EDIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit selected reports online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D EDIT^USRUMMBR |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBER USER MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,MAIN^USRMLST |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| USR CLASS MEMBER USER CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,BUILD^USRULST(+$$GETUSER^USRULST) |
D KILL^VALM10() S VALMBCK=$S($D(^TMP("USRUSER",$J)):"R",1:"Q") |
| USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP SCHEDULE |
action |
|
|
D SCHEDULE^USRMEMBR |
|
| USR CLASS ACTION QUIT |
action |
|
Allows user to quit current menu level. |
Q |
|
| USR BUSINESS RULE ADD |
action |
|
Allows creation of new Business Rules. |
D ADD^USRRULA |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| USR BUSINESS RULE EDIT |
action |
|
Allows modification of existing Business Rules. |
D EDIT^USRRULA |
|
| USR BUSINESS RULE DELETE |
action |
|
Allows Deletion of selected Business Rules. |
D DELETE^USRRULA |
|
| USR BUSINESS RULE CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
Allows you to revise the search criteria and rebuild the list of Business Rules. |
D FULL^VALM1,EN^USRRUL |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| USR BUSINESS RULE MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of actions useful in the management of Business Rules. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)+1 |
|
| USR ACTION SELECT LIST ELEMENT |
action |
|
|
D PICK^USRRUL1($P($G(XQORNOD(0)),"=",2)) S VALMBCK="" |
|
| USR ACTION SEARCH LIST |
action |
|
Allows users to search list of USER CLASSES, MEMBERS, or BUSINESS RULES for a text string (word or partial word) from current position to the end of the list. Upon reaching the end of the last page of the list, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the list through the origin of the search. |
D FIND^VALM40 |
|
| USR ACTION QUIT |
action |
|
Allows user to quit the current menu level. |
Q |
|
| USR ACTION NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the next screen. |
D NEXT^VALM4 |
|
| USR ACTION PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
If multiple screens of information are available, and the user is not on the first screen, this will allow paging back to the previous screens, one at a time. |
D PREV^VALM4 |
|
| USR ACTION TOP |
action |
|
If multiple screens are available, this will page to the first screen. |
D FIRST^VALM4 |
|
| USR ACTION BOTTOM |
action |
|
If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the last screen. |
D LAST^VALM4 |
|
| USR HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu. |
|
|
| TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu. |
|
|
| TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS BROWSE |
menu |
|
This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., up one line, down one line, go to page #, etc.) and which may be used in the browse screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Managers. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU READ-ONLY |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| TIU BROWSE MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU BROWSE MENU READ ONLY |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU REVIEW SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
This menu type option is used for selecting the Review Screen for documents. |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY AUTHOR |
action |
|
This action type option is used for specifying review by author |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY PATIENT |
action |
|
This action type option is used for specifying Review by patient. |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY RESP PROVIDER |
action |
|
This action type option is used for specifying review by Attending Physician. |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY TRANSCRIPTIONIST |
action |
|
Select transcriptionist as a second-level search criterion for building the clinician's review screen list. |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY ALL CATEGORIES |
action |
|
Allows user to show all categories of documents, without concern for the second level search criterion (i.e., Author, Attending Physician, Treating Specialty, or Transcriptionist). |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY TREATING SPECIALTY |
action |
|
Select treating specialty as a second-level search criterion for building the clinician's review screen list. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MENU CLINICIAN |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIU ACTION EDIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit selected documents online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D EDIT^TIURA |
|
| TIU ACTION PRINT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to print copies of selected documents to a specified device. |
D PRINT^TIURA |
|
| TIU ACTION SIGN/COSIGN |
action |
|
Allows clinicians to electronically sign selected documents or addenda. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy document carries. You are advised to carefully review each document for content and accuracy before exercising this option. |
D ELSIG^TIURS1 |
|
| TIU ACTION DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
Displays the all of the details concerning the selected document's history, including audit trail and reassignment history, in addition to the narrative body of the document. |
D DISPLAY^TIURA2 |
|
| TIU ACTION NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the next screen. |
D NEXT^VALM4 |
|
| TIU ACTION PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
If multiple screens of information are available, and the user is not on the first screen, this will allow paging back to the previous screens, one at a time. |
D PREV^VALM4 |
|
| TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN |
action |
|
Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. |
D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN") |
|
| TIU ACTION QUIT |
action |
|
Allows user to quit the current menu level. |
Q |
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW CLINICIAN |
action |
|
Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. |
K TIUQUIK,VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUR($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38),1) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION TOP |
action |
|
If multiple screens are available, this will page to the first screen. |
D FIRST^VALM4 |
|
| TIU ACTION BOTTOM |
action |
|
If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the last screen. |
D LAST^VALM4 |
|
| TIU BROWSE MENU CLINICIAN |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION AMEND |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to AMEND documents at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. |
D AMEND^TIURB |
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW ERROR SCREEN |
action |
|
Allows modification of the current list of filing errors to include either UNRESOLVED, RESOLVED, or ALL errors for a specified time range. |
D FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUELST S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW OTHER |
action |
|
Allows MIS users to modify the list of documents by STATUS, DOCUMENT TYPE, SEARCH CATEGORY (e.g., AUTHOR, EXPECTED COSIGNER, SERVICE, HOSPITAL LOCATION, etc.) and REFERENCE DATE range without exiting the review screen. |
K VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUR($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION DELETE |
action |
|
Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to delete a document at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. |
D DELETE^TIURB2 |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU UPLOAD EVENTS |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed to resolve error generated by the upload filer/router. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU MRT |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by Medical Records Technicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIU ACTION PRINT UPLOAD EVENT |
action |
|
Allows users to print a detailed view of the filing event. |
D PRINT^TIURE |
|
| TIU ACTION REASSIGN |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to reassign Documents which have been inappropriately assigned to a given patient or the wrong admission/visit. Authorized users can also reassign a signed Original or Addendum, promote an Addendum as an Original, or "swap" the Addendum and the Original. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before they can be reassigned. |
D REASSIGN^TIURD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ACTION SEND BACK |
action |
|
Allows Medical Record Technicians or MIS Managers to send a Document back to transcription for editing, provided that it has not yet been signed. The status of the Document is changed to "unreleased" and clinicians and MAS personnel are prevented from viewing it until the modifications have been made, and the Document has been re-released. Interdiciplinary entries must be detached before they can be sent back. |
D SENDBACK^TIURB |
|
| TIU ACTION SIGN ON CHART |
action |
|
Allows MIS clerks to mark documents as "signed on chart." NOTE: This step is NECESSARY when the provider elects to sign the chart copy of the document, rather than entering his/her electronic signature on-line. |
D SIGNCHRT^TIURT |
|
| TIU ACTION VERIFY |
action |
|
Allows MIS personnel to review, edit, and verify/unverify Documents. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before they can be verified/unverified. NOTE: This action may only be applied to Documents which are specified as requiring MAS verification. |
D VERIFY^TIURC |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION AMEND |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to amend current document at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. |
D AMEND1^TIURB,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION DELETE |
action |
|
Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to delete a document at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. |
D DEL^TIURB2(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="Q" |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit current document online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
S TIUCHNG=0 D CLEAR^VALM1,EDIT1^TIURA,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK=$S($D(^TIU(8925,TIUDA)):"R",1:"Q") |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION PRINT |
action |
|
Allows users to print copies of selected documents on their corresponding VA Standard Forms to a specified device. |
D CLEAR^VALM1,PRINT1^TIURA S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION REASSIGN |
action |
|
Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to re-link the current document which has been inappropriately linked to the wrong patient or the wrong visit/admission. |
D REASSIG1^TIURD |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION SEARCH |
action |
|
Allows users to search for a text string (word or partial word) from the current position in the summary through its end. Upon reaching the end of the document, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the document through the origin of the search. |
D FIND^VALM40 |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION SEND BACK |
action |
|
Allows Medical Record Technicians or MIS Managers to send the current document back to transcription to be edited, if it hasn't been signed yet. The status of the document is changed to "unreleased" and clinicians and MAS personnel are prevented from viewing it until the modifications have been made, and the document has been re-released. |
D SENDBACK^TIUT(TIUDA) S VALMBCK=$S(+$P(^TIU(8925,+TIUDA,13),U,4):"R",1:"Q") |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION SIGN ON CHART |
action |
|
Allows MIS clerks to mark current document as "signed on chart." |
D SIGCHRT1^TIURT($G(TIUDA)) |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION SIGN/COSIGN |
action |
|
Allows clinicians to electronically sign the current document. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy document carries. You are advised to carefully review each document for content and accuracy before exercising this option. |
D EDSIG^TIURS(TIUDA,$G(TIUDATA),1) |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION VERIFY |
action |
|
Allows MIS personnel to review, edit, and verify/unverify the current document. NOTE: This action may only be selected when the site parameter to require MAS verification is set. |
D VERIFY1^TIURC |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| TIU BROWSE MENU MRT |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ENTER/EDIT |
action |
|
This option allows transcriptionists to enter/edit dictated discharge summaries or addenda directly on-line. |
D MAIN^TIUEDIT |
|
| TIU ERROR STATUS ALL |
action |
|
Show all filing errors, regardless of their resolution status. |
|
|
| TIU ERROR STATUS RESOLVED |
action |
|
Show only those filing errors which have already been resolved. |
|
|
| TIU ERROR STATUS SELECT |
menu |
|
Select the resolution status for the filing errors which you would like to see displayed. |
|
|
| TIU ERROR STATUS UNRESOLVED |
action |
|
Show only those errors which have NOT yet been resolved. |
|
|
| TIU DS OE/RR INTERFACE |
action |
|
Allows access to the Browse Discharge Summary utility. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). |
D MAIN^TIUBRWS($$WHATMPL^TIULC1(DUZ),244) |
K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3 |
| TIU STATUS UNDICTATED |
action |
|
Status undictated (not implemented). |
|
|
| TIU STATUS UNTRANSCRIBED |
action |
|
Status Untranscribed (not implemented). |
|
|
| TIU STATUS UNRELEASED |
action |
|
Documents not yet released from transcription (i.e., DRAFT documents). |
|
|
| TIU STATUS UNVERIFIED |
action |
|
Documents not yet verified by MAS. When verification is required, these won't be available for view outside of MAS. |
|
|
| TIU STATUS UNSIGNED |
action |
|
Documents which have not yet been signed by the author. |
|
|
| TIU STATUS UNCOSIGNED |
action |
|
Documents which have not yet been overread and cosigned by the author's supervisor, or the expected cosigner of the document. |
|
|
| TIU STATUS COMPLETED |
action |
|
Documents which have been signed (and if necessary, cosigned), and are ostensibly "authenticated." |
|
|
| TIU STATUS AMENDED |
action |
|
Documents which have been amended following signature, per the Privacy Act. |
|
|
| TIU STATUS PURGED |
action |
|
Documents which have been purged from the system, and are only available through archival means. |
|
|
| TIU STATUS MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of allowable statuses. |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY SUBJECT |
action |
|
This action type option is used for specifying Review by patient. |
|
|
| TIU REVIEW BY SERVICE |
|
|
Search Category by Service. |
|
|
| TIUFH ACTION MENU CLIN |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFH EDIT DDEFS CLIN |
|
|
| TIUFH ACTION EXPAND/COLLAPSE ENTRY |
action |
|
Expands/collapses selected entry to display entry items or to collapse entry hierarchy. Entries preceded by + have items and can be expanded. |
D EXPCOLL^TIUFH1 |
|
| TIU ACTION REFRESH |
action |
|
Refresh the display (useful when the List Manager display becomes "corrupt" on return from an action or jump). |
S VALMBCK="R" D RE^VALM4 |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU SEND BACK |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION MENU VERIFY |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION MENU SIGN/COSIGN |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S TIUSIGN=0,VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
K TIUSIGN S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION APPROVE |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to approve the current document for electronic signature. |
D ACCEPT^TIURS(.TIUSLST,TIUI) |
|
| TIUFH EDIT ITEMS |
action |
|
ITEMS actions differ from top screen actions such as Delete in that Items items of National entries, but only take limited actions on them. Items of Shared Components can be edited only via the Sort Option. Enter ??? to see Shared. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit items whether or not they own the parent entry. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can view but not edit items of looks at items solely as items under the parent, NOT as file entries in entries they don't own. their own right. Action displays item information (Sequence, Mnemonic, Menu Text) for items of selected entry. User may add/edit/delete appropriate items. A Title or Component must be Inactive before its items can be edited. An entry must have an Owner before its items can be edited. User can view |
D EDITEMS^TIUFD3 |
|
| TIU ACTION ADD DOCUMENT |
action |
|
Enter a new Document. |
D ADD^TIURC |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ACTION LINK TO VISIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to re-link the current document which has been inappropriately linked to the wrong patient or the wrong visit/admission. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before they can be re-linked. |
D REASSIGN^TIURD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ACTION LINK TO PROBLEMS |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to link documents to problems from the patient's active Problem List in a many-to-many fashion. |
D LINK^TIURB |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU LINK |
menu |
|
Allows authorized users to (re)-link documents to either problems, patients/visits, or records in other applications (e.g., Consult Results to Consult Requests, Patient Record Flag Documents to Flags, etc.). Such associations permit a variety of clinically useful "views" of the on-line record. |
S XQORM(0)="AD",XQORM("??")="D LINKHELP^TIUHELP",VALMBCK="" |
|
| TIU ACTION BLANK1 |
action |
|
Blank space for menu formatting. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION BLANK2 |
action |
|
Blank space for menu formatting. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MENU LINK TO PROBLEM |
menu |
|
Menu of actions for use by the List Template for Linking Documents to problems. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=$S(+$G(VALMCNT):+$G(VALMCNT),1:10) |
|
| TIU ACTION SELECT PROBLEM |
action |
|
Select one or more problems with which the current document is to be associated. |
D PROBLEM^TIURB1 |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| TIUF SORT BY OWNER |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1A\",TIUFATTR="O^OWNER",XQORM("??")="D OWNER^TIUFXHL1" |
|
| TIUF SORT BY STATUS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D STATUS^TIUFXHLX",TIUFATTR="S^STATUS",TIUFSLST="AITN" |
|
| TIUF SORT BY TYPE |
action |
|
|
N TYPE S TIUFATTR="T^TYPE" S TYPE=$$SELTYPE^TIUFLF8 S:TYPE'="" TIUFAVAL=TYPE_U_^TMP("TIUF",$J,"TYPE"_TYPE) |
|
| TIU ACTION SELECT LIST ELEMENT |
action |
|
Select one or more items from the current list of documents. |
D PICK^TIULM($P($G(XQORNOD(0)),"=",2)) S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIUFHA ACTION DELETE |
action |
|
Deletes the entry as an entry in TIU Document Definition file 8925.1. responsibility to delete the entry which points to it (for example, the Business Rule) before deleting the entry. OBJECT DELETE Objects can be deleted only from the Detailed Display of the object. Action deletes the object from the file. Objects can be deleted only by the owner and only after being inactivated. Objects cannot be deleted if they are embedded in boilerplate text of any entries. Entry will first be deleted as an item wherever it is used as an item. Entries In Use by documents cannot be deleted. An entry must have Status Inactive before it can be deleted to ensure that it is not used during the delete process. Only the owner can delete an entry. National entries and Shared Components cannot be deleted. If the entry is pointed to by by an entry in another file (for example if an entry has a Business Rule which references it), it is the user's |
D DELETE^TIUFHA1:$G(TIUFSTMP)="",DELOBJ^TIUFD4:$G(TIUFSTMP)="D" |
|
| TIU ACTION BLANK3 |
action |
|
Blank space for menu formatting. |
|
|
| TIUF SORT BY ALL |
action |
|
Gets ALL Document Definitions regardless of Type, Owner, etc. User can still choose where in the alphabet to start the list. |
S TIUFATTR="A^ALL",TIUFAVAL="ALL^ALL" |
|
| TIU STATUS DELETED |
action |
|
Identifies those documents which have been deleted in accordance with the Privacy Act. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MENU SIGN ON CHART |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Personnel. |
S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU BROWSE MENU PRINT |
menu |
|
Allows a user to print either a chartable copy of the VA Standard Form associated with the current document, or the contents of the browse screen itself. |
S XQORM(0)="AD",VALMBCK="" |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION PRINT TEXT |
action |
|
This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. |
D PRTL^VALM1 |
|
| TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR MGR |
action |
|
Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. |
D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR MGR") |
|
| TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR MRT |
action |
|
Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. |
D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR MRT") |
|
| TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR READ ONLY |
action |
|
Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. |
D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") |
|
| TIUFA ACTION ADD ENTRY |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS Definitions Option does this automatically.) File 8925.1 cannot have two entries of the same type with the same name. This action can be used to create either Objects or nonobject Document Definitions in TIU Document Definition file 8925.1. An Object entry must have an uppercase name which differs from all other object names, abbreviations, and print names. After it is created, a nonobject entry must be explicitly added as an Item to a parent in the hierarchy before it can be used. (The Create Document |
D ADD^TIUFA1 |
|
| TIUFA ACTION CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
Changes what Document Definitions appear on list. If you are not in the Create Objects Option, and wish to see only Objects, change Attribute to Type, then select Type Object. |
D CHANGE^TIUFA1 |
|
| TIUFA ACTION MENU CLIN |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS CLIN |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MENU REASSIGN |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed during record reassignment. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION MENU COPY |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed during record reassignment. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION COPY |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to duplicate the current document. This is especially useful when composing a note for a group of patients (e.g., therapy group, etc.), and rapid duplication to all members of the group is appropriate. |
D COPY1^TIURC1 |
|
| TIU ACTION COPY |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to copy one or more documents to other patients and encounters...This is particularly useful when documenting group sessions, etc. |
D COPY^TIURC1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUF ACTION TRY |
action |
|
TRY examines selected entry for basic problems. are deleted immediately after the trial. During the trial, objects will function even if inactive in order to permit testing of objects. (Ordinarily, object data are not retrieved unless the object is active, so be sure to activate when ready for use.) Since the trial document does show up on Unsigned lists during the time it is being edited, users should select TEST PATIENTS ONLY. If TRY is selected from the Boilerplate Text Screen, TRY shows which objects are badly embedded and why. Checks include whether the object as written exists in the file, whether it is active, whether it is split between lines, and whether the object as written is ambiguous as to which object is intended. If entry is OK, user can enter a trial document. For objects, TRY checks object Name, Abbreviation and Print Name to make sure they are not ambiguous. That is, it makes sure the utility can decide which object to invoke when given the Name, Abbreviation, or Print Name and that it does not get the wrong object. TRY checks that the object has an Object Method, but does NOT check that the Object Method functions correctly. For titles and components with boilerplate text, this includes checking For classes, document classes and components, TRY just checks for general completeness and correctness. For action Try, enter TR any embedded objects to make sure the object is embedded correctly. If the entry is a title and checks out OK, (or if its only problem is an inactive object) the user can test the boilerplate text by choosing a patient and entering a document using the entry. TRY does NOT require any particular Status for the title, since documents entered during the trial |
D CHECKDEF^TIUFHA6 |
|
| TIUFA ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS MGR |
|
|
| TIUF SORT |
menu |
|
Menu allows user to select attribute (e.g. Type) and attribute value (e.g. Component) by which to sort Document Definitions. User may also choose to display ALL Document Definitions. |
S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D ATTRIB^TIUFXHL1" |
D:$D(TIUFAVAL) SELSTART^TIUFLA |
| TIUF OWNER PERSONAL |
action |
|
Enter Personal Owner to get Document Definitions which are personally owned by a particular person. |
N DIC,X,Y D FULL^VALM1 S TIUFFULL=1,DIC=200,DIC(0)="AEQ",DIC("A")="Select Personal Owner: " S DIC("B")=$$PERSNAME^TIULC1(DUZ) D ^DIC S:Y>1 TIUFAVAL=Y_U_"P" |
|
| TIUF OWNER CLASS |
action |
|
Enter Class Owner to get Document Definitions owned by a particular User Class. |
N DIC,X,Y D FULL^VALM1 S TIUFFULL=1,DIC=8930,DIC(0)="AEMQ" D ^DIC S:Y>0 TIUFAVAL=Y_U_"C" |
|
| TIUF OWNER INDIVIDUAL |
action |
|
Enter Individual Owner to get Document Definitions owned by given individual as a person OR as a class member of an owning User Class. |
N DIC,X,Y D FULL^VALM1 S TIUFFULL=1,DIC=200,DIC(0)="AEQ",DIC("A")="Select Individual Owner: " S DIC("B")=$$PERSNAME^TIULC1(DUZ) D ^DIC S:Y>0 TIUFAVAL=Y_U_"I" |
|
| TIUF CHANGE START WITH/GO TO |
action |
|
|
S TIUFATTR=TIUFTMPA,TIUFAVAL=TIUFTMPV |
|
| TIUF CHANGE SORT ATTRIBUTE |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D ATTRIB^TIUFXHL1" |
|
| TIUF CHANGE SORT ATTR VALUE |
action |
|
|
S TIUFATTR=TIUFTMPA S X=$P(TIUFATTR,U),X=$G(^TMP("TIUF",$J,"SORT"_X)),X=X_";ORD(101," W:'X !," ?? Viewing ALL: No Attribute Value" H:'X 2 D:X EN^XQOR |
|
| TIUFHA ACTION COPY |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS The check should include Document Definition attributes of the entry (including Upload characteristics), TIU Document Parameters, and Business Rules. Consider inherited as well as explicit values. Any other implicit behavior, local or national, that applies to the entry must also be checked. Although there is no harm in coping a Title to ANY document class in the hierarchy as long as the copy is not activated (since the copy has no documents), there is no reason to expect that such copies will function at all, much less function properly. The user should either ensure that Under the action Copy/Move, users may choose MT to MOVE TITLE, MD to MOVE they function properly in every way, or delete such copies from the Document Definition file. Copy COMPONENTS which have been given a new parent should also be checked by thoroughly testing the parent title as above. The copy action leaves the parent title of the copy component inactive. It is the user's responsibility to test the new parent title and then reactivate it so it is available to users for entering documents. Note: Although Action Copy COULD be used to change the behavior of an DOCUMENTS, C to COPY, or U to UPDATE DOCUMENTS: entry (i.e. change the copy and inactivate the original), it is better to use Action Edit or Move and not clutter up the file with inactive entries. Most behavior can be edited even when the entry is In Use by documents. Titles can be moved even when they are In Use by documents. Copying Objects: OBJECTS are copied from the Sort Option or the Create Objects Option. Object Abbreviation and Print Name are not copied, since they must be different from those of the original. If the user does not have programmer access, the Object Method is not copied since it is an M field. Since even inactive objects affect the Document Definition action TRY for titles whose boilerplate text contains the object, objects should not be copied/created without good reason. They should be thoroughly tested before being activated. Action MT Move Title: MT: A Title may be moved to a different Document Class, for example, The action Move Title is accessed from the Edit option only, since it involves only entries in the Document Definition hierarchy. Action Move Title PERMITS: Moving TITLES Moving between DOCUMENT CLASSES WITHIN THE SAME CLASS Action Move Title DOES NOT PERMIT: when hospital services are reorganized. Documents defined by the Moving CLASSES or DOCUMENT CLASSES Moving COMPONENTS (The same effect can be achieved by deleting the component as an item from its parent, and adding it as an item to the new parent. This can be done even if the component is In Use.) Moving NATIONAL STANDARD titles Moving titles which are not in the DOCUMENT DEFINITION HIERARCHY Moving titles between CLASSES Moving FAULTY titles (known as faulty to the computer) Moving titles to FAULTY DOCUMENT CLASSES title are then updated with the new PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE (field # .04). Moves which RESULT in FAULTY titles (For example, suppose Title NURSE NOTE inherits its Print Method from its document class NIGHT NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS. Suppose DAY NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS has no Print Method. (This is not a fault since the titles under it could all have their own Print Methods.) If a user moves NURSE NOTE from NIGHT NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS to DAY NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS, then the title lacks a Print Method and becomes faulty. Documents using the title don't print. In this case, the title must first be given its own Print Method, and THEN moved.) The above restrictions are intended to prevent moves between Document Classes with very different behavior. However, hierarchies vary, and some structures will still permit risky moves. For example, if Consults are under Progress Notes, the user can move a nonconsult Title to Document Class CONSULTS. This sort of move is NOT advised. Anyone contemplating such a move should carefully read the paragraphs below on the Consequences of Moves between Very Different Document Classes. Moving a title automatically inactivates it. Therefore, managers should move titles only during off-peak hours. After the title is inactivated and MD: ALL documents defined by a given title may be moved to another moved under a new Document Class, the MT action attempts to update the PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE field (#.04) for existing documents of the title. This may take awhile if there are many documents to update. (If certain documents were not updated, the user must update them later, using action Update Documents.) When the action is finished, the title is LEFT INACTIVE. Checking the Title: Since the title has changed position within the hierarchy, its behavior title, for example, when a little-used title is eliminated in favor of may have changed. It is the user's responsibility to thoroughly check its new behavior, and then to reactivate it so it is available for entering new documents. The check should include Document Definition attributes of the entry (including Basic, Technical, and Upload fields), TIU Document Parameters, and Business Rules. Consider inherited as well as explicit values. Any other implicit behavior, local or national, that applies to the entry must also be checked. a broader title. It is possible that the Document Definition action TRY might state that an entry looks OK when it still does not function. For example, the action TRY may quit without continuing on to let the user enter a trial document. In such a case, check the title's Document Definition Fields against a different title that DOES work. (The TRY action checks that fields EXIST, but does not check whether or not they function properly.) Possible Consequences of Moves between Very Different Document Classes: Some behaviors are explicit, being determined by parameters, Business Rules, etc.. Others are implicit. For example, a Consult document is linked to a request when it is created, while a Progress Note document is not. These differences mean, for example, that one document may belong to a given cross reference or have a certain field, while another lacks the field and is not in the cross reference. Furthermore, the entry may have Business Rules, parameters, etc., which are not appropriate in its new position. It may also be lacking necessary ones. C: Titles, components, and objects may be copied, for example, when Except for updating the PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE field (#.04) for documents of a title, the COPY/MOVE actions simply move the entry AS IS, making no attempt to ensure that it functions correctly in its new position. It is the user's responsibility to determine whether or not a move is reasonable, and to make all necessary changes to documents, Document Definitions, and rules/parameters. This does NOT mean that all moves are dangerous. The more the difference in behavior and the greater the number of documents a title has, the greater the risk. jump-starting a new Document Definition by copying and then editing the Moves may take awhile if a title has many documents. In the meantime, existing documents may not function properly, and users may not be able to enter given Titles. On the other hand there should be little risk in moving, say, a Cardiology/Medicine Service Progress Note title from Document Class MEDICINE SERVICE to Document Class CARDIOLOGY. Action MD Move Documents: copy. Title and component copies may be placed under the same parent as Under this action, users select an old title and a new title. The action then attempts to move ALL the documents of the old title to the new title. After a document is moved, its Parent Document Type is updated if necessary. If some documents are not available for move/update, they can be moved later using the same action. The old title is then no longer In Use and can be deleted if desired. The old title is inactivated while documents are moved, and LEFT INACTIVE. If the user wants it available for entering documents, the user must the original, placed under a new parent, or left as orphans. reactivate it. Action Move Documents DOES NOT PERMIT: Moving documents from or to titles that have components Moving documents to a faulty title Moving documents between CLASSES Moving SELECTED documents (To move a particular document from one Title to another, use Hidden Action CT Change Title for that particular document.) The behavior of documents is determined by their title. Therefore, moving documents from one title to another can affect their behavior. Users are responsible to make sure the behavior of the target title is appropriate BEFORE moving documents to it. Anyone contemplating a move between very different titles should carefully read the warnings under action Move Title, above. Action U Update Documents: U: Documents defined by a particular title are updated with the correct This action is intended as a possible follow-up to action Move Title. It will usually not be necessary since action Move Title itself attempts to update documents defined by the moved title, giving them the correct new Parent Document Type. However, if a document is not available, then action Move Title finishes, leaving that document with the old Parent Document Type. This may affect document behavior. It will cause CWADs to fail to generate alerts, and conversely will cause nonCWADs to generate CWAD alerts. It may have other consequences in the future. PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE (field # .04). Action U Update Documents is intended for this situation. It updates every document defined by a certain title to the correct Parent Document Type. It can be run multiple times if necessary and entails no risk. OVERVIEW When Moving or Copying a title, users must be aware that changing positions in the hierarchy gives an entry NEW INHERITED behavior. Accordingly, some moves may not be appropriate. It is the user's responsibility to determine whether or not a given action is appropriate. DETAILED DESCRIPTION Action C COPY: The Copy action prompts for an entry to copy and a new entry name to copy into. This name must be different from the name of the entry being copied. The action then creates a new entry with the chosen name and copies the fields in the Document Definition File 8925.1 into the new entry. Certain fields require more information on exactly how they are copied: EMPTY FIELDS - If the original has empty fields, they are copied empty, NOT as inherited. Copy/Move is a very powerful action and should be used with great care. STATUS FIELD - If the original has a Status of Active or Test, the entry may be copied, but the copy has a Status of Inactive. NATIONAL STANDARD FIELD - If the original is National Standard, the entry may be copied, but the copy is not National Standard. SHARED FIELD - If a component is Shared, it may be copied but the copy is not Shared. If the component has subcomponents, new nonshared subcomponents are created and added to the It is accessible only through the Document Definitions (Manager) copy. ITEMS FIELD - If the original entry has items, the action prompts for item names to copy into, creates NEW entries for the items, and adds the NEW items to the copy. SHARED ITEMS - If a Nonshared entry has a Shared item, the action does NOT copy the Shared item but merely adds the Shared item to the copy. menu [TIUF DOCUMENT DEFINITION MGR]. Like other actions on the TITLES and COMPONENTS can be copied from the Edit Option or the Sort Option. If an entry is copied under the Edit option, the user is asked which parent to add the copy to, and the copy is added as an item to this parent. If no parent is selected, the copy is left as an orphan. Copying an Entry to a New Parent: If the user is copying a title, then the parent to which the copy is Manager menu, it disregards ownership. Users are expected to move only added must be in the hierarchy and must be a document class. If the user is copying a component, then the parent to which the copy is added must be in the hierarchy and must be a title or a component. The parent must be inactive and may not be National Standard or Shared. If an entry is copied under the Sort option (not the Edit option), then the title or component copies are left as orphans. Although orphan titles or components will not appear in the Document titles or documents for which they are responsible. Definition hierarchy, they can be still be added to a parent through both the Sort AND THE EDIT options by selecting action ITEMS for the parent, then action Add/Create, and then the orphan item. Checking Copies: Copy titles which have been given a new parent should be thoroughly checked before they are activated since their inherited behavior may have changed. |
D COPYMOVE^TIUFHA2 |
|
| TIUFH ACTION JUMP TO DDEF |
action |
|
User selects any Document Definition in the Clinical Document Hierarchy and action expands the display to include the selected entry. Users cannot jump to Orphans or Objects since they do not belong to the hierarchy. Users cannot jump to Shared Components since they may occur more than once in the hierarchy. This is a quick way to get several layers deep into the hierarchy in one step. |
D EXPDEF^TIUFH1(1) |
|
| TIUFH ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFH EDIT DDEFS MGR |
|
|
| TIUF CHANGE SORT MENU |
menu |
|
Changes what Document Definitions appear on list. |
S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D MENU^TIUFXHL1" |
D:(Y'=-1)&$D(TIUFAVAL) SELSTART^TIUFLA |
| TIUF OWNER NONE |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL="0^NONE" |
|
| TIUFD ACTION MENU CLIN |
menu |
|
Menu of Clinician Edit Actions. |
|
|
| TIUFD ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Menu of Manager Edit Actions. value of inherited fields. If an inherited field does not have its own explicit value, its effective value is its inherited value. If it does not have an inherited value, its effective value is the default value for the field. If the field does not have a default value, it does not have an effective value and the field display is blank. Values marked with * have been inherited. For EDITING heritable fields, see Technical field Edit Template. NOTE ON DISPLAY OF HERITABLE FIELDS: (Technical fields are heritable, and Basic field Suppress Visit Selection is heritable. Upload fields are heritable as a group. The display does not show inheritance for Upload fields.) The Document Definition Detailed Display action displays the EFFECTIVE |
|
|
| TIUFD ACTION MENU VIEW |
menu |
|
Menu of View Actions |
|
|
| TIU ACTION RESOLVE FILING ERRORS |
action |
|
Allows editing of the buffered text to resolve upload errors. |
D EDIT^TIURE |
|
| TIU ERROR RESOLUTION MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ERROR ACTION PRINT |
action |
|
This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. |
D PRTL^VALM1 |
|
| TIU ERROR ACTION RESOLVE |
action |
|
Resolve the selected filing errors. |
S BUFDA=$P(TIUDATA,U,3) D EDIT1^TIURE |
|
| TIUFT ACTION MENU ADD/EDIT/VIEW ITEMS |
menu |
|
Menu allows user to display items and item information for a given Document Definition. Document Definition owner may add, delete, or edit items. Added items may be new OR existing entries in the Document Definition File. |
|
|
| TIUFT ACTION ADD ITEMS |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS items to National Titles or Components. Entries cannot have 2 items with the same name. File 8925.1 cannot have 2 entries of the same type with the same name. Allows user to add items to parent entry. Items may be new file entries OR preexisting file entries. Preexisting file entries can be added ONLY if they have the appropriate type for the parent, if the user owns them, AND if they are not already used as an item under (the current or) another entry. Exception: Shared Components can be added as items to Titles or to Components regardless of owner and regardless of use elsewhere. User need not own an entry in order to add items to it. User cannot add |
D ADD^TIUFT |
|
| TIUFT ACTION DELETE ITEMS |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS parents. Action lets user delete multiple appropriate items from the parent entry. Deleted items are deleted from the parent only, not from file 8925.1. Item must be Inactive before it can be deleted. Noncomponent Items cannot be deleted if they are In Use. National items cannot be deleted from National parents. Items cannot be deleted from National Titles or Components. Shared Components are the only National entries permitted as items under nonNational parents, and CAN be deleted from NONNATIONAL |
D EDDEL^TIUFT1 |
|
| TIUFT ACTION ITEMS EDIT ALL |
action |
|
User can edit Sequence, Mnemonic and Menu Text for selected Items. |
D EDDEL^TIUFT1 |
|
| TIUFT ACTION EDIT MNEMONIC |
action |
|
Applies to Classes, Document Classes. Mnemonic is a convenient handle for selecting Menu Text from a 3-column menu. Mnemonic is usually a number with the same value as the Sequence. Alpha mnemonics are also permitted. 1-4 characters. |
D EDDEL^TIUFT1 |
|
| TIUFT ACTION EDIT SEQUENCE |
action |
|
Sequence, if entered, determines item order. Order is alphabetic by Menu Text if item has no sequence. Entry owner may edit sequence for selected items. Sequence is a number between .01 and 999, 2 decimal places allowed. |
D EDDEL^TIUFT1 |
|
| ORS AD HOC HEALTH SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol allows generation of Ad Hoc Health Summaries for multiple patients from the Results Reporting menu. |
S X="GMTS HS ADHOC",DIC=142,DIC(0)="ZF" D ^DIC K DIC Q:+Y'>0 S GMTSTYP=+Y,GMTSTITL="AD HOC" D BUILD^GMTSADOR |
|
| TIUFT ACTION MENU EDIT/VIEW ITEMS |
menu |
|
Menu allows user to display items and item information for a given Document Definition. The owner of a Document Definition can edit item Sequence, Mnemonic, and Menu Text. The owner of a Title may add Shared Components as items to the Title. Likewise, an owner can delete Shared Components from a Title. |
|
|
| TIUFT ACTION MENU VIEW ITEMS |
menu |
|
Menu allows user to display items and item information for a given Document Definition. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MAKE ADDENDUM |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to add addenda to selected documents online... When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D ADDEND^TIURA1 |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION MAKE ADDENDUM |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to add an addendum to the current document online... When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D CLEAR^VALM1,ADDEND1^TIURA1,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU EDIT ADDENDUM |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Personnel. |
S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT ADDENDUM |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit current addendum online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D CLEAR^VALM1,EDADD^TIUADD,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU ERRORS |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed to resolve error generated by the upload filer/router. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION PRINT ERROR |
action |
|
Allows users to print the contents of the buffer record associated with an UNRESOLVED filing error. This may facilitate resolution, if the hardcopy is used to identify the source of the error (missing or erroneous values in the header field(s) of a record, etc.), and "pencil-in" the corrected values. |
D PRINT^TIURE |
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW TITLE |
action |
|
Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. |
K TIUQUIK,VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIURTITL($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU TITLE REVIEW |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIUFD EDIT BASICS |
action |
|
User can edit basic information for the Document Definition entry. Status MANAGER OPTIONS: Managers (persons with Manager menu) need not own an entry in order to edit it. They can edit Name, Abbreviation, Print Name, Type (if not In Use), Owner, Shared (for Components), Suppress Visit Selection, and Status. must be Inactive in order to edit most basic attributes. Enter ??? to see Status. CLINICIAN OPTIONS: Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) must own an entry in order to edit it. They can edit Abbreviation, Print Name, Owner, and Status of entries they own. |
D EDBASICS^TIUFD2 |
|
| TIUFT ACTION EDIT MENU TEXT |
action |
|
Menu Text is the short name users will see for Classes and Document permits up to 20 characters. Classes when selecting them from a 3-column menu. Such menus occur when viewing documents across many patients or when viewing many types of documents together (e.g. Progress Notes at the same time as Discharge Summaries). User can edit Menu Text for selected items. Menu Text may affect item order since order is alphabetic by Menu Text if item has no sequence. To edit NAME (rather than Menu Text), go back to previous screen. Menu Text |
D EDDEL^TIUFT1 |
|
| TIUF SORT BY USED BY DOCMTS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1A\",TIUFATTR="U^WAY USED",XQORM("??")="D USED^TIUFXHL1" |
|
| TIUF USED BY DOCMTS YES |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL="YES" |
|
| TIUF USED BY DOCMTS NO |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL="NO" |
|
| TIUFD EDIT BOILERPLATE TEXT |
action |
|
Boilerplate Text is the optional text a Document Definition may be given. Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) must own the entry in order to edit its boilerplate text. Clinicians cannot edit boilerplate text for National entries. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit the boilerplate text of entries, including National entries, regardless of Ownership. Exception: only the Owner can edit a Shared Component. It is displayed as the default, editable text of a TIU document when a TIU document is entered. Only Document Definitions of Type Title or Component may have Boilerplate Text. Only Inactive entries can be edited. Enter '???' for more information on Boilerplate Text. CLINICIAN OPTIONS |
D EDBOILTX^TIUFD3 |
|
| TIUFD EDIT TECHNICAL FIELDS |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS Technical fields are mainly M code (which requires Programmer access), although some are just very technical, requiring detailed knowledge of the utility. Many Technical Fields can be inherited from ancestor entries. There is one technical field for Objects: Object Method. For nonObjects, Technical fields include: Entry Action, Exit Action, Edit Template, Print Method, Print Form Header, Print Form Number, Print Group, Visit Linkage Method, Validation Method, and Allow Custom Form Headers. |
D EDTECH^TIUFD4 |
|
| TIUFD EDIT UPLOAD MGR |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS than lower entries. Do NOT set partial information at a lower level; if information is set at all at a lower level, it must be complete at that level. Upload information includes basic characteristics such as the file/field which will store the text of the document, as well as header information for each fixed-field to be uploaded. TIU permits documents to be dictated and then uploaded into TIU or into other files. Upload information can be set by this action for Document Definition Classes, Document Classes, or Titles, and is heritable. Although upload information is heritable, it is NOT displayed by the Document Definition Utility when it is inherited rather than belonging to the entry itself. To edit/view existing upload information, select action Detailed Display for the entry where such information is set rather |
D EDUPLOAD^TIUFD4 |
|
| TIUFHA ACTION EDIT/VIEW |
action |
|
DETAILED DISPLAY differs from ITEMS in the following way: Detailed Display CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can VIEW any entry but must own the entry in order to edit it. Edit includes Basics, Items, and Boilerplate Text. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) need not own the entry in order to edit it. Edit includes Basics, Items, Boilerplate Text, Technical Fields and Upload Fields. looks at the entry as a FILE entry and permits edit of all aspects of the entry, including Items. Items, in contrast, looks at the entry ONLY as an Item under its parent and permits edit of Item characteristics ONLY. Detailed Display displays selected entry. Permits edit if appropriate. Edit is limited if entry is National. Shared Components can be VIEWED via the Edit Document Definitions Option but can be EDITED only via the Sort Option. |
D EDVIEW^TIUFHA |
|
| TIUF SORT BY PARENTAGE |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1A\",TIUFATTR="P^PARENTAGE",XQORM("??")="D PARENT^TIUFXHL1" |
|
| TIUF PARENTAGE ORPHAN |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL="O^ORPHAN" |
|
| TIUF PARENTAGE NONORPHAN |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL="N^NONORPHAN" |
|
| TIUFHA ACTION EDIT STATUS |
action |
|
For Options Edit/Sort/Create Document Definitions. If entry is of Type Title, entry Status is changed to selected Status, and Component Statuses are automatically changed to same Status. Exception: Shared Components do not have a Status and are not changed. If Status is Inactive or Test, user may select another entry when finished. For Option Sort Document Definitions, user can select multiple entries for ANY Status. The display is recreated from scratch rather than updated, making it a bit slower. Action Status does not function for entries of Type Object. Instead, the user is asked to edit Status of Objects by using Action Basics under Detailed Display for the Object since Detailed Display shows Titles with the object embedded. User selects Status Inactive, Test, or Active. User then selects an entry. (If selected Status is Active, user can select multiple entries.) If entry is of Type Class or Document Class, entry Status is changed to selected Status. If selected Status is Inactive, descendants are also Inactivated. |
D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3 |
|
| TIUFC ACTION MENU |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFC CREATE DDEFS MGR create your items under the bolded entry. To go down a level, select action NEXT LEVEL and then select an entry. To create an entry, select action Class/DocumentClass, Title or Component. Only one of these actions is selectable at a given time. (Actions enclosed in parentheses are not selectable.) The Create Option shows the Hierarchy, with CLINICAL DOCUMENTS at the top. When the option begins, Clinical Documents is bolded with its current items indented below it. You can create additional items under Clinical Documents if you so choose. If you wish to create items under a LOWER entry, you must go down the hierarchy successive levels until the proper entry is bolded and THEN |
|
|
| TIUFC ACTION NEXT LEVEL |
action |
|
The user's current position in the Hierarchy is marked by the bolded entry. Action permits user to navigate down the Hierarchy by selecting an item under the highlighted entry. The selected item becomes the new current position. Note that Next Level differs from Expand/Collapse. Although both actions do expand the selected entry, Next Level also changes the user's current position in the hierarchy and limits future expansion to items of that entry. |
D NEXT^TIUFC |
|
| TIUF HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
Items call RMSG^TIUFL to reset regular message when any Hidden Action is taken. |
|
|
| TIUF FIND |
action |
|
Finds text in list of entries/information displayed. Action searches all pages of list/information, but cannot 'see' the expansion for unexpanded entries in the Edit Document Definitions Option. Can be a quick way to get to the right page. Enter F |
D FIND^VALM40 |
|
| TIUF NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
This action moves down to the next screen of entries/information. Enter + |
D NEXT^VALM4 |
|
| TIUF PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
Moves up to the previous screen of entries/information. Enter - |
D PREV^VALM4 |
|
| TIUF UP ONE LINE |
action |
|
Moves up a line. Enter UP |
D UP^VALM40 |
|
| TIUF DOWN A LINE |
action |
|
Moves down a line. Enter DN |
D DOWN^VALM40 |
|
| TIUF PRINT SCREEN |
action |
|
NOTE ON PRINTING: ALL printing of document definitions is done using objects. To print a list, select action PS or PL at this point. To print information on a single given entry, first locate the entry in one of the above lists, then select Action Detailed Display, action Boilerplate Text, or action Items. Action Detailed Display shows all available information for a given entry. Action Items shows the items of a given entry. THEN select action PS or PL. PRINT SCREEN allows the user to print the current display screen. Action prints ONLY what is currently visible on the screen, ignoring information built-in hidden actions PS Print Screen and PL Print List. User first that can be moved to horizontally or vertically (pages), so user should move left/right and up/down to desired information before printing. To print more than one visible screen of information use action PL Print List. For Print Screen enter PS. locates the data to be printed so that it shows on the screen and then user selects action PS or PL. To locate the appropriate data use the Edit, Sort, or Create option to list appropriate entries. Option Edit Document Definitions shows the hierarchy. Option Sort Document Definitions shows sorted document definitions including Orphans, Objects, and Shared Components. Option Create Document Definitions shows a particular line of descent of the hierarchy. Option Create Objects shows |
S VALMSG=$$VMSG^TIUFL D PRT^VALM1 |
|
| TIUF PRINT LIST |
action |
|
For general printing information see action PS Print Screen. PRINT LIST prints the entire vertical list of entries/information including entries/information not currently visible but which can be moved up or down to. If action is selected from the leftmost position of the screen, user is asked whether to print ALL columns or only those columns visible on the current leftmost position of the screen. If action is selected after user has scrolled to the right, only the currently visible left/right columns are printed. Enter PL |
D PRTL^TIUFPR |
|
| TIUF RIGHT |
action |
|
Lets the user scroll to the right one column when >> shows on the message bar. Most screens display essential information which can only be seen by scrolling to the right. User can also enter >=5 for example, to scroll 5 characters to the right, or >=> to scroll to the rightmost position. Enter > |
D RIGHT^TIUFL1(XQORNOD(0)) |
|
| TIUF LEFT |
action |
|
Lets user scroll left when << shows on the message bar. Enter < to scroll left to the next column or enter <=5 to scroll 5 characters to the left, or enter <=< to scroll to the leftmost column. Enter < |
D LEFT^TIUFL1(XQORNOD(0)) |
|
| TIUF QUIT |
action |
|
Quits the option. Enter Q |
Q |
|
| TIUF LAST SCREEN |
action |
|
The action displays the last screen of entries/information. Enter LS |
D LAST^VALM4 |
|
| TIUF FIRST SCREEN |
action |
|
This action displays the first screen of entries/information. Enter FS |
D FIRST^VALM4 |
|
| TIUF GOTO PAGE |
action |
|
Lets user choose a page to go to. User can also enter GO=3, for example to go to page 3 in a single step. Enter GO |
D GOTO^VALM40 |
|
| TIUFC ACTION BEGIN AGAIN |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS Takes user back to original Display with Clinical Documents bolded as the current position in the hierarchy. |
S VALMBCK="R" S VALMSG=$$VMSG^TIUFL D INIT^TIUFC |
|
| TIUFC ACTION CREATE CLASS/DOCUMENT CLASS |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS This action is selectable only when the bolded entry is of Type Class. (An action is not selectable when it is enclosed in parentheses). It permits the user to create a new Class or Document Class and hang it under the bolded entry. Option Create Document Definitions does not allow the creation of Objects: Use Option Create Objects or Option Sort Document Definitions. |
D CREATE^TIUFC1 |
|
| TIUFC ACTION CREATE TL |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS Create Title is selectable only when the bolded entry has Type Document Class. (Actions are not selectable when they are enclosed in parentheses). This action permits the user to Create a new Title and hang it under the bolded entry. Option Create Document Definitions does not allow the creation of Objects: Use Option Create Objects or Option Sort Document Definitions. |
D CREATE^TIUFC1 |
|
| TIUFC ACTION CREATE COMPONENT |
action |
|
MANAGER OPTIONS Option Create Document Definitions does not allow the creation of Objects: Use Option Create Objects or Option Sort Document Definitions. This action is selectable only when the bolded entry is of Type Title. (An action is not selectable when it is enclosed in parentheses). It permits the user to create a new Component and hang it under the bolded entry. Title must be Inactive before Components can be created under it. If SubComponents are desired, they can be created by selecting Detailed Display for the parent Component, and editing its Items. |
D CREATE^TIUFC1 |
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW MIS |
action |
|
Allows MIS users to modify the list of documents by STATUS, DOCUMENT TYPE, and ENTRY DATE range without exiting the review screen. |
K VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIURM($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU MRT REVIEW |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by Medical Records Technicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU MGR REVIEW |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Managers. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIUFHA ACTION EDIT NAME/OWNER/PNAME |
menu |
|
User chooses to edit Name, Owner, or Print Name, and then selects multiple entries to be edited. |
S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D NOP^TIUFXHL1" |
|
| TIUFHA ATTRIBUTE EDIT NAME |
action |
|
User selects multiple entries and edits Name. |
|
D EDATTR^TIUFHA4 |
| TIUFHA ATTRIBUTE EDIT OWNER |
action |
|
User selects multiple entries and edits Owner, Personal and/or Class. To change from Personal to Class Owner or vice versa, user must delete the unwanted entry to be prompted for the other. |
|
D EDATTR^TIUFHA4 |
| TIUFHA ATTRIBUTE EDIT PRINT NAME |
action |
|
User selects multiple entries and edits Print Name. |
|
D EDATTR^TIUFHA4 |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION REJECT |
action |
|
If the current document is NOT ready for signature, indicate as much by typing "N", or "NO". |
S TIURJCT=$G(TIURJCT)_$S($G(TIURJCT)]"":",",1:"")_TIUI |
|
| TIU ACTION DESIGNATE SIGNERS |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to identify additional signers for a given document. |
D NAME^TIURA1 |
|
| TIU PN OE/RR INTERFACE |
action |
|
Allows access to the Review Progress Note utility. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). |
D EN^VALM("TIU REVIEW PN CLINICIAN") |
K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3 |
| TIU PN ENTER NOTE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to enter a new progress note. It is designed to be attached to any Order Entry menu, or to be ^^-jumped to from any Select Action prompt in OE/RR. |
D MAIN^TIUEDIT(3) |
K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1 |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION DESIGNATE SIGNERS |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to identify additional users who are to be alerted for concurrence signature. These signers may enter an addendum if they do not concur with the content of the document, but they may not edit the document itself. |
D CLEAR^VALM1,SIGNER^TIURA1,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIUF CHANGE STATUS TO ACTIVE |
action |
|
|
|
D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3 |
| TIUF CHANGE STATUS TO INACTIVE |
action |
|
|
|
D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3 |
| TIUF CHANGE STATUS TO TEST |
action |
|
|
|
D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3 |
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW PT/TTL |
action |
|
Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. |
K TIUQUIK,VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIURPTTL($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU PT/TTL REVIEW |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIUF QUIT1 |
action |
|
Quits the option. Enter Q |
Q |
|
| TIU ACTION SEARCH LIST |
action |
|
Allows users to search list of Documents for a text string (word, phrase, or partial word) from current position to the end of the list. Upon reaching the end of the last page of the list, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the list through the origin of the search. |
D FIND^VALM40 |
|
| TIUF STATUS ACTIVE |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL=^TMP("TIUF",$J,"STATA") |
|
| TIUF STATUS INACTIVE |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL=^TMP("TIUF",$J,"STATI") |
|
| TIUF STATUS TEST |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL=^TMP("TIUF",$J,"STATT") |
|
| TIUF STATUS NONE |
action |
|
|
S TIUFAVAL="0^NONE" |
|
| TIUFJ ACTION MENU CLIN |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS CLIN |
|
|
| TIUFJ ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS MGR |
|
|
| TIUFJ ACTION CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
Changes what Document Definitions appear on list. |
D CHANGE^TIUFA1 |
|
| TIU INTEGRATED OE/RR INTERFACE |
action |
|
Allows access to the Review Documents function of TIU. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). |
D EN^VALM("TIU REVIEW SCREEN CLINICIAN") |
K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3 |
| TIU PT/TITLE OE/RR INTERFACE |
action |
|
Allows users to query for Progress Notes by Patient and Title. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). |
D EN^VALM("TIU REVIEW BY PATIENT & TITLE") |
K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3 |
| TIUFHA ACTION BOILERPLATE TEXT |
action |
|
Applies to Titles and Components only. Displays boilerplate text of Managers (persons with Manager menu) need not own the entry in order to edit its boilerplate text. entry. If entry is a Title, also displays boilerplate text of any Components. Permits user to edit boilerplate text. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can VIEW boilerplate text of any entry but must own the entry in order to edit the boilerplate text. MANAGER OPTIONS |
D EDVIEW^TIUFHA |
|
| TIUFX ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Menu of Manager Boilerplate Text Actions. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can VIEW the boilerplate text of any entry and can TRY it. If the clinician owns the entry, s/he can also edit its status and its boilerplate text. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit status, edit boilerplate text, and TRY entry. |
|
|
| TIUFX EDIT STATUS |
action |
|
User can edit Status. Status must be Inactive in order to edit MANAGER OPTIONS: Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit status of entry regardless of ownership. boilerplate text. Status must be Active for Document Definition to be used by general users to enter documents. If status is Test, only the owner can enter a document on the entry. User can TRY entry of ANY status since trial document is deleted following trial. CLINICIAN OPTIONS: Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) must own an entry in order to edit its status. |
D STATUS^TIUFX |
|
| TIUFX ACTION MENU VIEW |
menu |
|
Menu of View Boilerplate Text Actions. For National Standard entries, entries not owned by Clinician user (person with Clinician menu), Shared Components not owned by user, whether Clinician or Manager (person with Manager menu). User can VIEW the boilerplate text of any entry and can TRY it. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION MENU OE/RR |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| TIU ACTION SIGNED/UNSIGNED |
action |
|
Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, etc. without exiting the review screen. |
D KILL^VALM10() K VALMY D FULL^VALM1,INIT^TIUROR($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^("CLASS")),1:3),9999,+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"DFN"))) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION SELECT NEW PATIENT |
action |
|
Select a new patient. |
K ^TMP("TIURSAVE",$J),^TMP("TIURSIDX",$J),^TMP("VALM VIDEO",$J),VALMY D FULL^VALM1,INIT^TIUROR(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1) |
D:$D(^TMP("TIUR",$J)) HDR^TIUROR S VALMBCK=$S($D(^TMP("TIUR",$J,0)):"R",1:"Q"),VALMBG=1 |
| TIU ACTION RESET ALL SIGNED |
action |
|
Reset the list to ALL SIGNED documents. |
D KILL^VALM10() K VALMY D RESTORE^TIUROR1 |
D HDR^TIUROR |
| TIU ACTION CWAD DISPLAY |
action |
|
Detailed display of the CWAD patient warnings; setup for "^^"-jumping to within XQOR*. Requires Health Summary. |
D CWAD^TIULX |
|
| TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR OE/RR |
action |
|
Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. |
D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN") |
|
| TIU ACTION COMPLETE DOCUMENTS |
action |
|
Allows clinicians to electronically sign selected documents or addenda. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy document carries. You are advised to carefully review each document for content and accuracy before exercising this option. |
D FULL^VALM1,ELSIG^TIURS1 |
|
| TIU LM REVIEW PN |
action |
|
Allows users to access Progress Notes in a manner analogous to that available through Progress Notes v2.5. |
K DUOUT,DTOUT,DIROUT,DIRUT D EN^TIUROR |
|
| TIU COMPLETE NOTES MENU |
menu |
|
This menu is used by the List template for the completion of notes. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION COMPLETE NOTES |
action |
|
Allows users to browse Progress Notes from the Review Screen, and to Sign, Edit, or Delete individual records, either singly, or in groups. |
D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU COMPLETE NOTES") |
|
| TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS OE/RR |
menu |
|
This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu. |
|
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION CHANGE TITLE |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to change the title of a TIU Document as necessary. |
D CNVPOST1^TIURS1 |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| TIU ACTION MENU CHANGE TITLE |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS ADVANCED |
menu |
|
This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE TITLE |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to modify the title of a document (and thereby convert a patient posting), as appropriate. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before having their titles changed. |
Q:$G(TIUGLINK) D CNVPOST^TIURS1 |
|
| TIUFJ ACTION EDIT OWNER |
action |
|
User selects multiple entries and edits Owner, Personal and/or Class. To change from Personal to Class Owner or vice versa, user must delete the unwanted entry to be prompted for the other. |
D EDATTR^TIUFHA4 |
|
| TIUFDJ ACTION MENU MGR |
menu |
|
Menu of Manager Edit Actions for Objects. |
|
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION LINK TO PROBLEM |
action |
|
Link the selected document to one or more Problems from the patient's active Problem List. |
D LINK1^TIURB1 |
|
| TIU BROWSE MENU LINK |
menu |
|
Allows authorized users to (re)-link single documents to either problems, a different patient/visit if current patient/visit is incorrect, or a record in another VistA application (for example, a Consult Result may be linked to a Consult Request, a Patient Record Flag Document to a Flag, and so on). Such associations permit a variety of clinically useful "views" of the on-line record. |
S XQORM(0)="AD",XQORM("??")="D LINKHELP^TIUHELP",VALMBCK="" |
K TIUCHNG |
| TIUF ACTION TRY1 |
action |
|
Permits Mnemonic TRY. Otherwise, same as protocol TIUF ACTION TRY. |
D CHECKDEF^TIUFHA6 |
|
| EC MUL PROCS MENU |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM("B")="MP" |
|
| EC MUL ADD PROCDT |
action |
|
|
D PRDTADD^ECMLMP |
|
| EC MUL PROC ADD |
action |
|
|
D PRADD^ECMLMP |
|
| EC MUL DEL PROCDT |
action |
|
|
D PRDTDEL^ECMLMP |
|
| EC MUL PROC DEL |
action |
|
|
D PRDEL^ECMLMP |
|
| EC MUL PAT SCREEN |
action |
|
|
S ECNFLG=1 Q |
|
| EC MUL PATIENTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| EC MUL ADD PAT |
action |
|
|
D ADDPAT^ECMLMN |
|
| EC MUL DEL PAT |
action |
|
|
D PATDEL^ECMLMN |
|
| EC MUL FILE SCREEN |
action |
|
|
S ECFFLG=1 Q |
|
| GMTS HS BY PATIENT & DATE |
action |
|
Generates Health Summaries of a specified pre-defined Health Summary Type for multiple patients. After patients are selected. The user can pick a date range. Data for summaries is based on the date range. This date range overrides time limits for componenets which allow this option |
S GMRANGE=1 D ^GMTS |
K GMRANGE |
| GMTS HS BY PATIENT & VISIT |
action |
|
Generates Health Summaries of a specified pre-defined Health Summary type for multiple patients. After a patient is selected, the user can pick an outpatient visit (based on the VISIT file) or an inpatient hospital admission (based on the patient movement file). If the Patient Care Encounter (PCE) package isn't installed then the user can only choose an inpatient visit. Data for summaries is based on a date range from the outpatient visit or inpatient admission. This Date Range overrides Time Limits for components which allow this option. |
S GMTSPXGO=1 D ^GMTS |
K GMTSPXGO |
| PS MFSEND OR |
extended action |
|
Send new and updated master file entries from Pharmacy to OE/RR. |
|
Q |
| PS RECEIVE OR |
action |
|
This protocol is used to receive Pharmacy orders from CPRS. |
D EN^PSJHL4(.XQORMSG) |
|
| PS EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
This protocol is for sending Inpatient and Outpatient Pharmacy orders to CPRS. |
|
K ^TMP("HLS",$J,"PS"),PSOC,MSG |
| GMRC RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^GMRCHL7A(.XQORMSG) |
|
| GMRC EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC ORDERABLE ITEM UPDATE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A04 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This server protocol fires when a patient is registered. It generates a Health Level Seven (HL7) register a patient (event code A04) message. |
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This server protocol fires when a patient record is updated. It generates a Health Level Seven (HL7) update a patient (event code A08) message. |
|
|
| VAFH HL7 INPATIENT CAPTURE |
extended action |
|
This protocol hangs off of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS Protocol. It generates HL7 ADT messages based on what action has fired the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS Protocol, such as: Admissions; Discharges, or Transfers. |
D ^VAFHADT1 |
|
| VAFH HL7 OUTPATIENT CAPTURE |
action |
|
This protocol will send HL7 messages for check-in, check-out, and stand-alone stop codes "event" at the time they occur. It hangs off the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol. |
D CAP^VAFHCCAP |
|
| VAFH A01 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A01 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A02 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A11 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A12 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A13 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A03 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A04 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A08 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A34 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A02 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A03 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS |
extended action |
|
At the completion of a patient movement the following events 3. When a patient is admitted, dietetics creates a dietetic patient file entry and creates an admission diet order. When a patient is discharged, all active diet orders are discontinued. If a patient is absent or on pass, the diet orders are suspended. 4. Inpatient Pharmacy cancels all active orders when a patient is admitted, discharged or on unauthorized absence. A patient can not be given Unit Dose meds unless s/he is take place through this option: admitted to a ward. The patient can receive IV meds; however. When a patient is transferred, an inpatient system parameter is used to determine whether or not the orders should be cancelled. When a patient goes on authorized absence, the inpatient system parameter is used to determine whether the orders should be cancelled, placed on hold or no action taken. When a patient returns from authorized absence any orders placed on hold will no longer be on hold. 5. With ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING v2.2, MAS OE/RR NOTIFICATIONS may be displayed to USERS defined in an OE/RR LIST for the patient. These notifications are displayed for admissions and death discharges. 1. The PTF record is updated when a patient is admitted, discharged or transfered. 2. The appointment status for a patient is updated to 'inpatient' for admissions and 'outpatient' for discharges. Admissions to the domicilliary have an 'outpatient' appointment status. |
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A04 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A08 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A11 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A12 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A13 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A34 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH CLIENT A19 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFH A19 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A03 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A11 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A13 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A19 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A19 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC HL7 INPATIENT CAPTURE |
extended action |
|
|
D ^VAFCADT1 |
|
| VAFC HL7 OUTPATIENT CAPTURE |
action |
|
|
D CAP^VAFCCCAP |
|
| VAFC ADT-A08-TSP SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08-TSP CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08-SDAM SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08-SDAM CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08-SCHED SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADT-A08-SCHED CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IVMLE TRANSMISSION ERROR MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for IVM transmission error processing. |
|
|
| IVMLE CHANGE LIST |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to change the error list being viewed. The error list includes errors with an error processing status of New or Checked, or both. |
D CL^IVMLERR2 |
|
| IVMLE CHANGE DATE RANGE |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to change the date range of errors being viewed. |
D CD^IVMLERR2 |
|
| IVMLE SORT LIST |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to sort the error list by patient name or date/time ack received within the selected date range. |
D SL^IVMLERR2 |
|
| IVMLE CHECK ERROR OFF LIST |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to check an error with a status of New off the list. |
D CE^IVMLERR2 |
|
| IVMLE RETRANSMIT PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to retransmit a patient. |
D RP^IVMLERR2 |
|
| SCENI CHANGE DIVISION |
action |
|
Changes the active division for the Incomplete Encounter Management module |
D CDIV^SCENI01 |
D EXIT^SCENI01 |
| SCENI CHANGE CLINIC |
action |
|
Change the active clinic for the list |
D CCLN^SCENI01 |
D EXIT^SCENI01 |
| SCENI CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
Changes the active patient for the list. |
D CPAT^SCENI01 |
D EXIT^SCENI01 |
| SCENI CHANGE DATE RANGE |
action |
|
Changes the active date range for the list. |
D CDT^SCENI01 |
D EXIT^SCENI01 |
| SCENI INCOMPLETE ENC MGMT MENU |
menu |
|
Menu for the Incomplete Encounter Managment List manager |
|
|
| SCENI DISPLAY ERRORS |
action |
|
Display all associated errors for the selected encounter |
D DSPLYER^SCENI01 |
D EXIT^SCENI01 |
| SCENI VIEW EXPANDED |
action |
|
Display the corrective action description for the error selected. |
D VE^SCENIA1 |
D EXIT^SCENIA1 |
| SCENI EXPAND ENCOUNTER |
action |
|
Displays pertinent fields for the selected encounter |
D EXP^SCENI01 |
D EXIT^SCENI01 |
| SCENI CORRECT ERROR |
action |
|
This item provides a menas to correct the selected errors through the appropriate means. |
D CE^SCENIA1 |
D EXIT^SCENIA1 |
| SCENI CHANGE ERROR CODE |
action |
|
This item changes the currently active error code being displayed in the IEMM List Manager display |
D CER^SCENI01 |
|
| SCENI DISPLAY ERRORS MENU |
menu |
|
This displays the menu options for correcting/viewing displayed errors for the Incomplete Encounter Management. |
|
|
| SCENI CALL LOAD EDIT |
action |
|
This calls the DG Load Patient Data option. |
D LE^SCENIA1 |
|
| SCENI PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS |
action |
|
This calls the SDAM Patient Demographics update |
D DEM^SCENIA1 |
|
| SCENI ENCOUNTER INFORMATION |
action |
|
This calls the Edit Encounter Information option for IEMM error correction |
D EI^SCENIA2 |
|
| SCENI CHECKOUT INTERVIEW |
action |
|
This calls the SDAM checkout, allowing editing Provider, Diagnosis, and procedure errors. |
D CO^SCENIA1 |
|
| SCENI REFLAG ERROR |
action |
|
Reflags entry in Transmitted Outpatient Encounter File for transmission and clears the error. |
D FLG^SCENIA1 |
|
| DGPM PROVIDER UPDATE EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol is placed on the OR EVSEND DGPM event. It will update the provider in the Patient Movement file (405). |
D EN^DGPMVPU |
|
| FH EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
This protocol is used to send HL7 message to Order Entry 3 or higher from Dietetics. |
|
|
| FH RECEIVE |
action |
|
This protocol is used to receive HL7 message from Order Entry 3 or higher. |
D EN^FHWOR(.XQORMSG) |
|
| FH ORDERABLE ITEM UPDATE |
extended action |
|
This protocol is used to send orderable item updates HL7 messages to Order Entry 3 or higher from Dietetics. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION LINK WITH CLIENT RECORD |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to (re)-link TIU Documents to records in Other Applications. For example, Consult Results may be linked to Consult Requests, Patient Record Flag Documents may be linked to Flags, and so on. |
D CLAPPLNK^TIURD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION LINK WITH CLIENT APP |
action |
|
Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to link or re-link the current document to a record in another application. For example, Consult Results may be linked to Consult Requests, Patient Record Flag Documents to Flags, etc.. |
D FULL^VALM1,CLAPPLN1^TIURD(TIUDA) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC VIEW BILL LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains the actions for reviewing and referring TP Bills. |
|
|
| RCRC VIEW VALIDATION CHECK |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to validate TP bills before they are referred to RC. |
D EN^RCRCVCK |
|
| RCRC VIEW CHECK LIST |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to view a list of criteria items they should have reviewed prior to referring a bill to RC. |
D EN^RCRCVC |
K RCOUT |
| RCRC VIEW REFERRAL TO RC |
action |
|
This protocol allows user to refer TP bills to Regional Counsel. Bills in the Reimbursable Health Category will be electronically referred. |
D EN^RCRCVXM |
|
| RCRC VIEW TPJI |
action |
|
This protocol allows user to access the Third Party Joint Inquiry List Manager screens. |
D IB^RCRCVL |
|
| RCRC VIEW SELECT ITEM |
action |
|
This option is to select or unselect listed bills to take actions on the bills. |
D SEL^RCRCVLE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC VIEW EDIT LIST |
action |
|
This option allows the users to change their current list of bills. |
D MOD^RCRCVLE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC ACTION BILL LIST |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions and adjustments that can be made to bills that are referred to Regional Counsel. These bills must be Third Party bills. |
|
|
| RCRC ACTION CODE LIST |
action |
|
This protocol list Transaction Codes that can be sent to RC as requests. |
D EN^RCRCAC |
K RCOUT |
| RCRC ACTION EDIT LIST |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to change their current list. They can add or subtract bills from it. |
D MOD^RCRCALE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC ACTION SELECT ITEM |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to select a bill(s) on the screen before selecting an action to be posted against them. |
D SEL^RCRCALE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC ACTION TPJI |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to enter the Third Party Joint Inquiry List Manager screens. |
D IB^RCRCAL |
|
| RCRC ACTION EOB PROC |
action |
|
This protocol allows user to process EOB Codes for partial payments. |
D EOB^RCRCACP |
|
| RCRC ACTION CODE REQ |
action |
|
This protocol will send a request via E-mail to RC for the selected action to be posted against the bill. |
D REQ^RCRCACP |
|
| RCRC ACTION CODE MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains the actions to process requests and send information to the Regional Counsel Office. |
|
|
| RCRC ACTION TRANSACTION SEND |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to select an existing AR Tranasaction and send it to Regional Counsel. |
D EN^RCRCAT |
|
| RCRC ACTION INCREASE |
action |
|
This protocol allows referred TP Bills to be increased. This should be used if payments received for a bill is greater than the Outstanding Balance. |
D INC^RCRCRT |
|
| RCRC TRANSMISSION LOG |
menu |
|
This protocol allows the user to select,append comments to, delete, veiw and forward message of a regional counsel transmission. |
|
|
| RCRC TRANSMISSION VIEW |
action |
|
This protocol allows viewing of a transmission to Regional Counsel, |
D EN^RCRCXMS("VEW") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC TRANSMISSION DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol allow the user to delete a transmission from the transmission log. |
D EN^RCRCXMS("DEL") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC TRANSMISSION FORWARD |
action |
|
This protocol allows a user to forward a transmission message to another recepient. |
D EN^RCRCXMS("FRW") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC TRANSMISSION COMMENT |
action |
|
This protocol allows a user to append comments to a Regional Counsel transmission. |
D EN^RCRCXMS("COM") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC TRANSMISSION SELECT |
action |
|
This protocol allows a user to select a transmission. |
D SEL^RCRCELE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC EOB LIST |
menu |
|
This protocol allows user to process EOB Codes for partial payments. |
|
|
| RCRC EOB SELECT ITEM |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to select a transaction(s) on the screen in order to perform EOB processing action. |
D SEL^RCRCBLE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCRC TRANSMISSION RESEQ |
action |
|
This option is used to Resequence the Transmission Log to remove items that were deleted and display added comments. |
D REQ^RCRCELE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| USR SHOW USER MEMBERSHIP MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of action to show user class memberships. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| USR SHOW CLASS MEMBERSHIP MENU |
menu |
|
Menu for showing members of User Classes. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)+1 |
|
| SR Notification of Appointment Booking |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit new appointment bookings. This is a S12 trigger event code which includes all new requested, scheduled or emergent surgery cases entered through the proper Surgery package options. |
|
|
| SR Notification of Appointment Rescheduling |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment reschedulings. This is a S13 trigger event code which includes changes in existing case's requested or scheduled through the proper Surgery package options. |
|
|
| SR Notification of Appointment Modification |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment modifications. This is an S14 trigger event code which includes modifications to an existing case entered through the proper Surgery package options. |
|
|
| SR Notification of Appointment Cancellation |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment cancellations. This is an S15 trigger event code which includes modifications to an existing case entered through the proper Surgery package options. |
|
|
| SR Notification of Appointment Deletion |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment deletions. This is an S17 trigger event code which includes modifications to an existing case entered through the proper Surgery package options. |
|
|
| SR Unsolicited transmission of VistA Requested Observation |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used from within the Surgery Interface to transmit unsolicited observations. This is an R01 trigger event code which includes all cases with the Surgical package status of either not complete or complete. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Observation Unsolicited |
subscriber |
|
This is the protocol built for the client application to receive unsolicited ORU messages. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of New Appointment Booking |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the Surgery New Appointment bookings, event type S12. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Appointment Rescheduling |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment rescheduling messages, event type S13. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Appointment Modification |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment modification messages, event type S14. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Appointment Cancellation |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment cancellation messages, event type S15. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Appointment Deletion |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment deletion messages, event type S17. |
|
|
| SR Unsolicited transmission of AAIS Requested Observation |
event driver |
|
This protocol is setup for the placer application to send unsolicited observation, ORU, messages to the filler surgery application to process. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Unsolicited Requested Observation |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup for the filler surgery application to receive usolicited observation, ORU, messages from the placer application for processing. |
|
|
| SR Query for Scheduling Information |
event driver |
|
This protocol is setup to identify the S25, Query for Scheduling information, event code. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Scheduling Query |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is setup to identify the S25, Query for Scheduling information, event code. This protocol identifies the processing routine for the incoming query message. |
|
|
| SR Staff Master File Notification |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to initialize surgery staff information on the placers system. This message only sends staff that is current entered into the surgery case file. |
|
|
| SR Other Master File Notification |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to update all of the master file, except the staff master file, used by the Surgery Interface. Some of these master files include; CPT-4, ICD9, Medication, Replacement Fluid, Monitor as well as some of the set of codes. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Staff Master File Notification |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to initialize the staff for the placer, Automated Anesthesia Information System. |
|
|
| SR Receiver of Master File Notification |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to deliver master file notifications to the Automated Anesthesia Information System. |
|
|
| LRNCH |
event driver |
|
LRNCH is the server that is used for sending HL7 messages to Austin Automation Center. |
S HL("EID")=$G(LRPROT),HLQUIT="",HLNEXT="D HLNEXT^HLCSUTL" S LR772IEN=HLMTIEN |
D:$G(HLHDR)["ACK" LOOK^LREPIAK Q:$G(HLHDR)["ACK" S HLMTIEN=LR772IEN D PROCESS^LREPIRP |
| SCMC MU MASS TEAM UNASSIGNMENT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SCMC MU SELECT ALL |
action |
|
|
D ALL^SCMCMU1("SELECT") |
|
| SCMC MU DESELECT ALL |
action |
|
|
D ALL^SCMCMU1("DE-SELECT") |
|
| SCMC MU SELECT SOME |
action |
|
|
D SOME^SCMCMU1("SELECT") |
|
| SCMC MU DESELECT SOME |
action |
|
|
D SOME^SCMCMU1("DE-SELECT") |
|
| SCMC MU VIEW ALL |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^SCMCMU1("ALL") |
|
| SCMC MU VIEW SELECTED |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^SCMCMU1("SELECT") |
|
| SCMC MU VIEW DESELECTED |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^SCMCMU1("DE-SELECT") |
|
| SCMC MU UNASSIGN PATIENTS |
action |
|
|
D UNASSIGN^SCMCMU11 |
|
| SCMC MU QUIT |
action |
|
|
DO QUIT^SCMCMU11 |
|
| SC PC PATIENT ASSIGN/UNASSIGN |
action |
SC PCMM ROLL |
Used to assign/unassign patient to primary care team and/or primary care practitioner position. |
D FULL^VALM1 D:$G(DFN) PAT^SCMCQK D:'$G(DFN) EN^SCMCQK |
S VALMBCK="R" D HOME^%ZIS |
| GMRVORPR B/P |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| GMRVORPB/P |
protocol |
|
|
Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0 |
|
| DG PTF ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PTF ADT-A13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADMIT XMIT DATE RANGE |
action |
|
|
D DATE^VAFCMS01 |
|
| VAFC ADMIT XMIT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| VAFC ADMIT XMIT TRANSMIT |
action |
|
|
D XMIT^VAFCMS01 |
|
| VAFC ADMIT XMIT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D NEWDFN^VAFCMS01 |
|
| DG PTF ADT-A08-TSP CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRSA OT WARNINGS LIST |
menu |
|
This menu protocol has the actions used by the Overtime Warnings List. The actions on this protocol help payroll manage the Overtime Warnings that appear on the Pay Period Exceptions Report. |
|
|
| PRSA CLEAR OT WARN |
action |
|
Selecting CL (Clear OT Warn) allows payroll to select any of the Overtime warnings in the current display area of the OT warnings list. Any active warnings that the user selects will be cleared, changing the warning's staus to cleared. Cleared warnings will not appear on the Pay Period Exceptions Report. |
D CLEAR^PRSAOTTW |
|
| PRSA VIEW OT REQ |
action |
|
This action protocol allows users to view overtime requests that are associated with a particular overtime warning. The overtime warnings, which appear on the Overtime Warnings List are specific to one employee and one week of a pay period. The warnings occur when the employee has more overtime calculated in their TT8B string than approved overtime, in any particular week. |
D OTRQVW^PRSAOTTR |
|
| SDCO GAF |
action |
|
This action permits the user to enter/edit GAF information. |
D GAF^SDCO7 |
|
| PXCE GAF |
action |
|
Used to enter/edit GAF data. |
D GAF^PXCE |
|
| PRCO VENDOR EDIT AR |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PRCO AR EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PRCOVL |
|
| PRCO AR REVIEW RECORD |
action |
|
|
D REV^PRCOVL |
|
| PRCO AR PRINT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D PRINT^PRCOVL1 |
|
| PRCO AR SEND VRQ |
action |
|
|
D VRQ^PRCOVL1 |
|
| PRCO AR DELETE |
action |
|
|
D OUT^PRCOVL1 |
|
| IBCNB LIST SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $D(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNB LIST SORT |
action |
|
|
D SELSORT^IBCNBLA |
|
| IBCNB LIST ENTRY SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D LNXTSCRN^IBCNBLA("IBCNB INSURANCE BUFFER ENTRY","IBCNBLLX",AVIEW) |
|
| IBCNB LIST REJECT |
action |
|
|
D LREJECT^IBCNBLA("IBCNBLLX") |
|
| IBCNB LIST PROCESS SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D LNXTSCRN^IBCNBLA("IBCNB INSURANCE BUFFER PROCESS","IBCNBLLX",AVIEW) |
|
| IBCNB PROCESS SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $D(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNB PROCESS TOGGLE |
action |
|
|
D TGLSCRN^IBCNBLA(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB ENTRY SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $D(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNB ENTRY EDIT INSURANCE |
action |
|
|
D INSEDIT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB ENTRY EDIT GROUP |
action |
|
|
D GRPEDIT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB ENTRY EDIT POLICY |
action |
|
|
D POLEDIT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB ENTRY EDIT ALL |
action |
|
|
D ALLEDIT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB PROCESS COMPARE/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CMPEDIT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB PROCESS ENTRY SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D PNXTSCRN^IBCNBLA("IBCNB INSURANCE BUFFER ENTRY",$G(IBBUFDA)) |
|
| IBCNB FAST EXIT |
action |
|
|
D FASTEXIT^IBCNBLA |
|
| IBCNB PROCESS REJECT |
action |
|
|
D REJECT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB PROCESS ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
D ACCEPT^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| IBCNB LIST ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADDBUF^IBCNBLA1 |
|
| DGEN SEND ENROLLMENT QUERY |
action |
|
This action allows the user to send an enrollment/eligibility query for a patient. It is not available if there is an outstanding query for the patient. |
D QUERY^DGEN1 |
|
| DGEN CHECK QUERY STATUS |
action |
|
This action is used to check the status of the last enrollment/eligibility that was sent. |
D CHECK^DGEN1 |
|
| DGENUP VIEW ELIGIBILTY UPLOAD AUDIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to view the audit trail for the eligibilty upload. |
D EN^DGENUPA2($G(DFN)) |
|
| DGEN SD ENROLL PATIENT |
action |
|
Upon check-out, this will create an enrollment record with an UNVERIFIED enrollment status for veterans that have no enrollment unverified enrollment status for veterans that have no enrollment |
D ENROLL^DGENA2 |
|
| TIU ACTION EDIT ENCOUNTER |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to Edit Encounter information on demand. |
D ENCNTR^TIURA1 |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT ENCOUNTER |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit the encounter data for the visit associated with the selected TIU Document(s). |
D EDTENC^TIUPXAP2(TIUDA,.TIUCHNG) |
|
| YS GAF A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
HL7 A08 Client protocol for sending dynamic messages by the Mental Health. These messages will contain AO8 message type as required and used by the National Patient Care Database. |
|
|
| YS GAF |
event driver |
|
This server protocol will be used for sending A08 message types to NPCD. |
|
|
| RA TCP ORM |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA REG, RA EXAMINED, and RA CANCEL event protocols. It is used by the VISTA HL7 package to send ORM messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the ITEM multiple field of those event point protocols if this type of messaging scenerio is used at a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable HL7 message flow when exams are registered, cancelled, and when they reach the status flagged as 'examined' by the site. |
Q |
Q |
| RA TCP ORU |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA RPT event point protocol. The HL7 package uses this protocol to send rad/nuc med report (ORU) messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the ITEM multiple field of the RA RPT protocol if this messaging scenerio is used in a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable message flow when a rad/nuc med report is verified. |
Q |
Q |
| RA VOICE TCP REPORT |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process messages sent to VISTA from a COTS voice recognition unit using TCP/IP for message flow. This protocol should be entered in the ITEM multiple of the RA VOICE TCP SERVER RPT protocol. |
Q |
Q |
| RA VOICE TCP SERVER RPT |
event driver |
|
Driver protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process radiology/nuclear med reports coming into VISTA from commercial voice recognition units using TCP/IP for message flow. |
|
|
| OR RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORM(.XQORMSG) |
|
| OR EVSEND RA |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR EVSEND LRCH |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR ITEM RECEIVE |
extended action |
|
|
D EN^ORMFN(.XQORMSG) |
K ^TMP($J,"OR OI BEFORE"),^TMP($J,"OR OI AFTER"),TMP($J,"OR OI NEW") |
| OR EVSEND LRBB |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR EVSEND LRAP |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR EVSEND DGPM |
extended action |
|
Protocol used by OE/RR to send a message to MAS regarding a patient movement or patient information update (such as a change in primary provider or attending physician aka. provider-patient linkage.) |
|
|
| OR EVSEND FH |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR EVSEND ORG |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR EVSEND PS |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| OR EVSEND GMRC |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCM ADD ITEMS |
action |
|
|
D ADDITM^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM REMOVE ITEMS |
action |
|
|
D REMOVE^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM EDIT ITEMS |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM EDIT POSITION |
action |
|
|
D MOVE^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM NEW MENU |
action |
|
|
D NEW^ORCMEDIT |
|
| ORCM ORDERABLES |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,OI^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORCM QUICK ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,QUICK^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORCM DIALOGS |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD\" |
|
| ORCM ORDER SETS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,SET^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORCM VIEW INT/EXT |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^ORCMEDIT |
|
| ORCM ADD |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="" |
|
| ORCM REMOVE |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="" |
|
| ORCM EDIT |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="" |
|
| ORCM ADD TEXT |
action |
|
|
D ADDTXT^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM EDIT MENU |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCMEDIT |
|
| ORCM ADD ROW |
action |
|
|
D ADDROW^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM REMOVE ROW |
action |
|
|
D REMROW^ORCMEDT2 |
|
| ORCM PROTOCOLS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,PROTOCOL^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORCM PROMPTS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,EN^ORCMEDT4 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORCM ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,EN^ORCMEDT3 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORCM ACTIONS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,ACTION^ORCMEDT3 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORC ORES ORDER ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) |
| ORCHART COVER |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="COVER" TAB^ORCHART("COVER") |
|
| ORCHART PROBLEMS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="PROBLEMS" TAB^ORCHART("PROBLEMS") |
|
| ORCHART MEDS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="MEDS" TAB^ORCHART("MEDS") |
|
| ORCHART ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="ORDERS" TAB^ORCHART("ORDERS") |
|
| ORCHART NOTES |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="NOTES" TAB^ORCHART("NOTES") |
|
| ORCHART CONSULTS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="CONSULTS" TAB^ORCHART("CONSULTS") |
|
| ORCHART LABS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="LABS" TAB^ORCHART("LABS") |
|
| ORCHART REPORTS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="REPORTS" TAB^ORCHART("REPORTS") |
|
| ORCHART SUMMARIES |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="SUMMRIES" TAB^ORCHART("SUMMRIES") |
|
| ORC PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D NEWPAT^ORCHART |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORCHART ORDERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART PROBLEMS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART XRAYS |
action |
|
|
D:ORTAB'="XRAYS" TAB^ORCHART("XRAYS") |
|
| ORC ADD ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORCMENU S VALMBCK="R" |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,"MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC CHANGE ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCACT |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC SIGN ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORCSIGN |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC RENEW ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D RENEW^ORCACT |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC WARD COMMENTS |
action |
|
|
D COMMENT^ORCACT1 |
|
| ORC DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORCXPND |
I $G(ORTAB)'="NEW",$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) S XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC DISPLAY ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC ADD ORDERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC ADD ITEM |
action |
|
|
D ITEM^ORCMENU |
|
| ORCHART TABS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD\",VALMBCK="" |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC DISCONTINUE ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D DC^ORCACT2 |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC VERIFY ORDERS |
action |
|
|
N ORV S ORV=$S($D(^XUSEC("ORELSE",DUZ)):"N",$D(^XUSEC("OREMAS",DUZ)):"C",1:"^") D VERIFY^ORCACT1(ORV) |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC HOLD ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D HOLD^ORCACT |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC FLAG ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D FLAG^ORCACT1 |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC EDIT PROBLEM |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCPROB |
D EX^ORCPROB |
| ORC COMMENT PROBLEM |
action |
|
|
D CMMT^ORCPROB |
D EX^ORCPROB |
| ORC INACTIVATE PROBLEM |
action |
|
|
D INACT^ORCPROB |
D EX^ORCPROB |
| ORC REMOVE PROBLEM |
action |
|
|
D REMOVE^ORCPROB |
D EX^ORCPROB |
| ORC PROBLEM ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC SIGN NOTE |
action |
|
|
D SIGN^ORCNOTE |
|
| ORC AMEND NOTE |
action |
|
|
D AMEND^ORCNOTE |
|
| ORC EDIT NOTE |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCNOTE |
|
| ORCHART XRAYS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC ADD XRAY |
action |
|
|
S ORDIALOG="RA OERR EXAM" D ADD^ORCACT |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC XRAY ACTIONS |
extended action |
|
|
S ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| OCX ORDER CHECK HL7 RECIEVE |
action |
|
|
Q:$G(A7RNDBI) S:'$D(OCXDUCT) OCXDUCT="" D SILENT^OCXOHL7(.XQORMSG,.OCXDUCT) K OCXDUCT |
|
| ORC TIU ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC COVER ACTIONS |
extended action |
|
|
S ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC NOTIFICATIONS FOLLOW UP |
action |
|
|
W !!,"Not available yet.",! H 1 S VALMBCK="" |
|
| ORC LAB ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORCHANGE LRC |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)="C",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0),U,3,4)=X_U |
|
| ORCHANGE LRRR |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)="R",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0),U,3,4)=X_U |
|
| ORCHANGE GOTO HEADER |
action |
|
|
D LRSUB^ORCHANGE |
|
| ORS RX ACTION PROFILE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to print action profiles for selected patients. |
|
|
| ORCHANGE DATE RANGE |
action |
|
|
D RANGE^ORCHANGE |
|
| ORCHANGE LAB CUM |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE LIST |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORCHANGE |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORCHANGE LAB LIST |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE PROBLEMS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE ORDERS SHORT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE MEDS INPT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE XRAYS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE MAX ITEMS |
action |
|
|
D MAX^ORCHANGE |
|
| ORS REPORT MENU |
menu |
|
This is a menu of OE/RR reports that can be given to ward users to produce various patient reports. |
S ORANSI=0,XQORFLG("SH")=1 |
D EXIT^ORPRS07 |
| ORCHANGE DISPLAY GROUP |
action |
|
|
D DGROUP^ORCHANGE |
|
| ORCHANGE PROBLEM STATUS |
action |
|
|
D PLIST^ORCHANG2 |
|
| ORCHANGE ORDER STATUS |
action |
|
|
D ORDERS^ORCHANG2 |
|
| ORQPT CLINIC LIST |
action |
|
|
D CLINIC^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT WARD LIST |
action |
|
|
D WARD^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT PROVIDER LIST |
action |
|
|
D PROV^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT TEAM LIST |
action |
|
|
D TEAM^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT SPECIALTY LIST |
action |
|
|
D SPEC^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT SORT ORDER |
action |
|
|
D SORT^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT CHANGE LIST |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="",ORY=$$CONTEXT^ORQPT1,XQORM(0)="1AD\" |
D:ORY'=$$CONTEXT^ORQPT1 REBUILD^ORQPT1 K ORY |
| ORQPT SAVE PREFERENCE |
action |
|
|
D SAVE^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT PATIENT SELECTION |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)=$TR(XQORM(0),"\") |
|
| ORQPT SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORQPT |
|
| ORQPT FIND PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D FIND^ORQPT |
|
| ORC ADD PROBLEM |
action |
|
|
D ADD^ORCPROB |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC NEXT SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC PREVIOUS SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC UP ONE LINE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC DOWN A LINE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC RIGHT |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC LEFT |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC FIRST SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC LAST SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC GOTO PAGE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC REFRESH |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC PRINT SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC PRINT LIST |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC SEARCH LIST |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC TURN ON/OFF MENUS |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART COVER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART NOTES MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART SUMMARIES MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART MEDS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART LABS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART REPORTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHART CONSULTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC ADD LAB |
action |
|
|
S ORDIALOG="LR OTHER LAB TESTS" D ADD^ORCACT |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC ADD MED |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="" |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC ADD CONSULT |
action |
|
|
S ORDIALOG="GMRCOR CONSULT" D ADD^ORCACT |
|
| ORC ADD PROCEDURE |
action |
|
|
S ORDIALOG="GMRCOR REQUEST" D ADD^ORCACT |
|
| ORC ADD ALLERGY |
action |
|
|
N DFN,GMRAUSER,GMRAOUT S DFN=+$G(ORVP) D:DFN>0 FULL^VALM1,EN2^GMRAPEM0 S VALMBCK="R" |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC ADD NOTE |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,MAIN^TIUEDIT(3,.OREBUILD) S VALMBCK="R" |
S OREBUILD=1 S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") I +$G(OREBUILD) D TAB^ORCHART(ORTAB,1) |
| ORC ADD SUMMARY |
action |
|
Add a new discharge summary. |
D FULL^VALM1,MAIN^TIUEDIT(244,.OREBUILD) S VALMBCK="R" |
S OREBUILD=1 S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") I +$G(OREBUILD) D TAB^ORCHART(ORTAB,1) |
| ORC CONSULT ACTIONS |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORCONSLT |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORCB NOTIFICATIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCB ACTIONS |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORCB |
|
| ORCB EXPIRING MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCB UNSIGNED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCB FLAGGED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCB NEW MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE MEDS OUTPT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE PSJ |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)=1,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0),U,3,4)=X_U |
|
| ORCHANGE PSO |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)=0,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0),U,3,4)=X_U |
|
| ORC INPT MED ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC TRANSFER MEDS |
action |
|
|
D XFER^ORCMED |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC PRINT LABELS |
action |
|
|
D LBL^ORPR01 |
|
| ORC PRINT CHART COPIES |
action |
|
|
D CHT^ORPR01 |
|
| ORC PRINT SERVICE COPIES |
action |
|
|
D SRV^ORPR01 |
|
| ORC PRINT REQUISITION |
action |
|
|
D REQ^ORPR01 |
|
| ORC PRINT ORDERS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="AD",VALMBCK="",ORRACT=1 |
K ORRACT |
| ORS PRINT MENU |
menu |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 S VALMBCK="R" |
D EXIT^ORPRS07 S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC UNHOLD ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D UNHOLD^ORCACT |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC UNFLAG ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D UNFLAG^ORCACT1 |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC EVENT ADMISSION |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$$SPEC^ORCMENU1("A"),VALMBCK="R" I X S OREVENT="A",OREVENT("TS")=+X |
|
| ORC EVENT DISCHARGE |
action |
|
|
S OREVENT="D",OREVENT("TS")="" |
|
| ORC EVENT TRANSFER |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$$SPEC^ORCMENU1("T"),VALMBCK="R" I X S OREVENT="T",OREVENT("TS")=+X |
|
| ORC EVENT CURRENT |
action |
|
|
S OREVENT="",OREVENT("TS")="" |
|
| ORC EVENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD\" S:$L($G(OREVENT)) XQORM("B")=$S(OREVENT="A":"Admission",OREVENT="D":"Discharge",OREVENT="T":"Transfer",1:"No Delay") |
I $G(OREVENT)'=$P(^TMP("ORMENU",$J,ORMENU,0),U,5) D INIT^ORCMENU S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORC NEW ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D EN^ORCMENU2 |
D EX^ORCMENU2 |
| OCX ORDER CHECK PATIENT MOVE. |
action |
|
|
S:'$D(OCXDUCT) OCXDUCT="" D SILENT^OCXODGPM(.OCXDUCT) |
|
| ORCB RENEW ORDER |
action |
|
|
D RENEW^ORCB |
|
| ORCB REPLACE ORDER |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCB |
|
| ORC REPORT ACTIONS |
extended action |
|
|
S ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| OR GUA EVENT PROCESSOR |
action |
|
This protocol will process patient orders as appropriate based on the action, and all generic orders will be discontinued. This processing is tasked, to reduce the wait for the user. patient movement; it should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. If the patient has been admitted, it will release all pre-admission orders to the ancillary services for action. If the patient has been transferred, it will release all orders that were pending the transfer to this location, and DC all generic orders; if the parameter DC OF GENERIC ORDERS is set to 1, then generic orders are discontinued only if the treating specialty changes. If the patient has been discharged, then all discharge orders will be released to the ancillary services for |
D EN1^ORMEVNT |
|
| OR GUA EVENT PROCESSOR NOTASK |
action |
|
This protocol will process patient orders as appropriate based on the action, and all generic orders will be discontinued. This processing is done interactively, which may sometimes result in a wait. patient movement; it should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. If the patient has been admitted, it will release all pre-admission orders to the ancillary services for action. If the patient has been transferred, it will release all orders that were pending the transfer to this location, and DC all generic orders; if the parameter DC OF GENERIC ORDERS is set to 1, then generic orders are discontinued only if the treating specialty changes. If the patient has been discharged, then all discharge orders will be released to the ancillary services for |
D EN^ORMEVNT |
|
| ORC TIU MAKE ADDENDUM |
action |
|
|
D ADDENDUM^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU COPY |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to duplicate the current document. This is especially useful when composing a note for a group of patients (e.g., therapy group, etc.), and rapid duplication to all members of the group is appropriate. |
D COPY^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU SIGN DOCUMENTS |
action |
|
|
D ELSIG^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU EDIT DOCUMENT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU DELETE DOCUMENT |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU DESIGNATE SIGNERS |
action |
|
|
D SIGNERS^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU PRINT DOCUMENT |
action |
|
|
D PRINT^ORCNOTE S VALMBCK="R" |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU BROWSE DOCUMENT |
action |
|
|
D BROWSE^ORCNOTE |
D EX^ORCNOTE |
| ORC TIU SIGN ACTION MENU |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S ORSIGN=0,VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
K ORSIGN S:$D(DIROUT) ORQUIT=1 |
| ORC TIU SIGN ACTION PRINT |
action |
|
Allows users to print copies of selected documents on their corresponding VA Standard Forms to a specified device. |
D CLEAR^VALM1,PRINT1^TIURA S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORC TIU SIGN ACTION REJECT |
action |
|
|
W !,"Removed from signature list." Q |
|
| ORC TIU SIGN ACTION SEARCH |
action |
|
Allows users to search for a text string (word or partial word) from the current position in the summary through its end. Upon reaching the end of the document, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the document through the origin of the search. |
D FIND^VALM40 |
|
| ORC TIU SIGN ACTION APPROVE |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to approve the current document for electronic signature. |
D ACCEPT^ORCNOTE(.ORPICK,NMBR) |
|
| ORC TIU SIGN ACTION EDIT |
action |
|
Allows authorized users to edit current document online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. |
D CLEAR^VALM1,EDIT1^TIURA,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| ORC ADD IV MED |
action |
|
|
N X,OREVENT S ORDIALOG="PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE",X=$$DELAY^ORCACT Q:X="^" S OREVENT=$S(X:$$PTEVENT^OREVNT(+ORVP),1:"") Q:OREVENT="^" D NW^ORCMED |
|
| ORC RESULTS DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D RESULTS^ORCXPND |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORCB NEW ORDER |
action |
|
|
D NEW^ORCB |
|
| ORC RESET MENU |
action |
|
|
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
|
| ORRP UNVERIFIED NURSE |
action |
|
Display nurse unverified orders |
S ORPRES="9;NURSE UNVERIFIED ORDERS" |
|
| ORRP UNVERIFIED CLERK |
action |
|
Display orders unverified by clerk. |
S ORPRES="10;UNVERIFIED BY CLERK" |
|
| ORRP FLAGGED |
action |
|
Display flagged orders. |
S ORPRES="12;FLAGGED ORDERS" |
|
| ORU AUTOLIST CLINIC |
action |
|
This protocol is used to automatically update OE/RR team lists with clinic autolinks. It is triggered by the protocol SC CLINIC ENROLL/DISCHARGE EVENT DRIVER and must be an item in that protocol. |
D EN^ORLP3AUC |
|
| ORC PRINT WORK COPIES |
action |
|
|
D WRK^ORPR01 |
|
| ORCHANGE LONG FORMAT |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"ORDERS",0)),U,3),$P(X,";",5)="L",$P(^(0),U,3,4)=X_U |
|
| ORCHANGE SHORT FORMAT |
action |
|
|
N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"ORDERS",0)),U,3),$P(X,";",5)="S",$P(^(0),U,3,4)=X_U |
|
| ORCHANGE ORDERS LONG |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC OUTPT MED ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC ORELSE ORDER ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) |
| ORC OREMAS ORDER ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) |
| ORC ORDER ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) |
| ORC NEW ORDERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC NEW ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD)&(VALMBCK'="Q") K ORNMBR |
| ORRP NEW SINCE |
action |
|
Display active orders for this patient |
S ORPRES="6;NEW SINCE LAST REVIEW" |
|
| ORRP ADMISSION |
action |
|
Display active orders for this patient |
S ORPRES="15;DELAYED TILL ADMISSION" |
|
| ORRP DISCHARGE |
action |
|
Display active orders for this patient |
S ORPRES="16;DELAYED TILL DISCHARGE" |
|
| ORRP TRANSFER |
action |
|
Display active orders for this patient |
S ORPRES="17;DELAYED TILL TRANSFER" |
|
| ORC COMPLETE ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D COMPLETE^ORCACT1 |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC ALERT RESULTS |
action |
|
|
D ALERT^ORCACT1 |
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES SIGNED |
action |
|
|
N CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;1;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES UNSIGNED |
action |
|
|
N CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;2;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES UNCOSIGNED |
action |
|
|
N CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;3;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES AUTHOR |
action |
|
|
N X,CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),X=$P(CTXT,";",4),X=$$AUTHOR^ORCHANGE(X) S:X $P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;4;"_X_";",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES DATES |
action |
|
|
N OK,CTXT S OK=1 D RANGE^ORCHANGE S:OK CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",3,5)="5;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| ORCM ASSIGN MENU |
action |
|
|
D ASSIGN^ORCMEDT5 |
|
| ORC CWAD DISPLAY |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC PATIENT INQUIRY |
action |
|
Patient profile for use as a hidden action within CPRS. |
N ORTAB S ORNMBR=1,ORTAB="PTINQ" D EN^VALM("OR DETAILED DISPLAY") |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC DELAY ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) K ORNMBR,OREBUILD |
| ORC DELAY ORDERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC REWRITE ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D REWRITE^ORCACT |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORCHANGE REPORTS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC CONSULT USER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC PRINT CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("PRNT") |
|
| ORC CONSULT SERVICE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORC RECEIVE CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("REC") |
|
| ORC DISCONTINUE CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("DC") |
|
| ORC DENY CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("DENY") |
|
| ORC REROUTE CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("RR") |
|
| ORC COMPLETE CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("COMP") |
|
| ORC FORWARD CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("FWD") |
|
| ORC COMMENT CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("CMMT") |
|
| ORCHANGE CONSULTS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHANGE CONSULTS SERVICE |
action |
|
|
D CS^ORCHANGE |
|
| ORCHANGE STATUS |
action |
|
|
D STS^ORCHANG2 |
|
| ORC NEW SIGN ALL |
action |
|
|
D SIGNALL^ORCMENU2 |
|
| ORC EXIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q",OREXIT=1 |
|
| ORC CONSULT MAKE ADDENDUM |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("ADDEND") |
|
| ORC CLOSE CHART |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
|
| ORC ADD GMRC |
menu |
|
|
S (XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D NWHELP^ORCDGMRC",VALMBCK="" |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC ADD INPT MED |
action |
|
|
N X,OREVENT S ORDIALOG="PSJ OR PAT OE",X=$$DELAY^ORCACT Q:X="^" S OREVENT=$S(X:$$PTEVENT^OREVNT(+ORVP),1:"") Q:OREVENT="^" D NW^ORCMED |
|
| ORC ADD OUTPT MED |
action |
|
|
N X,OREVENT S ORDIALOG="PSO OERR",X=$S($G(ORWARD):$$DELAY^ORCACT,1:"") Q:X="^" S OREVENT=$S(X:$$PTEVENT^OREVNT(+ORVP),1:"") Q:OREVENT="^" D NW^ORCMED |
|
| ORCHANGE SAVE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D SAVE^ORCHANGE |
|
| ORC ADD ALL ITEMS |
action |
|
|
D ALL^ORCMENU |
|
| ORC VERIFY PROBLEM |
action |
|
|
D VERIFY^ORCPROB |
D EX^ORCPROB |
| ORC REFILL MEDS |
action |
|
|
D REFILLS^ORCMED |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORCHANGE REMOVE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D REMOVE^ORCHANGE |
|
| PSO LM PAT INFO MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO DETAILED ALLERGY/ADR LIST |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOLMDA |
D EXIT^PSOLMDA |
| PSO PATIENT RECORD UPDATE |
action |
|
|
S DFN=PSODFN D EN^PSOLMPAT |
W "" |
| PSO SHOW PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOLMPF |
D EXIT^PSOLMPF |
| PSO LM DISCONTINUE |
action |
|
|
S (PSOCANRA,PSOCANRP)=1 D DC^PSOORFI2 |
D KCAN^PSOCAN3 W "" |
| PSO HOLD |
action |
|
|
S PSOHD=1,(DA,PPL,PSDA)=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D HLD^PSOHLD K PSONOOR,PSOHD,COM,DA,PPL,PSDA |
W "" |
| PSO UNHOLD |
action |
|
|
S (DA,PPL,PSDA)=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D UHLD^PSOHLD K COM,DA,PPL,PSDA |
W "" |
| PSO PARTIAL |
action |
|
|
D ^PSORXPA1 |
W "" |
| PSO REFILL |
action |
|
|
S PSOFROM="REFILL" D OERR^PSOREF |
W "" |
| PSO RENEW |
action |
|
|
N VALMCNT S PSOFROM="NEW" D OERR^PSORENW |
W "" |
| PSO REPRINT |
action |
|
|
S POERR=1 D BCK^PSORXRPT |
K POERR |
| PSO VERIFY |
action |
|
|
N PSODFN D OERR^PSOVER |
W "" |
| PSO NEW ORDER |
action |
|
|
N VALMCNT S PSOFROM="NEW" D OERR^PSONEW |
W "" |
| PSO LM BACKDOOR SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOORNE2 |
D BLD^PSOORUT1,RV^PSOORFL |
| PSO PATIENT INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOLMPI |
W "" |
| PSO LM BYPASS |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="" D BYPASS^PSOLMUTL |
|
| PSO LM FINISH |
action |
|
|
D ACP^PSOORNEW |
W "" |
| PSO LM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDT^PSOORNEW |
|
| PSO EDIT ALLERGY/ADR DATA |
action |
|
|
D NEWALL^PSOLMUTL(PSODFN) |
W "" |
| PSO PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ALLERGY/ADR LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO PENDING ORDER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ACTIVE ORDER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR COPY |
action |
|
|
D ^PSOORCPY |
|
| PSO ACTIVITY LOGS |
action |
|
|
D ^PSOORAL1 |
|
| PSO LM ACCEPT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM ACCEPT ORDER |
action |
|
|
G ACP^PSOORNEW |
|
| PSO LM CONTINUE |
action |
|
|
S Y=1 |
|
| PSO LM MEDICATION PROFILE |
menu |
|
|
D PENTRY^PSOLMAO |
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDT^PSOORNE1 |
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
D ACP^PSOORNE1 |
|
| PSO LM SELECT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO EDIT ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOOREDT |
|
| PSO RELEASE |
action |
|
|
D OERR^PSODISPS |
|
| PSO LM RENEW EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDT^PSOORNE4 |
|
| PSO LM RENEW ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
D ACP^PSOORNE4 |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSO LM RENEW MENU |
menu |
|
|
S PSOLM=1 |
K PSOLM |
| PSO ACTIVITY LOG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This hidden menu is attached to the the active order list. |
|
|
| PSO SELECT ALLERGY |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOORDA |
|
| PSO LM NEW SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
|
D NEWSEL^PSOLMUTL |
D BLD^PSOORUT1,RV^PSOORFL |
| PSO LM EDIT SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
|
D EDTSEL^PSOLMUTL |
|
| PSO LM NEW EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDTNEW^PSOLMUTL |
|
| PSO LM RNEW EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDTRNEW^PSOLMUTL |
|
| PSO LM PENDING EDIT |
action |
|
|
G EDTPEN^PSOLMUTL |
|
| PSO SPEED RENEW |
action |
|
|
D ^PSORENW4 |
|
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #2 |
menu |
|
This hidden menu is attached to the OP medication profile. |
|
|
| PSO SPEED CANCEL |
action |
|
|
D ^PSOCAN4 |
|
| PSO SPEED RELEASE |
action |
|
|
D ^PSODISP3 |
|
| PSO SPEED REPRINT |
action |
|
|
D ^PSORXRP1 |
|
| PSO HLSERV |
event driver |
|
This protocol is necessary for transmission of orders to the automatic dispensing machine using HL7 formatted messages. |
|
|
| PSO PENDING RENEW ORDER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO SPEED REFILL |
action |
|
|
D SPEED^PSOREF |
|
| PSO LM EXIT |
action |
|
|
S PSOQUIT=1 |
|
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #3 |
menu |
|
This hidden action is attached to the finish orders from CPRS screen. |
|
|
| PSO SPEED PULL SUSPENSE |
action |
|
|
D ^PSOSUPOE |
|
| PSO PULL ONE RX FROM SUSPENSE |
action |
|
|
D SELONE^PSOSUPOE |
|
| PSO HLSERVER1 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is necessary for transmission of orders to the automatic dispensing machine using HL7 formatted messages. |
|
|
| PSO HLCLIENT1 |
subscriber |
|
This protocol facilitates the transfer of HL7 formatted messages between Outpatient Pharmacy and any automatic dispensing machine. |
|
|
| PSO LM EXIT2 |
action |
|
|
S PSOQUIT=1 |
|
| PSO LM INPATIENT MEDICATION PROFILE |
action |
|
|
I $T(ENOR^PSJPR)]"" D FULL^VALM1,ENOR^PSJPR(PSODFN):'$G(PSOBEDT) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO LM SELECT ALLERGY |
action |
|
|
D SELAL^PSOLMUTL |
|
| PSO ENTER PROGRESS NOTES |
action |
|
|
D PRONTE^PSOORUT3 |
|
| PSO LM PRINT MED INFO |
action |
|
|
D PRMI^PSOHELP |
Q |
| PSO LM HIDDEN OTHER |
menu |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO LM PROFILE PRINT MED INFO |
action |
|
|
D PRMID^PSOHELP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO LM HIDDEN OTHER #2 |
menu |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO LM DISPLAY ORDER STATUS |
action |
|
|
D DPLYOR^PSOORUT3 |
|
| PSO LM ACTION PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 S DFN=PSODFN D LM^PSOSD1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM DC |
action |
|
Allows the user to discontinue IV, UD, or pending orders for a patient. |
D DC^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) |
|
| PSJ LM PENDING ACTION |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSJU LM ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ LM PATIENT INFO |
action |
|
|
D BRFALL^PSJLMUTL(DFN) |
W "" |
| PSJ LM PATIENT DATA |
action |
|
Allows the user to add/edit INPATIENT NARRATIVE and UD DEFAULT STOP DATE/TIME. |
D UPR^PSJLMUTL(DFN) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
|
K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) D SELECT^PSJOE |
D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) |
| PSJ LM NEW ORDER |
action |
|
Allows the user to enter a new order for the selected patient without seeing a medication profile. |
K PSJSTARI,^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) D HOLDHDR^PSJOE K PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D LK^ORX2 S PSJLK=Y I Y D LMNEW^PSJOE0(DFN,PSJPROT) |
D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) I PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D ULK^ORX2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ LM FINISH |
action |
|
Allows a user to finish IV, UD, or pending orders for a patient. |
S PSJINFIN=1 K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D CWARN^PSJBCMA6($G(DFN),$G(PSGORD)),OVRDISF^PSGSICH2($G(DFN),$G(PSGORD),3) D FINISH^PSGOEF |
K PSJINFIN,^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) |
| PSJU LM ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
S PSJACEPT=1,VALMBCK="Q" I $G(PSJLMFIN) D:$D(^TMP("PSJINTER",$J)) STOREINT^PSGSICH1 |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ LM FINISH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJU LM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PSJOE(PSGP,PSJORD,1) |
|
| PSJ LM BYPASS |
action |
|
Allows the user to bypass the order and take no action. |
D BYPASS^PSGOEF |
S PSJLMQT=1 |
| PSJ LM BRIEF PATIENT INFO MENU |
menu |
|
Displays a brief version of the patient's allergy information and allows the user access to update patient information, enter new orders, enter a pharmacy intervention, show a profile or display a detailed view of allergy information. |
|
|
| PSJ LM DETAILED ALLERGY |
action |
|
Allows the user to view a detailed allergy display for the selected patient. |
D EN^PSJLMDA |
D EXIT^PSJLMDA S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM SHOW PROFILE |
action |
|
Allows the user to choose to display a short, long, or no medication profile for the selected patient. |
K ^PS(53.45,+$G(DUZ),5),^PS(53.45,+$G(DUZ),6) D ENL^PSJO3 I "LSN"[PSJOL S PSJLMCON=1 |
S VALMBCK="Q" K ^PS(53.45,+$G(DUZ),5),^PS(53.45,+$G(DUZ),6) |
| PSJU LM RENEW |
action |
|
|
D:$$ASKDISP^PSGSICH1 OVRDISP^PSGSICH2($G(DFN),$G(PSJORD),3) D RENEW^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) |
K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) |
| PSJ LM HOLD |
action |
|
Allows a user to place an order on hold or take an order already on hold off of hold. |
D HOLD^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) |
|
| PSJU LM ACTIVITY LOG |
action |
|
|
D ^PSJHVARS,LOG^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS |
| PSJU LM COPY |
action |
|
|
Q:$$ACTCLIN^PSJAC(DFN,PSJORD) D COPY^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM ACCEPT MENU |
menu |
|
|
;D:$D(PSGP)&($D(PSGORD)) INIT^PSJLMUDE(PSGP,PSGORD) |
|
| PSJI LM PENDING ACTION |
menu |
|
This menu allows user a set of actions to take on an IV pending order. |
|
|
| PSJI LM FINISH |
action |
|
This action allows the user to complete an IV pending order. |
S PSJINFIN=1 K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D CWARN^PSJBCMA6($G(DFN),$G(PSJORD)),OVRDISF^PSGSICH2($G(DFN),$G(PSJORD),2) D FINISH^PSJLIFN D SETIVINT^PSGSICH1 |
K PSJINFIN,^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) |
| PSJI LM DISCONTINUE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to discontinue an IV order. |
D DC^PSJLIACT |
|
| PSJI LM EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows the user to make changes to an IV order. |
D ASKOVR^PSGOEE($G(Y(1)),$G(PSJORD),.PSJSTARI) D EDIT^PSJLIACT |
|
| PSJU LM ACCEPT EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PSJOE1(1) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM ACTIVE MENU |
menu |
|
This menu allows the user a set of actions to take on an active IV order. |
|
|
| PSJU LM VERIFY |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSGOEV(PSJORD) |
S VALMBCK="Q" D SETUDINT^PSGSICH1($G(PSJORD)) K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) |
| PSJI PC RENEWAL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to renew an IV order. |
D:$$ASKDISP^PSGSICH1 OVRDISP^PSGSICH2($G(DFN),$G(PSJORD),3) D R^PSJLIACT |
D STOREINT^PSGSICH1 K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) |
| PSJ PC IV LOG |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the history, activity, label logs for an IV order. |
D L^PSJLIACT |
|
| PSJI PC HOLD |
action |
|
This option allows the user to put an IV order on/off hold if it has not been put on hold by CPRS. |
D H^PSJLIACT |
|
| PSJI PC ONCALL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to change the IV order's status to ONCALL. |
D O^PSJLIACT |
|
| PSJ SELECT ALLERGY |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSJORDA |
|
| PSJ LM EDIT ALLERGY/ADR DATA |
action |
|
Allows the user to edit Allergy/ADR data for the selected patient. |
D NEWALL^PSJLMUTL(DFN) |
S VALMBCK="R" D INIT^PSJLMDA |
| PSJ LM DETAILED ALLERGY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSJI LM ACTIVITY LOG |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the activity log on an IV order. |
S PSIVLOG=1 D ENPR^PSIVVW1 |
K PSIVLOG |
| PSJI LM LABEL LOG |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the Label log for an IV order. |
S PSIVLAB=1 D ENPR^PSIVVW1 |
K PSIVLAB |
| PSJI LM LOG MENU |
menu |
|
This is the View Activity Log and View Label Log Menu when the IV Profile option is selected. |
|
|
| PSJ LM NEW SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
Allows the user to select the order from the profile by number. |
K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J),PSJSTARI D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) D NEWSEL^PSJOE |
D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) |
| PSJ LM MAR MENU |
menu |
|
This menu allows the user a choice of different Medication Administration Reports. |
D ^PSJHVARS |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This menu gives access to the Inpatient Medications Profile, the IV Medications Profile, and the Unit Dose Medications Profile. |
D ^PSJHVARS |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM RETURNS |
action |
|
This option allows the entry of returned, recycled, canceled, or destroyed items per day in IV room or satellite. |
N PSJLMPRO D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVRD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM RET |
action |
|
This option allows a user to enter the units of returned medication (as when a patient is discharged) into the medication order record. Data entered is used in the cost reports. |
N VAIN,VADM K PSGEFN D FULL^VALM1,^PSGRET |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM RETURNS/DESTROYED MENU |
menu |
|
This menu allows the user access to the Report Returns (UD) option and the Returns/Destroyed Entry (IV) option. |
S PSJHIDFG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" K PSJHIDFG |
| PSJU LM PLDP |
action |
|
Allows the user to enter the units actually dispensed into the cart for which the respective pick list was run. This option allows the user to select only those pick lists which have not already been filed away. From here, the user may then file the pick list away, a process that makes the data usable for the cost reports. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPLDP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM PLEUD |
action |
|
Allows a pharmacist to enter the number of any extra units dispensed for a Unit Dose order. Any data entered here is used by the cost reports. |
N VAIN,VADM K PSGEFN D FULL^VALM1,^PSGEUD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM PL |
action |
|
The Pick List is used by pharmacy when filling medication carts. The list is sorted by administering team, ward, room-bed, and then patient. The site may define ward groups and generate the pick list by these groups to match site-specific filling practices. The pick list will calculate the units needed to be dispensed for selected patients' orders over a selected date range. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM PL MENU |
menu |
|
Contains various functions related to the Unit Dose pick list, mainly removing pick lists from the system. |
D ^PSJHVARS |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM LABEL |
action |
|
Allows the user to print new unprinted labels and/or reprint the latest label for any order containing a label record. |
N VAIN,VADM K PSGEFN D FULL^VALM1,^PSGL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM AL |
action |
|
Allows the user to align the label stock on a printer so that Unit Dose order information will print within the physical boundaries of the label. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,ENAL^PSGLBA |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM ALIGNMENT |
action |
|
This option allows the user to align the labels on whatever printer he/she is preparing to print. Three test labels will always print. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) D ^PSIVALN,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K I,Z,ZISI |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM LBLI |
action |
|
This option allows the printing of labels for a patient's order. The user may choose whether or not the labels are to be counted as daily usage. This is often used for on-call orders or those not automatically delivered without a written request. |
S PSJHIDFG=1 N PSJLMPRO D ^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) S PSIVAC="PROL",PSIVBR="D ENLBLI^PSIVLBL1" D FULL^VALM1,ENCHS^PSIV,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K J,N,J2,P17,PS,PSIVAC,PSIVBR,PSIVCT,PSIVNOL,PSIVNOW,TN,ZQ7 |
S VALMBCK="R" K PSJHIDFG |
| PSJI LM LBLS |
action |
|
This option prints labels for a particular scheduled manufacturing time. Usually a manufacturing list has been run prior to the printing of the labels. If this has been done, the labels will print immediately and in the same order as on the manufacturing list. The use of this option also causes workload counts in the IV STATS file. |
N VAIN,VADM D ^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVLBL1,ENIVKV^PSGSETU |
K I1 S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM LBLR |
action |
|
This option allows the user to reprint IV labels which failed to print during the running of the Scheduled Labels (IV) option (PSJI LBLS). This option may not be used to reprint labels for dates and IV type which printing has not been attempted through the Scheduled Labels (IV) option. Labels prepared with this option will only be counted as usage if they were not added during the running of Scheduled Labels. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVRP |
K I1 S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM LABEL PRINT/REPRINT MENU |
menu |
|
Allows the user access to label options to print or reprint unit dose and IV labels, as well as the alignment options for each label type. |
D ^PSJHVARS N DRG |
S VALMBCK="R" D RESTORE^PSJHVARS |
| PSJ LM 24H MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a selected patient's medication orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a 24 hour period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGMAR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM 7D MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a selected patient's medication orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a 7 day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
N VAIN,VADM S PSGMARDF=7 D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGMMAR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM 14D MAR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print a selected patient's medication orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a 14 day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
N VADM,VAIN S PSGMARDF=14 D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGMMAR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM PAT PR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print Inpatient Medications orders for a selected patient. This protocol assumes that the patient has already been selected. |
N VAIN,VADM,PSJLM D FULL^VALM1,ENOR^PSJPR(PSGP) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM PAT PR |
action |
|
This will allow a patient's IV profile to be sent to a printer. With each profile printed, a view of each order within the profile can also be printed. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
N VAIN,VADM,PSJLM D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSIVPR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM PAT PR |
action |
|
This allows the user to print to any device a profile (list) of a patient's Unit Dose orders for the patient's current or last (if patient has been discharged) admission. If the user's terminal is selected as the printing device, this option will allow the user to select any of the printed orders to be shown in complete detail, including activity logs, if any. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. |
N VADM,VAIN,PSJLM D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGPR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM PNV JUMP |
action |
|
Used to allow user to skip to a specific patient in the list of pending/non- verified orders selected in PSJU VBW |
D FULL^VALM1,GOTOP^PSGVBWU |
|
| PSJ LM NEW ORDER FROM PROFILE |
action |
|
This is used to create new Inpatient Medication orders from the profile list. |
K PSJSTARI,^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) K PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D LK^ORX2 S PSJLK=Y I Y D LMNEW^PSJOE0(DFN,PSJPROT) |
D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) I PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D ULK^ORX2 D INIT^PSJLMHED(PSJPROT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ LM OTHER PHARMACY OPTIONS |
menu |
|
|
D ^PSJHVARS N DRG |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This menu adds the ability of adding new orders and viewing brief patient information to the order view screen. |
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM SPEED FINISH |
action |
|
This protocol will allow a user to finish multiple orders for a patient which are in a pending renewal status without all the usual prompts. |
D ^PSJHVARS D EN^PSGOESF |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJU LM SPEED RENEW |
action |
|
This protocol will allow a user to renew multiple orders for a patient. |
D ^PSJHVARS D EN^PSGOERS |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJU LM SPEED DISCONTINUE |
action |
|
This protocol will allow a user to discontinue multiple medication orders for a patient. |
D ^PSJHVARS D:'$G(PSJHIDFG) EN^PSGOECS |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ PC IV ACCEPT |
action |
|
This option will accept and save the changes in the IV file. |
D STOREINT^PSGSICH1 D ACCEPT^PSJLIACT D SETIVINT^PSGSICH1 |
D SETIVINT^PSGSICH1 K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J),PSJSTARI |
| PSJ PC IV AC/EDIT ACTION |
menu |
|
This menu offers the user a choice of accepting or editing an IV order that is currently being worked on. |
|
Q:('$G(ON55)!($G(ON55)["P")) N X S X=$G(^PS(55,DFN,"IV",+ON55,0)) I $P(X,U,2)="",($P(X,U,3)="") D DEL55^PSIVORE2 |
| PSJ LM OE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K PSGEFN |
W "" |
| PSJU LM HIDDEN UD ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM PHARMACY INTERVENTION MENU |
menu |
PSJ RPHARM |
This is the main menu for the Pharmacy Intervention options. |
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORB BLANK LINE5 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| PSJ LM INTERVENTION NEW ENTRY |
action |
|
This option is used to enter an entry into the APSP INTERVENTION file (#32.4). |
D FULL^VALM1 F I=0:0 S DIC(0)="QEAML",DLAYGO=9009032.4,DIC="^APSPQA(32.4,",DIADD="" D ^DIC K DA,DR,DIADD K:Y=-1 X,DIC,DIADD,DA,DIE Q:Y=-1 S DA=+Y,DIE=DIC,DR="[PSO INTERVENTION NEW]" K DIC D ^DIE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM INTERVENTION EDIT |
action |
|
This option is used to edit an already existing entry in the APSP INTERVENTION file (#32.4). |
D FULL^VALM1 F I=0:0 S DIC(0)="QEAM",DIC="^APSPQA(32.4,",DIC("A")="Select INTERVENTION:" D ^DIC K:Y=-1 X,DIC,DA,DIE Q:Y=-1 S DA=+Y,DIE=DIC,DR="[PSO INTERVENTION EDIT]" D ^DIE |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM INTERVENTION PRINTOUT |
action |
|
This option is used to obtain a captioned printout of Pharmacy Interventions for a certain date range. It will print out on normal width paper and can be queued to print at a later time. |
D FULL^VALM1 S L=0,DIC="^APSPQA(32.4,",FLDS="[PSO INTERVENTIONS]",BY="[PSO INTERVENTIONS]" D EN1^DIP K L,DIC,FLDS,BY,Y |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM INTERVENTION DELETE |
action |
|
This option is used to delete an intervention from the APSP INTERVENTION file (#32.4). You may only delete an intervention that was entered on the same day. |
D FULL^VALM1,^PSODELI |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM INTERVENTION VIEW |
action |
|
This option is used to display Pharmacy Interventions in a captioned format. You may view more than one intervention at a time. |
D FULL^VALM1 S PSOVWI("DIC")="^APSPQA(32.4," D ^PSOVWI |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM AP1 |
action |
|
Allows the user to print a profile of patients' active orders for review by the physician. Includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is included for new orders. |
N VADM,VAIN D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGAP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM AP2 |
action |
|
Allows the user to print a profile of patients' active orders for review by the physician. Includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is included for new orders. The user may choose to print all active orders or expiring orders only. |
N VADM,VAIN D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGCAP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM EXTP |
action |
|
This report allows viewing all of the orders on file for a patient (not just since last discharge). All orders that have not been purged can be viewed, or a date entered to start searching forward from. |
N VAIN,VADM,P,PSJLM S PSJEXTP=1 D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSJPR |
K PSJEXTP S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM PLRP |
action |
|
Allows the user to PRINT or REPRINT any PICK LIST previously run. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPLRP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU PLATCS |
action |
|
Allows the user to have the appropriate meds from a selected Pick List dispensed through the ATC machine. PLEASE NOTE that only those meds on the pick list that have the appropriate ATC data (canister # and mnemonic) will dispense through the ATC. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGTAP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORB BLANK LINE6 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| PSJU LM PLUP |
action |
|
Allows the pharmacy personnel to update a pick list that has already been run but not yet started, picking up the new orders, renewed orders, and orders that were being edited when the pick list was first run. This option allows the pharmacist to print only th updated orders, or the entire pick list, including the updated orders. |
N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPLUP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM MDWS |
action |
|
Allows the user to print the Medications Due Worksheet. The worksheet shows the patient's orders that are to be administered within a 24 hour period. |
N VAIN,VADM S PSGWD=PSJPWD D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSJMDWS |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM NEW SELECT ALLERGY |
action |
|
Allows the user to select allergy item by number. |
D NEWSEL^PSJORDA |
|
| PSJ LM IV SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
This option allows the user to select an IV order from the profile. |
K PSJSTARI D SELSO^PSIV |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ LM IV OE MENU |
menu |
|
This menu allows the user to take action on the IV order entry process. |
K PSGEFN |
|
| PSJ LM IV NEW SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
Allows a user to select an IV order for action by number. |
K PSJSTARI D SELNUM^PSIV |
|
| PSJ LM EDIT NEW |
action |
|
Allows a user to edit an order by selecting field numbers. The user does not have to select edit first. |
D EDIT^PSJOE(PSGP,PSJORD,0) |
|
| PSJU LM ACCEPT EDIT NEW |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PSJOE1(0) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM BPI HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This is the Hidden Menu that will be attached to the Patient Information list template. It includes the standard hidden menu item and some extra Inpatient Pharmacy Items felt to be beneficial to the user. |
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM PROFILE HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This is the Hidden Menu that will be attached to the List Templates that show pharmacy order profiles. It includes most of the standard hidden items and some other items Inpatient Pharmacy felt would be beneficial to the user. |
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORB BLANK LINE7 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| PSJ LM ORDER VIEW HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This is the Hidden Menu that will be attached to the Order View list templates. It includes most of the standard hidden menu items and some extra items Inpatient Pharmacy felt would be beneficial tothe user. |
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJU LM SPEED VERIFY |
action |
|
This protocol will allow a user to verify multiple orders for a patient. It will only speed verify orders that were created because of a renew. |
D ^PSJHVARS D EN^PSGOEVS |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ LM PRINT OUTPATIENT PROFILE |
action |
|
This protocol will call INPAT^PSOBUILD(DFN) to allow a patient's outpatient profile to be viewed while in the Inpatient Meds software. |
D INPAT^PSOBUILD(PSGP) |
S VALMBCK="R" H 1 |
| PSJU LM MARK NOT GIVE |
action |
|
Protocol to mark a discontinued order as "Not to be given". |
D ^PSGOENG |
|
| PSJU LM MARK INCOMPLETE |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to mark a non-verified order as incomplete. |
D ^PSGOEI |
|
| GMRCACT ADD NEW ORDERS |
action |
|
Add a new order via CPRS. Note: An order entered with this action will not be seen by the service until the order is signed and released by CPRS. |
D SLCT1^ORQPT,EN^ORCMENU,AD^GMRCSLM1,HDR^GMRCSLM,INIT^GMRCSLM |
S VALMBCK="R" S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| GMRCACT DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
Display consult details for order, audit log, and results |
D EN^GMRCSLDT,ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("H") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLDT,EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCACT FORWARD |
action |
|
Forward order to another service |
D FR^GMRCAFRD("") S:$D(GMRCSS) GMRCDG=GMRCSS D:$D(GMRCDG) SERV1^GMRCASV D ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("HL") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCACT PHARMACY PKG MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This is the menu of actions provided for Pharmacy package users which allows adding, discontinuing and completing of a Pharmacy consult order. |
|
|
| GMRC TRK MAIN PROTOCOL |
menu |
|
Consult Tracking List Manager Protocol. Top level protocol to list protocols for review by patient and service. |
K GMRCOER D ^GMRCMENU |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE8 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCACT TRK SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Used to select a new service to view consults/ requests. |
D SS^GMRCSLM S:$D(GMRCQUT) VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D AD^GMRCSLM1,INIT^GMRCSLM,HDR^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" |
D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| GMRCACT TRK DATE CHANGE |
action |
|
Select a new date range for displaying consults. |
D ^GMRCSPD,SELEXIT^GMRCSLMA |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRC QC OUTSTANDING CONSULTS |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol to print outstanding consults by service for QC purposes. In this option, ALL SERVICES is not allowed to be entered at the SERVICE: prompt. |
|
|
| GMRC OUTSTD CONSLTS SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) |
D FULL^VALM1,EN^GMRCSTLM Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="CP" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),INIT^GMRCPC,HDR^GMRCPC S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC QC CONSULTS/REQUESTS PENDING RESOLUTION |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol: Gather QC data on number of consults still pending resolution. Gives statistics by status and service. |
|
D KILL^VALM10() |
| GMRC QC SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a new service to view QC results on how many consults/requests are pending resolution. |
D FULL^VALM1,EN^GMRCQCST Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCQC,HDR^GMRCQC S VALMCNT=$S(GMRCCT>30:GMRCCT,1:30),VALMBCK="R" |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC PRINT CONSULTS PROTOCOLS |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Used to collect protocol information from file 101 and print it out in a List Manager screen format. Part of the utilities provided with the Consults/Requests package. |
|
D EXIT^GMRCPP |
| GMRC PRINT ABBREVIATED CONSULT PROTOCOLS |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Prints abbreviated information about protocols found in File 101. Gives Protocol Name and Item Text only. |
|
|
| GMRC TRK PHARMACY TPN CONSULTS |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol: Main Pharmacy protocol for listing consults/requests in list manager. |
|
|
| GMRCACT TRK PHARMACY SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: GMRC Consult/Request Tracking Protocol to select a new patient to list in the Pharmacy TPN Consults protocol. |
D EN^GMRCPX S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCPX,HDR^GMRCPX |
S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| ORB BLANK LINE9 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCACT TRK SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a New Patient to view consult requests in List Manager. |
D SP^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D CLEAN^VALM10,AD^GMRCSLM1,HDR^GMRCSLM,INIT^GMRCSLM |
Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| GMRCACT PRINT PHARMACY CONSULT FORM |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Prints Form 513 to a Printer. |
D PS^GMRCA1("") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC TRK MEDICINE CONSULTS |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol used by Consults/Request tracking to list and display all uncompleted protocols for Medicine Service. |
Q:$D(GMRCQUT) |
|
| GMRCACT TRK MEDICINE SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol used by Consults/Request Tracking to select a new patient when viewing Medicine Patient consults. |
D SPEN^GMRCMCP S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCMP,HDR^GMRCMP |
S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| GMRCACT TRK MEDICINE SELECT PROCEDURE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol for the Medicine Display for consults/request tracking. This protocol allows the user to select a new procedure when using the Medicine Option. No patient data is asked. Dates are asked |
D ENP^GMRCMCP,HDR^GMRCSLM,INIT^GMRCSLM |
S VALMBCK="R" D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| GMRCACTM ALERT SERVICE ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This protocol is used with the GMRC ALERT ACTIONS List manager template and is called when an alert is received by a service user who wishes to process the protocol from the alert menu. The consult displayed in the alert is shown, along with all of the actions necessary to process the protocol. |
D INIT^GMRCALRT |
S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| GMRCACT VIEW BY STATUS |
action |
|
Allows a user to specify the status of the Consults to be displayed. |
D EN^GMRCSTAT,ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("HL") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCACT ADD PHARMACY CONSULT REQUEST |
action |
|
|
D SLCT1^ORQPT,EN^ORCMENU,AD^GMRCSLM1,INIT^GMRCSLM |
S VALMBCK="R" D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR") |
| GMRCPLACE - EKG LAB |
protocol |
|
This is one of the protocols for tracking where a consult is to be conducted. It is used in the 'Place of Consultation: ' prompt when a consult is ordered. |
|
|
| GMRC COMPLETE STATISTICS |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol. Uses List Template 'GMRC COMPLETE STATS' List Manager template. This protocol is used to display Statistics pertaining to how long a service takes to complete a consult/request, from the time that the consult/request is accepted by the service to the time it is completed. Also gives Mean and Standard Deviation statistics. I broken out by Total Consults completed, Inpatient Consults Completed, and Outpatient Consults Completed. |
Q:$D(GMRCQUT) |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE10 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRC QC STATISTICS PRINT |
action |
|
List Manager protocol. Used to allow printing of the Completion Statistics to a printer. Is an item of the GMRC COMPLETE STATISICS protocol. |
D PRNT^GMRCSTU |
|
| GMRCACT EDIT CONSULT/REQUEST |
menu |
|
When a consult has been entered and submitted to a service, and that service has denied the request (for whatever reason), then this option allows the clinician to edit the consult to correct/add information needed by the requested service to evaluate and accept the consult. When the consult is edited, it may then be resubmitted to the consult service. |
|
|
| GMRCACT EDIT FIELD |
action |
|
This protocol calls the routine that will allow specific fields of a consult to be edited. The call will ask for the field to be edited, and then allow editing of that field. When editing is complete, the display is updated to show the edited fields and the user is returned to the main menu. |
D FULL^VALM1,EDITFLD^GMRCEDT4(GMRCDA) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCACT RESUBMIT DENIED CONSULT |
action |
|
This protocol will allow a consult/request to be resubmitted as a pending consult/request after it has been denied by the service. |
D EN^GMRCEDT2(GMRCDA) |
S VALMBCK="Q" S:'$D(GMRCDA) GMRCDA=GMRCDAP |
| GMRC SELECT ITEM |
action |
|
This protocol is used when a user of the consults package or interface selects a consult record. When the record is entered (by number), it is highlighted in inverse video. The user can then choose an action for the item (i.e., DC a consult, Receive a consult, etc.). |
D SET^GMRCSLMV(+$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2)) |
S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") Q |
| GMRC MGR ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This protocol contains specialized actions that an ADPAC or manager of the consult/request package can take to remedy various situations that arise in day-to-day usage of the consults package. The menu for these actions should only be given to the consults ADPAC or similar manager since these actions can cause trouble for the consults package if anyone is allowed to use them. |
|
D EXIT^GMRCMGR |
| GMRCACT MAKE ADDENDUM |
action |
|
Make an addendum to the Result of the Consult in TIU. |
D ADDEND^GMRCTIU(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("LH") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCACTM ALERT BASIC ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This protocol is used with the GMRC ALERT ACTIONS List Manager template and is called as the default protocol menu, unless the user has service update capabilities. Then this protocol menu will be replaced (hijacked) by the GMRCACTM ALERT SERVICE ACTIONS protocol menu. |
|
|
| GMRCACTM CHANGE VIEW |
menu |
|
This is the menu of selection criteria for consults (date range, service, or status). |
|
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCB BLANK LINE |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCB BLANK LINE 1 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (3 spaces in Item Text) Used for white space. |
|
|
| ORC NEW LOCATION |
action |
|
|
D CHANGE^ORCMENU1 |
D EX^ORCMENU2 |
| ORCB DELETE ALERT |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^ORCB |
|
| ORC VERIFY CHART REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D VERIFY^ORCACT1("R") |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC VERIFY MENU |
menu |
|
|
W ! S VALMBCK="" |
|
| ORCHANGE PROBLEM COMMENTS |
action |
|
|
N CTXT,X S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),X=$P(CTXT,";",4),$P(CTXT,";",4)='X,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| PSO CANCEL |
action |
|
|
D OERR^PSOCAN3 |
|
| ORC SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("SIGF") |
|
| PXRM EXCH MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu for the Clinical Reminder Exchange Utility. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEXLM |
| PXRM LIST REMINDERS |
action |
|
This protocol builds a list of all the reminders defined at a site. |
D LRDEF^PXRMEXLM |
|
| PXRM EXCH QUIT |
action |
|
This protocol provides the actions for the quit option on the main Reminder Exchange screen. |
D EXIT^PXRMEXLM |
|
| VAFC MFU-TFL SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send and receive Master File update messages for a given patient. This is part of the CIRN project. Data is stored in PIMS. |
|
|
| VAFC MFU-TFL CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client is used to process the Treating Facility Master File update message. No acknowledgements will be generated from these actions. |
|
|
| VAFC TFL-UPDATE CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol catches the local ADT message to update the Treating Facility file at this site and to send the message to the owner site. |
|
|
| VAFC EXCPT SUM ACTS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the main menu for the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] summary screen. |
|
|
| VAFC EXCPT SUM SITE |
action |
|
This protocol sorts the exceptions by site in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
S VAFCSORT="SS" D SACT^VAFCEHLM |
|
| VAFC EXCPT SUM NEW |
action |
|
This protocol sorts the exceptions by newest event in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
S VAFCSORT="SN" D SACT^VAFCEHLM |
|
| VAFC EXCPT SUM PAT |
action |
|
This protocol sorts the exceptions by patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
S VAFCSORT="SP" D SACT^VAFCEHLM |
|
| VAFC EXCPT SUM OLD |
action |
|
This protocol sorts the exceptions by oldest event in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
S VAFCSORT="SO" D SACT^VAFCEHLM |
|
| VAFC EXCPT SUM REV FULL |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to process a selected patient from the summary screen in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D FULL^VAFCEHLM |
|
| VAFC EXCPT MERGE MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option merge menu. |
|
|
| VAFC EXCPT MERGE ALL |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to merge all differences for a selected patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D MRGALL^VAFCMGA |
|
| VAFC EXCPT MERGE SELECTED |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to choose selected fields so that they will merge in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D MRGSLCT^VAFCMGA |
|
| VAFC EXCPT MERGE REJECT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to reject differences for a selected patient so that they will not merge. This is done using the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D REJECT^VAFCMGA |
|
| VAFC EXCPT MERGE COMPLETE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to verify that the merge is complete for a selected patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D COMPLETE^VAFCMGA |
|
| VAFC ADT-A28 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This server protocol fires when a patient is added to the Master Patient Index (MPI) as a new patient. It generates a Health Level Seven (HL7) "Add Person Information" (event code A28) message. |
|
|
| VAFC EXCPT HINQ INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to do a HINQ inquiry for a selected patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D HI^VAFCMGA |
|
| VAFC EXCPT PATIENT AUDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to audit the differences made in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D RAUD^VAFCMGA1 |
|
| VAFC EXCPT MERGE UNDO |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to undo selected merges in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. |
D UNDO^VAFCMGA1 |
|
| ORCM DISABLE |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,DISABLE^ORCMEDT5 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGMST A08 SERVER |
event driver |
|
HL7 A08 SERVER PROTOCOL |
|
|
| DGMST A08 SEND CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
HL7 Client protocol for the sending of MST HL7 A08 messages |
|
|
| DGMST PATIENT ENTER |
action |
|
Calls the entry point to enter one/many patient MST status entries. |
D PAT^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGMST ENTER BY STATUS |
action |
|
Call the enter single MST status for multiple patients. |
D STAT^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGMST EDIT ENTRY |
action |
|
Pick and edit a specific entry from the currently displayed MST list |
D EL^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGMST DELETE ENTRY |
action |
|
Select and delete a specific entry from the currently displayed MST status list. |
D DL^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGMST DISPLAY PATIENT |
action |
|
Display the current MST history for a selected patient. This is a patient who is not in the currently displayed MST status list. A patient name will need to be entered. |
D DP^DGMSTL1 |
|
| DGMST EXPAND ENTRY |
action |
|
Expands and prints the MST status history for a patient selected from the currently displayed MST status list. |
D EXPND^DGMSTL S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGMST MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
Main protocol menu for the DGMST List Manager Interface |
|
|
| ORU REVIEW DELAYED ORDERS |
action |
|
This option may be used to review delayed orders at the time a patient is being admitted, discharged, or transferred. |
D:$G(DFN) EN1^ORCACT3(DFN) |
|
| RG ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol processes Admission, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) register a patient (event code A04) Health Level Seven (HL7) messages. This protocol also reroutes the messages to the CIRN Master Of Record (CMOR) and from the CMOR to all other subscribers. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol processes Admission, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) update patient information (event code A08) Health Level Seven (HL7) messages. This protocol also reroutes the messages to the CIRN Master Of Record (CMOR) and from the CMOR to all other subscribers. |
|
|
| RG PT SUBSCRIPTION REQUEST |
event driver |
|
This server protocol creates a Master Files Notification (MFN) message that contains information for the request to become a subscriber to a certain patient's data. |
|
|
| RG PT SUBSCRIPTION RECEIVER |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process subscription control Master Files Notification messages. The protocol is also used to reroute the message from the CIRN Master Of Record (CMOR) to all other subscribers of the identified patient. |
|
|
| MPIF TEST |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF ICN-Q02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF REAL-TIME QUERY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF REAL-TIME QUERY (SELECT PATIENT) |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^MPIFQ1 |
|
| MPIF REAL-TIME QUERY (ADD PATIENT) |
action |
|
|
D ADD^MPIFQ1 |
|
| MPIF REAL-TIME QUERY (HELP) |
action |
|
Help for List Manager screen actions during Single Patient Initialization to MPI option. |
D HELP^MPIFQ1 |
|
| MPIF CMOR COMPARISON CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client will make the CMOR request for change. This task used by the COMPARISON options. This should not be used for seeding the MPI with new patient/s. |
|
|
| MPIF CMOR COMPARISON SERVER |
event driver |
|
This process will take all the patients that your site is not the CMOR for and send the CMOR Activity Score to the CMOR for comparison. If the score from your site, for that patient, is greater and the difference is more than 80% the CMOR will automatically be changed to your site. This process should run after the MPI initialization has been completed. |
|
|
| MPIF CMOR RESULT SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the server protocol for the Change of CMOR Requests. |
|
|
| MPIF CMOR RESULT CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the client protocol for the change of CMOR request. |
|
|
| MPIF CMOR REQUEST |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF CMOR RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF A28 REQUEST |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF A28 RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MPIF A29 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Inactivates ICN at the MPI and removes the CIRN/MPI fields populated when ICN is added to Patient file. |
|
|
| MPIF A29 |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber for the Inactivate ICN protocol |
|
|
| MPIF A30 |
subscriber |
|
Merges ICN at the MPI and all subscriber sites. |
|
|
| MPIF A30 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT NEXT SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
S XQORM("A")="Select Action: " |
|
| GMRCACT PREVIOUS SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT QUIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q",GMRCQUT=1 |
|
| GMRCACT REDISPLAY |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS |
action |
|
Update the significant findings flag for a consult. |
D SF^GMRCASF(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("LH") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCACT RESET MENU |
action |
|
|
S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
|
| GMRCACTM HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT FIRST SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT LAST SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACTM DISPLAY ACTIONS |
menu |
|
Menu of display actions which users can use to process through the display. |
|
|
| GMRCB BLANK LINE1 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item Text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCB BLANK LINE2 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCACT GOTO PAGE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT UP ONE LINE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT DOWN A LINE |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT SEARCH LIST |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT PRINT SCREEN |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT CWAD DISPLAY |
extended action |
|
|
|
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCACT PRINT LIST |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCB BLANK LINE3 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCB BLANK LINE4 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCB BLANK LINE5 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item Text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| PXRM PATIENT DATA CHANGE |
action |
|
This protocol is to be called by other protocol event points whenever patient data, that can effect clinical reminder evaluation, has changed. |
D DATACHG^PXRMPINF |
|
| ORCHANGE NOTES SUBJECT |
action |
|
|
N CTXT,X S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),X=$P(CTXT,";",6),$P(CTXT,";",6)='X,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U |
|
| IBCR SPECIAL GROUPS SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCRLL |
|
| IBCR SPECIAL GROUPS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDSG^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR SPECIAL GROUPS MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR REVENUE CODE LINK SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D ENRL^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR REVENUE CODE LINK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDRL^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR REVENUE CODE LINK MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR REVENUE CODE LINK CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D RLCLNK^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR PROVIDER DISCOUNT EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDPD^IBCRLA1 |
|
| IBCR PROVIDER DISCOUNT MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>3 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCR PROVIDER DISCOUNT SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D ENPD^IBCRLA1 |
|
| ORC SIGN ALL ORDERS |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| ORC SELECT ALL |
action |
|
|
D ALL^ORCB ;sets ORNMBR |
|
| ORC VERIFY ALL ORDERS |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| RMPO EDIT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D EN01^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO BILLING MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| RMPO EDIT BILLING TRANSACTION |
action |
|
|
D EN02^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO ACCEPT BILLING |
action |
|
|
D EN03^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO UNACCEPT BILLING |
action |
|
|
D EN04^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO POST BILLING |
action |
|
|
D EN07^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO DISPLAY 2319 |
action |
|
|
D EN06^RMPOLM1 |
|
| OR GUA DC GENERIC ORDERS |
action |
|
This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is discharged. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a discharge and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The actual DC process is tasked, to reduce the wait for the person doing the discharge. Therefore, the order review screen may not immediately reflect the DC'd orders. |
Q:$G(DGPMT)'=3 D EN1^ORMEVNT |
|
| RMPO DELETE LETTER LIST ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D EN02^RMPOLG |
|
| RMPO LETTER MAIN |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| RMPO PRINT PATIENT LETTERS(1) |
action |
|
|
D ^RMPOLF0A |
|
| RMPO LETTER TYPE MAIN |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| RMPO MANAGE LETTER |
action |
|
|
D EN01^RMPOLY |
|
| RMPO EXIT LIST |
action |
|
|
S ^TMP($J,RMPOXITE,"EXIT")=1,QT=1 |
|
| RMPO CLOSE BILLING |
action |
|
|
D SIGNOF^RMPOPST2 |
|
| RMPO PRINT PATIENT LETTERS(2) |
action |
|
|
D EN02^RMPOLY |
|
| RMPO EXIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
|
| RMPO HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| OR GUA DC GENERIC ORDERS NOTASK |
action |
|
This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is discharged. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a discharge and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The DC process is done interactively, which may sometimes result in a wait. If this protocol is placed before the ORU PATIENT MOVMT protocol in the item multiple of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol, the review screen will reflect active orders AFTER the generic orders are DC'd. |
Q:$G(DGPMT)'=3 D EN^ORMEVNT |
|
| RMPO CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN08^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO QUIK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EN09^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO ADD BILLING PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol allows user to add a patient for billing. |
D EN10^RMPOLM1 |
|
| RMPO PRINT ONE PATIENT LETTER |
action |
|
|
D ^RMPOLF0 |
|
| RMPO ADD PATIENT TO LIST |
action |
|
|
D ADD^RMPOLG |
|
| RMPO DELETE BILLING PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol allows user to delete patient from billing. |
D EN11^RMPOLM1 |
|
| PCMM SEND SERVER FOR ADT-A08 |
event driver |
|
sending PCMM ADT-A08 messages primary care & TPA data |
|
|
| PCMM SEND CLIENT FOR ADT-A08 |
subscriber |
|
HL7 server protocol for sending PCMM ADT-A08 messages, which will contain primary care data used by the NPCD. |
|
|
| IVM SEND FINANCIAL QUERY |
action |
|
This protocol is executed from the [SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS] protocol as an item. It's purpose is to initiate a financial query for patients that require updated income information. |
D APPT^IVMCQ |
|
| DGMTH HARDSHIP MENU |
menu |
|
Contains the protocols for adding, editing, and deleting means test hardship determinations. |
|
|
| OR GUA DC GEN ORD ON TRANS |
action |
|
This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is transferred. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a transfer and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The actual DC process is tasked, to reduce the wait for the person doing the transfer. |
Q:$G(DGPMT)'=2 D EN1^ORMEVNT |
|
| DGMTH ADD HARDSHIP |
action |
|
This protocol is for granting hardships. |
D ADD^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP) |
|
| DGMTH DELETE HARDSHIP |
action |
|
This protocol is for deleting a hardship. |
D DELETE^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP) |
|
| DGMTH EDIT HARDSHIP |
action |
|
Edits the existing hardship. |
D EDIT^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP) |
|
| DGMTH DATE STAMP |
action |
|
Updates the Dt/Tm Test Last Edited field of the means test. |
D DATETIME^DGMTU4($G(DGMTI)) |
|
| IVM FINANCIAL QUERY FOR ADMISSION |
extended action |
|
This protocol is executed from the [DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS] protocol as an item. It's purpose is to initiate a financial query to HEC for admitted patients that require updated income information. |
Q:('$D(^UTILITY("DGPM",$J,1)))!($D(^UTILITY("DGPM",$J,3))) D QRYQUE^IVMCQ2(DFN) |
|
| DGMTH EDIT COMMENTS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the local site to edit the commments for the selected means test. |
D COMMENTS^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP) |
|
| ORS PROBLEM LIST |
action |
|
This protocol allows printing a chartable copy of the current patient's current Problem List. |
D VAF^GMPLUTL2(+ORVP) |
|
| RCDP ACCOUNT PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This option will show a profile of bills for an account. |
|
|
| RCDP ACCOUNT PROFILE SELECT NEW ACCOUNT |
action |
|
This option will allow the user to select a new account. |
D ACCOUNT^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| RCDP ACCOUNT PROFILE BILL TRANSACTIONS |
action |
|
This option will show all transactions for a bill. |
D BILLTRAN^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| OR GUA DC GEN ORD ON TRANS NOTASK |
action |
|
This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is transferred. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a transfer and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The DC process is done interactively, which may sometimes result in a wait. If this protocol is placed before the ORU PATIENT MOVMT protocol in the item multiple of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol, the review screen will reflect active orders AFTER the generic orders are DC'd. |
Q:$G(DGPMT)'=2 D EN^ORMEVNT |
|
| RCDP ACCOUNT PROFILE SELECT STATUS |
action |
|
This option will allow the user to select statuses of bills to display. |
D SELSTAT^RCDPAPST |
|
| RCDP TRANSACTIONS LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This option will display all transactions associated with a bill. |
|
|
| RCDP TRANSACTIONS LIST TRANSACTION PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will show a transaction's profile. |
D TRANPROF^RCDPBTL1 |
|
| RCDP TRANSACTION PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This option will display a transaction's profile. |
|
|
| RCDP BILL PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This option will display a bill's profile. |
|
|
| RCDP TRANSACTIONS LIST BILL PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will show a bill's profile. |
D BILLPROF^RCDPBTL1 |
|
| RCDP ACCOUNT PROFILE BILL PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will display a bill's profile. |
D BILLPROF^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| RCDP BILL PROFILE TRANSACTIONS |
action |
|
This option will list the transactions for a bill. |
D BILLTRAN^RCDPBPL1 |
|
| RCDP BILL PROFILE NEW BILL |
action |
|
This option will allow you to select a new bill to display. |
D NEWBILL^RCDPBPL1 |
|
| RCDP TRANSACTIONS LIST NEW BILL |
action |
|
This option will allow you to select a new bill to display. |
D NEWBILL^RCDPBTL1 |
|
| RCDP TRANSACTION PROFILE SELECT NEW TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This option will allow you to select a new transaction. |
D NEWTRANS^RCDPTPLM |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This option will display a receipt's profile. |
|
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE CANCEL TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This option will cancel a transaction for a receipt. |
D CANCTRAN^RCDPRPL1 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE ADD TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This option will add a payment transaction to a receipt. |
D ENTRTRAN^RCDPRPL1 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE EDIT TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This option will edit a payment transaction for a receipt. |
D EDITTRAN^RCDPRPL1 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE PRINT RECEIPT |
action |
|
This option will print a patient receipt. |
D PRINRECT^RCDPRPL2 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE EDIT RECEIPT |
action |
|
This option will allow editing of the receipt data such as deposit ticket. |
D EDITREC^RCDPRPL3 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE ACCOUNT PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will show the account profile. |
D ACCTPROF^RCDPRPL2 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE MOVE TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This option will move a payment from one receipt to another. |
D MOVETRAN^RCDPRPL1 |
|
| RCDP DEPOSIT PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This option will display a deposit's profile. |
|
|
| RCDP DEPOSIT PROFILE EDIT DEPOSIT |
action |
|
This option will allow the user to edit the deposit ticket. |
D EDITDEP^RCDPDPL1 |
|
| RCDP DEPOSIT PROFILE RECEIPT PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will jump to receipt profile listmanager screen. |
D RECEIPTS^RCDPDPL1 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE CUSTOMIZE |
action |
|
This option will allow the user to customize receipt processing. |
D CUSTOMIZ^RCDPRPL2 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE PROCESS RECEIPT |
action |
|
This option will process a receipt. |
D PROCESS^RCDPRPL3 |
|
| RCDP DEPOSIT PROFILE CUSTOMIZE |
action |
|
This option will allow the user to customize the listmanager screen for deposits. |
D CUSTOMIZ^RCDPDPL1 |
|
| RCDP DEPOSIT PROFILE ADD RECEIPT |
action |
|
This option will allow a new receipt to be added to the deposit. |
D ADDREC^RCDPDPL1 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE 215 REPORT |
action |
|
This option will print the 215 report for the receipt. |
D PRINT215^RCDPRPL2 |
|
| RCDP DEPOSIT PROFILE CONFIRM DEPOSIT |
action |
|
This option will confirm a deposit. All receipts must be processed and accepted in FMS. |
D CONFIRM^RCDPDPL1 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the top level menu for linking accounts to payments. |
|
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS SEARCH CHECK |
action |
|
This option will look for a specific check used for a payment. |
D CHKTRACE^RCDPLPL1 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS SEARCH CREDIT |
action |
|
This option will search payments with matching credit card numbers. |
D FINDCRED^RCDPLPL1 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS TO ACCOUNT |
action |
|
This option will link an unapplied payment to an account and process the payment in the Accounts Receivable package. |
D LINKPAY^RCDPLPL3 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS RECEIPT PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will jump to the receipt profile listmanager screen. |
D RECEIPT^RCDPLPL1 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS ACCOUNT PROFILE |
action |
|
This option will jump to the Account Profile listmanager screen. |
D ACCOUNT^RCDPLPL1 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS CLEAR SUSPENSE |
action |
|
This option will allow you to enter the FMS Document ID Number used to clear the payment from suspense in FMS. |
D CLEARSUS^RCDPLPL1 |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS SUSPENSE REPORT |
action |
|
This option will allow you to print a report showing the payments processed to suspense and the associated FMS Document ID Number used to clear the payment from suspense in FMS. |
D REPORT^RCDPLPS1 |
|
| RCDP FAST EXIT |
action |
|
This option will allow the user to exit back to the menu from any of the deposit management listmanager screens. |
D FASTEXIT^RCDPDPLM |
|
| RCDP LINK PAYMENTS SHOW PAYMENT |
action |
|
This option will show how a payment was applied to an account. |
D SHOWPAY^RCDPLPL2 |
|
| RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS PRINT |
action |
|
Protocol used by the Radiology/Nuclear Medicine HL7 Voice Reporting Errors List to Print entries |
D EN^RAHLEX1 |
|
| RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
This Protocol is the MENU for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Voice Reporting Errors List |
|
|
| RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS NEXT |
action |
|
This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List |
D NXTAPP^RAHLEX1(1) |
|
| RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS PREVIOUS |
action |
|
This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List |
D NXTAPP^RAHLEX1(-1) |
|
| RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS RESEND |
action |
|
This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List |
D RESEND^RAHLEX1 |
|
| RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS DELETE |
action |
|
This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List |
D DELETE^RAHLEX1 |
|
| RA PSCRIBE ORM |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA REG 2.3, RA EXAMINED 2.3, and RA CANCEL 2.3 event protocols. It is used by the VISTA HL7 package to send ORM messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of those event point protocols if this type of messaging scenerio is used at a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable HL7 message flow when exams are registered, cancelled and when they reach the status flagged as 'examined' by the site. |
Q |
Q |
| RA PSCRIBE ORU |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA RPT 2.3 event protocol. The HL7 package uses this protocol to send rad/nuc med report (ORU) messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of the RA RPT 2.3 protocol if this messaging scenario is used in a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable message flow when a rad/nuc med report is verified. |
Q |
Q |
| RA TALKLINK ORM |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA REG 2.3, RA EXAMINED 2.3, and RA CANCEL 2.3 event protocols. It is used by the VISTA HL7 package to send ORM messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of those event point protocols if this type of messaging scenerio is used at a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable HL7 message flow when exams are registered, cancelled, and when they reach the status flagged as 'examined' by the site. |
Q |
Q |
| RA TALKLINK ORU |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA RPT 2.3 event point protocol. The HL7 package uses this protocol to send rad/nuc med report (ORU) messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of the RA RPT 2.3 protocol if this messaging scenario is used in a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable message flow when a rad/nuc med report is verified. |
Q |
Q |
| RA PSCRIBE TCP REPORT |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process messages sent to VISTA from a COTS voice recognition unit using TCP/IP for message flow. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple of the RA PSCRIBE TCP SERVER RPT protocol. |
Q |
Q |
| RA PSCRIBE TCP SERVER RPT |
event driver |
|
Driver protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process radiology/nuclear med reports coming into VISTA from commercial voice recognition units using TCP/IP for message flow. |
|
|
| RA TALKLINK TCP REPORT |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process messages sent to VISTA from a COTS voice recognition unit using TCP/IP for message flow. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple of the RA TALKLINK TCP SERVER RPT protocol. |
Q |
Q |
| RA TALKLINK TCP SERVER RPT |
event driver |
|
Driver protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process radiology/nuclear med reports coming into VISTA from commercial voice recognition units using TCP/IP for message flow. |
|
|
| RA RPT 2.3 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine report enters into a status of verified or Released/Not Verified. It executes code that creates an HL7 version 2.3 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains relevant information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers, diagnostic code, interpreting physician, impression text and report text. |
Q |
|
| RA CANCEL 2.3 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is cancelled. It executes code that creates an HL7 version 2.3 ORM message consisting of PID, ORC, and OBX segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of cancellation, procedure modifiers, patient allergies and clinical history. |
Q |
|
| RA REG 2.3 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is registered. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM version 2.3 message consisting of PID, ORC, OBR, and OBX segments. The message containes all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. |
Q |
|
| RA EXAMINED 2.3 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam has reached a status where GENERATE EXAMINED HL7 MSG is Y at that (or at a lower) status. An HL7 version 2.3 ORM message will be generated that contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. |
Q |
|
| GMRCACTM NOTIF RECIP |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCU SELECT NOTIF SERV |
action |
|
|
D SELSS^GMRCNOTF,HDR^GMRCNOTF,INIT^GMRCNOTF |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| SCCV CONV FUNCTION MENU |
menu |
|
The main menu to examine/create conversion log entries |
|
I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| SCCV CONV NEW TEMPLATE |
action |
|
This action is used to add a new conversion template entry (CST). |
D NEW^SCCVCST |
|
| SCCV CONV TEMPLATE DISPLAY |
action |
|
This action is used to display the template entry's details. |
D VIEW^SCCVCST |
|
| SCCV CONV REQ LOG |
action |
|
This action is used to list the log's request history. |
D PHIS^SCCVDSP1("R","CST") |
|
| SCCV CONV EXPAND |
menu |
|
Menu to allow history of request, event or error log to be displayed. |
|
I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| SCCV CONV EVENT LOG |
action |
|
This action is used to list the log's event history. |
D PHIS^SCCVDSP1("E","CST") |
|
| SCCV CONV ERROR LOG |
action |
|
This action is used to list the log's error history. |
D PHIS^SCCVDSP1("ERR","CST") |
I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| SCCV CONV EDIT |
action |
|
This action is used to display the template's details and edit if necessary. |
D EDIT^SCCVCST1($G(SCCVSCRN)) |
|
| SCCV CONV REQUEST |
action |
|
This action is used to schedule the running or stopping of an CST event. |
D REQ^SCCVCST1(1,$G(SCCVSCRN),1) |
|
| SCCV CONV EXIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. |
D FASTEX^SCCVDSP |
|
| SCCV CONV ESTIMATE BULLETIN |
action |
|
This action is used to generate a copy of the estimate bulletin for a particular log entry. Only valid for 'ESTIMATE' events. |
D BULL^SCCVCST1 |
I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| SCCV CONV PARAM MENU |
menu |
|
The main menu to display and edit Scheduling Conversion Parameters. |
|
|
| SCCV CONV EDIT PARAM |
action |
|
This action is used to edit the Scheduling parameters having to do with the Scheduling Conversion functionality. |
D EDIT^SCCVPAR |
|
| SCCV CONV CANCEL |
action |
|
This action is used to cancel a selected CST. |
D CANCEL^SCCVCST1 |
|
| SCCV CONV DELETE FILE MENU |
menu |
|
The main menu to display and delete the old Scheduling files that the Scheduling conversion retired to non-use. |
|
|
| SCCV CONV DELETE FILES |
action |
|
This action is used to perform the actual data dictionary and template deletion for the old Scheduling files that are no longer used once the conversion is completed. This action does NOT delete the data global for the file. Use the xxx action to delete the data global. |
D DELDD^SCCVDEL |
|
| SCCV CONV DELETE FILE DISPLAY |
action |
|
This action is used to display the list of old/obsolete Scheduling files that can be deleted. |
D EN^SCCVDEL |
|
| SCCV CONV ONE ENTRY |
action |
|
This action is used to select a single entry (encounter, appointment, disposition, standalone add/edit) to convert without using a CST. |
D ONE^SCCVCST3 |
|
| SCCV CONV PARAMETERS |
action |
|
This protocol displays the scheduling conversion related Site Parameters. It also allows the user to edit the appropriate conversion parameters. |
D PARAM^SCCVPAR |
I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| SCCV CONV REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D REFRESH^SCCVCDSP |
|
| SCCV CONV ESTIMATE SUMMARY |
action |
|
|
D EN^SCCVEGD2 |
|
| SCCV CONV DELETE DATA GLOBAL |
action |
|
This action is used to perform the actual data global deletion for the old Scheduling files that are no longer used once the conversion is completed. |
D DELDATA^SCCVDEL1 |
|
| GMRC COMP STAT SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying consults Statistics pertaining to how long a service takes to complete a consult/request, from the time that the consult/request is accepted by the service to the time it is completed. |
D FULL^VALM1,EN^GMRCSTU,ODT^GMRCSTU,INIT^GMRCST,HDR^GMRCST S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC OUTSTD CONSLTS SELECT STATUS |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a list of statuses for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) |
D NEWSTS^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="CP" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),INIT^GMRCPC,HDR^GMRCPC S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC OUTSTD CONSLTS SELECT NUMBERED |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Togles on and off the display of the consult number in the report. |
D NUMBER^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="CP" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),INIT^GMRCPC,HDR^GMRCPC S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC COLUMN WIDTH PRINT LIST |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC COLUMN WIDTH MESSAGE |
action |
|
|
D PWIDTH^GMRCPC($G(GMRCCTRL)) |
|
| GMRC COLUMN WIDTH HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| LA7D CARELIFE RESULTS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7D CARELIFE SERVER |
event driver |
|
This server is used for sending ACK back to the MRTS account |
|
|
| RG EXCPT MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol serves as the main menu of exception handling options under the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
|
|
| RG EXCPT SELECT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to select an exception for processing from the MPI/PD Exceptions screen in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D SELECT^RGEXHND1 |
|
| RG EXCPT ACTION MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol serves as the action menu and allows several actions to be taken for a patient selected from the MPI/PD Exception Menu [RG EXCPT MAIN MENU]. This is activated through the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
|
|
| RG EXCPT UPDATE STATUS |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to update the exception status to PROCESSED from the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D UPD^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT DISPLAY ONLY QUERY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to perform a Display Only Query to the MPI from the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D DISP^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT EDIT PATIENT DATA |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit patient data from the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D LOAD^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT TYPE SORT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to sort exceptions by type in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
S RGSORT="ST" D SORT^RGEX01 |
|
| RG EXCPT DATE SORT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to sort exceptions by date in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
S RGSORT="SD" D SORT^RGEX01 |
|
| RG EXCPT PATIENT SORT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to sort exceptions by patient in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
S RGSORT="SN" D SORT^RGEX01 |
|
| RG EXCPT SELECT TYPE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to select an exception type to view, all others will be filtered out, for exception processing from the MPI/PD Exceptions screen in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
S RGSORT="VT" D SORT^RGEX01 |
|
| RG EXCPT PATIENT INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to do a Patient Inquiry from the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D INQ^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT PATIENT AUDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to audit the changes made in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D PA^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT HINQ INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to do a HINQ Inquiry for a selected patient in the MPI/PD Exception Handling option [RG EXCEPTION HANDLING]. |
D HI^RGEX03 |
|
| GMRCACTM DEFAULT REASON |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCU SELECT DEF REASON SERV |
action |
|
This protocol allows the selection of a consult service for which to test the default reason for request. |
D SELSS^GMRCDRFR,HDR^GMRCDRFR,INIT^GMRCDRFR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCU SELECT DEF REAS PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol allows patient selection for testing the default reason for request. |
D SELPT^GMRCDRFR,HDR^GMRCDRFR,INIT^GMRCDRFR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCACT SCHEDULED REQUEST |
action |
|
This action allows the request to be marked as scheduled. A comment may also be added to the request. There is NO linkage to the Scheduling software via this action. |
D RC^GMRCA1("",1),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| ORC SCHEDULE CONSULT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("SCHED") |
|
| ORC REM MED RESULTS |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("REMRSLT") |
|
| PXRM DIALOG DETAILS |
action |
|
Basic lists of dialog items. |
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(1) |
S VALMBG=1 |
| PXRM DIALOG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMDLG |
| PXRM DIALOG EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
D EXIT^PXRMDLG |
| PXRM DIALOG P/N TEXT |
action |
|
|
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(3) |
|
| PXRM DIALOG EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PXRMDEDT("R",PXRMDIEN) D:$G(VALMBCK)'="Q" BUILD^PXRMDLG(PXRMMODE) |
S VALMBG=1 |
| PXRM GENERAL EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
D EXIT^PXRMGEN |
| PXRM GENERAL INQUIRY |
action |
|
|
D INQUIRE^PXRMGEN |
|
| PXRM GENERAL EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PXRMGEDT(PXRMGTYP,IEN,0) |
|
| PXRM GENERAL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMGEN |
| PXRM SELECTION ITEM |
action |
|
This protocol is used by the list PXRM SELECTION. The protocol is set-up by the ENTRY action in this list. |
D SEL^PXRMSEL |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| PXRM SELECTION PRINT ALL |
action |
|
|
D LIST^PXRMSEL |
|
| PXRM SELECTION MENU |
menu |
|
Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Allows selection or list all. Modified by INIT^PXRMSEL to include PXRM SELECTION ITEM also. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMSEL |
| PXRM SELECTION EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
D EXIT^PXRMSEL |
| PXRM FINDING GENERAL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMFPAR |
| PXRM SELECT RESOLUTION |
action |
|
This is protocol used by list PXRM FINDING PARAMETER LIST. The protocol is set up by the INIT action in this list. |
D SEL^PXRMFPAR |
|
| PXRM REMINDER DETAILS |
action |
|
This protocol displays a reminder inquiry, which is a listing of a complete reminder definition. |
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(3) |
S VALMBG=1 |
| PXRM SELECTION ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXRMSEL |
S VALMBG=1 |
| PXRM DIALOG COPY COMPONENT |
action |
|
|
D COPY^PXRMSEL |
S VALMBG=1,VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM FINDING SELECTION MENU |
menu |
|
Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION for finding type parameters. Allows selection or list all. Modified by INIT^PXRMSEL to include PXRM SELECTION ITEM also. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMGEN |
| PXRM DIALOG SELECTION MENU (DLGE) |
menu |
|
Special menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Only used for dialog edit. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMGEN |
| PXRM SELECTION VIEW (CV) |
action |
|
Used in dialog edit only. |
D CHNG^PXRMSEL |
S VALMBG=1 |
| PXRM DIALOG EDIT INQUIRY |
action |
|
|
D INQ1^PXRMDLST |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM DIALOG SELECTION MENU (DLG) |
menu |
|
Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Allows selection, list all or change view. Modified by INIT^PXRMSEL to include PXRM SELECTION ITEM also. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMSEL |
| PXRM DIALOG/REMINDER MENU |
menu |
|
Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Allows link reminder or quit. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMSEL |
| PXRM SELECTION VIEW (AR) |
action |
|
Used in dialog link only. Reminders by name. |
D CHNGR^PXRMSEL("A") |
|
| PXRM SELECTION VIEW (LR) |
action |
|
Used in reminder link only. Linked reminders by name. |
D CHNGR^PXRMSEL("L") |
|
| PXRM SELECTION VIEW TOGGLE |
action |
|
Toggle between reminder name and print name. |
D CHNGV^PXRMSEL |
|
| PXRM DIALOG HISTORY |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMDLGH |
| PXRM DIALOG LINK |
action |
|
|
D RLINK^PXRMDLGZ(PXRMITEM) |
D INIT^PXRMDLGH |
| PXRM DIALOG SELECTION ITEM |
action |
|
This protocol is used by the list PXRM DIALOG LISTS. The protocol is set-up by the ENTRY action in this list. |
D SEL^PXRMDLG,BUILD^PXRMDLG(PXRMMODE) |
|
| PXRM DIALOG COPY |
action |
|
Copy current reminder dialog. |
D COPYS^PXRMSEL |
S VALMBG=1 |
| PXRM DIALOG TEXT |
action |
|
|
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(2) |
|
| PRCO EDI PO DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D PO^PRCOER4 |
|
| VAFC EXCPT PATIENT INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to do a Patient Inquiry from the Patient Data Review option [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER]. |
D INQ^VAFCEHLM |
|
| MPIF CMOR APPROVE/DISAPPROVE |
event driver |
|
Updating Request to change CMOR to approved or not approved. |
|
|
| MPIF CMOR APP/DIS |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for updating the status of the CMOR Request - approved or not approved. |
|
|
| SCMC LE PCMM TRANSMISSION ERRORS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for PCMM HL7 Transmission Error Processing. |
|
|
| SCMC LE RETRANSMIT PATIENT |
action |
SCMC PCMM RETRANSMIT |
This protocol action permits a user to mark a patient on the list for retransmission. |
D RP^SCMCHLR4 |
|
| SCMC LE SORT LIST |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to sort the error list by Patient Name, Date Acknowledgement Received, or Provider Name. |
D SL^SCMCHLR4 |
|
| SCMC LE CHANGE STATUS |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to change the error processing status of the error list being viewed. It allows the user to select an error processing status of NEW, CHECKED, or BOTH. |
D CS^SCMCHLR4 |
|
| SCMC LE CHANGE DATE RANGE |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to change the date range of the error list being viewed. |
D CD^SCMCHLR4 |
|
| SCMC LE CHECK ERROR OFF LIST |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to check an error with an error processing status of 'NEW' off the list. |
D CE^SCMCHLR4 |
|
| SCMC LE RETRANSMIT ALL |
action |
SCMC PCMM RETRANSMIT |
This protocol action permits a user to mark all patients on the list for retransmission. |
D RA^SCMCHLR4 |
|
| SCMC LE DESELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol action permits a user to Deselect Patient(s) for retransmission. |
D DP^SCMCHLR5 |
|
| SCMC LE DESELECT ALL |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to Deselect ALL patients from retransmission. |
D DA^SCMCHLR5 |
|
| SCMC LE UNCHECK ERROR |
action |
|
This protocol action permits the user to mark an error with an error processing status of 'Checked' back to an error processing status of 'New'. |
D UE^SCMCHLR5 |
|
| RG ADT-A01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol processes Admission, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) update patient information (event code A01) Health Level Seven (HL7) messages. This protocol also re-routes the messages to the CIRN Master of Record (CMOR) and from the CMOR to all other subscribers. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol processes Admission, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) update patient information (event code A03) Health Level Seven (HL7) messages. This protocol also re-routes the messages to the CIRN Master of Record (CMOR) and from the CMOR to all other subscribers. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a patient is admitted through the Registration (PIMS) module. It executes code that creates an HL7 ADT message consisting of PID, EVN, PD1, and PV1 segments. The message contains all relevant information about the event, including patient name, event date/time, patient primary facility and patient class (inpatient or outpatient). |
|
|
| RG ADT-A03 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a patient is discharged through the Registration (PIMS) module, or checked out of a clinic through the Scheduling (PIMS) module. It executes code that creates an HL7 ADT message consisting of PID, EVN, PD1, and PV1 segments. The message contains all relevant information about the event, including patient name, event date/time, patient primary facility and patient class (inpatient or outpatient). |
|
|
| XWB RPC SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
This RPC Broker protocol is one of two protocols used to facilitate invocation of Remote Procedure Calls on a remote server. The RPC Broker uses Vista HL7 as the vehicle to pass RPC name and parameters from local server to remote server. On the return path, Vista HL7 is also used to send results from the remote server back to the local server. This particular protocol represents the receiving system and as such information is used to generate the response HL7 message header(MSH segment) from this perspective. |
|
|
| XWB RPC EVENT |
event driver |
|
This RPC Broker protocol is one of two protocols used to facilitate invocation of Remote Procedure Calls on a remote server. The RPC Broker uses Vista HL7 as the vehicle to pass RPC name and parameters from local server to remote server. On the return path, Vista HL7 is also used to send results from the remote server back to the local server. This particular protocol represents the sending system and as such information is used to generate the HL7 message header(MSH segment) from this perspective. |
|
|
| DGRU INPATIENT CAPTURE |
extended action |
|
This protocol handles the ADT messaging for the RAI/MDS COTS database system. This protocol is attached to the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol and is called when an inpatient ADT event occurs. |
D ^DGRUADT |
|
| DGRU-RAI-A01-SERVER |
event driver |
|
A01 message for the RAI/MDS commercial package |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A01-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
ADT A01 event client for RAI/MDS commercial application |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A11-SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A11-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A02-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A02 transfer updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives message acjnowledgements back. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A03-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A03 discharge updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives message acknowledgements back from the vendor. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A12-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A12 cancel (delete) transfer updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and accept message acknowledgements from vendor. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A13-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A13 cancel (Delete) discharge updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgements back from the vendor. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A21-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A21 leave of absence updates from the corporate system to the vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgements back from the vendor system. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A22-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A22 return from leave of absence updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgements back ffrom the vendor system. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A08-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A08 patient ADT updates from the corporate system to the vendor RAI/MDS software and receives asknowledgements back from the vendor. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A02-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages from DGRU RAI Events |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A03-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A12-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A13-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A21-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A08-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A22-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events |
|
|
| DGRU-PATIENT-A08-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
Protocol for receiving DGRU RAI update events |
|
|
| DGRU-PATIENT-A08-SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides A08 patient demographic updates from the corporate system to the vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgement messages from the vendor software. |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-MFU-SERVER |
event driver |
|
MFU message for the RAI/MDS commercial package |
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-MFU-ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU RB MENU |
menu |
|
Main protocol menu for room bed translation LM interface. |
|
|
| DGRU ENTER ROOM-BED |
action |
|
|
D ADD^DGRURB S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGRU DEL ROOM-BED |
action |
|
Delete an existing DGRU room-bed translation value |
D DEL^DGRURB S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| IBAT PATIENT LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This menu is for the List Template 'IBAT PT TRANS LIST'. |
Q |
|
| IBAT CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
This would allow changing the currently selected patient to another. The user will also be prompted for date range with the current one as the default. |
D CP^IBATLM1B |
|
| IBAT ADD TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This protocol is used to manually add a Transfer Pricing transaction the the currently selected patient. |
D AT^IBATLM1B |
|
| IBAT CHANGE DATE RANGE |
action |
|
This would allow the user to change the date range for the currently selected patient for Transfer Pricing transactions. |
D CD^IBATLM1B |
|
| IBAT CANCEL TRANSACTION |
action |
|
This protocol is used to change the status of a Transfer Pricing transaction on the currently selected patient. |
D CT^IBATLM1B |
|
| IBAT ADD PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol will allow you to add a patient to the Transfer Pricing Patient file. |
D AP^IBATLM0A |
|
| IBAT CHANGE STATUS |
action |
|
This protocol will allow you to change the status between active and inactive for a patient in the Transfer Pricing software. |
D CS^IBATLM0A |
|
| IBAT CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
This will allow you to rebuild the listmanager list you currently have with different options. |
D CV^IBATLM0A |
|
| IBAT SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
This will allow you to select a patient from the list. |
D SP^IBATLM0A |
|
| IBAT CHANGE FACILITY |
action |
|
This protocol will allow you to specify a different facility as the patient's preferred facility. |
D CF^IBATLM0A |
|
| IBAT FACILITY MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main protocol menu in the facility list manager screen. |
Q |
|
| IBAT EXPAND |
action |
|
This will show you more detailed information about a transaction. |
D EN^IBATLM2,ARRAY^IBATLM1A(VALMAR) |
|
| IBAT TRANS MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for the listmanager screen for transactions. |
|
|
| IBAT TRAN FAC EDIT |
action |
|
This will allow you to change the facility of a transaction. |
D FE^IBATLM2B |
|
| IBAT TRAN PRICE |
action |
|
This will allow you to edit the pricing information on a transaction. |
D PI^IBATLM2B |
|
| IBAT CHANGE PT FACILITY |
action |
|
This protocol will allow you to specify a different facility as the patient's preferred facility. |
D CF^IBATLM1B |
|
| IBAT QUIT |
action |
|
This will exit the Transfer Pricing listmanager screen. |
Q |
|
| IBAT CHANGE PT STATUS |
action |
|
This protocol will allow you to change the status between active and inactive for a patient in the Transfer Pricing software. |
D CS^IBATLM1B |
|
| IBAT PATIENT INQUIRY |
action |
|
This will show you detailed information about the patient. |
D EN^IBATLM3,ARRAY^IBATLM1A(VALMAR) |
|
| IBAT PT INQUIRY |
action |
|
This will show you detailed information about the patient. |
D PI^IBATLM0A |
|
| IBAT TP RX |
action |
|
This protocol is sibling of PS EVSEND OR and sends cost rx data to IB |
D EN^IBATEP |
|
| RMPR ELEC REQ |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| RMPR 2319 DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D DIS^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP VIEW REQ |
action |
|
This will allow you to view the Suspense Request. |
D VIEW^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP VIEW 2319 |
action |
|
This will allow you to view the Patient 10-2319 Form. |
D VIEW23^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR POST INIT ACTION |
action |
|
Function description To post an initial action note on a consult, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the following prompt: Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type PI to access the Post Initial Action option, and press 2 The next prompt displays: Enter a list or a range of numbers (shown in parenthesis) to select a suspense record. 3 Type the number for the record you want to post an initial action note, and press 4 At the next prompt, Edit? No//, type a Y for Yes to create a new note. 5 The text editor displays for you to type a free-text note. Press the "Num Lock" key and the "E" key to save the data and exit out of the text editor. You will then return to continue processing suspense records. An initial action note can be posted on a suspense record. This signifies that some form of action has taken place. The status changes from OPEN to PENDING and will remain in this status until all action is completed. Steps |
D IACT^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR POST OTHER NOTE |
action |
|
Function description To post an additional note to the suspense order, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type OT to access the Post Other Note option, and press 2 The next prompt displays: Enter a list or a range of numbers (shown in parenthesis) to select a suspense record. 3 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type a Y for Yes to edit the note on the suspense record. The text editor displays for you to type a free-text note 4 Press the "Num Lock" key and the "E" key to exit out of the text editor, save the text, and return to continue processing suspense records. Using the Post Other Note (OT) option, an additional note can be posted on a request to signify that some action has taken place after the initial action. The status remains PENDING until the order is complete. Steps |
D OACT^RMPREO23 |
|
| SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS |
extended action |
|
This extended action contains all the actions that need to be performed when an action is taken upon an appointment, such as checking in. |
|
D EN^SCDXHLDR |
| ORRP ALL |
action |
|
Display all orders for this patient |
S ORPRES="1;ALL ORDERS" |
|
| RMPR POST COMPLETE NOTE |
action |
|
Function description Steps To post a complete note, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type PC to access the Post Complete Note option, and press 2 The next prompt displays: Enter a list or a range of numbers (shown in parenthesis) to select a suspense record. 3 Type the number for the record you want to view, and press 4 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type a Y for Yes to edit the note on the suspense record. The text editor displays for you to type a free-text note, and the note will be complete with a status of CLOSED. 5 Press the Num Lock key and the "E" key to exit out of the text editor and return to continue processing suspense records. A complete note can be posted when all action has taken place for a request for a Prosthetic item or service. When a complete note is posted the status on the suspense record changes from PENDING (if action has previously taken place on the request) to CLOSED. |
D CACT^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP ADD MANUAL |
action |
|
Function description To add a manual suspense, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type AD, and press 2 At the PROSTHETIC SUSPENSE DATE RX WRITTEN, you can enter T for the current date or T - # (number of days the request was actually made), and press . 3 At the Requestor prompt, type the physician name, and press 4 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type Y for Yes to edit the note. 5 Type a free-text note in the text editor. 6 Press the "Num Lock" key and the "E" keys simultaneously to exit the text editor. A manual suspense record can be added to Prosthetics for a request for an item or service. Steps |
D AMAN^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP EDIT MAN |
action |
|
Function description Description of item/services. Steps To edit a manual suspense, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen// prompt, type ED for the Edit Manual Suspense option, and press Note: If no changes are required, press at the // prompt to bypass the editing option. 2 Type a number (from the list shown) to select an order, and press 3 At the STATION: HINES, IL// prompt, press or change the station. 4 At the VETERAN prompt, press if the correct veteran name is shown or enter the correct name. This option is used to edit a manual Suspense record, not a 5 At the SUSPENSE FORM prompt, press to accept the default option. 6 At the REQUESTOR prompt, press to accept the requestor shown or enter the correct requestor. 7 At the DESCRIPTION OF ITEM/SERVICES: prompt, press to accept the description shown. 8 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type a Y for Yes to edit the description, and press 9 In the text editor, revise the information as needed. 10 When complete, press the "Num Lock" key + "E" key to exit out of CPRS electronic record for a patient. The following information for a the text editor, save the data, and return to the Suspense Processing list. suspense record can be edited: Station Veteran Suspense form Requestor |
D EMAN^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR CHG PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D CHG^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^RMPRHL7A(.XQORMSG) |
|
| RMPR SUSP CANCEL |
action |
|
Function description Steps To cancel a request, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen// prompt, type CR for the Cancel Request option, and press 2 Select the record in the list to be canceled (indicated within parenthesis), and press 3 Enter the "Type" of the request or type two question marks to display the available options. 4 After selecting an option from the list, press and the suspense record will be deleted/canceled. Manually entered orders can be canceled through the Cancel Request (CR) option. Orders entered electronically (through CPRS) into Prosthetics can be denied or forwarded only. |
D CANCEL^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR DISPLAY |
action |
|
Display CPRS Consult Request with all comments and notes. |
D DDISP^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP CON |
action |
|
Function description Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen// prompt, type PR for the Print Consult option, and press 2 Select the suspense record in the list to be printed (indicated within parenthesis), and press 3 At the Chart Copy (Y/N)? Y// prompt, type NO, and press . 4 At the DEVICE: HOME// prompt, press to print the consult. Print Consult (PR) is used to print a consult or view a consult on a terminal screen. Steps To print a consult, follow these steps: |
D PDISP^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP FORWARD |
action |
|
Function description Note: If an order is forwarded to Rehab for a patient to be evaluated, then the order may be resent to Prosthetics after that for a request for item(s) or service. Steps To forward a CPRS order, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen// prompt, type FW for the Forward Consult option, and press 2 Type a number (from the list shown) to select an order, and press 3 At the Consult Request Service prompt, enter the service where the consult will be forwarded. 4 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type YES to enter a free-text Completion Note. 5 In the text editor, revise the information as needed. 6 When complete, press the "Num Lock" key + "E" key to exit out of If an order is made through CPRS and sent electronically to Prosthetics, the text editor, save the data, and return to the Suspense Processing list. it can then be forwarded, but not cancelled. If an order is forwarded then a prompt to enter the service the order is being forwarded to will be invoked. The status changes from OPEN to CLOSED in the Suspense list when an order has been forwarded. |
D FORW^RMPREO23 |
|
| RG FACILITY INTEGRATION SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the server for the Facility Integration Message. It notifies other sites when there is a site integration that affects a particular patient. |
|
|
| RG FACILITY INTEGRATION CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the client for the Facility Integration Message, which notifies sites that there has been a site integration which affects Clinical Information Resource Network - Patient Demographics and Master Patient Index (CIRN PD/MPI) for a particular patient. |
|
|
| VAFC EXCPT DISPLAY ONLY QUERY |
action |
|
This protocol permits the user to perform a Display Only Query to the MPI from the Patient Data Review option [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER]. |
D DISP^VAFCEHLM |
|
| ORQPT REMOVE PREFERENCE |
action |
|
|
D REMOVE^ORQPT1 |
|
| ORQPT COMBINATION LIST |
action |
|
|
D COMBO^ORQPT1 |
|
| TIU ACTION EXPAND LIST |
action |
|
Action EXPAND ENTRY permits users to expand notes to list any addenda or interdisciplinary children nested under the note. If the note is already expanded when the action is taken, the note is collapsed. |
D EXPAND^TIURA2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RCBD PATIENT STATEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT EDIT/RESUBMIT CONSULT |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the provider or update user to edit and resubmit a canceled consult. |
D EDTSUB^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| MCAR Device Server |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used by the HL7 package to send results to Vista from various clinical instrumentation. |
|
|
| MCAR Device Client |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for sending data to Vista from clinical instruments. |
|
|
| OR PATIENT ALERTS |
menu |
|
Display a patient's CPRS alerts and allow detailed display of alert recipients. |
|
|
| OR SELECT ALERTS |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORB3U1 |
|
| PRCP SEND DIST ORDER |
action |
|
|
D BLDSEG^PRCPHLSO(ORDERDA) |
|
| PRCP EV QOH REQ |
event driver |
|
This event driver will send a request for quantrity on hand to the supply station. |
|
|
| PRCP SU QOH REQ |
subscriber |
|
This protocol will be used to accept acknowledgments to a QOH request from the supply stations. |
|
|
| PRCP EV ITEM UPDATE |
event driver |
|
This protocol will be used to send name and attribute updates to the supply station. |
|
|
| PRCP SU ITEM UPDATE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCP EV REL ORDER |
event driver |
|
This message will notify the supply station of released orders |
|
|
| PRCP SU REL ORDER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCP EV INV UPDATE |
event driver |
|
This message will be used whenever there has been something to affect the inventory in the supply station (excluding order refill activity). |
|
|
| PRCP SU INV UPDATE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCP EV REFILL/POST |
event driver |
|
this message will be used whenever the supply station sends a refill or post order transaction. |
|
|
| PRCP SU REFILL/POST |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACTM MED RESULTING |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT SELECT MED RESULT |
action |
|
|
D SET^GMRCMED(+$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2)) |
S XQORM("HIJACK")=$O(^ORD(101,"B","GMRCACTM MED RESULTING",0))_"ORD(101," |
| GMRCACT DISPLAY MED RESULT |
action |
|
|
D DISPRES^GMRCMED("") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCACT DISASSOC MED RSLT |
action |
|
This protocol will allow a MEDICINE package result to be disassociated from the consult procedure request to which it is linked. |
D FULL^VALM1,EN1^GMRCDIS("") |
I $G(GMRCO) D REFRESH^GMRCDIS(GMRCO) |
| GMRCACTM DISASSOC MED RSLT |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions that me taken when disassociating a MEDICINE package result from a consult procedure request to which it is linked. |
|
|
| GMRCACT REMOVE MED RESULT |
action |
|
This protocol will allow display and selection of those Medicine package results associated with a consult procedure request and allow one or more results to be unlinked from the consult. |
D DIS^GMRCDIS("") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRCU SELECT DEF REAS PROC |
action |
|
This protocol allows the selection of a procedure for which to test the default reason for request. |
D SELPROC^GMRCDRFR,HDR^GMRCDRFR,INIT^GMRCDRFR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| VAFC EXCPT TF INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol displays Clinical Information Resource Network - Patient Demographics and Master Patient Index (CIRN PD/MPI) information for the selected patient. |
D PDAT^VAFCEHLM |
|
| PXRM DIALOG GROUP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMDLG |
| TIU STATUS RETRACTED |
action |
|
The document has been signed, but may have been entered for the wrong patient. Reassignment to the correct patient has left the original document retracted in error. |
|
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
Displays the all of the details concerning the selected document's history, including audit trail and reassignment history, in addition to the narrative body of the document. |
D EN^TIUAUDIT |
|
| TIU ACTION DISPLAY REASSIGN HX |
action |
|
Displays the reassignment history of selected documents for HIMS personnel. May be useful in tracing the origin and destination of documents that were initially entered in error. |
D DISPLAY^TIURHX |
|
| TIU ACTION ID NOTE |
action |
|
This action permits the user to add a new entry to an interdisciplinary interdisciplinary note, and the user is asked to select the note to attach it to. If an individual entry of an interdisciplinary note is selected, the option attempts to detach it from the interdisciplinary note. All of these actions are governed by business rules. The two business rule actions specific to ID notes are ATTACH TO ID NOTE, and ATTACH ID ENTRY. There is no business rule detach action. Those users who can ATTACH a note TO AN ID NOTE are permitted to detach the note once it is attached. note, attach a stand-alone note to an interdisciplinary note, or to detach an entry from an interdisciplinary note. Only one note at a time can be selected for this action. The action taken depends on the note selected. If an interdisciplinary note is selected, the option attempts to add a new entry to it. If a stand-alone note is selected, the option attempts to attach it to an |
S VALMBCK="R" |
D IDNOTE^TIUGR |
| TIU BROWSE ACTION ID NOTE |
action |
|
This option permits the user to add a new entry to an interdisciplinary to it. If the browsed note is an individual entry of an interdisciplinary note, the option attempts to detach the entry from the interdisciplinary note. note or to detach an entry from an interdisciplinary note. The other ID action, attaching a stand-alone note to an interdisciplinary note, may not be executed from the browse, it must be done from the review screen. The action taken depends on the note currently browsed. If the browsed note is an interdisciplinary note, the option attempts to add a new entry |
|
D IDNOTEB^TIUGR1(TIUDA) |
| TIU ACTION EXPAND LIST DUP |
action |
|
Action EXPAND ENTRY permits users to expand notes to list any addenda or interdisciplinary children nested under the note. If the note is already expanded when the action is taken, the note is collapsed. Duplicate of TIU ACTION EXPAND LIST. Created so users can use mnemonic EX, as well as mnemonic EE. |
D EXPAND^TIURA2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ACTION MENU DISPLAY |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="AD",VALMBCK="" |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE ONLINE |
action |
|
This option will allow you to mark the CR document as being entered online. |
D ONLINE^RCDPRPL4 |
|
| ORC CONSULT EDIT/RESUBMIT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^ORCONSLT("EDITRES") |
|
| RG ADT INPATIENT ENCOUNTER DRIVER |
extended action |
|
The addition of the RG ADT INPATIENT ENCOUNTER DRIVER protocol will allow tracking of patient admissions and discharges on the Registration (PIMS) side. This protocol builds HL7 messages that update the TREATING FACILITY LIST (#391.91) file, tracking the DATE LAST TREATED (#.03) and ADT/HL7 EVENT REASON (#.07) fields for a particular patient at a given facility. |
S RGDG101="" D EN^RGADT1 |
K RGDG101 |
| RG ADT OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER DRIVER |
extended action |
|
The addition of the RG ADT OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER DRIVER protocol will allow the tracking of patient information during clinic checkout events initiated by the Scheduling (PIMS) module. This protocol builds HL7 messages that update the TREATING FACILITY LIST (#391.91) file, tracking the DATE LAST TREATED (#.03) and ADT/HL7 EVENT REASON (#.07) fields for a particular patient at a given facility. |
S RGSD101="" D EN^RGADT1 |
K RGSD101 |
| EAS EZ 1010EZ APPLICATION |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| EAS EZ 1010EZ REVIEW2 |
menu |
|
For 1010EZ Applications In Review. |
|
|
| EAS EZ ACCEPT FIELD |
action |
|
|
D ACCFLD^EASEZU3 |
|
| EAS EZ ACCEPT ALL |
action |
|
|
D ACCALL^EASEZU3 |
|
| EAS EZ CLEAR ALL |
action |
|
|
D CLEAR^EASEZU3 |
|
| EAS EZ RESET TO NEW |
action |
|
|
D RESET^EASEZU3 |
|
| EAS EZ PRINT 1010EZ |
action |
|
|
D PRT1010^EASEZU4 |
|
| EAS EZ VERIFY SIGNATURE |
action |
|
|
D VERSIG^EASEZU4 |
|
| EAS EZ FILE 1010EZ DATA |
action |
|
|
D FILE^EASEZU4 |
|
| EAS EZ CLOSE/INACTIVATE 1010EZ |
action |
|
|
D CLOSE^EASEZU4 |
|
| EAS EZ CONTINUE PROCESSING |
action |
|
|
D EXPND^EASEZL1 |
|
| EAS EZ UPDATE FIELD |
action |
|
|
D UPDATE^EASEZU5 |
|
| EAS EZ 1010EZ REVIEW1 |
menu |
|
For 1010EZ Applications that are New (i.e., not yet linked to site PATIENT file). |
|
|
| EAS EZ 1010EZ REVIEW3 |
menu |
|
For 1010EZ Applications that have been Printed from VistA. |
|
|
| EAS EZ 1010EZ REVIEW4 |
menu |
|
For 1010EZ Applications that are Signed. |
|
|
| EAS EZ LINK TO FILE 2 |
action |
|
The EAS EZ LINK TO FILE 2 protocol is disabled with EAS*1.0*190. Register a Patient [DG REGISTER PATIENT] option should be used to add a patient to the site. |
D LINK^EASEZU3 |
|
| EAS EZ 1010EZ REVIEW5 |
menu |
|
For 1010EZ Applications that are Filed. |
|
|
| PXCE SC PC Assign/Unassign |
action |
SC PCMM ROLL |
|
D FULL^VALM1 D:$G(DFN) PAT^SCMCQK D:'$G(DFN) EN^SCMCQK |
K VALMHDR S VALMBCK="R" D HOME^%ZIS |
| PXCE SC DISPLAY TEAM INFO |
action |
|
|
S TDFN=+$G(DFN) D:'TDFN SEL^SCMCU1 D EN^VALM("SC TEAM INFORMATION") |
K ^TMP("SCTI",$J),TDFN |
| XUMF NAME |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| XUMF LLCL |
action |
|
|
D EN^VALM("XUMF LLCL") |
|
| XUMF DSTA |
action |
|
|
D EN^VALM("XUMF DSTA") |
|
| XUMF AUTO |
action |
|
|
D EN^XUMF4A |
|
| XUMF NATL |
action |
|
|
D EN^VALM("XUMF NATL") |
|
| XUMF RDSN |
action |
|
|
D RDSN^XUMF4 |
|
| XUMF RDSN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| XUMF CHCK |
action |
|
|
D EN^VALM("XUMF CHCK") |
|
| XUMF MFN |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF MFQ |
event driver |
|
This protocol is Master File Query event driver for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF MFK |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Notifications for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF MFR |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Query messages for the Institution file. |
|
|
| MAGD DHCP-PACS ADT EVENTS |
extended action |
|
Protocol for notifiying PACS interface ADT events |
D ADT^MAGDHLE |
|
| MAGD SEND ORM |
subscriber |
|
This protocol will receive the HL7 messages for the RA REG, RA CANCEL, and RA EXAMINED protocols. |
|
|
| MAGD SEND ORU |
subscriber |
|
This protocol receives the HL7 messages for protocol RA RPT. |
|
|
| PXRM EXCH DEFINITION INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol displays a reminder inquiry, which is a listing of a complete reminder definition. |
D DEFINQ^PXRMEXLM |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM EXCH CREATE FILE ENTRY |
action |
|
This protocol is used to create an exchange file entry (packed reminder) and store it. |
D CRE^PXRMEXLM |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALL FILE ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D INSTALL^PXRMEXLR |
|
| PXRM EXCH DELETE FILE ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^PXRMEXLR |
|
| PXRM EXCH LOAD HOST FILE |
action |
|
|
D LDHF^PXRMEXLM |
|
| PXRM EXCH LOAD MAILMAN |
action |
|
|
D LDMM^PXRMEXLM |
|
| PXRM EXCH CREATE HOST FILE |
action |
|
|
D CHF^PXRMEXLR |
|
| PXRM EXCH CREATE MAILMAN |
action |
|
|
D CMM^PXRMEXLR |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALL SELECTED COMPONENTS |
action |
|
|
D INSSEL^PXRMEXLI |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS |
action |
|
|
D INSALL^PXRMEXLI |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEXLI |
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEXLD |
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG TEXT |
action |
|
|
D TEXT^PXRMEXLD |
|
| ORRP CURRENT |
action |
|
Display active orders for this patient |
S ORPRES="2;ACTIVE ORDERS" |
|
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG FINDINGS |
action |
|
|
D FIND^PXRMEXLD |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALLATION HISTORY |
action |
|
|
D IHIST^PXRMEXIH |
|
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D DETAIL^PXRMEXLD |
|
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
D EXIT^PXRMEXLD |
| PXRM EXCH INSTALL DIALOG (ALL) |
action |
|
|
D INSALL^PXRMEXID |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALL DIALOG (SELECTED) |
action |
|
|
D INSSEL^PXRMEXID |
|
| PXRM EXCH DELETE INSTALLATION HISTORY |
action |
|
|
D DELHIST^PXRMEXIH |
D PEXIT^PXRMEXIH |
| PXRM EXCH INSTALLATION DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D DETAILS^PXRMEXIH |
|
| PXRM EXCH INSTALLATION HISTORY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEXLR |
| PXRM EXCH SELECT DIALOG |
action |
|
This protocol is used by the list PXRM EX LIST DIALOG. The protocol is set-up by the ENTRY action in this list. |
D XSEL^PXRMEXLD |
|
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG SUMMARY |
action |
|
|
D SUM^PXRMEXLD |
|
| PXRM EXCH SELECT COMPONENT |
action |
|
This protocol is used by PXRM EX LIST COMPONENTS. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. |
D XSEL^PXRMEXLI |
|
| PXRM EXCH DIALOG USAGE |
action |
|
|
D USE^PXRMEXLD |
|
| PXRM EXCH SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
This protocol is used by PXRM EX REMINDER EXCHANGE. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. |
D XSEL^PXRMEXLM |
|
| PXRM EXCH SELECT HISTORY |
action |
|
This protocol is used by PXRM EX INSTALLATION HISTORY. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. |
D XSEL^PXRMEXIH |
D PEXIT^PXRMEXIH |
| EAS EZ 1010EZ REVIEW6 |
menu |
|
For 1010EZ Applications that have been Closed/Inactivated. |
|
|
| EAS EZ QUIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" Q |
|
| PSO DRUG RESTR/GUIDE INFO |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,DDTX^PSONFI |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #1 |
menu |
|
This hidden menu will contain standard Listman actions. |
|
|
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #4 |
menu |
|
This hidden action will be attached to PSO LM Renew Menu list Template. |
|
|
| PSJ LM DIN |
action |
|
Created for NFI chg #4 5/2/00; to display a hidden action DIN for drug text indication. |
D DINHIDE^PSJDIN(DFN,$G(PSJORD)) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT ADDDEP |
action |
|
This will allow the user to add a new spouse or dependent. |
D ADDEP^EASECDP4 |
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT MENU |
menu |
|
This is used for the LTC Co-payment application. |
|
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT MARR |
action |
|
|
D EN3^EASECDP2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT SPOUSE DEMO |
action |
|
|
D EN^EASECDP4 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT DEMO |
action |
|
|
D EDITDEP^EASECDP4 |
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT ADD |
action |
|
|
D EN1^EASECDP2 |
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT REMOVE |
action |
|
|
D EN2^EASECDP2 |
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT EFFECTIVE |
action |
|
This will allow the user to edit an effective date of a dependent. |
D EN^EASECDP1 |
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT EXPAND MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu that contains the actions for the LTC Co-payment Test Dependent Expand screen. |
|
|
| EASEC LTC COPAY DEPENDENT EXPAND |
action |
|
This allows the user to select a specific dependent and view more information about that dependent and edit the effective dates. |
D SEL^DGDEPU,RETDEP^EASECDP0,^EASECDPE |
K ^TMP("DGMTEP",$J) |
| RG EXCPT MPI/PD DATA |
action |
|
This protocol displays Master Patient Index/Patient Demographics (MPI/PD) information for the selected patient. |
D PDAT^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT RSEND |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to send a remote patient data query to treating facility sites. |
D RSEND^RGEX04 |
|
| RG EXCPT RCHK |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to check the status of a remote patient data query. |
D RCHK^RGEX04 |
|
| RG EXCPT RDISP |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to check the status of a remote patient data query. |
D RDISP^RGEX04 |
|
| RG EXCPT PDAT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol serves as the action menu for the MPI/PD Exception Handling Patient Data Query actions. |
|
|
| RG EXCPT EDIT NOTE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add/edit notes to the exception. |
D EDTNOT^RGEX03 |
|
| RMPR ELEC REQ TO 2319 |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| MAGJ PREFETCH/SEND ORM |
subscriber |
|
This protocol will initiate image prefetch for radiology exams. |
|
|
| GMRC IFC ORM EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC IFC SUBSC |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC IF QC CONSULTS |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol to print inter-facility consults by service for QC purposes. |
|
|
| GMRC IF CONSLTS SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying inter-facility consults. |
D EN^GMRCSTLM Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="IFC" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),HDR^GMRCIR S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF CONSLTS SELECT STATUS |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a list of statuses for displaying inter-facility consults. |
D NEWSTS^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="IFC" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),HDR^GMRCIR S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF CONSLTS SELECT NUMBERED |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Toggles on and off the display of the consult number in the inter-facility consults report. |
D NUMBER^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="IFC" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),HDR^GMRCIR S VALMBG=1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF COLUMN WIDTH MESSAGE |
action |
|
|
D PWIDTH^GMRCIR(130) |
|
| GMRC IF COLUMN WIDTH PRINT LIST |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC IF SELECT NEW CONSULT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to select a new consult number for which to display incomplete IFC transactions. |
D NEWCSLT^GMRCINC |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCIFM INCOMPLETE TRANS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol contains the menu of actions that one can take from the List incomplete IFC transactions option. |
|
|
| GMRC IF RETRANSMIT ACTIVITY |
action |
|
This protocol is used to re-transmit an unsuccessful activity on an inter-facility consult. |
D RETRAN^GMRCINC |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IFC ORM TEST |
event driver |
|
This item is the event protocol used to test the IFC implementation of services or procedures. |
|
|
| GMRCIFM TRANS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol contains the menu of actions that one can take from the IFC Transaction Report option. |
|
|
| GMRC IF MRK TRANSACTION COMP |
action |
|
This protocol is used to mark an inter-facility consult transaction complete. |
D MKCOMP^GMRCINC |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF CONSLTS DESCRIPTION |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Display the Description from the Option file for option Inter-Facility Consult Requests [GMRC IFC RPT CONSULTS]. |
D DESC^GMRCIR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to select a consult number for which to display details from the IFC MESSAGE LOG (#123.6) file. |
D SELECT^GMRCITR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to change the view (sort) of entries from the IFC MESSAGE LOG (#123.6) file. |
D VIEW^GMRCITR Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D DATA^GMRCITR(GMRCS),HDR^GMRCITR,LM^GMRCITR,INIT^GMRCINC |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC IF ED BKG STRT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the start parameter for the IFC background job to be edited to some time in the future. This will delay the next running of the background job until the date/time defined in this parameter. |
D EDSTRT^GMRCIBKM |
|
| GMRC IF REFRESH BKG PAR |
action |
|
This protocol allows the listing of the IFC background parameters to be refreshed and redisplayed. |
D REFRESH^GMRCIBKM |
|
| GMRCIFM BKG PARAM MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol contains actions that may be taken during the display of the IFC background job parameters. |
|
|
| IBCEM FILE MESSAGE RECEIVED |
action |
|
This action allows a user to manually force a message to process through the return message process. |
D UPD^IBCEM |
|
| IBCEM CLONE BILL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to cancel and clone a bill that has been returned to the site in error. |
D CLONE^IBCECOB2 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM RESUBMIT BATCH |
action |
|
This action allows a user to resubmit all or part of a batch of bills. |
D RESUBM^IBCEM00 |
|
| IBCEM VIEW/PRINT MESSAGE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view an electronic return message. |
D VP^IBCEM |
|
| IBCEM 837 MESSAGE MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on 837 return messages. |
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCEM SELECT BATCH BILL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to select bills from the list of bills displayed. |
D SEL^IBCEM01 |
|
| IBCEM BATCH BILL MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu used to display bills belonging to a batch and allow selection of one or more bills for processing. |
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT EDI STATUS SCREEN |
action |
|
This action is used to display latest status message, return message and transmit message for a selected bill. |
I '$$PRVSCR^IBJTU1("IBJTED") D EN^IBJTED |
|
| IBJT EDI STATUS MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT S VALMBCK="R" |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTED",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE RULE DISPLAY |
action |
|
Allows for the printing or viewing of details for a selected transmission rule. |
D SELRULE^IBCEF61(.IBRULE),DISPRUL^IBCEF61(IBRULE) |
|
| IBCE RULE DISPLAY ALL |
action |
|
Allows for the printing or viewing of details for all tansmission rules. |
D DISPRUL^IBCEF61() |
K IBRULE |
| IBCE RULE ACTIVE DATES EDIT |
action |
|
Allows the editing of transmission rules' active/inactive dates. |
D SELRULE^IBCEF61(.IBRULE),ACTIVE^IBCEF61(IBRULE) |
K IBRULE |
| IBCE RULE INS OPT EDIT |
action |
|
Allows editing of a transmission rule's insurance company data. |
D SELRULE^IBCEF61(.IBRULE),INSCO^IBCEF61(IBRULE) |
K IBRULE |
| IBCE RULE BILL TYPE EDIT |
action |
|
Allows the editing of bill types for a transmission rule whose rule type allows bill type restrictions. |
D SELRULE^IBCEF61(.IBRULE),BILTYP^IBCEF61(IBRULE) |
K IBRULE |
| IBCE RULE ADD |
action |
|
Allows entry of a new transmission rule. |
S IBOK=$$ADDRULE^IBCEF5() D SUCCESS^IBCEF61(IBOK) |
K IBOK,IBRULE |
| IBCE RULE MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol contains the action items needed to view/maintain transmission rules for EDI/MRA processing of claims |
|
K IBACTIVE |
| IBCE RULE MISC EDIT |
action |
|
Allows editing of miscellaneous fields for a transmission rule. These are the fields that do not have specific actions to edit them. |
D SELRULE^IBCEF61(.IBRULE),MISC^IBCEF61(IBRULE) |
K IBRULE |
| IBCE RULE BT RESTRICT MENU |
menu |
|
Produces a list manager screen with details of a selected rule. Actions will allow editing of restrictions to attach to the rule. |
|
|
| IBCE RULE BT DELETE |
action |
|
Allows the deletion of bill type restriction(s) attached to a transmission rule. |
I $$BTDEL^IBCEF62(+$G(IBRULE)) D SUCCBT^IBCEF62 |
K IBOK |
| IBCE RULE BT EDIT DATES |
action |
|
This protocol allows the inactive and active dates to be edited for bill type restrictions attached to this rule. |
D BTEDIT^IBCEF61(+$G(IBRULE)) |
|
| IBCE RULE BT ADD |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add bill type restrictions to the rule. |
D BTADD^IBCEF61(+$G(IBRULE)) |
|
| IBCEM COB MANAGEMENT |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to follow up on bills for secondary and tertiary billing. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCEM COPY SECOND/THIRD |
action |
|
This action is used to create Secondary and Tertiary bills. |
D PRO^IBCECOB2 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM COB EDI |
action |
|
This action is used to display the latest status message, EDI transmit message, and return message for a selected bill. |
D EDI^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM COB CANCEL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to cancel a bill that has been returned to the site in error |
D CANCEL^IBCECOB2 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM COB RESUBMIT |
action |
|
This action is allowed a user to resubmit a bill that has not been flagged as being in error. A new batch number is assigned to any bills resubmitted with this option. |
D RES^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM COB EDIT BILL |
action |
|
This option allows the user to enter the information required to generate a third party bill and to edit existing billing information. |
D EBI^IBCECOB2 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM COB TPJI |
action |
|
This action is used to display the Third Party Joint Inquiry display for the claim. |
D TPJI^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM COB EXIT |
action |
|
This action is allowed a user to exit out of COB menu. |
D EXIT^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM DELETE MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action allows a user to manually delete a message that you either can't or don't want to continue through the return message process. A bulletin is sent to alert that this action has been taken. |
D DEL^IBCEM |
|
| IBCE EOB LIST |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to enter, edit or delete EOB information for a claim. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE MANUAL EOB ADD |
action |
|
This action allows for the manual recording of a new EOB for a claim. |
D NEW^IBCEOB21 |
|
| IBCE MANUAL EOB EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows for the editing of a previously entered manual EOB for a claim. |
D EDIT^IBCEOB21 |
|
| IBCE MANUAL EOB DELETE |
action |
|
This action allows for the deletion of a previously entered manual EOB for a claim. |
D DELETE^IBCEOB21 |
|
| IBCE EOB VIEW |
action |
|
This displays the EOB detail |
D VIEW^IBCEOB21 |
|
| IBCE EOB CHANGE BILL |
action |
|
This allows the user to select another bill to display EOB's for. |
D CHANGE^IBCEOB21 |
|
| IBCEM COB PRINT REPORT |
action |
|
This action allows user to print report and use report to follow up on bills for secondary and tertiary billing. |
D EN^IBCECOB3 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| IBCEM COB V/P BILL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to print a third party bill after all required information has been input, and after the billing information has been reviewed and authorized. A reimbursable insurance bill that has been flagged for transmission cannot be printed before it has been transmitted at least once. |
D PBILL^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM CLAIMS STATUS AWAITING |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to review the most current status messages received for a bill and do follow-up on the bills. Users will be able to select a bill from the list to view the details and the entire message text as well as to mark the message as reviewed or under review and to document user comments. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCEM CSA REPORT |
action |
|
This will be a list manager screen with an option to print this report. Using the report, billing staff will be able to review the most current status messages received for a bill(s) and do follow-up on the bills. |
D EN^IBCECSA3 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| IBCEM CSA MSG DETAIL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view the details of a bill selected from the summary screen. It will display the message text, user comments that have been entered during review of the message, and all of the fields from the summary page. |
D SMSG^IBCECSA4 |
|
| ORRP DC |
action |
|
Display discontinued orders |
S ORPRES="3;DISCONTINUED ORDERS" |
|
| IBCEM CSA MSG MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains actions to perform functions that allow for the review and processing of return status messages. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCEM CSA EDI HISTORY |
action |
|
This action is used to display the latest status message, EDI transmit message, and return message for a selection bill. |
D EDI^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA TPJI |
action |
|
There are set of actions and screens for Third Party AR/IB Joint Inquiry Provide detailed information on any Third Party Claim. |
D TPJI^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA PROCESS COB |
action |
|
This option is used to create Secondary and Tertiary bills. The Primary bill is copied to create the bill to the Secondary payer. The Secondary bill is copied to create the bill to the Tertiary payer. |
D PRO^IBCECSA4 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM CSA EDIT BILL |
action |
|
This option allows the user to edit information on an MRA (REQUEST FOR MRA status) third party bill that has been returned in error. This kind of bill may be edited because it has not yet been sent to A/R. |
D EBI^IBCECSA4 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM CSA CANCEL BILL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to cancel a bill that has been returned to the site in error. |
D CANCEL^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA RESUBMIT BILL |
action |
|
This action is allowed a user to resubmit a bill that has not been flagged as being in error. A new batch number is assigned to any bills resubmitted with this option. |
D RES^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA PRINT BILL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to print a third party bill after all required information has been input, and after the billing information has been reviewed and authorized. A reimbursable insurance bill that has been flagged for transmission cannot be printed before it has been transmitted at least once. |
D PBILL^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA COB MANAGEMENT |
action |
|
This will be a list manager screen with the option available to print an associated report. Using the screen, user will be able to follow up on bills for secondary and tertiary billing. |
D COB^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA REVIEW STATUS |
action |
|
This action is to allow user to mark the message as reviewed, not reviewed and reviewed complete from selection list. |
D STATUS^IBCECSA2 |
|
| IBCEM CSA COMMENTS |
action |
|
This action allows user to document user comments for the specifice message from the selection list. |
D COM^IBCECSA2 |
|
| IBCEM COB CSA |
action |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to review the the most current status messages received for a bill and do follow-up on the bills. Users will be able to select a bill from the list to view the details and the entire message text as well as mark to mark the message as reviewed or under reviewed and document user comments. |
D CSA^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM CSA VIEW EOB |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB for bills as well as MEDICARE remittance advice data. |
D EOB^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB LINK |
menu |
|
This menu includes all the options in View EOB menu. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $S($G(IBPRVSCR)="":$G(IBFASTXT),1:IBPRVSCR'="IBJTED"&($G(IBFASTXT)>2)) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCEM CSA EOB GEN |
action |
|
This action allows a user to display EOB general information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=1 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB PAY |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB payer information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=2 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB CLAIM |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB claim status level information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=3 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB CLAIM ADJ |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB claim level adjustments information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=4 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB MEDICARE |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view MRA medicare information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=5 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB OUTPATIENT |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB medicare outpatient information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=6 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB LINE ADJ |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB line level adjustments information. |
N IBACT S IBACT=7 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCEM CSA EOB REVIEW |
action |
|
This action allows a user to view EOB review data. |
N IBACT S IBACT=8 D ACT^IBCECSA6 |
|
| IBCE EXTR CANCEL |
action |
|
Action item, used with IB EDI/MRA, to automatically cancel bills in a ready for extract status due to EDI/MRA being turned off. |
D CANCEL^IBCEXTR2 |
|
| IBCE EXTR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE EXTR PRINT |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCERP6A D PAUSE^VALM1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| IBCE EXTR CLON/AUTH |
action |
|
This action, used with IB EDI/MRA software, will cancel,clone and authorize the new bill without user input. |
D CPYCLN^IBCEXTR2 |
|
| IBCE RULE ACTIVE ONLY |
action |
|
Filters the display of transmission rules so that only the ones currently in effect are displayed. |
D SCRACT^IBCEF61 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCE RULE BOTH ACTIVE AND INACTIVE |
action |
|
Removes all filters to display all transmission rules, regardless of whether or not they are currently active. |
D NOSCR^IBCEF61 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCEM COB VEOB MENU |
menu |
|
This menu allows the entry of review comments and the update of the review status and last edited fields. |
K IBFASTXT |
|
| IBCEM COB REVIEW STATUS |
action |
|
This action is to allow user to mark the message as reiewed, not reviewed and reviewed complete from selection list. |
D STATUS^IBCECOB4 |
|
| IBCEM COB EOB |
action |
|
This action allows a user to enter review comments and to update the review status and last edited by fields. |
D RVEOB^IBCECOB2 |
|
| IBCEM CSA MULTI SELECT REVIEW |
action |
|
This option allows the selection of more than 1 status message and allows the user to either automatically mark the messages as reviewed or allows the user to ask to see each message to determine whether or not it can be marked as reviewed. In either case, the result is that the message is marked as review completed, the review action is changed to FILED - NO ACTION and a review comment is entered noting the auto-review action and who the user was who performed it. |
D MSTAT^IBCEU0 |
|
| IBCE PRVCARE UNIT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE PRVCARE ADD |
action |
|
|
D NEW^IBCEP4A(0) |
|
| IBCE PRVPRV MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE PRVNUM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CHG1^IBCEP5A |
|
| IBCE PRVNUM ADD |
action |
|
|
D NEW^IBCEP5A($G(IBPRV),$G(IBINS)) |
|
| IBCE PRVNUM DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DEL1^IBCEP5A |
|
| IBCE PRVCARE UNIT MAINT |
action |
|
This protocol calls the list manager template for provider id care unit maintenance functions. |
D EN1^IBCEP4($G(IBINS)) |
|
| IBCE PRVINS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CHG1^IBCEP0A |
Q |
| IBCE PRVINS ADD |
action |
|
|
D NEW^IBCEP0A($G(IBINS),$G(IBPRV),$G(IBPTYP),$G(IBDSP)) |
Q |
| IBCE PRVINS DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DEL1^IBCEP0A |
|
| IBCNSC PROVIDER ID PARAMETERS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",12," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("PROVID")) S:'VALMBG VALMBG=1 |
| IBCE PRVINS ID |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE PRVFAC MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE PRVFAC EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT1^IBCEP7 |
|
| IBCE PRVNVA MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE PRVNVA DEMOG |
action |
|
|
D EDIT1^IBCEP8($G(IBNPRV)) |
Q |
| IBCE PRVINS JUMP |
action |
|
|
D PRVJMP^IBCEP0A($G(IBDSP)) |
Q |
| IBCE PRVINS CHG INS |
action |
|
|
D CHGINS^IBCEP0A |
|
| IBCE PRVINS DISPLAY PARAMS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCEPB |
Q |
| IBCE PRVINS CHG FORMAT |
action |
|
|
D CHGFMT^IBCEP0A |
|
| IBCE PRVINS FROM INS MAINT |
action |
|
|
D EN1^IBCEP0($G(IBCNS)) |
Q |
| IBCE ELEC REPT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE PRVINS PARAM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCEP0B |
|
| IBCE PRVINS PARAM DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE PRVSTATE LICENSE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCEP5D |
|
| IBCE MESSAGE TEXT DISPLAY |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE MESSAGE SCREEN TEXT EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCEM4 |
|
| IBCE PRVCARE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CHANGE^IBCEP4A(0) |
|
| IBCEM CSA RETRANSMIT BILL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to resubmit a bill that resides in the CSA list. |
D RETXMT^IBCECSA4 |
|
| IBCEM STATUS MSG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE ELEC RPT ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCERPT1 |
|
| IBCEM VIEW STATUS MESSAGE |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^IBCEMSG2 |
|
| IBCEM DELETE STATUS MESSAGES |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBCEMSG2 |
|
| IBCEM VIEW/PRINT STATUS MESSAGES |
action |
|
|
D VPRT^IBCEMSG2 |
|
| PSJ PC IV LABELS ACTION |
menu |
|
|
D EN^PSIVLB(DFN,ON,PSIVLBTP,PSJMORE) |
Q |
| PSJ PC IV NEW LABELS |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to print new IV labels. |
D LBLBEG^PSIVLBL1 |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ PC IV REPRINT LABELS |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to reprint one or all labels that have not been reprinted, recycled, cancelled or destroyed and have not marked as Given or Completed in BCMA. |
D EN^PSIVLBRP(.PSJIDLST) |
K PSJLB S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ PC RETURN IV LABELS ACTION |
menu |
|
|
D EN^PSIVLB(DFN,ON,PSIVLBTP,PSJMORE) |
Q |
| PSJ PC IV RECYCLED |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to recycle selected labels. |
S PSIVC=2 D WARD^PSIVRD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ PC IV DESTROYED |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to enter destroyed IV labels. |
S PSIVC=3 D WARD^PSIVRD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ PC IV CANCELLED |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to cancel selected labels. |
S PSIVC=4 D WARD^PSIVRD |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJI LM VERIFY |
action |
|
This action allows the user to verify an IV order. |
N PSJIOPIV S PSJIOPIV=1 D PSBPOIV^PSIVORC1,VF^PSJLIACT,SETNML55^PSIVORC1 D SETIVINT^PSGSICH1 K PSJIOPIV |
D SETIVINT^PSGSICH1 K ^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) |
| ROR-SITE-DRIVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| ROR-SITE-SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| ROR EVENT LAB |
action |
|
This protocol is used by the Clinical Case Registries package to Otherwise, the protocol will be executed (if it is not disabled or unsubscribed manually) but will not call the processing routine (LAB^ROREVT01). maintain references to patients who have lab results. The protocol should be subscribed to the LR7O ALL EVSEND RESULTS protocol (this is done by the KIDS during the installation). If at least one of the defined registries enables event protocols, this protocol will process the Lab events and create references in the ROR PATIENT EVENTS file (#798.3). |
D:$D(^ROR(798.1,"AEP"))>1 LAB^ROREVT01 |
|
| ROR EVENT VISIT |
action |
|
This protocol is used by the Clinical Case Registries package to Otherwise, the protocol will be executed (if it is not disabled or unsubscribed manually) but will not call the processing routine (VISIT^ROREVT01). maintain references to patients who have new data in the V-files (VISIT, V POV, etc). The protocol should be subscribed to the PXK VISIT DATA EVENT protocol (this is done by the KIDS during the installation). If at least one of the defined registries enables event protocols, this protocol will process the Lab events and create references in the ROR PATIENT EVENTS file (#798.3). |
D:$D(^ROR(798.1,"AEP"))>1 VISIT^ROREVT01 |
|
| ROR EVENT PTF |
action |
|
This protocol is used by the Clinical Case Registries package to Otherwise, the protocol will be executed (if it is not disabled or unsubscribed manually) but will not call the processing routine (PTF^ROREVT01). maintain references to patients who have new admissions. The protocol should be subscribed to the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENT protocol (this is done by the KIDS during the installation). If at least one of the defined registries enables event protocols, this protocol will process the movement events and create references in the ROR PATIENT EVENTS file (#798.3). |
D:$D(^ROR(798.1,"AEP"))>1 PTF^ROREVT01 |
|
| IBCI SEND ALL |
action |
|
|
D ALL^IBCIL0 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBCI SEND NON-AUTH ONLY |
action |
|
|
D SNA^IBCIL0 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBCI SELECT BILLS |
extended action |
|
|
D SELB^IBCIL0 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBCI SKIP LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCI BLANK PROTOCOL |
action |
|
|
|
|
| IBCI WORKSHEET SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCI CLAIMSMANAGER RE-EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EBILL^IBCIMG |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCI CLAIMSMANAGER OVERRIDE |
action |
|
LOCK TO RESTRICT USE TO THOSE USERS WITH OVERRIDE ACCESS |
D ABILL^IBCIMG |
|
| IBCI CLAIMSMANAGER EXIT |
action |
|
|
D XIT^IBCIMG |
|
| IBCI CLAIMSMANAGER CANCEL BILL |
action |
|
|
D CBILL^IBCIMG |
|
| IBCI CLERK WORKSHEET SCREEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORRP C/E |
action |
|
Display orders completed or expired |
S ORPRES="4;COMPLETED/EXPIRED ORDERS" |
|
| MPIF REAL-TIME QUERY (CMOR PDAT) |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to request PDAT information from the CMOR. |
D CMOR^MPIFQ1 |
|
| MPIF REAL-TIME QUERY (MPI PDAT) |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to request PDAT information from the MPI. |
D MPIPD^MPIFQ1 |
|
| OREV ENTER/EDIT AUTO DC MENU |
menu |
|
|
D LIST^OREV,CHKSEL^OREV |
|
| OREV ENTER/EDIT ENTRIES |
action |
|
|
D EEE^OREV |
D DESELECT^OREV K ^TMP("OREDO",$J) |
| OREV MAIN DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D EN^VALM("OREV DETAILED DISPLAY") |
D DESELECT^OREV |
| OREV SWITCH |
action |
|
|
D ACT^OREV1 |
D DESELECT^OREV |
| OREV EDIT WRITE ORDERS PARAM |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 D EDITPAR^XPAREDIT("ORWDX WRITE ORDERS EVENT LIST") |
S VALMBCK="R" D DESELECT^OREV |
| OREV DETAILED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| OREV SWITCH IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D ACT^OREV1 |
D DET^OREV2 |
| OREV ENTER/EDIT ENTRIES IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D EEE^OREV |
D DET^OREV2 |
| OREV ENTER/EDIT EVENTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
D LIST^OREV,CHKSEL^OREV |
|
| XUMF IMF MFN |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF IMF MFK |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Notifications for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUHUI FIELD CHANGE EVENT |
extended action |
|
This is used to launch, in the backgound, the protocols that are listed in the ITEM multiple. Called from routine: DEQUE^XUHUI. |
|
|
| XUHUI SEND MESSAGE |
action |
|
This Action protocol is used to send a mail message to Members of Group: XUHUI CHANGE EVENT. |
D ^XUHUIMSG |
|
| VAFC QRY-A19 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used as a server to pass an HL7 patient query ADT A19. |
|
|
| VAFC ADR-A19 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client HL7 protocol is used to process in a patient query and respond with a ADR-A19 patient response. The process will be used to help re-synchronize the MPI with the associated systems that know an ICN. |
|
|
| VAFC MFN-M05 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send/receive a Treating Facility Master File updated HL7 message to/from the MPI. |
|
|
| VAFC MFN-M05 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This HL7 client protocol is used to send/receive a Treating Facility Master File updated HL7 message to/from the MPI. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A43 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This HL7 message protocol will be used to correct a mismatched or incorrect ICN identifier. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A43 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the HL7 message client protocol that will process the ADT-A43 Move Patient Identifier. This protocol will be used to correct erroneous or incorrectly identified ICN assignments. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A31 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A31 (update patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the updating of patient data on the MPI for that ICN. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A31 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A31 (update patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the updating of patient data on the MPI for that ICN. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A28 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A28 (create new patient) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the addition of a new patient in the MPIVET file on the MPI, unless an exact match is found. The corresponding associated/treating facility for an ICN will also be created. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A28 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A28 (create new patient) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the addition of a new patient in the MPIVET file on the MPI, unless an exact match is found. The corresponding associated/treating facility for an ICN will also be created. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A24 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A24 (link patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the addition of the associated/treating facility for an ICN OR the update of the data associated with the associated/treating facility. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A24 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A24 (link patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the addition of the associated/treating facility for an ICN OR the update of the data associated with the associated/treating facility. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A40 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A40 (merging patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the merging of ICN 2 into ICN1. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A40 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A40 (merging patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the merging of ICN 2 into ICN 1. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A37 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This HL7 message server protocol will be used to unlink sites from the patient Treating Facility list. |
|
|
| MPIF ADT-A37 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This HL7 client protocol is used to send an HL7 v2.4 ADT-A37 (unlink patient information) message from VistA to the MPI. The event will result in the removal of a patient from the associated/treating facility list for an ICN. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A08 TRIGGER |
subscriber |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A08 HL7 2.4 trigger client protocol. This protocol is used to process in messages generated by the VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER protocol that is in 2.3 format and update the message to the 2.4 standard and include full enhanced mode acknowledgements at both the commit and application level. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A01 2.4 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A01 HL7 2.4 server protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A01 2.4 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A01 HL7 2.4 client protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. This will be used to send admission data to the MPI to support the synchronization of the patients date last treated and/or event reason. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A03 2.4 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A03 HL7 2.4 server protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A03 2.4 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A03 HL7 2.4 client protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. This will be used to send discharge and clinic checkout data to the MPI to support the synchronization of the patients date last treated and/or event reason. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A04 2.4 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A04 (Register a Patient) HL7 2.4 server protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A04 2.4 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A04 HL7 2.4 client protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. This will be used to send registration data to the MPI to support the synchronization of the patient demographic data. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A08 2.4 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A08 (Patient Update) HL7 2.4 server protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A08 2.4 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the new MPI/PD ADT-A08 HL7 2.4 client protocol. This new version includes the new PID as well as the routing via the MPI. This will be used to send updated patient data to the MPI to support the synchronization of the patient demographic data. |
|
|
| RG ADT-A04 TRIGGER |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used as an internal process of the A04 messages. The protocol will read in the message and reformat to the HL7 v2.4 standard with Application and Commit acknowledgements turned on. |
|
|
| PSS HUI DRUG UPDATE |
event driver |
|
This protocol will be used to send event notification and data when new drugs are added to the Drug file (#50) and when certain fields are updated in same file. |
|
|
| PSO RECEIVE ORDER |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used to receive Outpatient Pharmacy orders from an external source. |
|
|
| XUHUI SEND HL7 MESSAGE |
action |
|
This Action protocol is used to send an HL7 MFN message to the HUI remote middleware. |
D ^XUHUIHL7 |
|
| XUHUI MFN |
event driver |
|
This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate staff/practitioner master file (MFN) messages. This particular protocol represents the sending system. |
|
|
| XUHUI MFK |
subscriber |
|
This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate staff/practitioner master file (MFN) messages. This particular protocol represents the receiving system. |
|
|
| DG FIELD MONITOR |
extended action |
|
This protocol is an event point which monitors the editing of fields in DGTYPE Type of cross reference action (ADD, DELETE or UPDATE) DGDTH Date/time of change in $Horolog format DGUSER DUZ of user that made the change DGOPT Current menu option in "option_name^menu_text" format DGX X array as documented for Fileman new style x-refs DGX1 X1 array as documented for Fileman new style x-refs DGX2 X2 array as documented for Fileman new style x-refs This protocol is triggered by "listener" cross references on selected fields. By employing logic such as "If DGFILE=2, DGFIELD=.361, DG* application files. At the time of this event point, the following DGTYPE="ADD", then...", subscribers to this protocol may take action based on edit activity which involves those fields. This event point is designed to occur only once per field editing activity. The DGTYPE variable can be interpreted as follows: o ADD transactions indicate that data has been added to a field that was previously null. The DGX, DGX1 and DGX2 arrays will contain the Fileman X, X1 and X2 arrays (respectively) as documented for the execution of 'SET' logic. variables will be present in the environment: o DELETE transactions indicate that previously existing data has been deleted without being replaced. The DGX, DGX1 and DGX2 arrays will contain the Fileman X, X1 and X2 arrays (respectively) as documented for the execution of 'KILL' logic. o UPDATE transactions indicate that existing data has been deleted and new data has been filed. The DGX, DGX1 and DGX2 arrays will contain the Fileman X, X1 and X2 arrays (respectively) as documented for the execution of 'SET' logic. The naming convention used for these 'new style' cross-references for this Patch are as follows: 1. All names will begin with the letter "A" to denote a non-lookup MUMPS cross-reference. 2. The next characters identify the name space (i.e. Registration ="DG"). 3. The next two characters identify the field monitor utility ("FM"). Variable Description 4. The next character will be "D" if the field contains a decimal. If there is no decimal, there will not be a "D" character. 5. The next characters identify the field number. The establishment of this naming convention is intended to assist with the easy identification of the field monitoring utility as implemented across multiple field definitions. It should be followed as additional instances of this utility are distributed. -------- ----------------------------------------------- DGDA DA array as exists during Fileman editing DGFILE File or subfile number where changed field resides DGFIELD Number of changed field |
|
|
| SD WAIT LIST ENTRY |
action |
SDWL MENU |
|
S SDWLLIST=1 D CLEAR^VALM1,EN^SDWLE |
K SDWLLIST S VALMBCK="R" |
| SD WAIT LIST DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
S SDWLLIST=1 D CLEAR^VALM1,EN^SDWLI |
K SDWLLIST S VALMBCK="R" |
| SD WAIT LIST DISPOSITION |
action |
SDWL MENU |
|
S SDWLLIST=1 D CLEAR^VALM1,EN^SDWLDISP |
K SDWLLIST S VALMBCK="R" |
| SCMC PCMM INACTIVATE ON DATE OF DEATH |
action |
|
Inactiviate Patient Team Assignments in PCMM when date of death is entered |
D DEATH^SCMCTSK |
|
| OREV EDIT EVENT DELAY PARAMS |
action |
|
|
D PARAM^OREV3 |
D DESELECT^OREV |
| ORC DELAYED ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D EN^OREVNT |
S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") |
| ORC DELAY EVENT |
action |
|
|
D ED^OREVNT |
D EX^ORCACT |
| ORC DELAYED ORDER ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
Q:$$DONE^OREVNT1 S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
I '$G(OREBUILD),$G(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) |
| ORCHANGE EVENT |
action |
|
|
D EVT^ORCHANG3 |
|
| ORC RELEASE ORDERS |
action |
|
|
D EN^OREVNT1 |
D EX^ORCACT |
| OREV INCLUDE HISTORIES |
action |
|
|
D INCHIST^OREV2 |
S VALMBG=1 D DET^OREV2 |
| OREV CHANGE DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D CD^OREV2 |
D HDR^OREV |
| OREV ADD CHILD |
action |
|
|
D ACE^OREV3 |
D DESELECT^OREV K ^TMP("OREDO",$J) |
| PSJ LM FLAG |
action |
|
This option allows the user to flag/unflag an Inpatient Medications order. |
D FLAG^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) |
|
| PSJ LM CWAD |
action |
|
Displaying the CWAD information for the selected patient. |
D CWAD^PSJALG(DFN) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| EAS EDB ORU-Z06 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS EDB ORU-Z06 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS EDB ORU-Z09 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS EDB ORU-Z09 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| SCMC SEND SERVER WORKLOAD |
event driver |
|
HL7 server protocol for sending PCMM Workload messages, which will contain primary care data used by the NPCD. |
|
|
| SCMC SEND CLIENT WORKLOAD |
subscriber |
|
HL7 server protocol for sending PCMM workload messages Will contain primary care data used by the NPCD. |
|
|
| TIUHSLSM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D LSEXIT^TIUHSL |
| TIUHS CREATE OBJECT |
action |
|
|
D CREATE^TIUHSL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^TIUHSL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS EDIT OBJECT |
action |
|
|
D HSEDIT^TIUHSV |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHSE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| TIUHS CREATE/MODIFY HS TYPE |
action |
|
|
D CREATEHS^TIUHSOLM |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORRP EXPIRING |
action |
|
Display orders about to expire |
S ORPRES="5;EXPIRING ORDERS" |
|
| TIUHS VIEW CURRENT HS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W @IOF D ^GMTSRI W ! S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS QUIT |
action |
|
|
G EXIT^TIUHSL |
|
| TIUHSFIND |
action |
|
|
D FIND^TIUHSL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU HS OBJECT DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D HSOBJ^TIUHSV |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS CHANGE HS TYPE |
action |
|
|
D CHHST^TIUHSV |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS OBJECT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| TIUHS OBJ EDIT HS OBJECT |
action |
|
|
D EHSO^TIUHSOLM |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS OBJ CHANGE HST |
action |
|
|
D CHST^TIUHSOLM |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHS EDIT HS OBJECT MM |
action |
|
|
D EDITHSO^TIUHSL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| RMIM DRIVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| RMIM SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DG PATCH 244 |
event driver |
|
This server protocol will be used by patch DG*5.3*244 to generate an HL7 Update Patient (event code A08) message. All local subscribers to VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER will be added as subscribers to this protocol by the post init included with DG*5.3*244. |
|
|
| XUOAA PMU |
event driver |
|
This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate Update Personnel Record (PMU) messages. This particular protocol represents the sending system. |
|
|
| XUOAA ACK |
subscriber |
|
This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate Update Personnel Record (PMU) messages. This particular protocol represents the receiving system. |
|
|
| EAS UE PCE EVENT |
action |
|
This Protocol is attached to multiple ITEM of PXK VISIT DATA EVENT Protocol. This protocol will make enrollment call if any inpatient/outpatient encounter occurs to determine Veteran's User Enrollee status. |
D ENC^EASUER |
|
| EAS UE SCHED EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol is attached to multiple ITEM of SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol. This protocol will make a call to enrollment api if any appointment made to determine Veteran's User Enrollee status. |
D SCHED^EASUER |
|
| EAS UE INP EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol attached as multiple item of protocol named DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS. It will notify enrollment whenever veteran is admitted, transfered or discharged. |
D INP^EASUER |
|
| FB PATIENT DATA CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D CHNG^FBPATDAT |
|
| DGRU-RAI-A08 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A12 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A21 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A22 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A13 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A01 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A03 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-MFU |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A02 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGRU-RAI-A11 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| TIU ALERTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D LSEXIT^TIUAL1 |
| TIU ALERTS 3RD PERSON ALERT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUALFUN("THIRD") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS RESEND ALERT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUALFUN("RESEND") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUALFUN("ASKUSR") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS COMBO |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUALFUN("COMBO") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS CHANGE SEARCH CRITERIA |
action |
|
|
D CHNGSRCH^TIUAL1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS DELETE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUALFUN("ALRTDEL") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS BROWSE |
action |
|
|
D BROWSE^TIUALFUN |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS SEARCH AUTHOR |
action |
|
|
|
|
| TIU ALERTS SEARCH DICTATOR |
action |
|
|
|
|
| TIU ALERTS SEARCH EXPECTED COSIGNER |
action |
|
|
|
|
| TIU ALERTS SEARCH ATTENDING PHYSICIAN |
action |
|
|
|
|
| HL CS/RQ - SELECT MESSAGES |
action |
|
Protocol used by the HL7 Message Requeuer to flag messages for requeueing. |
D SELECT^HLCSRE1(1) |
|
| TIU ALERTS SEARCH ADDITIONAL SIGNER |
action |
|
|
|
|
| TIU ALERTS SEARCH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| TIU ALERTS ID SIGNER |
action |
|
|
D IDSIGNER^TIUALFUN |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^TIUAL1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU ALERTS DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D DETDISP^TIUALSET |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| VAFC EXCPT MPI/PD DATA |
action |
|
This protocol displays Master Patient Index/Patient Demographics (MPI/PD) information for the selected patient. |
D PDAT^VAFCMGA1 |
|
| VAFC EXCPT RPA SEND |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to send a remote patient audit query to treating facility sites. |
D RSEND^VAFCLAU |
|
| VAFC EXCPT RPA CHECK |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to check the status of a remote patient audit query. |
D RCHK^VAFCLAU |
|
| VAFC EXCPT RPA DISPLAY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to display a remote patient audit. |
D RDISP^VAFCLAU |
|
| VAFC EXCPT PATIENT AUDIT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol serves as the action menu for the MPI/PD Patient Audit query actions. |
|
|
| HL CS/RQ MENU - SCREEN 2 |
menu |
|
Protocol menu for screen number 2 (Message Select) of the HL7 Message Requeuer. |
|
|
| VAFC EXCPT PUSH CMOR |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user's site to relinquish being the CMOR for a patient and give it to another site. |
D LM^MPIFCMRP(VAFCDFN) |
|
| PSB BCBU RECEIVE |
action |
|
This Protocol processes the HL7 Messages that are sent by Pharmacy to CPRS for order updates |
D IPH^ALPBCBU(.XQORMSG) |
|
| PSB BCBU PATIENT MOVEMENT |
action |
|
This Protocol is used to track the patient admissions, discharges and other Movements for BCBU Contingency. Every time a patient movement activity happens a message is sent to the BCBU Contingency Workstation to keep it current with the patient location. |
D PMOV^ALPBCBU |
|
| PSB BCBU ORM RECV |
subscriber |
|
This is an HL7 subscriber protocol for routing messages to BCMA BACKUP workstations. It is configured as a "router" so there will not be a logical link defined. The Routing Logic field is simply a Mumps 'Quit' since the HLL("LINKS") array is set up by the sending application before the call to HL7. Messages are routed to logical links based on their association with Medical Center Divisions (40.8) in the Parameter File. |
|
|
| PSB BCBU ORM SEND |
event driver |
|
This is the event driver for all BCMA backup events. |
|
|
| PSB SELECT ORDER |
action |
|
Lists a BCBU patient's orders and allows selection of one or several orders which are then displayed. This protocol is used on the workstation only. |
D SELORD^ALPBSP1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSB ORDERS MENU |
menu |
|
Protocol menu containing protocol PSB SELECT ORDER. |
|
|
| PSB SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
List all BCBU patients by name. Allows selection of a patient and then branches to PSB SELECT ORDER. This protocol is used on the workstation only. |
D SELPAT^ALPBSPAT |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSB PATIENT MENU |
menu |
|
Protocol menu containing protocol PSB SELECT PATIENT. |
|
|
| PSB ERR LOG DEL ONE |
action |
|
Deletes a selected entry or range of entries from the BCBU Error Log in file 53.71. |
D DELONE^ALPBELOG |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| HL CS/RQ - DESELECT MESSAGES |
action |
|
Protocol used by the HL7 Message Requeuer to deselect messages that have been flag for requeueing. |
D SELECT^HLCSRE1(0) |
|
| PSB ERROR LOG MENU |
menu |
|
Protocol menu containing protocols PSB ERR LOG DEL ALL and PSB ERR LOG DEL ONE. |
|
|
| PSB ERR LOG DEL ALL |
action |
|
Delete all entries from the BCBU Error Log in file 53.71. |
D DELALL^ALPBELOG |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSB BCBU PMU_B01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
PMU_B01 events are HL7 messages for adding personnel. This message is sent to the BCMA Contingency workstations |
|
|
| PSB BCBU PMU_B01 RECV |
subscriber |
|
This is an HL7 subscriber to the PMU_B01 event as implemented for the BCMA contingency backup software. Personnel create and update events are sent to the backup workstations to keep BCMA users in sync with Vista. |
|
|
| PSB BCBU PMU_B02 EVENT |
event driver |
|
PMU_B02 events are HL7 messages for updating personnel records. This message is sent to the BCMA Contingency workstations |
|
|
| PSB BCBU PMU_B02 RECV |
subscriber |
|
This is an HL7 subscriber to the PMU_B02 event as implemented for the BCMA contingency backup software. Personnel create and update events are sent to the backup workstations to keep BCMA users in sync with Vista. |
|
|
| PSB SELECT PATIENT WARD |
action |
|
Allows the user to list patients on selected wards. |
D SELWARD^ALPBSPAT |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSB SELECT PATIENT ALL |
action |
|
List all BCBU patients by name. Allows user to select by patient's name, patient's SSN, or first letter lastname+last 4 of SSN. |
D SELALL^ALPBSPAT |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSB SELECT ORDER ACTIVE |
action |
|
List all active orders for a selected patient. Also allows for the selection of a order to be viewied. |
D SELACT^ALPBSP1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSB SELECT ORDER ALL |
action |
|
List all orders for a selected patient regardless of the order status. Also allows for the selection of a order to be viewied. |
D SELALL^ALPBSP1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for creating, editing, and displaying patient record flag assignments. |
|
|
| DGPF DISPLAY ASSIGNMENT DETAIL |
action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to view the details of a patient's flag assignment within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. |
D DF^DGPFLMA1 |
|
| DGPF EDIT ASSIGNMENT |
extended action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to edit a patient's flag assignment within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. |
D EF^DGPFLMA3 |
|
| DGPF ASSIGN FLAG |
extended action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to assign a flag to a patient within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. |
D AF^DGPFLMA2 |
|
| DGPF SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to select a patient within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. |
D SP^DGPFLMA1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPF PRF ORU/R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the event protocol for Patient Record Flags assignment transmissions (ORU~R01). |
|
|
| DGPF PRF ORU/R01 SUBSC |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is the subscriber protocol for Patient Record Flags assignment transmissions (ORU~R01). |
|
|
| DGPF PRF QRY/R02 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the event protocol for the Patient Record Flags query message (QRY~R02). |
|
|
| DGPF PRF ORF/R04 SUBSC |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is the subscriber protocol for the Patient Record Flags query message (QRY~R02). The protocol will return an observation results message (ORF~R04). |
|
|
| DGPF CHANGE ASSIGNMENT OWNERSHIP |
extended action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to change the site ownership of a patient's flag assignment within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. |
D CO^DGPFLMA4 |
|
| DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for creating, editing, and displaying patient record flags. |
|
|
| DGPF DISPLAY FLAG DETAIL |
action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to view the details of a patient record flag within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. |
D DF^DGPFLF2 |
|
| DGPF SORT FLAG LIST |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to select a sort criteria for the flag list within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. The list may be sorted by flag name or flag type. |
D SL^DGPFLF2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPF ADD FLAG |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to add a new Category II (Local) flag within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. |
D AF^DGPFLF3 |
|
| DGPF EDIT FLAG |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to edit a Category II (Local) flag within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. |
D EF^DGPFLF4 |
|
| DGPF CHANGE CATEGORY |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to change the category of the flag list being viewed within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. The user may view either Category I (National) flags or Category II (Local) flags. |
D CC^DGPFLF2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| PSO TPB EV |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PSO TPB SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE IIV VER REQUEST |
subscriber |
|
This is an electronic request for insurance verification for a specified patient. |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV REGISTER |
event driver |
|
This message is generated when a VISTA site installs. An Enroll message will populate the Eligibility Communicator table with all the needed information about the installing VISTA site. |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV MFN OUT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is the client for the MFN enroll HL7 message. |
|
|
| IBCNE AUTO MATCH BUFFER SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^IBCNEAMC |
|
| IBCNE AUTO MATCH BUFFER LINK |
action |
|
|
D LINK^IBCNEAMC |
|
| IBCNE AUTO MATCH BUFFER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE AUTO MATCH BUFFER EXIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
|
| IBJP INS VER SCREEN |
action |
|
Insurance Verification screen to display/edit eIV Site Parameters |
D EN^IBJPI |
|
| IBJP IIV GENERAL EDIT |
action |
|
|
D IIVEDIT^IBJPI2 |
|
| IBJP INS VER MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNE IIV RQV OUT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is for Verification Request messages. |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV RQI OUT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is for Identification messages |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV ID REQUEST |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is for identification messages. |
|
|
| IBCNB LIST CHECK NAMES |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow the user to see what insurance company names in the buffer are bad and allow for correction with the Auto Match utility. |
D AMCHK^IBCNBLA |
|
| IBCNE REVERIFY INSURANCE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $D(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNE SELECT INSURANCE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^IBCNEQU |
D INIT^IBCNEQU |
| IBCNE FAST EXIT |
action |
|
|
D FASTEXIT^IBCNEQU |
|
| IBCNSC INS CO PAYER |
action |
IBCNE EIV IIU MAINTENANCE |
|
S IBY=",7," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("PAYER")) S:'VALMBG VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNE IIV TABLE |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles any incoming MFN table updates. |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV MFN IN |
event driver |
|
This is the incoming MFN table server. |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV IN |
event driver |
|
This is the master incoming protocol. |
|
|
| IBCNE IIV RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE PAYER MAINT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE PAYER EXPAND |
action |
|
|
D EXPND^IBCNEPM2 |
|
| IBCNE PAYER EXPAND MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE PAYER EXIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
Q |
| IBCNE PAYER LINK |
action |
|
This is the action protocol to link the payer with the selected insurance company. |
D LINK^IBCNEPM1 |
|
| IBCNB ENTRY RESPONSE REPORT |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow the user to generate an IIV Response Report, using the associated Trace Number as input, from the Expand Entry screen. |
D RESP^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA) |
|
| LEXICAL SERVICES UPDATE |
extended action |
|
This protocol is used to notify other applications and processes ---------------- --------------------------------------------- LEXSCHG("LEX")=0 LEXSCHG("LEX")=NOW LEXICON UPDATE LEXSCHG("ICD")=0 LEXSCHG("ICD")=NOW ICD CODE UPDATE EVENT LEXSCHG("CPT")=0 LEXSCHG("CPT")=NOW ICPT CODE UPDATE EVENT NOTE: Calling application must NEW or KILL LEXSCHG. when the Lexicon Utility, ICD-9 files, or the CPT/HCPCS files are updated. When a file is updated, the file number will be added to the LEXSCHG local array: Entry Exit Package files were Updated Package Update Protocols Invoked |
S:'$D(LEXSCHG) XQORQUIT=1 |
H 2 S:+($G(XQORQUIT))'>0 LEXSCHG("LEX")=$$NOW^XLFDT |
| ICD CODE UPDATE EVENT |
extended action |
|
Protocol Event for Notifying Applications that an update to File #80 or File #80.1 has occurred. |
K XQORQUIT S:'$D(LEXSCHG("ICD")) XQORQUIT=1 |
H 2 S:+($G(XQORQUIT))'>0 LEXSCHG("ICD")=$$NOW^XLFDT K XQORQUIT |
| ICPT CODE UPDATE EVENT |
extended action |
|
Protocol Event for Notifying Applications that an update to File #81 has occurred. |
K XQORQUIT S:'$D(LEXSCHG("CPT")) XQORQUIT=1 |
H 2 S:+($G(XQORQUIT))'>0 LEXSCHG("CPT")=$$NOW^XLFDT K XQORQUIT |
| GMPL SELECTION LIST CSV EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol is invoked when a new ICD9 Code Set Version is installed. The protocol will generate a mail message related to Problem Selection Lists. The mail message will contain a list of any Problem Selection Lists that contain problems with inactive ICD9 codes attached. It will also determine if any attached ICD9 codes are due to be inactivated in the future and a report of those findings is also included. |
D CSVPEP^GMPLBLCK |
|
| ORCM GMRC CSV EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will be invoked by the ICD event protocol upon installation of a new code set version. The protocol will be responsible for generating a mail message to a mail group containing any consult or procedure quick orders that have provisional diagnoses with inactive IDC9 codes or codes that will be inactivated in the future. |
D CSVPEP^ORCMGMCK |
|
| PXRM CODE SET UPDATE CPT |
action |
|
Search for inactive CPT codes in the Dialog file #801.41 |
D CPTPE^PXRMCSPE |
|
| PXRM CODE SET UPDATE ICD |
action |
|
Searches for all Inactive code in the Dialog file #801.41 |
D ICDPE^PXRMCSPE |
|
| GMRCADM SELECT NEW CSLT |
action |
|
This protocol is used to select a new consult on which to make administrative corrections. |
D NEWCSLT^GMRCAD31 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCADM EDIT ACTION |
action |
|
The protocol is used to select the activity on which to make an administrative correction. |
D SELACT^GMRCAD31 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCAD31 ADM CORR MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains the actions that may be taken for administrative corrections. |
|
|
| RCDPEX EOB EXCEPTION MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on EOB return messages. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPEX FILE EXCEPTION MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action allows a user to manually force a message to process through the EDI Lockbox ERA/EOB file process. |
D UPD^RCDPEX |
|
| RCDPEX DELETE MESSAGE |
action |
RCDPE ERA EXCEPT |
This action allows a user to manually delete a message that you either can't or don't want to continue through the EDI Lockbox message process. A bulletin is sent to alert that this action has been taken. |
D DEL^RCDPEX |
|
| RCDPEX VIEW/PRINT MESSAGE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view an EDI Lockbox message. |
D VP^RCDPEX |
|
| RCDPEX EOB_SUM EXCEPTION MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on 837 return messages. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPEX EOB_SUM REMOVE EXCEPT |
action |
|
This action allows a user to manually delete a message that you either can't or don't want to continue through the EDI Lockbox message process. A bulletin is sent to alert that this action has been taken. |
D DEL^RCDPEX31 |
|
| RCDPEX SUM_FILE EXCEPTION |
action |
|
This action allows a user to manually force a message to process through the EDI Lockbox EOB file process to store the detail data in IB. |
D UPD^RCDPEX3 |
|
| RCDPEX SUM_VIEW/PRINT MESSAGE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view an EDI Lockbox message. |
D VP^RCDPEX3 |
|
| RCDPEX SUM_TRANSFER EOB OUT |
action |
|
|
D XFR^RCDPEX3 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on ERAs received. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST RESEARCH MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to research a payment/denial for a claim when reviewing an EOB. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE VIEW/PRINT WORKLIST EOB |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the detail of a selected EOB from the list of EOB's presented in the Worklist Scratch pad function for an ERA. |
D PREOB^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST TPJI |
action |
|
This option allows the user access the third party joint inquiry (TPJI) functions for an electronic EOB's claim. |
D TPJI^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST REL HOLD |
action |
|
This option allows the user access the AR function for releasing a hold on a patient's bill(s) from within the EDI Lockbox worklist function. |
D RELHOLD^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST CHG MAINT |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the IB options for cancel, edit, add patient charges from within the EDI Lockbox worklist function. |
D CHGMNT^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST FULL ACCT PROF |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the AR function FULL ACCOUNT PROFILE. |
D FAP^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST ON HOLD RPT |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the List On Hold Charges report in IB from within the EDI Lockbox worklist function. |
D LSTHLD^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST CL MATCH RPT |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the Claims Matching report in AR from within the EDI Lockbox worklist function. |
D CMRPT^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST SPLIT LINE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to split the payment and adjustment amounts of a selected line in the ERA to redistribute the funds to more accurately reflect the disposition of the payment/adjustment. |
D SPLIT^RCDPEWL0 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST DIST ADJ |
action |
|
This option allows the user to select an adjustment line that has a negative net payment to allow this amount to be distributed to other lines so the total amount of payments received to post equals the total amount of the deposit. |
D DISTADJ^RCDPEWL6 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST REFRESH |
action |
|
This option allows the user to 'refresh' the worklist scratch pad entry to remove all previously entered edits/splits/adjustments and restore it to the state it was in before any manual changes were made. |
D REFRESH^RCDPEWL6 |
|
| RCDPE VIEW/PRINT WORKLIST ERA |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the summary or summary and detail information for an electronic remittance advice (ERA). |
D PRERA^RCDPEWL0 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST RECEIPT |
action |
|
|
D NEWREC^RCDPEWL4 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WL RESEARCH EXIT |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to exit back to the ERA display menu |
D EXIT^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST RESEARCH |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the IB options for cancel, edit, add patient charges from within the EDI Lockbox worklist function. |
D RESEARCH^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST SPLIT MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on ERAs received. |
|
D:$G(^TMP($J,"RCDPE_SPLIT_FILE"))&($G(VALMBCK)'="R") CHKFILE^RCDPEWL2 I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE EOB WL SPLIT LINE |
action |
|
|
D FILESP^RCDPEWL8 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WL EDIT SPLIT |
action |
|
|
D EDITSP^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WL RECEIPT VIEW |
action |
|
|
D VRECPT^RCDPEWL4 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST PREVIEW MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on ERAs received. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST PREVIEW PRINT |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the detail of a selected EOB from the list of EOB's presented in the Worklist Scratch pad function for an ERA. |
D PREOB^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDP RECEIPT PROFILE ERA WORKLIST |
action |
|
This option will allow entry into the ERA Worklist screens in view only mode. |
D WL^RCDPEWL2(RCRECTDA) |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST ADJUST |
action |
|
|
D ADJUST^RCDPEWL6 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST REESTABLISH |
action |
|
|
D REEST^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST BILL COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D BILLCOM^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST RECEIPT COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D RCOMM^RCDPEWL5 |
|
| RCDPEX SUM_EDIT CLAIM |
action |
|
|
D EDITNUM^RCDPEX32 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| RCDPE EOB WL REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D REVIEW^RCDPEWL5 |
|
| FB FEE TO FPPS EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| FB FEE TO FPPS SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| XOBV LISTENER START |
action |
|
This action protocol will start a single VistALink Listener. |
DO START^XOBUM |
|
| XOBV LISTENER STOP |
action |
|
This action protocol will stop a single VistALink Listener. |
DO STOP^XOBUM |
|
| XOBV LISTENER CONFIG |
action |
|
This action protocol will add/edit an entry in the VISTALINK LISTENER CONFIGURATION file (#18.03) by invoking the XOBV LISTENER CONFIG EDIT input template. |
DO CFG^XOBUM |
|
| XOBU SITE PARAMETERS |
action |
|
This action protocol will add/edit an entry in the VISTALINK SITE PARAMETERS file (#18.01) by invoking the XOBU SITE PARAMETERS input template. |
DO PARMS^XOBUM |
|
| XOBU FOUNDATIONS MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the action protocols for the Foundations Management menu [XOBV SITE SETUP MENU] which is used to configure and manage VistALink Listeners. |
|
|
| XOBV LISTENER LOG CLEAR |
action |
|
This action protocol will delete non-active VistALink Listener log entries in the VISTALINK LISTENER STARTUP LOG file (#18.04). |
DO CLEAR^XOBUM |
|
| XOBU FOUNDATIONS MAIN REFRESH |
action |
|
This action protocol will refresh and redisplay the current Foundations Management screen. This is useful when checking the current status of a VistALink Listener. |
DO REFRESH^XOBUM |
|
| XOBU FOUNDATIONS SYSTEM STATUS |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the M operating system status. |
DO SS^XOBUM |
|
| XOBV LISTENER BOX-VOL |
action |
|
This action protocol will start all VistALink Listeners contained in the default configuration for the BOX-VOLUME pair whose STARTUP field is set to YES. |
DO BOX^XOBUM |
|
| PSB BCMA RASO17 SRV |
event driver |
|
This is a test event driver protocol for PSB (BCMA). This protocol is to serve the RAS/O17 event. The trigger event in general is a MEDPASS or administration of a ORDER/Medication. |
|
|
| PSB BCMA RASO17 SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MAGD APPOINTMENT |
action |
|
This protocol will be used with Scheduling to pass information to Imaging. |
D ^MAGDHOWS |
|
| MAGD RECEIVE EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will be a subscriber to the GMRC EVSEND OR protocol and is used to pass HL7 event messages to Imaging. |
D ^MAGDHOWC |
|
| DGRO ROM ORF/R04 SUBSC |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is the subscriber protocol for the Register Once Messaging query message (QRY~R02). The protocol will return a patient FDA array message (ORF~R04). |
|
|
| DGRO ROM QRY/R02 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the event protocol for the Register Once Messaging query message (QRY~R02). |
|
|
| RMPR SUSP ADD AUTO |
action |
|
Function description To add a manual suspense, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type AD, and press 2 At the PROSTHETIC SUSPENSE DATE RX WRITTEN, you can enter T for the current date or T - # (number of days the request was actually made), and press . 3 At the Requestor prompt, type the physician name, and press 4 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type Y for Yes to edit the note. 5 Type a free-text note in the text editor. 6 Press the "Num Lock" key and the "E" keys simultaneously to exit the text editor. A manual suspense record can be added to Prosthetics for a request for an item or service. Steps |
D AAUTO^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP ADD CLOTHING |
action |
|
Function description To add a manual suspense, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type AD, and press 2 At the PROSTHETIC SUSPENSE DATE RX WRITTEN, you can enter T for the current date or T - # (number of days the request was actually made), and press . 3 At the Requestor prompt, type the physician name, and press 4 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type Y for Yes to edit the note. 5 Type a free-text note in the text editor. 6 Press the "Num Lock" key and the "E" keys simultaneously to exit the text editor. A manual suspense record can be added to Prosthetics for a request for an item or service. Steps |
D ACLO^RMPREO23 |
|
| RMPR SUSP ADD CLONE |
action |
|
Function description To add a manual suspense, follow these steps: Step Action 1 At the Select Item(s): Next Screen//, type AD, and press 2 At the PROSTHETIC SUSPENSE DATE RX WRITTEN, you can enter T for the current date or T - # (number of days the request was actually made), and press . 3 At the Requestor prompt, type the physician name, and press 4 At the Edit? NO// prompt, type Y for Yes to edit the note. 5 Type a free-text note in the text editor. 6 Press the "Num Lock" key and the "E" keys simultaneously to exit the text editor. A manual suspense record can be added to Prosthetics for a request for an item or service. Steps |
D CLONE^RMPREO23 |
|
| SD-PAIT-EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| SD-PAIT-SUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRA FIX FREE TEXT LIST |
menu |
|
|
D:'$D(^XTMP("GMRAFX",LTYPE,"IDX")) LIST^GMRAFX D CHKSEL^GMRAFX |
|
| GMRA FIX ADD/EDIT ALLERGY FILE |
action |
|
|
D AEA^GMRAFX |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX |
| GMRA FIX ENTERED IN ERROR |
action |
|
|
D PROCESS^GMRAFX("E") |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX |
| GMRA FIX DETAIL LIST |
action |
|
|
D EN^VALM("GMRA FIX DETAIL") |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX |
| GMRA FIX DETAIL MENU |
menu |
|
|
D DET^GMRAFX1,CHKSEL^GMRAFX1 |
|
| GMRA FIX ENTERED IN ERROR IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D PROCESS^GMRAFX1("E") |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX1 |
| GMRA FIX UPDATE REACTANT |
action |
|
|
D PROCESS^GMRAFX("U") |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX |
| GMRA FIX UPDATE REACTANT IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D PROCESS^GMRAFX1("U") |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX1 |
| GMRA FIX ADD/EDIT ALLERGY FILE IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D AEA^GMRAFX |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX1 |
| GMRA FIX PATIENT A/AR EDIT IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D AR^GMRAFX3 |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX1 |
| GMRA FIX DETAIL IN DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D DSPREACT^GMRAFX3 |
D DESELECT^GMRAFX1 |
| ORRP PENDING |
action |
|
Display pending orders |
S ORPRES="7;PENDING ORDERS" |
|
| PSO TPB SD SUB |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOTPINA |
|
| HLEM EVENTS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for acting on lists of HL7 Monitor Events. |
|
|
| HLEM SELECT PROFILE |
action |
|
This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the HL7 Monitor Events Profile to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. |
D SELECT^HLEMSL1 |
|
| HLEM SINGLE EVENT MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for acting on a single HL7 Monitor Event. |
|
|
| HLEM DISPLAY EVENT |
action |
|
This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the a single HL7 Monitor Event for display and editing. |
D SELECTE^HLEMSL1 |
|
| HLEM EDIT EVENT |
action |
|
Allows an event to be updated with notes and review status. |
D EDIT^HLEMSE1($G(EVENT("IEN"))) |
|
| HLEM EVENT HELP |
action |
|
Provides detailed information and instructions for an event based on the even type. |
D HELP^HLEMSE1($G(EVENT("TYPE"))) |
|
| HLEM DISPLAY APPLICATION DATA |
action |
|
Displays application-specfic data that is associated with the event. |
D APPDATA^HLEMSE1($G(EVENT("IEN"))) |
|
| HLEM GOTO SITE |
action |
|
Allows a user to select a site and jumps the screen to that site. |
D GOSITE^HLEMSL1 |
|
| HLEM EVENT STATISTICS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for viewing HL7 Event Log Statistics. |
|
|
| HLEM SELECT PROFILE (STATS) |
action |
|
This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the HL7 Monitor Events Profile to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. Called from within the Statistics screen. |
D SELECT^HLEMST |
|
| HLEM STATISTICS |
action |
|
This action will display the statistics menu. |
D EN^HLEMST |
|
| HLEM NEW PROFILE |
action |
|
This ListManager protocol allows the user to create a new HL7 Monitor Events Profile to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. |
D NEW^HLEMSL1 |
|
| HLEM EDIT PROFILE |
action |
|
This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the HL7 Monitor Events Profile to edit. |
D EDIT^HLEMSL1 |
|
| HLEM CHANGE DATE RANGE |
action |
|
This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the starting date to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. Called from withinthe Statistics screen. |
D CHNGDATE^HLEMST |
|
| SD ENC PERF MON ORU-R01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
HL7 event driver (server) protocol for transmission of Enounter Performance Monitor summary data to Austin Automation Center. |
|
|
| SD ENC PERF MON ORU-R01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for transmission of Encounter Performance Monitor summary data to Austin Automation Center. |
|
|
| TIU ACTION DICTATE DOCUMENTS |
action |
|
Allows users to mark documents as "Dictated/Not Transcribed." NOTE: This step is only applicable when an UNDICTATED document is created in anticipation of Dictation/Transcription and Upload. |
D DICTATED^TIURA2 |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION DOCUMENT DICTATED |
action |
|
Allows MIS clerks to mark current document as "signed on chart." |
D DICTATE1^TIURA2(TIUDA) |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU DICTATION |
menu |
|
Menu of actions supporting dictation. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| TIU BROWSE MENU DICTATION |
menu |
|
Menu of actions supporting dictatation. |
S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION MENU TRANSCRIPTION |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by transcriptionists. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| TIU BROWSE MENU TRANSCRIPTION |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 |
S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1 |
| TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR TRANSCRIPTION |
action |
|
Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. |
D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR TRANSCRIPTION") |
|
| MCAR ORM SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MCAR ORM CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM NON-VA MEDS RPT |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 D HID^PSONVARP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| VAFC MPIPD FIELD TRIGGER |
action |
|
MPI/PD FIELD MONITORING |
D MPIPD^VAFCTR |
|
| RCDPE WORKLIST ERA LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed manually on ERAs received. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE WORKLIST ERA SELECT |
action |
|
|
D ENTERWL^RCDPEWL7 |
|
| RCDPE WORKLIST ERA SORT |
action |
|
|
D SORT^RCDPEWL8 |
|
| RCDPE ERA LIST VIEW ERA |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the summary or summary and detail information for an electronic remittance advice (ERA). |
D PRERA^RCDPEWL7 |
|
| RCDPE ERA LIST BATCH HIDE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to remove from or add the batch listings for each ERA on the screen display. |
D BATDSP^RCDPEWL8 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST BATCH |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the options for batch editing. It cannot be used if there are no batches defined for an ERA worklist entry and can only be accessed if the full ERA entry (not an individual batch) has been selected. |
D BATED^RCDPEWL8 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST VERIFY |
action |
|
This option allows the user to access the options for verifying the EEOBs against the data on the VistA system to insure the payments are being made for the correct claim. |
D VERIF^RCDPEWL8 |
|
| PSO EXT SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is necessary for transmission of prescription fills to the automatic dispensing machine using HL7 V.2.4 formatted messages. |
|
|
| PSO EXT CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is used as the ACK from the external interface for an RDS_O13 message. |
|
|
| PSO DISP SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used when a dispensing system external interface sends back a dispensing message to VistA. |
|
|
| PSO DISP CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSS EXT MFU SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol will be used to send even notification and data when new drugs are added to the DRUG file (#50) and when certain fields are updated in the same file. This information will be sent to the automated dispensing machines through HL7 V.2.4 formatted messages. |
|
|
| PSS EXT MFU CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol will be used as the ACK from the external interface for a MFN_M01 message. |
|
|
| BPSJ MFN REGISTER1 |
subscriber |
|
This message is generated when a VISTA site installs. |
|
|
| BPSJ REGISTER |
event driver |
|
The epharmacy event driver. |
|
|
| BPSJ PAYER INPUT |
event driver |
|
The epharmacy payer sheet event driver. |
|
|
| BPSJ PAYER RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
RESPONSE PROTOCOL FOR PAYER SHEET INPUT. |
|
|
| HL CS/RQ - VIEW MESSAGE |
action |
|
Protocol used by the HL7 Message Requeuer to view an HL7 message. |
D EXPND^HLCSRES |
|
| BPS P2 UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D UPD^BPSOS2 |
|
| BPS P2 CONTINUOUS |
action |
|
|
D CONTUPD^BPSOS2 |
|
| GMTS HS ADHOC |
action |
|
Generates an 'Ad Hoc' Health Summary for specified patients. Instead of selecting a pre-defined Health Summary Type, the user defines his own ad hoc Health Summary structure for temporary use while using this option. The user selects Health Summary components, time and occurrence limits when applicable, and selection items when applicable. |
W ! D MAIN^GMTSADOR |
|
| BPS PROTOCOL 2 |
menu |
BPS MANAGER |
|
|
|
| BPS P2 ZERO |
action |
|
|
DO ZERO^BPSOS2A |
|
| BPS P1 EXIT |
action |
|
|
S ECMEQUIT=1 |
S ECMEQUIT=1 |
| GMTS COMP DESC LIST |
action |
|
Lists all components which may be used to define Health Summary Types, along with the abbreviation and a brief description of each. |
W ! S DIC="^GMT(142.1,",L=0,FLDS="[GMTS COMP DESC LIST]",BY=.01,FR="A",TO="zzzz" D EN1^DIP S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR |
|
| IBCNR PLAN LIST |
menu |
|
Show a menu of actions for this option. |
|
|
| IBCNR PLAN ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
Add or edit pharmacy plan association. |
D SEL^IBCNRP |
|
| IBCNR PLAN DELETE |
action |
|
Delete pharmacy plan association. |
D DEL^IBCNRP |
|
| IBCNR PAYERSHEET ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
Add or edit test payer sheet association. |
D SEL^IBCNRPSM |
|
| IBCNR PAYERSHEET LIST |
menu |
|
Show a menu of actions for this option. |
|
|
| IBCNR PAYERSHEET DELETE |
action |
|
Delete test payer sheet association. |
D DEL^IBCNRPSM |
|
| IBCNR GROUP PLAN LIST |
menu |
|
Match Group Plans to Pharmacy Plans |
|
|
| GMTS HS BY PATIENT |
action |
|
Generates a Health Summary of a specified pre-defined Health Summary Type for a specified patient. |
W ! S DIC("B")=$P($G(^GMT(142,+$G(^DISV(+$G(DUZ),"^GMT(142,")),0)),U),GMTSTYP=0 S:'$D(DFN) DFN=$S($D(ORVP):$P(ORVP,";"),1:"") D SELPT^GMTS:+DFN'>0,SELTYP^GMTS Q:GMTSTYP'>0 D HSOUT^GMTS |
|
| IBCNR GROUP PLAN ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
Add/Edit Pharmacy Plan match to Group Plan |
D SEL^IBCNRPM2 |
|
| IBCNR GROUP PLAN DELETE |
action |
|
Delete Pharmacy Plan match to Group Plan |
D DEL^IBCNRPM2 |
|
| IBCEM COB MRA PRINT |
action |
|
|
D PMRA^IBCECOB2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| PSO VDEF RDE O11 OP PHARM PRES HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO VDEF RDE O11 OP PHARM PRES VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF OP Pharmacy PRES HL7 message Prescriptions |
|
|
| GMTS HS BY LOC |
action |
|
Allows user to print health summaries interactively for all patients on a specified ward or for all patients with appointments at a specified outpatient clinic on a selected day. |
D MAIN^GMTSPD |
|
| PSO VDEF RDS O13 OP PHARM PPAR HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO VDEF RDS O13 OP PHARM PPAR VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF OP Pharmacy PPAR HL7 Message Parital refills |
|
|
| PSO VDEF RDS O13 OP PHARM PREF VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF OP Pharmacy PREF HL7 Message Refills |
|
|
| PSO VDEF RDS O13 OP PHARM PREF HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRV ORU R01 VITALS HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRV ORU R01 VITALS VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF Vitals HL7 message |
|
|
| GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV REACT HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV REACT VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF Adverse Reaction Report HL7 message |
|
|
| GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ALLERGY HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ALLERGY VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF Allergy Update/Insert HL7 message |
|
|
| GMTS USER |
menu |
|
This menu allows the user to print Health Summaries by Patient or Hospital Location with a pre-defined Health Summary Type, or print Health Summaries for patients, based on ad hoc Health Summary definitions. The user may also use the Information Menu to list and inquire about Health Summary Types and Health Summary Components. This menu does not contain the options which allow the user to create or delete his/her own Health Summary Types. |
|
|
| GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV ASSESS HR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV ASSESS VS |
event driver |
|
VistA VDEF Adverse Reaction Assessment HL7 message |
|
|
| DGFFP CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D PAT^DGFFPLM |
|
| DGFFP LM MENU |
menu |
|
Main menu protocol for the Fugitive Felon patient inguiry List Manager screen |
|
|
| GMTS INFO ONLY MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains options which provide information only about Health Summary Types and Health Summary Components. |
|
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D PLIST^PXRMLPU |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLPU |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
This protocol is used by PXRM PATIENT LIST. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. |
D XSEL^PXRMLPM |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPM S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST RULES |
action |
|
|
D ^PXRMLRM |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST HEALTH SUMMARY (ALL) |
action |
|
|
D HSA^PXRMLPP |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST PATIENTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLPP |
| GMTS COMP INQ |
action |
|
This allows the user to display the characteristics of a Health Summary Component. |
W ! D ^GMTSCI S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST CREATE |
action |
|
|
D START^PXRMLCR |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPM S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST DELETE |
action |
|
|
D PDELETE^PXRMLPU |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION MANAGEMENT |
action |
|
|
D PLIST^PXRMETM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT MANAGEMENT EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT VIEW/SCHEDULE |
action |
|
|
D HLIST^PXRMETM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT MANAGEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMETM |
| PXRM EXTRACT MANAGEMENT SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMETM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT SUMMARY |
action |
|
|
D TLIST^PXRMETH |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT HISTORY EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT HISTORY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMETH |
| GMTS TYPE INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
W ! D ^GMTSRI W ! S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT MANUAL TRANSMISSION |
action |
|
|
D TRANS^PXRMETH |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT HISTORY SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMETH |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PXRMLPP |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT SUMMARY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMETT |
| PXRM EXTRACT SUMMARY EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT PATIENT LIST |
action |
|
|
D PLIST^PXRMETT(IEN) |
|
| PXRM7 RECO SERVER |
event driver |
|
This is the Sever Protocol that will send the Reminder Compliance HL7 messages to Austin Automation Center as well as other locations. |
|
|
| PXRM7 RECO SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
This is the Clinical Reminder Compliance Subscribing Protocol |
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT MANUAL EXTRACT |
action |
|
|
D EXTRACT^PXRMETH(EDIEN) |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT SUMMARY SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMETT |
|
| GMTS BLO |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply.Data presented include: collection date/time, lab test name, specimen, urgency, and order status (e.g., ORDERED, COLLECTED, PROCESSING, COMPLETE). |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BLO",GMTSTITL="BRIEF LAB ORDERS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM EDIT DIALOG ELEMENT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PXRMDLG |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM EXTRACT SUMMARY FINDING TOTALS |
action |
|
|
D FLIST^PXRMETT |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT AD HOC REPORT |
action |
|
|
D GEN^PXRMETM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT HISTORY TRANSMISSIONS |
action |
|
|
D TRHIST^PXRMETH |
|
| PXRM LIST RULE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D LREDIT^PXRMLRED |
|
| PXRM LIST RULE CREATE |
action |
|
|
D LRADD^PXRMLRM |
|
| PXRM LIST RULE CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PXRMLRM |
|
| PXRM LIST RULE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLRM |
| PXRM LIST RULE EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM LIST RULE MANAGEMENT SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMLRM |
|
| GMTS ADR |
action |
|
This component contains information from MAS, Pharmacy, and Dietetics packages. It provides a list of all known food, drug and environmental allergies or adverse reactions (e.g., hay fever). |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ADR",GMTSTITL="ADVERSE REACTIONS/ALLERGIES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM LIST RULE DISPLAY/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D LRINQ^PXRMLRM |
|
| PXRM LIST RULE DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLRED |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST COPY |
action |
|
|
D PCOPY^PXRMLPM |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST OE/RR |
action |
|
|
D POERR^PXRMLPU |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION CREATE |
action |
|
|
D EPADD^PXRMEPM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION DISPLAY/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EPINQ^PXRMEPM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEPM |
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMEPM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EPEDIT^PXRMEPED |
|
| GMTS CW |
action |
|
This component contains clinical warning notes entered using the Generic is to another device type, information will include electronic signature block and date posted to ensure security of information. Progress Note package. No time or maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Clinical Warnings are a type of progress note which includes clinical information which clinicians need to be alerted to. If this component is printed out on a CRT, information will include title, text of note, electronic signature block, and date posted. If the printout |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CW",GMTSTITL="CLINICAL WARNINGS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT DEFINITION DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEPED |
| PXRM EXTRACT HISTORY CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PXRMETH |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST HEALTH SUMMARY (INDIVIDUAL) |
action |
|
|
D HSI^PXRMLPP |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST PATIENT SELECT |
action |
|
This protocol is used by PXRM PATIENT LIST PATIENTS. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list |
D XSEL^PXRMLPP |
|
| PXRM DIALOG ADD ELEMENT |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXRMDLG4 |
|
| PXRM DIALOG SUMMARY |
action |
|
|
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(0) |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE CREATE |
action |
|
|
D EFADD^PXRMEFM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE DISPLAY/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EFINQ^PXRMEFM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEFM |
| GMTS CN |
action |
|
This component contains crisis notes entered using the Generic Progress Note block and date posted to ensure security of information. package. No time or maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Crisis Notes are a type of progress note which contains important information for anyone who deals with a patient. If this component is printed out on a CRT, information will include title, text of note, electronic signature block, and date posted. If the printout is to another device type, information will include electronic signature |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CN",GMTSTITL="CRISIS NOTES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMEFM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEFED |
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING RULE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EFEDIT^PXRMEFED |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT FINDING GROUPS |
action |
|
|
D EFGRP^PXRMEFED |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP CREATE |
action |
|
|
D EGADD^PXRMEGM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP DISPLAY/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EGINQ^PXRMEGM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEGM |
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMEGM |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EGEDIT^PXRMEGED |
|
| GMTS DIET |
action |
|
This component contains information from the Dietetics package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: diet orders, start/stop dates, type of service (tray, e.g.); nutritional status, date assessed; supplemental feedings, start/stop dates; tube feedings, start/stop dates, strength of product, quantity ordered, and daily dosages. Note: When a time limit is selected, the data presented reflects orders initiated within the time period. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DI",GMTSTITL="DIETETICS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUP DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMEGED |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST USER |
action |
|
|
D START^PXRMLPU(1) |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPM S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST USER SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMLPU |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPU S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLPM |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST USER COPY |
action |
|
|
D PCOPY^PXRMLPU |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST USER CREATE |
action |
|
|
D ^PXRMLCR |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPU S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST DEMOGRAPHIC |
action |
|
|
D DEM^PXRMLPP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST ADD USER |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXRMLPAU |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST AUTH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLPAU |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST AUTH USER |
action |
|
Called from Clinical Reminders Patient List interface when the USR action is selected. |
D USER^PXRMLPP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS BT |
action |
|
This component contains information from the Blood Bank module of the Lab Package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: transfusion date and abbreviated blood products (with total number of units transfused for each, e.g., RBC (2)). |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BT",GMTSTITL="BLOOD TRANSFUSIONS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST AUTH DELETE |
action |
|
|
D PDELETE^PXRMLPAU |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST AUTH USER SELECT |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMLPAU |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPAU S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST PUBLIC |
action |
|
|
D START^PXRMLPU(0) |
D BLDLIST^PXRMLPM S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM DIALOG OVERVIEW |
action |
|
|
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(5) |
|
| PXRM DIALOG LOCK |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMDLG |
| FHW1 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR protocol for ordering diets. |
D ^FHORDW |
|
| FHW2 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR protocol to order Early & Late trays. |
D ^FHOREW |
|
| FHW3 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR option to order Isolation/Precautions. |
D ^FHORDW2 |
|
| FHW4 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR option for NPO Orders. |
D ^FHORDW1 |
|
| FHW6 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR protocol for ordering Dietetic consultations. |
D ^FHORCW |
|
| ORRP STATUS MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu of order status groupings that may be selected for display. |
|
|
| GMTS CH |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: collection date/time, specimen, test name, results (w/ref flag: High/Low/Critical), units, and Reference range. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CH",GMTSTITL="CHEMISTRY & HEMATOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FHW7 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR protocol for entering additional orders other than those contained in other dietetic protocols. |
D ^FHOROW |
|
| FHW8 |
protocol |
|
This is the OE/RR protocol for ordering Tubefeedings. |
D ^FHORTW |
|
| FHWPRO1 |
action |
|
This option is added to the OE/RR OROPRO menu to display the dietetic patient profile. |
D OE^FHORD6 |
|
| FHWMAS |
extended action |
|
This protocol is used to process MAS events (admissions, discharges, etc.) from the MAS package. |
D ^FHWMAS |
|
| FHWN1 |
protocol |
|
|
D NOW^%DTC S D1=% D Q1^FHORDW1 |
|
| FHWN2 |
protocol |
|
|
D NOW^%DTC S D1=%\1_".2359" D Q1^FHORDW1 |
|
| FHWMENU |
protocol menu |
|
|
S FHA1=0 D ^FHVER |
|
| FH SIGNED REACTION INTERFACE |
action |
|
|
D EN1^FHWGMR |
|
| FH SIGNED REACTION CANCEL |
action |
|
|
D CAN^FHWGMR |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU CLINICIAN 2 |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK) |
|
| GMTS CY |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Cytopathology module of the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date/time, accession number, specimen, gross description and microscopic exam (both word processing fields), ICD diagnoses, and SNOMED fields: topography, disease, morphology, etiology, and procedures. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CY",GMTSTITL="CYTOPATHOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSU PATIENT DEMOGRAPHIC CHANGE |
action |
|
As an item on the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol, this protocol will call CHNG^PSUHL to flag changed patient records to facilitate the PSU PBM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHIC data extract by storing the DFN to the changed record and the date the of the transaction to the PBM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS file (#59.9). |
D CHNG^PSUHL |
|
| PSU-SITE-DRIVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PSU-SITE-SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSU EVENT LAB |
action |
|
This Protocol is triggered by the LR7O ALL EVSEND RESULTS protocol. It calls a Pharmacy routine that creates an HL7 message and sends it to the national PBM Lab data data base. |
Q |
|
| FSC EDIT GOTO |
action |
|
This action allows jumping to another NOIS call from your selection. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("GOTO") |
|
| FSC LIST CHANGE |
action |
|
This action allows changing the display to another list. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("CHANGE") |
|
| FSC MODIFY CHANGE |
action |
|
This action allows changing to another list definition. |
D MODIFY^FSCLMP("CHANGE") |
|
| FSC EDIT FORMAT |
action |
|
This action allows change the display of the NOIS call(s). |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("FORMAT") |
|
| FSC MODIFY REBUILD |
action |
|
This action allows rebuilding the calls on a list after changing the list definition. |
D MODIFY^FSCLMP("REBUILD") |
|
| FSC LIST VIEW |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing NOIS calls using the View Screen. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("VIEW") |
|
| GMTS MIC |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Microbiology module of the Lab Package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data include: collection date/time, site/specimen, Parasite Report, organism(s), Mycology Report, Bacteriology Report, Mycobacteriology Report, Gram Stain Result, and remarks. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MIC",GMTSTITL="MICROBIOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FSC MODIFY EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows editing the list definition. |
D MODIFY^FSCLMP("EDIT") |
|
| FSC EDIT NOTE |
action |
|
This action allows making a note on the NOIS call. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("NOTE","USER") |
|
| FSC EDIT EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows editing a NOIS call. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("EDIT","SPEC") |
|
| FSC LIST NEW |
action |
|
This action allows logging a new NOIS call. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("NEW") |
|
| FSC VIEW NEW |
action |
|
This action allows logging a new NOIS call. |
D VIEW^FSCLMP("NEW") |
|
| FSC EDIT NOTIFY |
action |
|
This action allows notifying others, flagging calls so that you can be notified, or unscheduling notification. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("NOTIFY") |
|
| FSC LIST EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows editing selected NOIS calls using the Edit Screen. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("EDIT") |
|
| FSC EDIT CLOSE |
action |
|
This action allows closing a NOIS call. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("CLOSE","SPEC") |
|
| FSC HELP (?) |
action |
|
This action documents that help can be made from a NOIS screen using a single question mark. |
|
|
| FSC HELP (??) |
action |
|
This action documents that help can be made form a NOIS screen using two question marks. This will display hidden actions available. |
|
|
| GMTS BMIC |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply to this component in addition to collection date/time, test name, specimen, report status, and test results. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BMIC",GMTSTITL="BRIEF MICROBIOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FSC HELP (???) |
action |
|
This action documents that help can be made from a NOIS screen using three question marks. This will display a help frame of NOIS topics. |
|
|
| FSC EDIT NEW |
action |
|
This action allows logging a new NOIS call. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("NEW") |
|
| FSC MODIFY NEW |
action |
|
This action allows creating a new list. |
D MODIFY^FSCLMP("NEW","SPEC") |
|
| FSC VIEW NOTIFY |
action |
|
This action allows notifying others, scheduling notification for yourself, or unscheduling notification on calls. |
D VIEW^FSCLMP("NOTIFY") |
|
| FSC LIST NOTIFY |
action |
|
This action allows sending notification to others, flagging calls you wish to be notified on, and unscheduling notification. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("NOTIFY") |
|
| FSC HIDDEN DEFINE LIST |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing and editing NOIS lists using the Modify Screen. |
D HIDDEN^FSCLMP("DEFINE LIST") |
|
| FSC HIDDEN USER |
action |
|
This action is used to review and edit NOIS specialist's defaults. |
D HIDDEN^FSCLMP("USER") |
|
| FSC LIST ADD |
action |
|
This action allows adding calls to the display by selecting specific calls, lists, or specifying a criteria using a query. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("ADD") |
|
| FSC LIST QUERY |
action |
|
This action allows changing the calls on the display by specifying criteria for the calls. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("QUERY") |
|
| FSC LIST REMOVE |
action |
|
This action allows removing calls from the display by selecting calls, lists, or query. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("REMOVE") |
|
| GMTS LO |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date (either actual or expected), lab test, provider, accession, date/time ordered, specimen, and date/time results available. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="LO",GMTSTITL="LAB ORDERS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FSC LIST SAVE |
action |
|
This action allows saving the calls on the display into a storage-only type of list. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("SAVE") |
|
| FSC MODIFY SAVE |
action |
|
This action allows saving the list definition. This is useful for copying another list's definition to a new list and then editing the list. |
D MODIFY^FSCLMP("SAVE") |
|
| FSC MENU MULTIPLE CALLS |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions displays the actions available on the Edit Screen when there are multiple calls selected. |
|
|
| FSC MENU HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions diplays other actions available on NOIS screens. |
|
|
| FSC MENU LIST |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions displays the actions available on the List Screen. |
|
|
| FSC MENU LIST DEFINITION |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions displays the actions available on the Modify Screen. |
|
|
| FSC EDIT NEXT |
action |
|
This action allows going the next call in your selection. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("NEXT") |
|
| FSC EDIT PREV |
action |
|
This action allows going to the previous call in your selection. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("PREV") |
|
| FSC MENU SINGLE CALL |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions displays the actions available on the Edit Screen when there is only a single call selected. |
|
|
| FSC MENU VIEW |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions displays the actions available on the View Screen. |
|
|
| GMTS SP |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Surical Pathology module of the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date/time, accession number, specimen, gross description and microscopic exam (both word processing fields), ICD diagnoses, and SNOMED fields: topography, disease, morphology, etiology, and procedures. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="SP",GMTSTITL="SURGICAL PATHOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FSC VIEW GOTO |
action |
|
This action allows changing the display so that a selected call is displayed. |
D VIEW^FSCLMP("GOTO") |
|
| FSC VIEW EDIT |
action |
|
This action allows editing NOIS calls using the Edit Screen. |
D VIEW^FSCLMP("EDIT") |
|
| FSC LIST SELECT |
action |
|
This action allows removing those calls from the display that do not meet a specific criteria (query), or simply selecting specific calls to remain on the list, or only those calls that are on selected lists. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("SELECT") |
|
| FSC EDIT OTHER |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing information on the call that does not concern the reported problem. Examples: when the call was last edited, scheduled notifications, audits, etc. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("OTHER") |
|
| FSC VIEW FORMAT |
action |
|
This action allows changing the display of the call(s). |
D VIEW^FSCLMP("FORMAT") |
|
| FSC HIDDEN EXIT |
action |
|
This action is used to exit the NOIS screens and return directly to the options. |
D HIDDEN^FSCLMP("EXIT") |
|
| FSC LIST SORT |
action |
|
This action allows sorting the list. The list is sorted by selected fields. The fields can be sorted in ascending or descending order. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("SORT") |
|
| FSC MODIFY QUERY |
action |
|
This action allows editing the query portion of the list definition. |
D MODIFY^FSCLMP("QUERY") |
|
| FSC EDIT STATUS |
action |
|
This action allows changing the status of the call. Closed or cancelled calls can be reopened by being changed to open. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("STATUS") |
|
| FSC EDIT DUPLICATE |
action |
|
This action allows creating a new NOIS call by copying another NOIS call. |
D EDIT^FSCLMP("DUPLICATE","SPEC") |
|
| GMTS ADC |
action |
|
This component contains information from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: date range of admission, ward, length of stay (LOS), last treating specialty, last provider, admitting diagnosis text, bedsection, principal diagnosis, diagnosis for longest length of stay (DXLS), and seconary ICD diagnoses. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ADC",GMTSTITL="ADMISSIONS/DISCHARGES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FSC LIST BATCH |
action |
|
This action allows editing multiple calls. Notes can be added to calls. Calls can also be closed using this action. Each call is prompted for the specified action. |
D LIST^FSCLMP("BATCH","SPEC") |
|
| FSC VIEW BATCH |
action |
|
This action allows editing multiple calls. Calls can be closed or have notes applied to calls without retyping the information. |
D VIEW^FSCLMP("BATCH","SPEC") |
|
| FSC HIDDEN PRINT TEXT |
action |
|
This action prints the display text. |
D HIDDEN^FSCLMP("PRINT TEXT") |
|
| FSC HIDDEN PRINT SCREEN |
action |
|
This action prints the screen display. |
D HIDDEN^FSCLMP("PRINT SCREEN") |
|
| FSC INSTALLS ALL |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing all installs for a date range. |
D INSTALLS^FSCLMP("ALL") |
|
| FSC INSTALLS PACKAGE |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing installs of a package for a date range. |
D INSTALLS^FSCLMP("PACKAGE") |
|
| FSC INSTALLS SITE |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing installs at a site for a date range. |
D INSTALLS^FSCLMP("SITE") |
|
| FSC MENU INSTALLS |
menu |
|
This menu of NOIS actions displays the actions available on the Install Screen. |
|
|
| FSC HIDDEN INSTALLS |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing site installs of packages. |
D HIDDEN^FSCLMP("INSTALLS") |
|
| FSC INSTALL PACKAGE |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing of package installs. |
D INSTALLS^FSCLMP("PACKAGE") |
|
| GMTS ADT |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. It can only be used with MAS Version 5 and up. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: movement date, movement type (ADM=Admission, TR=Transfer, TS= Treating Specialty, DC=Discharge), movement description, specialty, and provider. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ADT",GMTSTITL="ADT HISTORY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| FSC INSTALL PATCH |
action |
|
This action allows reviewing patch installs. |
D INSTALLS^FSCLMP("PATCH") |
|
| PSO LM MULTI-RX PRINT |
action |
|
|
D QUEUE^PSOLLL7 |
Q |
| TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED DETAIL DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUSUPN("DISP^TIUSUPN1") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUSUPN("UPDTDOC^TIUSUPN1") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED BROWSE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUSUPN("BROWSE^TIUSUPN1") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^TIUSUPN |
| TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUSUPN("ACTIONS") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED QUIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
|
| TIU UNK ADDENDA MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^TIUADCL |
| TIU UNK ADDENDA BROWSE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUADCL("BROWSE") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS CVF |
action |
|
This component provides a listing from the MAS scheduling module that contains future clinic visit dates, the clinic visited, and the appointment type. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CVF",GMTSTITL="CLINIC VISITS FUTURE" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| TIU UNK ADDENDA SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUADCL("ACTIONS") |
|
| TIU UNK ADDENDA DETAILED DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUADCL("DETDISP") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU UNK ADDENDA CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CHNGVIEW^TIUADCL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU UNK ADDENDA FIND PARENT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUADCL("FNDPRNT") |
|
| TIU UNK ADDENDA ATTACH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^TIUADCL1 |
| TIU UNK ADDENDA ATTACH PARENT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^TIUADCL("ATTACH^TIUADCL1") |
|
| XUMFX SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS. |
|
|
| XUMF MFP MFQ |
event driver |
|
This protocol is Master File Parameters Query event driver for MFS. |
|
|
| XUMF MFP MFR |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Parameters query response messages for the MFS. |
|
|
| XUMF MFS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Notification messages for the Master File Server mechanism. |
|
|
| GMTS CVP |
action |
|
This component contains information from the MAS scheduling module. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: past clinic visits, dates, and a visit status (e.g., NO SHOW, INPATIENT VISIT). Note: Cancellations are not shown. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CVP",GMTSTITL="CLINIC VISITS PAST" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| XUMFX MFQ |
event driver |
|
This protocol is Master File Query event driver for the MFS. |
|
|
| XUMFX MFR |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Query messages for the Institution file. |
|
|
| DS Pub Man~~L |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS. |
|
|
| DTS Term Srv~~L |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS. |
|
|
| LA7POC ADT RTR |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC1 ADT SUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC2 ADT SUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC3 ADT SUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC4 ADT SUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC5 ADT SUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS DEM |
action |
|
This component contains the following patient demographic data (if available) from the MAS package: address, phone, county, marital status, religion, period of service, POW status (e.g., Y or N), branch of service, combat status (e.g., Y or N), eligibility code, current (verified) eligibility status, service connected %, eligible for care (e.g., Y or N), next of kin (NOK), NOK phone number and address. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DEM",GMTSTITL="DEMOGRAPHICS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| LA7POC1 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC ORU-R01 SUBS 2.4 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC2 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC3 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC4 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| LA7POC5 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_02_EV_OBL/AMEND |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_02_SU_OBL/AMEND |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV 442 ITEM DELETE |
action |
|
This Action protocol is used to compile the values needed to prepare an HL7 message to DynaMed when the user deleted a line item number record from a purchase order. |
D DELJOB^PRCV442B |
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_03_EV_REC/ADJ |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS BDEM |
action |
|
This component contains information from the MAS package. It provides brief patient demographic information including: address, phone number, and eligibility code (e.g., service connected 50-100%). |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BDEM",GMTSTITL="BRIEF DEMOGRAPHICS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_03_SU_REC/ADJ |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_01_EV_DYNAMED_UPDATE |
event driver |
|
Sends message from IFCAP to DynaMed for RIL and 2237 |
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_01_SU_DYNAMED_UPDATE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_01_SU_REQUISITION_SEND |
subscriber |
|
This is the receiving side of the submission of a requisition from DynaMed to IFCAP. There can be multiple items per message. |
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_01_EV_REQUISITION_SEND |
event driver |
|
This sends the requisition from DynaMed to IFCAP. |
|
|
| PRCV 410 2237 LINE ITEM CANCEL |
action |
|
This protocol is called when a user, while editing a 2237, deletes a line item from that 2237. The protocol calls code that gathers values used to create an HL7 message for DynaMed notifying that system of the user's action. |
D CREATEM^PRCVLIC |
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_05_EV_ITEM_UPD |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_05_SU_ITEM_UPD |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_04_EV_VEND_UPD |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_04_SU_VEND_UPD |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS DS |
action |
|
This component provides information from the MAS package about a patient's eligibility code and eligibility status (Verified), and rated disabilities, including the disability percentage and whether the disability is service connected or non-service connected. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DS",GMTSTITL="DISABILITIES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_20_EV_FUND_BAL_SUBSCRIBE |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_20_SU_FUND_BAL_SUBSCRIBE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_21_EV_FUND_BAL_CANCEL_SUB |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_21_SU_FUND_BAL_CANCEL_SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_22_EV_FUND_BAL_DATA |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_DYNAMED_22_SU_FUND_BAL_DATA |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_06_EV_IB_PROC |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PRCV_IFCAP_06_SU_IB_PROC |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| DGENUP PRINT 1010EZ-EZR |
action |
|
Allows the user to print a 1010EZ or 1010EZR. |
D PEZ^DGEN1 |
|
| MHV MFN-Z01 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS DD |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: Date range of admission through discharge, length of stay (LOS), Principal diagnosis, diagnosis for longest length of stay (DXLS), and secondary ICD discharge diagnoses. Note: This component provides discharge diagnoses coded in the MAS PTF file. The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DD",GMTSTITL="DISCHARGE DIAGNOSIS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| MHV MFN-Z01 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHV QBP-Q13 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHV QBP-Q13 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHV OMP-O09 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHV OMP-O09 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS EXIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. |
D CKSENT^IBCEPTC3(.VALMBCK) |
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu that contains the actions for the resubmission of previously transmitted claims. The list is generated by the user using a combination of sort and selection criteria. |
|
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS SELECT |
action |
|
Allows selection of claims in the list to be resubmitted. |
D SELECT^IBCEPTC3 |
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS RESUB |
action |
|
Resubmits previously transmitted claims selected from the list. |
D RESUB^IBCEPTC3 |
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS REPORT |
action |
|
Prints the report for the list of claims in the display. |
D REPORT^IBCEPTC3 |
|
| GMTS DC |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: date of discharge, DXLS, bedsection, disposition type, disposition disposition place, and outpatient treatment flag. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DC",GMTSTITL="DISCHARGES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS |
action |
|
Displays all claims already selected but not yet resubmitted. Allows deletion of claims that are no longer desired to be resubmitted. |
D VIEW^IBCEPTC3 |
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS BTCH SEL |
action |
|
Allows selection of a batch where all claims in the batch are automatically selected to be resubmitted. |
D SELBATCH^IBCEPTC3 |
|
| HLO SYSTEM MONITOR MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for the HL7 (Optimized) System Monitor. |
|
|
| HLO DISPLAY PROCESSES |
action |
|
Displays a list of the HL7 processes. |
D PROCS^HLOUSR S (HLSCREEN,VALMSG)="Running Processes" |
|
| HLO DOWN LINKS |
action |
|
This action lists the links that have been down for more than 5 minutes. |
D DOWNLINK^HLOUSRA |
|
| HLO DISPLAY OUT-GOING QUEUES |
action |
|
Displays all the client links and their queues with pending messages. |
D EN^HLOUSR6 |
D CLEAN^HLOUSR6 |
| HLO INCOMING QUEUES |
action |
|
Displays each incoming queue and a count of the messages on it. |
D INQUEUE^HLOUSR |
|
| HLO BRIEF SYSTEM STATUS |
action |
|
Provides an overview of the system operational status. |
D BRIEF^HLOUSR S (HLSCREEN,VALMSG)="Brief System Status" |
|
| HLO VIEW A LINK |
action |
|
Used to monitor in real-time the count of messages on a single link. |
D VIEWLINK^HLOUSR |
|
| HLO STOP SYSTEM |
action |
|
Shuts down the HL7 (Optimized) message system. |
D STOP^HLOUSR |
|
| GMTS PRC |
action |
|
This component contains MAS coded procedures, by admission, extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: procedure date, procedure name, and ICD-9CM procedure codes. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PRC",GMTSTITL="PROCEDURES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| HLO START MENU |
action |
|
This action is used to start the HL7 (Optimized) message engine. |
D STARTHL7^HLOPROC1 H 4 D:HLSCREEN="Brief System Status" BRIEF^HLOUSR D:HLSCREEN="Running Processes" PROCS^HLOUSR S VALMBCK="R",VALMSG="HL7 (OPTIMIZED) has been started..." |
|
| HLO TEST LINK |
action |
|
This action allows the user to select a link. The user is then informed as to whether or not connectivity can be established with the link. Applies only to TCP links |
D TESTLINK^HLOUSR S VALMSG=HLSCREEN,VALMBCK="R" |
|
| HLO MESSAGE VIEWER MENU |
menu |
|
This is the action menu for the List Template 'HLO MESSAGE VIEWER'. |
|
|
| HLO DISPLAY SINGLE MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to select a message. It is then displayed. |
D EN^HLOUSR1 |
|
| HLO TRANSMISSION FAILURES |
action |
|
This ListManager action displays a list of messages from the Redesigned Optimized HL7 package that failed to be transmitted. |
D SHOWLIST^HLOUSR2("TF") |
|
| HLO MONITOR MODE |
action |
|
This ListManager action allows the user to specify that the screen should operate in a dynamic mode where it is updated automatically every several seconds. |
D UPDMODE^HLOUSR |
|
| HLO SCROLL MODE |
action |
|
This ListManager action is to switch the display to automatic scrolling mode. |
D SCRLMODE^HLOUSR1 |
|
| HLO START/STOP ONE QUEUE |
action |
|
This ListManager action is used to start or stop a queue. |
D STRTSTPQ^HLOUSR2 |
|
| GMTS OPC |
action |
|
This component contains MAS coded surgeries, by admission, extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: surgery date, procedure name, and ICD-9CM procedure codes. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="OPC",GMTSTITL="MAS SURGERY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| HLO MESSAGE SEARCH |
action |
|
This action allows the user to enter search criteria, then up to 200 messages that meet the criteria are displayed. |
D EN^HLOUSR3 |
|
| HLO MESSAGE SEARCH MENU |
menu |
|
This is the protocol menu for the HLO Message Search Utility. |
|
|
| SDWL XFER REQ NEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^SDWLIFT3 |
|
| SDWL XFER REQ MNU MAIN |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SDWL XFER REQ VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^SDWLIFT2 |
D EXIT^SDWLIFT2 |
| SDWL XFER REQ REMV |
action |
|
|
D EN^SDWLIFT4 |
D EXIT^SDWLIFT2 |
| SDWL XFER REQ REMV CONF |
action |
|
|
D REMOVE^SDWLIFT4 |
|
| SDWL XFER REQ MNU REMV |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SDWL XFER ACC VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^SDWLIFT6 |
D EXIT^SDWLIFT6 |
| SDWL XFER ACC MNU MAIN |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS TR |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: transfer date, type, destination, and provider (when available). Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="TR",GMTSTITL="TRANSFERS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| SDWL XFER REQ MNU VIEW |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SDWL XFER ACC MNU VIEW |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SDWL XFER ACC PRINT C/S |
action |
|
|
D ^SDWLIFT7 |
|
| SDWL XFER ACC REJECT |
action |
|
|
D REJECT^SDWLIFT6 |
|
| SDWL XFER ACC ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
D ACCEPT^SDWLIFT6 |
|
| SDWL XFER REQ INAC |
action |
|
|
D ENI^SDWLIFT1 |
|
| SDWL XFER REQ MNU INAC |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| HLO DOWN LINKS MENU |
menu |
|
This is the action menu for the List Template 'HLO DOWN LINKS'. |
|
|
| HLO SHUTDOWN LINK |
action |
|
This action is used to stop HLO messages from being transmitted to a particular the domain identified by an HL LOGICAL LINK file entry. |
D STOPLINK^HLOUSRA |
|
| HLO RESTART LINK |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to select an entry from the HL Logical Link file and will restart HLO messages going to the IP identfied by the link |
D RESTART^HLOUSRA |
|
| GMTS TS |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: treating specialty change date/time, new treating specialty, (admission date), and provider. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="TS",GMTSTITL="TREATING SPECIALITY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| SDAM APPT TYPE VALIDATION |
action |
|
|
D EN^SDAMVSC |
|
| IBB PFSS ADT-A05 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| IBB PFSS ADT-A05 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBB PFSS ADT-A04 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| IBB PFSS ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRC_IFCAP_01_EV_AAC |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send IFCAP procurement detail (PO details) to the Austin Automation Center (AAC). |
|
|
| PRC_IFCAP_01_SU_AAC |
subscriber |
|
This is the subscriber protocol for the HL7 IFCAP Report to Austin. |
|
|
| SDAM PFSS EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol is called as an extended action on the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol. It's calls the IBB GETACCT^IBBAPI to send or update appointment data to the PFSS external system. On new appointments, the IBB API will return the account number reference for the appointment. |
D EVENT^SDPFSS |
|
| PX IBB CACHE FILING EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will call the PXBIBB routine if the site has implemented the COTS billing product. It will be called from the PXKMASC routine after the PXK VISIT DATA EVENT has been called. |
I $$SWSTAT^IBBAPI() D ^PXBIBB |
|
| MPIF POTENTIAL DUP (HELP) |
action |
|
Help for List Manager screen actions during Potential duplication resolution on the MPI. |
D HELP^MPIFD1 |
|
| GMTS MED |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Medicine package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: procedure date/time, medical procedure name, and result (e.g., normal, abnormal, borderline). Note: This component is a summary of procedure statuses. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDS",GMTSTITL="MEDICINE SUMMARY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| MPIF POTENTIAL DUP (CMOR PDAT) |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to request PDAT information from the CMOR. |
D CMOR^MPIFD1 |
|
| MPIF POTENTIAL DUP (MPI PDAT) |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to request PDAT information from the MPI. |
D MPIPD^MPIFD1 |
|
| MPIF POTENTIAL DUP (SELECT PATIENT) |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to match to another patient on the MPI, resolving the duplicate. |
D SELECT^MPIFD1 |
|
| MPIF POTENTIAL DUP MENU |
menu |
|
This menu is for the actions on the LM screen MPIF POTENTIAL DUP |
|
|
| BPS ECMESV1 NTE |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| BPS ECMECL1 NTE |
subscriber |
|
NCPDP CLIENT |
|
|
| BPS PRTCL ECME USRSCR |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR REVERSE |
action |
|
|
D REV^BPSSCRRV |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR CONTINUOUS |
action |
|
|
D CU^BPSSCRCU |
|
| ORU AUTOLIST |
action |
|
This protocol is used to automatically update OE/RR Team Lists. It is triggered by the protocol DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS and must be an item in that protocol. |
D EN^ORLP3AUT |
|
| GMTS ORC |
action |
|
This component contains current orders from the OE/RR package. Since the "c"=Complete, "dc"=Discontinued, "e"= expired, "?"=Flagged, "h"=Hold, "i"=incomplete, "p"=pending, "s"=scheduled. OE/RR package integrates all orders for the ancillary services, the orders will be reported in most recent orders first sequence without concern for the ancillary package the order originated from/for. Current orders are defined as those orders with an OE/RR order status other than discontinued or expired. The component information includes item ordered, OE/RR order status, start date, and stop date. OE/RR order status abbreviations include "blank"=Active, |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ORC",GMTSTITL="ORDERS CURRENT" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR RESUBMIT |
action |
|
|
D RES^BPSSCRRS |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D UD^BPSSCRUD |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR SORTLIST |
action |
|
|
D SL^BPSSCRSL |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D CMT^BPSCMT |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR RESEARCH MENU |
action |
|
|
D RM^BPSRSM |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR CLAIM LOG |
action |
|
|
D LOG^BPSSCRLG |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR CLOSE |
action |
|
|
D CLO^BPSSCRCL |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH VIEW INSURANCE |
action |
|
|
D VI^BPSRSINS |
|
| GMTS RXIV |
action |
|
This component contains IV orders extracted from the Pharmacy package. Only time limits apply. Data presented include: start date, stop date, drug (additives), dose, status, solutions and infusion rates. Note: If no time limit is defined, only active IV orders are reported. If a time limit is defined, all IV orders which have an expiration or cancel date within the time limit range are reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RXIV",GMTSTITL="INTRAVENOUS PHARMACY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH VIEW ELIGIBILITY |
action |
|
|
D VE^BPSRSELG |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH VIEW PRESCRIPTION |
action |
|
|
D VP^BPSRSPRS |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH CLAIM TRACKING |
action |
|
|
D CT^BPSCT |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH TPJI |
action |
|
|
D TPJI^BPSRSTPJ |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH IB EVENT REPORT |
action |
|
|
D EVNT^BPSRSEV |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH ON HOLD COPAY |
action |
|
|
D OH^BPSRSHLD |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH RELEASE COPAY |
action |
|
|
D RH^BPSRSRLC |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^BPSSCRCV |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS RXOP |
action |
|
This component contains information from the Outpatient Pharmacy package. Only time limits apply. Data presented include: drug, prescription number, status expiration/cancellation date (when appropriate), quantity, issue date, last fill date, refills remaining, provider, and cost/fill (when available). Note: This component is formatted similar to the Short Medication Profile. If no time limit is defined, all orders are reported. When a time limit is defined, all outpatient pharmacy orders which have an expiration or cancel date within the time limit range are reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RXOP",GMTSTITL="OUTPATIENT PHARMACY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| BPS PRTCL CMT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL CMT ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^BPSCMT01 |
|
| BPS PRTCL CMT EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR DEVELOPER LOG |
action |
|
|
D DV^BPSSCRDV |
|
| BPS PRTCL LOG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL UNSTRAND |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL UNSTRAND ALL |
action |
|
|
D ALL^BPSUSCR1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL UNSTRAND SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^BPSUSCR1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS RXUD |
action |
|
This component contains Unit Dose information extracted from the Pharmacy package. Only time limits apply. Data presented include: Drug, dose, pharmacy status, start date, stop date, and sig (which includes schedule instructions and route). NOTE: If no time limit is defined, all active orders are reported. If a time limit is defined, all unit dose orders which have an expiration or cancel date within the time limit range are reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RXUD",GMTSTITL="UNIT DOSE PHARMACY" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| BPS PRTCL UNSTRAND PRINT |
action |
|
|
D PRINT^BPSUSCR1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL UNSTRAND EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
D EXIT^BPSUSCR |
| BPS VALM DOWN A LINE |
action |
|
|
D DOWN^VALM40 |
|
| BPS VALM UP ONE LINE |
action |
|
|
D UP^VALM40 |
|
| BPS VALM PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. |
D PREV^VALM4 |
|
| BPS VALM NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NEXT^VALM4 |
|
| BPS VALM PRINT SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D PRT^VALM1 |
|
| BPS VALM GOTO PAGE |
action |
|
|
D GOTO^VALM40 |
|
| BPS VALM FIRST SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D FIRST^VALM4 |
|
| BPS VALM LAST SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D LAST^VALM4 |
|
| GMTS PN |
action |
|
This component contains progress notes from the Generic Progress Notes Package AND progress notes from the Mental Health Package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: Progress note date/time, title, text of note, electronic signature block, and the note's correction text and correction date/time. Only those notes which have been signed with an electronic signature will be reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PN",GMTSTITL="PROGRESS NOTES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSO REJECTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REJECTS PATIENT SORT |
action |
|
|
D PAT^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECTS DRUG SORT |
action |
|
|
D DRG^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECTS REASON SORT |
action |
|
|
D REA^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECTS REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D REF^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECTS SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECTS RX SORT |
action |
|
|
D RX^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY OVERRIDE |
action |
|
|
D OVR^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY RESUBMIT |
action |
|
|
D RES^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY RX EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDT^PSOREJP1 |
|
| GMTS BPN |
action |
|
This component contains information from the Mental Health and Generic Progress Notes packages. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: Progress note date/time, title, author and last correction date/time. Only those notes which have been signed with an electronic signature will be listed. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BPN",GMTSTITL="BRIEF PROGRESS NOTES" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY RX VIEW |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY OUTSIDE CALL |
action |
|
|
S PSOREJRX=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D OUT^PSOREJP1(PSOREJRX) |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY IGNORE |
action |
|
|
D CLO^PSOREJP2 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY SUSPENSE DATE |
action |
|
|
D CSD^PSOREJP2 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY MENU - RESOLVED |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY REOPEN |
action |
|
|
D OPN^PSOREJP2 |
|
| IBTRED SUBMIT ECME |
action |
|
Triggers (re)submission the Pharmacy electronic claim through ECME. |
D CT^IBNCPBB(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7 |
| IBCNR STATUS INQUIRY LIST |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNR STATUS INQUIRY DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D SEL^IBCNRPS2 |
|
| GMTS RI |
action |
|
This component contains impressions from the Radiology package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: study date, procedure(s), status, and radiologist's impression (narrative). Only radiology impressions which have been verified are reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RI",GMTSTITL="RADIOLOGY IMPRESSION" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBNCPDP PRTCL CT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBNCPDP PRTCL CT EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| IBNCPDP VIEW ELIGIBILITY |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBNCPDP PATIENT INSURANCE |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBNCPDP VIEW INSURANCE CO |
action |
|
|
D INSVIEW^IBNCPDPV |
|
| IBNCPDP VIEW AN BEN |
action |
|
|
D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW AN BEN") |
|
| IBNCPDP VIEW BEN USED |
action |
|
|
D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW BEN USED") |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBNCPDP VIEW EXP POL |
action |
|
|
D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW EXP POL") |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBNCPDP QUIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IB PFSS DFT-P03 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS RP |
action |
|
This component contains information from the Radiology package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: study date, procedure(s) with status(es), report status, staff radiologist, resident radiologist, and the narrative fields modifier, history, report, and impression. Only radiology profiles which have been verified are reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RP",GMTSTITL="RADIOLOGY PROFILE" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IB PFSS DFT-P03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| XOBV LISTENER CONNECTOR PROXY |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow the enter/edit of a connector proxy users. If more detailed editing of a connector proxy user becomes necessary, utilize the usual user editing options, such as the Edit an Existing User [XUSEREDIT] option located on the User Management [XUSER] menu. |
DO CP^XOBUM |
|
| SR RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN^SRCHL7A(.XQORMSG) |
|
| IBCEM CSA RE-SORT MESSAGES |
action |
|
This action allows the user to re-sort the CSA status messages in the list without exiting the option. IB patch 320 added this. |
D RESORT^IBCECSA3 |
|
| IBCEMC CHANGE MESSAGE SEARCH CRITERIA |
action |
|
This action provides the user the ability to modify the search/selection criteria to limit the number of status messages that are displayed and pre-selected by choosing specific status message information. |
D SCREEN^IBCEMCA |
|
| IBCEMC SELECT & DESELECT MESSAGES |
action |
|
This action allows the users to toggle the selection and de-selection of the status messages which are displayed in the list. Selected messages will have an asterisk next to the claim number. |
D TOGGLE^IBCEMCA |
|
| IBCEMC EXIT |
action |
|
This action quits the list. |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
|
| IBCEMC REVIEW STATUS |
action |
|
This action allows the user to update the review status of multiple claims status messages. |
D REVSTAT^IBCEMCA1 |
|
| IBCEMC CANCEL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to cancel multiple claims. |
D CANCEL^IBCEMCA2 |
|
| IBCEMC COMMENT |
action |
|
This action allows the user to enter the same comment for multiple claims status messages. |
D COMMENT^IBCEMCA1 |
|
| GMTS RS |
action |
|
This component contains procedure statuses from the Radiology package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: request date/ time, status, procedure, scheduled date/time, and provider name. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RS",GMTSTITL="RADIOLOGY STATUS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCEMC PRINT |
action |
|
This action allows the user to Print multiple claims from the MCS list. |
D PRINT^IBCEMCA3 |
|
| IBCEMC RETRANSMIT |
action |
|
This action allows the user to retransmit multiple claims from the MCS list. |
D RETRAN^IBCEMCA1 |
|
| IBCEMC MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu protocol for the MCS - Multiple CSA Message Management. |
|
|
| IBCE PRVNVA PROVINFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT1^IBCEP8($G(IBNPRV)) |
Q |
| IBCE PRVNVA NONIND MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE PRVNVA LOF ADD |
action |
|
|
D NEW^IBCEP5A($G(IBPRV),$G(IBINS)) |
|
| IBCE PRVNVA LOF EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CHG1^IBCEP5A |
|
| IBCE PRVNVA LOF DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DEL1^IBCEP5A |
|
| IBCE PRVNVA LOF MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| GMTS SR |
action |
|
This component contains information from the Surgery package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: surgery date, surgeon, surgery report status, pre-operative diagnosis, post-operative diagnosis, surgeon's dictation, current procedural terminology operation code and text. Only surgery reports which have been verified are reported. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="SR",GMTSTITL="SURGERY REPORTS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCEM CSA MSG MAN |
action |
|
|
D MCS^IBCECSA3 |
|
| IBCE 2ND PRVCARE ADD |
action |
|
|
D NEW^IBCEPA |
|
| IBCE 2ND PRVCARE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CHANGE^IBCEPA |
|
| IBCE 2ND PRVCARE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSC INS CO ASSOCIATION |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",13," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=62 |
| IBCNSL EXIT |
action |
|
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
|
| IBCNSL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSL LINK |
action |
|
|
D LINK^IBCNSC02 |
|
| IBCNSL UNLINK |
action |
|
|
D UNLINK^IBCNSC02 |
|
| IBCE PRVNUM EXIT |
action |
|
|
D FASTEXIT^IBCEFG4 |
|
| GMTS BSR |
action |
|
This component contains surgery report statuses extracted from the Surgery package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: surgery date, surgical procedure, and report status (e.g., COMPLETE). |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BSR",GMTSTITL="BRIEF SURGERY REPORTS" |
|
| IBCE PRVINS MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE PRVFAC ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD1^IBCEP7 |
|
| IBCE PRVFAC DEL |
action |
|
|
D DEL1^IBCEP7 |
|
| IBCE PRVFAC ADDITIONAL IDS |
action |
|
|
D ADDID^IBCEP7A |
|
| IBCE PRVFAC IDPARAM |
action |
|
|
D IDPARAM^IBCEP7A |
|
| IBCE PRVFAC VALFIDS |
action |
|
|
D VALFIDS^IBCEP7A |
|
| IBCE 2ND PRVCARE DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBCEPA |
|
| IBCE PRVFAC ADDIDS MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE INSCO ID MAINT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE INSCO ID MAINT EDIT PARAMS |
action |
|
|
D IDPARAM^IBCEPB |
|
| GMTS VS |
action |
|
This component contains vital measurements extracted from the Vital Signs module of the Nursing package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: measurement date/time, blood pressure (as SBP/DBP), pulse, temperature, height, weight, and respiratory rate. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="VS",GMTSTITL="VITAL SIGNS" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCE INSCO BILL PROV MAINT ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^IBCEPC |
|
| IBCE INSCO BILL PROV MAINT DEL |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBCEPC |
|
| IBCE INSCO BILL PROV MAINT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCE INSCO ID MAINT BILL PROV |
action |
|
|
D BILLPRVP^IBCEPB |
|
| IBCE PRVFAC VALF MAINT |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| GMRC SD CONSLTS SELECT STATUS |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a list of statuses for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) |
S VALMBG=1,GMRCSTAT="" D NEWSTS^GMRCONS3 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC SD CONSLTS SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) |
K GMRNOSRV D SERV^GMRCONS1 S:$D(GMRNOSRV) VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRNOSRV) K ^TMP("GMRCR",$J) S VALMBG=1 D START^GMRCONS1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC SD OUTSTANDING CONSULTS MENU |
menu |
|
List Manager Protocol to print outstanding consults by service for QC purposes. In this option, ALL SERVICES is not allowed to be entered at the SERVICE: prompt. |
|
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR RESUBMIT EDITS |
action |
|
|
D RESED^BPSRES |
|
| BPS PRTCL REOPEN |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^BPSREOP1 |
|
| GMTS COMP LIST |
action |
|
Lists all components which may be used to define Health Summary Types, along with several component characteristics. |
W ! S DIC="^GMT(142.1,",L=0,FLDS="[GMTS COMP LIST]",BY=.01,FR="A",TO="zzzz" D EN1^DIP S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR |
|
| BPS PRTCL REOPEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS PRTCL REOPEN EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^TIUHL7 |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR SELECT |
action |
|
|
D ACTION^TIUHL7("SELECT") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR VIEW |
action |
|
|
D ACTION^TIUHL7("VIEW") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR DELETE |
action |
|
|
D ACTION^TIUHL7("DELETE") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR BLANK 1 |
action |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR BLANK 2 |
action |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR BLANK 3 |
action |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR BLANK 4 |
action |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS TYPE LIST |
action |
|
|
W ! S DIC="^GMT(142,",L=0,FLDS="[GMTS TYPE LIST]",BY=.01,FR="A",TO="zzzz" D EN1^DIP W ! S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR |
|
| TIUHL7 MSG VIEW MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^TIUHL7A |
| TIUHL7 MSG VIEW DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^TIUHL7A |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| TIUHL7 MSG VIEW REPROC |
action |
|
|
D REPROC^TIUHL7A |
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| TIUHL7 EXAMPLE MDM EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| TIUHL7 EXAMPLE MDM SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| TIUHL7 MSG MGR REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D REFRESH^TIUHL7 |
|
| PXRM EXTRACT COUNTING GROUPS |
action |
|
|
D EFGRP^PXRMEFED |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST VIEW |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PXRMLPU |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PXRM PATIENT LIST CREATION DOC |
action |
|
Protocol for displaying patient list creation documentation. |
D DCDOC^PXRMLCD |
|
| PXRM PATIENT LIST EDIT |
action |
|
Called by Clinical Reminders patient list interface edit action. |
D EDIT^PXRMLPP |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS CP |
action |
|
This component prints all compensation and pension exams for a given patient by user-specified time and occurrence limits. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CP",GMTSTITL="Comp. & Pen. Exams" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PXRM RULE SET TEST |
action |
|
Test the structure of a rule set. |
D RSTESTS^PXRMRST |
|
| XUMF QUERY EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the VETS data query event driver for the NTRT. |
|
|
| XUMF QUERY HANDLER |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Query messages from the VETS service. |
|
|
| XUMF MD5 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the VETS MD5 query event driver for the NTRT. |
|
|
| XUMF MD5 HANDLER |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Query messages from the VETS service. It returns the MD5 value for the standard file specified in the query definition. |
|
|
| XUMF VETS UPDATE |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS. |
|
|
| XUMF UPDATE |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Notification messages for the Master File Server mechanism. |
|
|
| DGPF TRANSMISSION ERRORS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for viewing and retransmitting PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error messages. |
|
|
| DGPF TRANSMIT REJECT MESSAGE |
action |
|
This protocol provides the action for selecting one or more of the PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error messages from the displayed list. The selection will trigger the retransmission of the patient's PRF Assignment and History information to the site that the rejection occurred at. |
D RM^DGPFLMT2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPF TRANSMIT SORT LIST |
action |
|
This action protocol provides for switching the display list of PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error messages from the default sort by patient name to the date/time error message received. |
D SL^DGPFLMT2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| GMTS DCS |
action |
|
This component prints all discharge summaries (including report text) for user-specified time and occurrence limits. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DCS",GMTSTITL="Discharge Summary" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| DGPF TRANSMIT VIEW MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to select a single PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error message from the displayed list and view the details. |
D VM^DGPFLMT2 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DGPF TRANSMIT VIEW MSG MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu provides for the selection of the action protocol to retransmit a single PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error message while viewing the details of the error message. |
|
|
| DGPF RECORD FLAG QUERY MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used to associate the action protocols used in the Record Flag Manual Query [DGPF MANUAL QUERY] option. |
|
|
| DGPF DISPLAY QUERY RESULTS |
action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to view the details of a selected patient record flag assignment from query results within the Record Flag Manual Query [DGPF MANUAL QUERY] option. |
D DR^DGPFLMQ1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| TIU ACTION MAP TITLES |
action |
|
Allows mapping of Local TIU Titles to VHA Enterprise Standard Titles using the full features of the Mapper utility to assist in the choice. |
D MAP^TIUMAPR |
|
| TIU ACTION MENU MAPPING |
menu |
|
Menu of actions which may be executed to map local TIU Titles to VHA Enterprise Standard Titles. |
S XQORFLG("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) |
|
| TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW MAPPING |
action |
|
Allows modification of the current list of mapped or unmapped titles to include either UNMAPPED, MAPPED, FAILED attempts, or ALL Active Titles for a specified user and time range (where applicable). |
D FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUMLIST S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 |
|
| TIU ACTION MAP TITLES DIRECT |
action |
|
Allows users who know which VHA Enterprise Standard Title should be associated with a given local title to map the Local Title directly, without the assistance of the Mapper. |
D DIRECT^TIUMAPR |
|
| TIU ACTION EDIT COSIGNER |
action |
|
This List Manager action allows authorized users to modify the Expected Cosigner (Attending Physician for Discharge Summaries) of documents without having access to the text of the document. It is intended for Clinical Coordinators when they need to change the Expected Cosigner of a document whose text cannot be edited because it is already signed. It permits edit of unsigned or uncosigned documents of type Progress Notes, Consults, or Discharge Summaries. See USR ACTION EDIT COSIGNER. |
Q:$G(TIUGLINK) D EDITCOS^TIURA3 |
|
| TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT COSIGNER |
action |
|
This List Manager action allows authorized users to modify the Expected Cosigner (Attending Physician for Discharge Summaries) of a single document without having access to the text of the document. It is intended for Clinical Coordinators when they need to change the Expected Cosigner of a document whose text cannot be edited because it is already signed. It permits edit of unsigned or uncosigned documents of type Progress Notes, Consults, or Discharge Summaries. See USR ACTION EDIT COSIGNER. |
Q:$G(TIUGLINK) D EDITCOS1^TIURA3 |
|
| GMTS BDS |
action |
|
This component prints the admission, discharge and cosignature dates, as the dictating and approving provider names, and signature status of all discharge summaries for user-specified time and occurrence limits. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BDS",GMTSTITL="Brief Disch Summary" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| RG EXCPT PV REJECT |
action |
|
This action allows the review of remote data from the Master Patient Index (MPI). When patient identity information is edited locally and sent to the MPI, it is compared to the Primary View data and must also pass specific data business rules before updating the MPI. If the local data fails, either because the Authority Score was not high enough (in comparison to Primary View) or it failed a business rule, it is rejected. This protocol allows the local facility to review the reason for the rejected data. |
D REJ^RGEX03 |
|
| RG EXCPT BLANK1 |
action |
|
The purpose of this protocol entry is to control menu alignment. It contains no ITEM TEXT or MNEMONIC, as it is only a placeholder. |
|
|
| ORRDI SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
USED FOR RDI MESSAGING |
|
|
| ORRDI EVENT |
event driver |
|
USED FOR RDI MESSAGING |
|
|
| PSO SPEED SIG LOG REPRINT |
action |
|
|
D ST^PSOLLLHN |
|
| HLO SET PURGE |
action |
|
Allows the purge date/time for the message to be set. |
D SETPURGE^HLOUSR3 |
|
| HLO SINGLE MESSAGE ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
Contains the actions that can be used on a single message that has already been selected. |
|
|
| RG EXCPT PV MPI PDAT |
action |
|
This action allows the review of remote data from the Master Patient Index (MPI). For a selected patient, the Remote Procedure Call returns the Primary View data as it currently exists on the MPI Patient Data Inquiry (PDAT) report. This protocol allows the local facility to review the Primary View data. |
D MPIPV^RGEX03 |
|
| SDWL XFER ACC EWL |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,EN2^SDWLE6(SDWLIFTN,SDWLDFN,SDWLTY) |
|
| SDWL XFER ACC PCMM |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,PCMM^SDWLIFT6(SDWLIFTN,SDWLDFN) |
|
| GMTS EADT |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. It is discharged. Transfers included ward location and transfer facility. Treating specialties includes Specialty Tranfers Diagnosis. Dicharges include the data in the Discharge Diagnosis and Discharges components. Following the data for each admission ICD Procedures, and ICD Surgeries will be include if present. a consolidated view of all the MAS components. It can only be used with MAS Version 5 and up. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include patient eligibility and rated disabilities. Movement data then follows with movement date, movement type (ADM=Admission, TR=Transfer, TS= Treating Specialty, DC=Discharge), movement description, specialty, and provider. Admissions include the admission diagnosis if the patient hasn't been |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EADT",GMTSTITL="ADT History Expanded" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| SDSC ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
D ACC^SDSCLST |
|
| SDSC CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D EDT^SDSCLST |
|
| SDSC DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D SEL^SDSCLST |
|
| SDSC MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SDSC SEND |
action |
|
|
D REV^SDSCLST |
|
| SDSC RECORD MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO PMP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO PMP SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP RX SORT |
action |
|
|
D RX^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP ISSUE DATE SORT |
action |
|
|
D ID^PSOPMP0 |
|
| GMTS MEDA |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Medicine package. Data presented include: procedure date/time, medical procedure name, and result (e.g., normal, abnormal, borderline). Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDA",GMTSTITL="Med Abnormal" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSO PMP LAST FILL SORT |
action |
|
|
D LF^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP DRUG SORT |
action |
|
|
D DR^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP STATUS GROUP |
action |
|
|
D GS^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP SIG DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D SIG^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP PATIENT INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D PI^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO PMP CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^PSOPMP0 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY MED PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D MP^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO REJECTS GROUP BY INSURANCE |
action |
|
|
D GI^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D ADDCOM^PSOREJP3 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY CLARIFICATION CODE |
action |
|
|
D CLA^PSOREJP1 |
|
| GMTS MEDB |
action |
|
This is the brief procedure view defined by the Medicine View file. This output can be managed by the local IRM staff. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDB",GMTSTITL="Med Brief Report" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
This is the hidden menu option for the Reject Information(UNRESOLVED) [PSO REJECT DISPLAY] ListMan screen. |
|
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY PRIOR AUTHORIZATION |
action |
|
|
D PA^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO LM QUEUE TO CMOP |
action |
|
|
D CM^PSORESUS |
|
| PRSA SELECT RECESS WK |
action |
|
|
D SELRWK^PRSARC01("Y",.OUT) |
|
| PRSA RECESS TRACKING MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PRSA SET RECESS HOURS |
action |
|
|
D SETRECES^PRSARC03 |
|
| PRSA DESELECT WEEKS |
action |
|
|
D DSELWK^PRSARC01 |
|
| PRSA FILE RECESS SCHEDULE |
action |
|
|
D FLRECESS^PRSARC01 |
|
| PRSA RECESS HOURS VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^PRSARCS |
|
| PRSA CHANGE AWS START |
action |
|
|
D EDITSTRT^PRSARC01 |
|
| GMTS MEDC |
action |
|
This prints the full set of results which are present in each procedure. No labels will be included which have no values associated with them. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDC",GMTSTITL="Med Full Captioned" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PRSA RECESS QUIT |
action |
|
|
S PRSOUT=1 D FLRECESS^PRSARC01 |
|
| PRSA RECESS HELP |
action |
|
|
D EN^PRSARCH |
|
| PRSA RECESS SAVE AND CONTINUE |
action |
|
|
S PRSVONLY=1 D FLRECESS^PRSARC01 |
K PRSVONLY |
| PRSA RECESS VIEW MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| YS MHA A08 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This server will be used to send A08 HL7 messages to the MHNDB. |
|
|
| YS MHA A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
HL7 A08 client protocol for sending messages to the MHNDB. |
|
|
| PXRM EXTRACT SUMMARY DELETE |
action |
|
Delete an extract summary. |
D DELETE^PXRMETH |
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z04 CLIENT H |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z04 SERVER H |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z05 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS MEDF |
action |
|
This component provides a full report of procedures as defined by the Medicine View file. This report includes labels which have no value associated with them. Time and maximum occurence limits apply. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDF",GMTSTITL="Med Full Report" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z05 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z07 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z09 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z10 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z10 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z11 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORF-Z07 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORF-Z10 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORF-Z10 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS PLL |
action |
|
This component lists all known problems, both active and inactive, for a patient. based upon ICD Text Display parameter, provider narrative unless Provider Narrative Display parameter set to NO, date of onset if problem is active, date problem resolved if inactive, date last modified, the responsible provider, and all active comments for the problem. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PLL",GMTSTITL="All Problems" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORF-Z11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORF-Z11 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 QRY-Z07 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 QRY-Z07 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 QRY-Z10 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 QRY-Z11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 MFN-ZEG CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 MFN-ZEG SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MD RECEIVE OR |
action |
|
This protocol receives order messages from CPRS. (IA 3135) |
D EN^MDWOR(.XQORMSG) |
|
| MD RECEIVE GMRC |
action |
|
This protocol receives messages from Consult. (IA 3140) |
D EN^MDWORC(.XQORMSG) |
|
| GMTS PLA |
action |
|
This component lists all known active problems for a patient. display ICD data based up ICD Text Display parameter, provider narrative unless Provider Narrative Display parameter set to NO, date of onset if problem is active, date problem resolved if inactive, date last modified, the responsible provider, and all active comments for the problem. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PLA",GMTSTITL="Active Problems" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSO PMP HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO PMP HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU #2 |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO VIEW RX REJECT |
action |
|
|
D OUT^PSOREJP1(RXN) |
|
| HLO ACTIVATE/INACTIVATE |
action |
|
|
|
|
| HLO MESSAGE ERRORS |
action |
|
This ListManager action displays a list of messages from the HLO HL7 package that were determined to be in error. |
D SHOWLIST^HLOUSR2 |
|
| HLO SEQUENCE QUEUES |
action |
|
Displays the sequence queues. |
D EN^HLOUSR4 |
|
| HLO SEQUENCE QUEUE MENU |
menu |
|
This menu has actions that can be performed on a sequence queue. |
|
|
| HLO ADVANCE SEQUENCE QUEUE |
action |
|
This action advances a sequence queue to the next message. |
D ADVANCE^HLOUSR4 |
|
| DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server. |
|
|
| DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A04 SERVER |
event driver |
|
HL7 subscriber (server) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server. |
|
|
| GMTS PLI |
action |
|
This component lists all known inactive problems for a patient. display ICD data based upon ICD Text Display parameter, provider narrative unless Provider Narrative Display parameter set to NO, date of onset if problem is active, date problem resolved if inactive, date last modified, the responsible provider, and all active comments for the problem. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PLI",GMTSTITL="Inactive Problems" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A03 SERVER |
event driver |
|
HL7 subscriber (server) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server. |
|
|
| DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server. |
|
|
| IBCEM ENTER COMMENTS |
action |
|
|
D CMNTW^IBCECOB6 |
|
| IBCEM VIEW COMMENTS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCECOB6 |
|
| IBCEM COB COMMENTS |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCEM MRA STATUS |
action |
|
|
D STATUS^IBCECOB6 |
|
| IBCEM ENTER COMMENTS 1 |
action |
|
|
D CMNTV^IBCECOB6 |
|
| IBCE PRVCARE DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBCEP4A(0) |
|
| IBCE PRVNVA NP PO |
action |
|
|
D EDITID^IBCEP8($G(IBNPRV),1) |
Q |
| IBCE PRVNVA NP PI |
action |
|
|
D EDITID^IBCEP8($G(IBNPRV),2) |
Q |
| GMTS MHPE |
action |
|
The Mental Health Physical Exam component contains the results of the physical examintation concerning patient's overall condition associated with the systems identified. This data is being extracted from the Medical Record (# 90) file. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MHPE",GMTSTITL="MH Physical Exam" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCE PRVNVA NF LO |
action |
|
|
D EDITID^IBCEP8($G(IBNPRV),1) |
Q |
| IBCE PRVNVA NF LI |
action |
|
|
D EDITID^IBCEP8($G(IBNPRV),2) |
Q |
| RA SCIMAGE ORM |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| RA SCIMAGE ORU |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| RA SCIMAGE TCP SERVER RPT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| RA SCIMAGE TCP REPORT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHV RTB-K13 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHV RTB-K13 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHV ORP-O10 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHV ORP-O10 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| LA7UI ORM-O01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 |
Q |
Q |
| LA7UI ORM-O01 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for LA7UI ORM events. |
|
|
| LA7UI1 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI ORU-R01 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber protocol for LA7UI ORU events. |
|
|
| LA7UI2 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI3 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI4 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI5 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2. Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI6 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI7 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| GMTS CD |
action |
|
This component contains advance directive electronic signature block, and date/time posted. notes entered using the Generic Progress Note package. Time and maximum occurrent limits apply to this component. Advance Directives are a type a progress note which includes clinical information that clinicians need to be alerted to. If this component is printed to either a CRT or another device type, information will include title, text of note, |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CD",GMTSTITL="Advance Directive" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| LA7UI8 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI9 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| LA7UI10 ORU-R01 EVENT |
event driver |
|
Event driver for Lab Universal Interface (HL7 v1.6 upgrade) using HL7 messaging v2.5.1 Uses the LA7UIx naming convention, where x is an integer. This allows sites to support more than one Generic Interface Manager (GIM). |
|
|
| XUS NPI EXTRACT INPUT |
event driver |
|
The XUS NPI EXTRACT REPORT event driver. |
|
|
| XUS NPI EXTRACT RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
RESPONSE PROTOCOL FOR XUS NPI EXTRACT INPUT. |
|
|
| PSO LM FLAG |
action |
|
This option allows the user to flag/unflag an Outpatient Pharmacy prescription. |
D FLAG^PSOORFL |
|
| TIUHL7 HTAPPL ACK EVT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| TIUHL7 HTAPPL ACK SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REJECT TRICARE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REJECT FILL RX |
action |
|
|
D FILL^PSOREJP3 |
|
| GMTS EM |
action |
|
This component contains information extracted from the Electron Microscopy module of the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date/time, accession number, specimen, gross description, microscopic exam, supplementary report description, brief clinical history, and EM Diagnosis. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EM",GMTSTITL="Electron Microscopy" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSO REJECT DISCONTINUE |
action |
|
|
D DC^PSOREJP3 |
|
| PSO REJECTS HIDDEN ACTIONS #1 |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REJECTS TRICARE ON/OFF |
action |
|
|
D TRICTOG^PSOREJP0 |
|
| MHVSM QRY-A19 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM QRY-A19 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM MDM-T02 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM MDM-T02 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM ADR-A19 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM ADR-A19 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM QBP-Q11 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS HF |
action |
|
This component lists all the health factors associated with a particular patient for user-specified time and occurrence limits. The list will display health factors by category and include a level of severity for each health factor including Minimal(M), Moderate(MO), and Heavy/Severe(H). Set the occurrence limit to 1 to list the latest unique health factors within each category. (E.g. If there were 12 "Non-Smoker" health factor entries, only the latest "Non-Smoker" entry would display.) |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="HF",GMTSTITL="Health Factors" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| MHVSM QBP-Q11 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM RSP-K11 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM RSP-K11 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| HLO APPLICATION ERRORED MESSAGES |
action |
|
This ListManager action displays a list of messages from the HLRO HL7 package that were determined by the receiving application to be in error. |
D SHOWLIST^HLOUSR2("AE") |
|
| HLO MESSAGE REPROCESS |
action |
|
Used to reprocess the message being viewed in the Message Viewer |
D REPROC^HLOUSR3 |
|
| HLO MESSAGE RESEND |
action |
|
Used to resend the message being displayed in the Message Viewer. |
D RESEND^HLOUSR3 |
|
| HLO SEQUENCE DELETE |
action |
|
This action deletes a specified sequence queue. |
D SPURGE^HLOUSR7 |
|
| HLO OUTBOUND DELETE |
action |
|
This action deletes messages from a specified queue. |
D OPURGE^HLOUSR7 |
|
| HLO DISPLAY OUT-GOING QUEUE MENU |
menu |
|
Menu for the outbound queue viewer. |
|
|
| HLO DELETE TOP MESSAGE |
action |
|
Deletes the top message on a queue (no purge). |
D DELTOP^HLOUSR6 |
|
| GMTS OE |
action |
|
This component lists outpatient diagnosis (ICD-9) and procedure (CPT) for a particular patient. The user can specify item and occurrence limits, whether hospital location should be displayed or not, the format of ICD-9 data (e.g. code only, long text, short text or no ICD-9 data), and whether the provider narrative should be displayed or not. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="OE",GMTSTITL="Outpatient Encounter" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| HLO VISUAL PARSER |
action |
|
Parses a message and displays its parts to the user. |
D PARSE^HLOPRSR1(.SEGS) |
|
| PSN NEW CLASS |
extended action |
|
|
D ^PSNEWCLS |
K ^TMP("PSN",$J) S ZTREQ="@" |
| WII LM MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol controls the main list manager menus displayed to the user. This protocol is called from the option WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS. |
|
|
| WII PRINT LIST |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to print the approved entries. |
D PL^WIILM01 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| WII REMOVE ENTRY |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to remove entries from the list. Note that the entries are not deleted from the file but marked with a status of Transmission Not Approved. |
D RM^WIILM01 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| WII EXPAND ENTRY |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to expand the details of a single entry on the pending approval list. |
D EX^WIILM02 |
K ^TMP($J,"WIIELG") S VALMBCK="R" |
| WII ADD ENTRY |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to manually add an entry into the WII ADMISSIONS DISCHARGES file (#987.5) in the case that an admission or discharge did not get collected by the weekly back ground job (WII BUILD ADT EVENTS). |
D ADD^WIILM02 |
S VALMBCK="R" D CLEAN^VALM10,INIT^WIILM |
| WII LM STS 2 MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol controls the rollback list manager menus displayed to the user. It is attached to the WII LM MENU protocol. The following protocols are included in this protocol. |
|
|
| WII DFAS STS 2 LIST |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to review entries that have been selected for transmission to the repository. |
D CLEAN^VALM10,EN^VALM("WII LM STS 2 REVIEW") |
D CLEAN^VALM10,INIT^WIILM |
| WII PENDING RBCK |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII LM STS 2 MENU. Its function allows users to roll back entries that have been selected to transmit to the repository but have yet been sent. |
D PD^WIILM01 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS NTM |
action |
|
This component lists measurements (e.g. blood pressure, height, weight, respirations, etc.) in a non-tabular format for a particular patient for a user-specified time and occurrence limits. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="NTM",GMTSTITL="Non-Tabular Measurem" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| WII DFAS STS 3 LIST |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to delete the approved entries off the approved listed. |
D CLEAN^VALM10,EN^VALM("WII LM STS 3 REVIEW") |
D CLEAN^VALM10,INIT^WIILM |
| WII LM STS 3 MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol controls the Transmission Not Approved displayed to the user. This protocol is attached to the WII LM MENU protocol. |
|
|
| WII APPROVE |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII REVIEW ADT EVENTS option. Its function allows users to approve entries that have been collected by the weekly back ground process (WII BUILD ADT EVENTS). The approved entries are sent to the repository when the user exits the WII REVIEW ADT option. |
D TR^WIILM01 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| WII PENDING RBCK3 |
action |
|
This protocol is a list manager action item located on the WII LM STS 3 MENU. Its function allows users to roll back entries that have been flagged NOT to transmit |
D PD3^WIILM01 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO FILL/RELEASE DATE DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D RFDSP^PSOLMUTL |
|
| LR7O VBECS RECEIVE |
action |
|
|
D EN1^LR7OVB(.XQORMSG) |
|
| VBECS OMG SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered when an order update message is sent from VBECS to CRPS. |
|
|
| VBECS OMG CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A40 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS IM |
action |
|
This component lists the immunizations (e.g., Rubella, Samllpox, etc.) and information about each immunization adminstered to a particular patient. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="IM",GMTSTITL="Immunizations" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| VBECS ADT-A08 ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A08 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A40 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| OR OMG SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever an order for a Blood Bank component class or diagnostic test is created in CPRS. |
Q |
Q |
| OR OMG CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSA RET DRG BATCH LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSA RET DRG SELECT BATCH |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSARDCBL |
|
| PSA RET DRG ADD BATCH |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PSARDCBL |
|
| PSA RET DRG CONTRACTOR ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D CMF^PSARDCBL |
|
| PSA RET DRG BATCH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS ST |
action |
|
This component lists the skin tests and the results (e.g. positive, negative, doubtful, or no take) for a particular patient. Some examples of skin tests are cocci, mon-vac, PPD, schick, tine, etc. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ST",GMTSTITL="Skin Tests" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSA RET DRG ADD ITEM |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PSARDCBA |
|
| PSA RET DRG CANCEL BATCH |
action |
|
|
D CAN^PSARDCBA |
|
| PSA RET DRG EDIT BATCH |
action |
|
|
D EDT^PSARDCBA |
|
| PSA RET DRG PICKUP BATCH |
action |
|
|
D PKP^PSARDCBA |
|
| PSA RET DRG BATCH CREDIT UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D CRE^PSARDCBA |
|
| PSA RET DRG SELECT ITEM |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSARDCBA |
|
| PSA RET DRG ITEM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSA RET DRG EDIT ITEM |
action |
|
|
D EDT^PSARDCIT |
|
| PSA RET DRG CANCEL ITEM |
action |
|
|
D CAN^PSARDCIT |
|
| PSA RET DRG ITEM CREDIT UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D CRE^PSARDCIT |
|
| GMTS LH |
action |
|
This component lists directions to a particular patient's home. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="LH",GMTSTITL="Location of Home" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| PSA RET DRG COMPLETE BATCH |
action |
|
|
D COM^PSARDCBA |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR REOPEN CLOSED CLAIMS |
action |
|
|
D EUSCREOP^BPSREOP1 |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH GRPL |
menu |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL IBCNR EDIT PLAN |
action |
IBCNR E-PHARMACY SUPERVISOR |
This option allows the user to edit the PLAN APPLICATION sub-file (#366.033). Specific to e-Pharmacy. |
D ^IBCNRE4 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL IBCNR PLAN MATCH |
action |
IBCNR E-PHARMACY SUPERVISOR |
This option allows a user to match a GROUP INSURANCE PLAN file (#355.3) record to a PHARMACY PLAN file (#366.03) record. |
D EN^IBCNRPMT |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL IBCNR GROUP PLAN MATCH |
action |
IBCNR E-PHARMACY SUPERVISOR |
This option allows a user to match multiple GROUP INSURANCE PLAN file (#355.3) records to a PHARMACY PLAN file (#366.03) record. |
D EN^IBCNRPM1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR PHARM WRKLST |
action |
|
|
D EN^BPSWRKLS |
|
| IBNCR PATIENT ROI |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBNCR ADD ROI |
action |
|
|
D AD^IBNCPDR2 |
|
| IBNCR VIEWEDIT ROI |
action |
|
|
D VP^IBNCPDR5 |
|
| GMTS EDL |
action |
|
This component lists the latest patient education for each topic and a brief assessment of the patient's understanding of the topic for a particular patient for a user-specified time limit. Some examples of topics are complications, diet, disease process, exercise, follow-up care, general information, lifestyle adaptations, medications, nutrition, smoking, etc. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EDL",GMTSTITL="Education Latest" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBNCR EDIT ROI INFO |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBNCPDR1 |
|
| IBNCR ROI EXP MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO RDI VISITS MENU |
menu |
|
Display for remote data interoperability medication data. |
|
|
| PSO RDI REMOTE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to display the pharmacy data from other facilities only. |
D REMOTE^PSORMRX |
|
| PSO RDI BOTH |
action |
|
This option allows the user to display pharmacy data for both local and other facilities. |
D BOTH^PSORMRX |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO PROVIDER DIVISIONS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPS4(0) |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO PROVIDER EDIT |
action |
|
|
D PRVEDIT^IBJPS3(0) |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO PROVIDER DEL |
action |
|
|
D PRVDEL^IBJPS3(0) |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO PROVIDER ADD |
action |
|
|
D PRVADD^IBJPS3(0) |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO PROVIDERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMTS OD |
action |
|
This component lists outpatient diagnosis (ICD-9) for a particular patient. The user can specify time and occurrence limits, whether hospital location should be displayed or not, the format of ICD-9 data (e.g. code only, long text, short text or no ICD-9 data), and whether the provider narrative should be displayed or not. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="OD",GMTSTITL="Outpatient Diagnosis" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO DIVISION ADD |
action |
|
|
D DIVADD^IBJPS4(0) |
|
| IBJP IB PAY-TO ASSOCIATIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| SDRR EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will hang off SDAM menu - it is used for the RECALL REMINDER project. This protocol will allow for user to enter or edit information that has been stored in the RECALL REMINDERS file. |
D SDAM^SDRR1 |
I $G(SDDIK)>0 N DIK,DA S DIK="^SD(403.5,",DA=SDDIK D ^DIK K SDDIK,DA,DIK W !!?10,"No Recall Record created." H 2 |
| PXRM PSN EVENT |
action |
|
This is the Clinical Reminders protocol for capturing NDF PSNS events. It should be attached to the PSN NEW CLASS protocol. |
D PSNEVENT^PXRMPSN |
|
| XUMF MFS EVENTS |
extended action |
|
This protocol allows applications to subscribe to MFS update (push and unsolicited updates) events. |
|
I $T(MFSEXIT^HDISVAP)'="" D MFSEXIT^HDISVAP |
| PSS MED ROUTE RECEIVE |
action |
|
This protocol processes updates to the Standard Medication Routes (#51.23) File. |
D ^PSSMRTUP |
|
| LA7 LAB RESULTS AVAILABLE (EVN) |
event driver |
|
A VistA Laboratory package HL7 ORU result message is created and sent The following subscripts are supported by the event: "CH", "MI", "SP", "CY", "EM". by the HL package for transmission to any subscribers of event protocol LA7 LAB RESULTS AVAILABLE (EVN). It provides the capability for the generation of a Laboratory HL7 ORU message containing patient laboratory results to subscribers of the HL7 event protocol LA7 LAB RESULTS AVAILABLE (EVN) as these results are made available within the Laboratory package. |
|
|
| LA7 LAB RESULTS TO HDR (SUB) |
subscriber |
|
This protocol should be attached to the HL7 event protocol LA7 LAB the router to determine which Laboratory package subscript should be sent to the HDR. The following subscripts are supported by the event: "CH", "MI", "SP", "CY", "EM". Examples: ROUTING LOGIC: D RTR^LA7HDR("CH;") will only send to HDR results associated with Laboratory "CH" subscript. RESULTS AVAILABLE (EVN). See this protocol for further information. ROUTING LOGIC: D RTR^LA7HDR("MI;") will only send to HDR results associated with Laboratory "MI" subscript. ROUTING LOGIC: D RTR^LA7HDR("CH;MI;") will only send to HDR results associated with Laboratory "CH", and "MI" subscripts. ROUTING LOGIC: D RTR^LA7HDR("CH;MI;SP;") will only send to HDR results associated with Laboratory "CH", "MI", and "SP" subscripts. ROUTING LOGIC: D RTR^LA7HDR("CH;MI;SP;CY;EM;") will send to HDR results associated with all Laboratory subscripts currently supported. Note: The order of the subscripts listed in the input parameter is not significant. Separating the subscripts using the ";" character is significant. This subscriber protocol is used by the Laboratory package to indicate to the HL package to send laboratory results to the VA Health Data Repository (HDR). It utilizes the "Router" Subscriber Protocol supported by the VistA HL package. The routing logic uses the value of the parameter passed into |
|
|
| LA7 LAB RESULTS ACTION |
action |
|
Action protocol to setup sending lab results to HL7 message subscribers via protocol LA7 LAB RESULTS AVAILABLE (EVN) - Lab Results Available Event. This protocol should be attached to protocol LAB RESULTS => EXTERNAL PACKAGE [LR7O ALL EVSEND RESULTS] which is an extended action protocol triggered by the lab result verification process. |
D QUEUE^LA7HDR |
|
| RG EXCPT BLANK2 |
action |
|
The purpose of this protocol entry is to control menu alignment. It contains no ITEM TEXT or MNEMONIC, as it is only a placeholder. |
|
|
| GMTS EXAM |
action |
|
This component lists the latest examination information and results for a particular patient for a user-specified time limit. Some examples of exam types are eye exams, ear exams, neurological exams, pelvis exams, etc. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EXAM",GMTSTITL="Exams Latest" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCNSM RX COB DETERMINATION |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBNCPDS1 |
|
| IBCNE JT VIEW EXP ELIG BEN SCREEN |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for the Expanded eligibility/benefits screen used from TPJI - Third Party Joint Inquiry. |
D EBJT^IBCNES2 |
|
| IBCNE SV VIEW EXP ELIG BEN SCREEN |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for the Expanded eligibility/benefits screen used from the edit/view patient insurance options. |
D EBSV^IBCNES2 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNE ELIG BEN INFO MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNE AB VIEW EXP ELIG BEN SCREEN |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for the Expanded eligibility/benefits screen used from the edit/view Annual Benefits lists/menu protocols. |
D EBAB^IBCNES2 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNE VP VIEW EXP ELIG BEN SCREEN |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for the Expanded eligibility/benefits screen used from the VP - view/edit insurance policy action on the pt. insurance screens. |
D EBVP^IBCNES2 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNE JT COVERAGE LIMIT DATE RANGE |
action |
|
This is the action protocol in order to adjust the date range for the display of the plan coverage limitations from the Third Party Joint Inquiry - Claim Information - VP view policy screen. |
D CL^IBCNSC41 |
D BLD^IBCNSP S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("PLIM")) |
| IBCNB LIST POSITIVE VIEW |
action |
|
Positive Buffer View. |
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(1) |
|
| IBCNB LIST NEGATIVE VIEW |
action |
|
Negative Buffer View. |
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(2) |
|
| IBCNB LIST MEDICARE VIEW |
action |
|
Medicare Buffer View. |
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(3) |
|
| GMTS TP |
action |
|
This component lists treatments provided that are not covered in the IDC-9-CM procedures for a particular patient for user specified time and occurrence limits. Some example of treatment types include nursing activities such as ear irrigation, dental care instructions, or preventive health care counseling. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="TP",GMTSTITL="Treatments Provided" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| IBCNB EXPAND BENEFITS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCNBLB |
|
| EDP MONITOR |
action |
|
This protocol monitors ordering events for the Emergency Department tracking board. It is placed on the * EVSEND OR protocols to check for updates being sent from ancillary packages to order entry; it monitors when orders are transmitted and when orders are completed. |
D EN^EDPFMON(.XQORMSG) |
|
| EDP CHECK-IN |
action |
|
This protocol will monitor Scheduling events for patients being checked-in to the Emergency Department. It is placed on the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol. |
D SDAM^EDPFMON |
|
| EDP OR MONITOR |
action |
|
This protocol monitors ordering events for the Emergency Department tracking board. It is placed on the OR EVSEND * protocols to look for order numbers assigned to new orders placed from the ancillary packages. |
D ENOR^EDPFMON(.XQORMSG) |
|
| EDP NEW PATIENT |
extended action |
|
This extended action protocol will be processed when a new patient is SDT = Time In SDCL = Hospital Location file #44 ien SDATA = ^DFN ^ SDT ^ SDCL SDAMEVT = 1 (unscheduled new visit) added to the EDIS Patient Board. Items added to this event may look for: EDPDATA = ED Log ien ^ DFN ^ Time In ^ Hospital Location ien To support some devices that previously monitored SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS, the following variables will also be defined: DFN = Patient file #2 ien |
|
|
| EDPF ADD BOARD |
action |
|
This action adds a display board. |
D ADD^EDPBKS |
|
| EDPF REMOVE BOARD |
action |
|
This action removes a display board. |
D REM^EDPBKS |
|
| EDPF CHANGE BOARD |
action |
|
This action can change a computer name or display board. |
D CHG^EDPBKS |
|
| EDPF SELECT DIVISION |
action |
|
This action allows the editor to switch to values for another division. |
D NEWDIV^EDPBKS |
|
| GMTS BADR |
action |
|
This component provides patient allergy/adverse reaction information from the Allergy Tracking System. It provides a list of all known food, drug and environmental allergies or adverse reactions (e.g., hay fever). |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BADR",GMTSTITL="Brief Adv React/All" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| EDPF BIGBOARD MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu of actions for the EDPF BIGBOARD KIOSK list template, which allows editing of the parameter of the same name. |
|
|
| EDPF BLANK 1 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line; used for whitespace on menus. (Item text is 3 spaces.) |
|
|
| EDPF BLANK 2 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line; used for whitespace on menus. (Item text is 3 spaces.) |
|
|
| EDPF BLANK 3 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line; used for whitespace on menus. (Item text is 3 spaces.) |
|
|
| EDPF QUIT |
action |
|
This action exits the list template. |
Q |
|
| XUMF 04 MFN |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF 04 MFK |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Notifications for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF 04 MFQ |
event driver |
|
This protocol is Master File Query event driver for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XUMF 04 MFR |
subscriber |
|
This protocol handles Master File Query messages for the Institution file. |
|
|
| XOBU TERMINATE CONNECTION MANAGER |
action |
|
|
DO VLEN^XOBUZAP1 |
SET VALMBCK="R" |
| GMTS ED |
action |
|
This component lists the patient education topics and a brief assessment of the patient's understanding of the topic for a particular patient for user-specified time and occurrence limits. Some examples of topics are complications, diet, disease process, exercise, follow-up care, general information, etc. lifestyle adaptations, medications, nutrition, smoking, etc. |
S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ED",GMTSTITL="Education" D ENCWA^GMTS |
|
| XOBU TERMINATE ALL JOBS |
action |
|
Allows user to terminated all the Cache jobs in the list. |
DO TERMALL^XOBUZAP |
|
| XOBU TERMINATE A JOB |
action |
|
Allows user to terminated one Cache job from the list. |
DO TERMPID^XOBUZAP |
|
| XOBU TERMINATE SYSTEM STATUS |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the M operating system status. |
DO SS^XOBUZAP |
|
| XOBU TERMINATE JOBS REFRESH |
action |
|
Allows user to refresh the list to remove jobs that have been terminated using other actions and to build list from the most current Cache job list. |
DO REFRESH^XOBUZAP |
|
| XOBU TERMINATE JOBS UTILITY MENU |
menu |
|
This general purpose tool helps sites terminate Cache jobs in a specified the utility before the utility can display the jobs that meet the criteria. For example, for VistALink the code that executes the utility is the following: VL ; -- entry point for VistALink socket job cleanup NEW XOBSEL DO VLSEL(.XOBSEL) DO EN^XOBUZAP(.XOBSEL) state and routine. QUIT ; VLSEL(XOBSEL) ; -- setup VistALink connection socket job selection ; criteria ; -- routine name the job should be executing SET XOBSEL("ROUTINE")="XOBVSKT" ; -- state the routine should be in ; A list of valid jobs sates can be found at STATE^XOBUZAP / 5 = READ SET XOBSEL("STATE")=5 ; -- optional title to be used by ListManager SET XOBSEL("TITLE")="VL/J2M Connection Terminator" QUIT ; Cluster Note: The utility must be run in the namespace on each box in a cluster. The immediate use for the utility is help sites terminate socket connections for VistALink and Broker. It would be used during VistALink and Broker upgrades to safely terminate connection jobs in a 'READ' state. It is up to these applications to supply the necessary option that accesses this utility. They must specific the job selection criteria to |
|
|
| PRS B02 SERVER HLO MPI |
event driver |
|
This is the SERVER protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B02 UPDATE Person messages to MPI |
|
|
| PRS B02 CLIENT HLO MPI |
subscriber |
|
This is the CLIENT protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B02 Update Person messages to MPI |
|
|
| PRS B02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides PMU B02 HL7 messages to the Person Service based on modifications to the PAID EMPLOYEE file. |
|
|
| PRS B02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PRS B01 SERVER HLO MPI |
event driver |
|
This is the Server protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B01 Add Person messages to MPI to get the person enumerated |
|
|
| VALM EDITOR |
action |
|
|
D EDITOR^VALMW2 |
|
| PRS B01 CLIENT HLO MPI |
subscriber |
|
This is the CLIENT protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B01 Add Person messages to MPI to get the person enumerated |
|
|
| PRS B01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides PMU B01 HL7 messages to the Person Service based on adds to the PAID EMPLOYEE file. |
|
|
| PRS B01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| XUPS B01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides PMU B01 HL7 messages to the Person Service based on adds to the New Person file. |
|
|
| XUPS B01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| XUPS B02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| XUPS B02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Provides PMU B02 HL7 messages to the Person Service based on modifications to the New Person file. |
|
|
| XUPS B01 SERVER HLO MPI |
event driver |
|
This is the Server protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B01 Add Person messages to MPI to get the person enumerated |
|
|
| XUPS B01 CLIENT HLO MPI |
subscriber |
|
This is the CLIENT protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B01 Add Person messages to MPI to get this person enumerated |
|
|
| XUPS B02 CLIENT HLO MPI |
subscriber |
|
This is the CLIENT protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B02 Update Person messages to MPI |
|
|
| VALM NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. |
D NEXT^VALM4 |
|
| XUPS B02 SERVER HLO MPI |
event driver |
|
This is the SERVER protocol that will be used to serve PMU-B02 UPDATE Person messages to MPI |
|
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the menu associated with the ListMan template that is used to manage web servers. This menu contains the suite of maintenance actions. |
|
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit a WEB SERVER (#18.12) entry. |
DO EDIT^XOBWU |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER ADD |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add a new WEB SERVER (#18.12) entry. |
DO ADD^XOBWU |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to delete a WEB SERVER (#18.12) entry. |
DO DEL^XOBWU |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER TESTER |
action |
|
This protocol executes the ListMan template that allows the user to test connectivity to a selected web server. Note: This protocol has a SCREEN that checks to see if the HWSC sample SOAP web service is installed. |
DO WST^XOBWU |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVICE MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the menu associated with the ListMan template that is used to manage web service metadata. This menu contains the suite of maintenance actions. |
|
|
| XOBW WEB SERVICE ADD |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add a new WEB SERVICE (#18.02) entry. |
DO ADD^XOBWUS |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVICE EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit a WEB SERVICE (#18.02) entry. |
DO EDIT^XOBWUS |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVICE DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to delete a WEB SERVICE (#18.02) entry. |
DO DEL^XOBWUS |
|
| VALM PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. |
D PREV^VALM4 |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVICE MANAGER |
action |
|
This protocol executes the ListMan template that allows the user to maintain web service metadata. |
DO WSM^XOBWU |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER TEST WS AVAILABILITY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to check the availability for each web service 'authorized' for a selected server. |
DO AVAIL^XOBWU |
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol is the menu associated with the ListMan template that is used to manage web server lookup keys. This menu contains the suite of maintenance actions. |
|
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE ADD |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to add a new WEB SERVER LOOKUP KEY (#18.13) entry. |
DO ADD^XOBWUA |
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to edit a WEB SERVER LOOKUP (#18.13) entry. |
DO EDIT^XOBWUA |
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to delete a WEB SERVER LOOKUP KEY (#18.13) entry. |
DO DEL^XOBWUA |
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE SORT |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to switch the sorting ('key' or 'server') of the list of web server lookup keys shown in the key manager utility. The protocol act as a toggle. If list is currently sorted by 'key', it will switch to the sort to by 'server' and vice versa. |
DO SORT^XOBWUA |
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE FILTER KEY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to limit the list of web server lookup key entries that are displayed by the key manager. The user specifies text that is used as a filter against the beginning characters of the key values. Only matching keys will be listed in lookup key manager utility. Also, this protocol is used to clear a key filter if one is currently being applied. |
DO KFILTER^XOBWUA |
|
| XOBW ASSOCIATE FILTER SERVER |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to limit the list of web server lookup key entries that are displayed by the key manager. The user specifies text that is used as a filter against the beginning characters of the server name. Only keys with matching associated web server names will be listed in lookup key manager utility. Also, this protocol is used to clear a server filter if one is currently being applied. |
DO SFILTER^XOBWUA |
|
| XOBW WEB SERVER LOOKUP KEY MANAGER |
action |
|
This protocol executes the ListMan template that allows the user to maintain web server lookup keys. |
DO LKM^XOBWU |
|
| VALM REFRESH |
action |
|
This actions allows the user to re-display the current screen. |
D RE^VALM4 |
|
| PXRM ORDER CHECK UPDATES |
action |
|
This is the Clinical Reminders protocol for checking orderable items in file 801, when an update is done to the ORDERABLE ITEM file, file #101.43. |
D OIUPDATE^PXRMORHL(.XQORMSG) |
|
| PSO LM INTERVENTION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSO LM DELETE INTERVENTION |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,^PSODELI |
|
| PSO LM EDIT INTERVENTION |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,EDIT^PSODELI |
|
| PSO LM ADD INTERVENTION |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,NEW^PSODELI |
|
| PSO LM PRINT INTERVENTION |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,OUT^PSODELI |
|
| PSO LM VIEW INTERVENTION |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PSODELI |
|
| PSO LM DISPLAY FDA MED GUIDE |
action |
|
|
D DISPLAY^PSOFDAMG |
Q |
| IBCEM CSA CORRECT REJECTED/DENIED BILL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to correct a rejected or denied bill that has been returned to the site. |
D CRD^IBCECSA4 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| IBCEM CORRECT REJECTED/DENIED BILL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to correct a rejected or denied bill that has been returned to the site. |
D CRD^IBCECOB2 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| VALM LAST SCREEN |
action |
|
The action will display the last items. |
D LAST^VALM4 |
|
| MDHL Device Client |
subscriber |
|
Clinical Procedures CliO Client Protocol for UCI Devices |
|
|
| MDHL Device Server |
event driver |
|
CLinical Procedures CliO Server Protocol for ICU Devices. |
|
|
| MDC CPAN VS |
event driver |
|
Outbound for CLIO ADT A01 from MDC |
|
|
| MD DGPM PATIENT MOVEMENT |
extended action |
|
This Protocol is an interface to the DGPM Movement Event Protocol that will process ADT Events for patient that are admitted to the hospital and will call the code in CliO to process that movement. |
D EN^MDCPVDEF |
|
| MDC CPTP VS |
event driver |
|
Outbound for CLIO ADT A02 from MDC |
|
|
| MDC CPDE VS |
event driver |
|
CLIO Outbound ADT A03 Discharge from MDC |
|
|
| MDC CPUPI VS |
event driver |
|
CLIO Outbound ADT A08 Patient Update from MDC |
|
|
| MDC CPCAN VS |
event driver |
|
CLIO Outbound ADT A11 Cancel Admit from MDC |
|
|
| MDC CPCDE VS |
event driver |
|
CLIO Outbound ADT A13 Cancel Discharge from MDC |
|
|
| MDC CPCT VS |
event driver |
|
CLIO Outbound ADT A12 Cancel Transfer from MDC |
|
|
| VALM FIRST SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will display the first screen. |
D FIRST^VALM4 |
|
| MDC ADT_A01 OUTBOUND |
subscriber |
|
This is the outbound routing protocol for all ADT A01 messages sent by the CP/CliO system. |
|
|
| MDC ADT_A11 OUTBOUND |
subscriber |
|
This is the outbound routing protocol for all ADT A11 messages. |
|
|
| MDC ADT_A02 OUTBOUND |
subscriber |
|
This is the outbound routing protocol for all ADT A02 messages send by the CP/CliO system. |
|
|
| MDC ADT_A12 OUTBOUND |
subscriber |
|
This is the outbound routing protocol for all ADT A12 messages sent by the CP/CliO system. |
|
|
| MDC ADT_A03 OUTBOUND |
subscriber |
|
This is the outbound routing protocol for all ADT A03 messages sent by the CP/CliO system. |
|
|
| MDC ADT_A13 OUTBOUND |
subscriber |
|
This is the outbound routing protocol for all ADT A13 messages sent by the CP/CliO system. |
|
|
| RA REG 2.4 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is registered. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, PV1, ORC, OBR, OBX and ZDS segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, CPT modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages. |
|
|
| RA EXAMINED 2.4 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam has been edited by the user. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, PV1, ORC, OBR, OBX and ZDS segments. This message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, CPT modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages. |
|
|
| RA CANCEL 2.4 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is cancelled. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, PV1, ORC, OBR, OBX and ZDS segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of cancellation, procedure modifiers, CPT modifiers, patient allergies and clinical history. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages. |
|
|
| RA RPT 2.4 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine report enters into a status of Verified or Released/Not Verified. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains relevant information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers, diagnostic code, interpreting physician, impression text and report text. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages. |
|
|
| VALM UP ONE LINE |
action |
|
Move up a line |
D UP^VALM40 |
|
| MAG CPACS A01 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based inpatient admission messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS system by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A01 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes inpatient admission messages to a commercial PACS system. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A02 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates the header for patient transfer messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS system by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A02 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes patient transfer messages to a commercial PACS system. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A03 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based patient discharge/end visit messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS system by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A03 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes inpatient patient discharge/end visit messages to a commercial PACS system. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A11 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based inpatient admission cancellation messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS system by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A11 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes admission cancellation messages to a commercial PACS system. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A12 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based transfer cancellation messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS system by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A12 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes transfer cancellation messages to a commercial PACS system. |
|
|
| VALM DOWN A LINE |
action |
|
Move down a line. |
D DOWN^VALM40 |
|
| MAG CPACS A13 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based inpatient discharge cancellation messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS system by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A13 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes inpatient discharge cancellation messages to a commercial PACS system. |
|
|
| IBJP IB SITE SELECTED SERVICE CODES |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPI5 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST ADMIN COST ADJ |
action |
|
Used to adjust the administrative costs, IRS cost, DMV cost, etc |
S PRCASUP=1 D FULL^VALM1 D EN1^PRCAEXM(1) K DTOUT |
S VALMBCK="R" K PRCASUP |
| PSO HRC MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO HRC PATIENT INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D PI^PSOMPHRC |
|
| PSO HRC PAT INFO MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO DETAILED ALLERGY/HRC LIST |
action |
|
|
D DD^PSOMPHRC |
D EXIT^PSOLMDA |
| PSO ALLERGY/HRC LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO HRC SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOMPHRC |
|
| VALM DISPLAY |
menu |
|
This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility. |
|
|
| PSO HRC REFILL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCEM COB MANAGEMENT 2 |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to follow up on bills for secondary and tertiary billing. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCAPR PRINTF |
action |
|
|
D PRTOPT1^IBCAPR |
|
| IBCAPR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCAPR PRINTFD |
action |
|
|
D PRTOPT2^IBCAPR |
|
| IBCAPR PRINT MAR |
action |
|
|
D PRTOPT3^IBCAPR |
|
| IBCAPR PRINT MAR DEFAULT |
action |
|
|
D PRTOPT4^IBCAPR |
|
| IBCAPR2 MAIN ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCAPR2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBCEM REMOVE FROM WORKLIST |
action |
|
|
D WLRMV^IBCECOB1 |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| VALM QUIT |
action |
|
This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. |
Q |
|
| BPS PRTCL RSCH ELIG INQ |
action |
|
|
D RESED^BPSELG |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY ADDITIONAL INFO |
action |
|
|
D ADDTXT^PSOREJP5 |
|
| IBNCPDP INS ELIG SEND |
action |
|
|
D SEND^IBNCPIV |
|
| IBNCPDP INS ELIG EFF DATE |
action |
|
|
D CHGD^IBNCPIV |
|
| IBNCPDP INS ELIG VER INQ MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBNCPDP INS ELIG TOGGLE |
action |
|
|
D TOGGLE^IBNCPIV |
|
| IBNCPDP INS ELIG PAT |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBNCPIV |
|
| IBCNB LIST EPHARMACY VIEW |
action |
|
|
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(5) |
|
| IBJT ECME RESP INFO SCREEN |
action |
|
This is the action protocol used in TPJI - Third Party Joint Inquiry - for the display of ECME response information for e-Pharmacy claims and prescriptions. |
D EN^IBJTRX |
|
| IBJT ECME RESP INFO MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| VALM PRINT SCREEN |
action |
|
This action allows the user to print the current List Manager display screen. The header and the current portion of the list are printed. |
D PRT^VALM1 |
|
| PSJ LM OVERRIDES |
action |
|
Created to display provider override reasons from CPRS and pharamcist interventions from Inpatient Medications associated with this order. |
S:'$G(ON)&($G(PSGORD)) ON=PSGORD D OVRDISP^PSGSICH2(DFN,$S(($G(PSIVAC)]""):ON,1:$G(PSJORD)),3) |
S VALMBCK="R" K ^TMP($J,"PSJ") |
| BPS VIEW ECME RX MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS VRX NAV VIEWRX |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(1) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV ECME CLAIM LOG |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(2) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV BILLING EVENTS RPT |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(3) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV CRI |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(5) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV INS POL |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(6) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV BILL LIST |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(7) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV TPJI CLAIM INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(9) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV TPJI AR ACCT PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(10) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| VALM PRINT LIST |
action |
|
This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. |
D PRTL^VALM1 |
|
| BPS VRX NAV TPJI AR COMMENT HISTORY |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(11) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV TPJI ECME RX INFO |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(12) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV DG ELIG STATUS |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(13) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS VRX NAV DG ELIG VERIFICATION |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(14) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR VIEW ECME RX |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for the hidden menu action on the ECME User Screen called VER to be able to launch the View ePharmacy Rx ListManager report. |
D VER^BPSVRX |
|
| PSO REJECT SUSPENSE DT CALC |
action |
|
|
D SDC^PSOREJP2 |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY SMA |
action |
|
Submit Multiple Reject Action Codes |
D SMA^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO REJECTS CHAMPVA ON/OFF |
action |
|
|
D CVATOG^PSOREJP0 |
|
| PSO REJECT VIEW ECME RX |
action |
|
Action protocol from the Reject Information screen hidden menu to jump into the View ePharmacy Rx report. |
D VRX^PSOREJP1 |
|
| PSO PMP VIEW ECME RX |
action |
|
Action protocol on the PSO PMP HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU #2 to launch the View ePharmacy Rx List Manager report. This is part of the PSO view prescription screen from the Patient Medication Profile screen. |
D VER^PSOREJP1 |
|
| VALM EXPAND |
action |
|
|
I $D(^TMP("VALM DATA",$J,VALMEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") |
S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R" |
| IBJT VIEW ECME RX |
action |
|
This is the action protocol from the ECME prescription screen in TPJI - Third Party Joint Inquiry - to launch the View ePharmacy Rx List Manager report. |
D VER^IBJTRX |
|
| PRCA MDA TPJI |
action |
|
|
D TPJI^PRCAMDA2 |
|
| PRCA MDA MANAGEMENT |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PRCA MDA ENTER/VIEW COMMENTS |
action |
|
|
D CMNT^PRCAMDA2 |
|
| PRCA MDA REVIEW STATUS |
action |
|
|
D STATUS^PRCAMDA2 |
|
| PRCA MDA EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PRCA MDA ENTER COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D CMNT^PRCAMDA3 |
|
| PRCA MDA COMMENT EXIT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| PRCA MDA COMMENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM REPRINT FDA MED GUIDE |
action |
|
|
D REPRTMG^PSOFDAMG |
Q |
| VALM TURN ON/OFF MENUS |
action |
|
|
D MENU^VALM2 |
|
| DGEN MSDS MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for patient MSDS data display and edit. |
|
D PEXIT^DGRP61 |
| DGEN MSDS ADD |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to add a new military service episode. |
D ACT^DGRP61("A") |
|
| DGEN MSDS DELETE |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to delete a military service episode which has been previously added through the AD - Add option. Military service episodes downloaded from ESR are authoritative and may not be edited or deleted. |
D ACT^DGRP61("D") |
|
| DGEN MSDS EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to edit a military service episode which has been previously added through the AD - Add option. Military service episodes downloaded from ESR are authoritative and may not be edited or deleted. |
D ACT^DGRP61("E") |
|
| DGEN MSDS VIEW HISTORY |
action |
|
This protocol action allows the user to view the military service episodes which were entered into the VistA system before ESR became the authoritative source for military service data was received from ESR. This screen is display only. The old VistA military service episode data is no longer used and cannot be changed. |
D EN^DGRP62(DFN) |
|
| VBECS ADT-A01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VALM BLANK 1 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| VBECS ADT-A13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC FEE PARAM ADD |
action |
|
This protocol calls the routine that will allow the user to look up a consult service and add it to the list of defined fee services. |
D ADD^GMRCFPA |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC FEE PARAM REMOVE |
action |
|
This protocol calls the routine that will allow the user to remove a consult service from the list of defined services. |
D REMOVE^GMRCFPA |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC FEE PARAM SAVE |
action |
|
This protocol calls the routine that will save the current list of defined fee services to the GMRC FEE SERVICES parameter. |
D SAVE^GMRCFPA |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRC FEE PARAM MENU |
menu |
|
This option allows a user to edit the list of consult services defiend as fee services. |
S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" |
|
| GMRC FEE PARAM QUIT |
action |
|
This protocol calls the routine that will confirm that the user wants to quit without saving changes to the list and, if yes, quits. |
D EXIT^GMRCFPA |
|
| LEX MAPPING CHANGE EVENT |
action |
|
|
D CTRL^LEXTRAN3 |
|
| PSO DISPLAY DRUG ALLERGIES |
action |
|
This protocol will display drug allergies sign/symptoms. |
D ^PSODGAL2 |
|
| PSO DRUG CHECK |
action |
|
|
D DGCK^PSODDPR5 |
|
| VALM SEARCH LIST |
action |
|
Finds text in list of entries. |
D FIND^VALM40 |
|
| PSJ LM DRUG CHECK |
action |
|
This action is used to check for enhanced order checks of a prospective drug against the drugs on the patient's medication profile screen. |
D DGCK^PSJDGCK |
|
| PSJ DISPLAY DRUG ALLERGIES |
action |
|
displays signs/symptoms of an allergy associated to a med order. |
D ^PSJDGAL2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM ECO MENU |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM("?")="D HELP^PSJCLOR1" K PSGEFN,^PS(53.45,+$G(DUZ),5),^PS(53.45,+$G(DUZ),6) |
|
| PSJ LM ECO START |
action |
|
|
D PRMPTSD^PSJCLOR3 |
|
| PSJ LM ECO SELECT |
action |
|
|
D PRMPTOR^PSJCLOR3 |
|
| PSJ LM VIEW ORDER DETAIL |
action |
|
|
D VWDETAIL^PSJCLOR2($G(PSGP)) |
S VALMBCK="R",VALM("TITLE")="Clinic Order Entry" |
| PSJ LM ECO HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM ECO IM PR |
action |
|
|
D IMPATPR^PSJCLOR1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSJ LM ECO RANGE |
action |
|
|
D CHGDT^PSJCLOR2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMPL EVENT |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be invoked whenever a problem is added or modified via Problem List options or RPC's. It is triggered by setting the Date Last Modified field #.03 of the Problem file #9000011, in the DTMOD^GMPLX function. The following variables will be available to read and use, but do NOT kill: DFN = Patient ien, file #2 GMPIFN = Problem ien, file #9000011 |
|
|
| VALM BLANK 2 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| MHVSM QBP-Q13 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM QBP-Q13 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM RTB-K13 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM RTB-K13 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| IBTRR ROI ADD |
action |
|
|
D AA^IBTRR1 |
|
| IBTRR ROI EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EA^IBTRR1 |
|
| IBTRR ROI REVOKE |
action |
|
|
D RA^IBTRR1 |
|
| IBTRR ROI DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DA^IBTRR1 |
|
| IBTRR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRE ROI CONSENT |
action |
|
|
D OP^IBTRR1 |
|
| VALM BLANK 3 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| LRJ SYS MAP AUD LIST AUDITED FIELDS |
action |
|
This protocol lists fields which are audited in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60). |
D AUDLIST^LRJSAU60 |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP AUD DISPLAY FILE 60 CHANGES |
action |
|
This protocol displays audit information based on changes to LABORATORY TEST file (#60). |
D AUDISP^LRJSAU60 |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP AUD SET FILE 60 AUDITED FLAG |
action |
|
This protocol sets audits for additional LABORATORY TEST file (#60) fields based on user preference. |
D AUDSET^LRJSAU60 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| LRJ SYS MAP HL MENU |
menu |
|
This Protocol Menu provides the functions that support Hospital Location Change Monitoring of location changes made in VistA (via ADT actions). |
|
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL DISPLAY MESSAGE |
action |
|
This protocol will display the Hospital Location file edit extract into a Mailman format. |
D CREATMM^LRJSML1("^TMP($J,""LRJ SYS"")") |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL DISP EXT |
action |
|
This Action Protocol will re-display the raw Hospital Location data extracted from the Audit file. |
D DISPEXT^LRJSML1("^TMP($J,""LRJ SYS"")") |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL SEND MSG |
action |
|
This action will convert the extracted Raw Hospital Location changes to a readable format and forward a mail message to the user. |
D CRTMMARY^LRJSML2("^TMP($J,""LRJ SYS"")","^TMP($J,""LRDATA"")") |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL SEND EXT |
action |
|
This action will create a .TXT file of the Hospital Location changes extract file and mail it to the user. |
D CRTXTMM^LRJSML2("^TMP($J,""LRJ SYS"")") |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP AUF60 MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu provides the functions used to manage auditing in Lab. |
|
|
| VALM BLANK 4 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| LRJ SYS MAP AUF60 SEND DISPLAY MESSAGE |
action |
|
This protocol will send a display of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) audit information as a mail message. |
D CRTMMARY^LRJSAU2("^TMP(""LRJ SYS F60 AUD MANAGER"",$J)","AUF60","File 60 Audit","LRJSAU60","^TMP(""LRJ SYS F60 AUD MANAGER"",$J)") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| LRJ SYS MAP AUF60 SEND FILE MESSAGE |
action |
|
This protocol allows a delimited file to be sent in a mail message. The file contains information based on audits which are set after changes to the LABORATORY TEST file (#60). |
D CRTXTMM^LRJSAU2("^TMP(""LRJ SYS F60 AUD MANAGER"",$J,""EXTRACT"")","AUF60","File 60 Audit","LRJSAU60") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| LRJ SYS MAP HL AUDIT QUERY |
action |
|
This Protocol allows a user to select a type of query for the Hospital Location extract report. |
D CDRNG^LRJSML4 |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL SCHED AUDIT RPT DISP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to view the Hospital Location Change Management System Audit Task Option Schedule report and includes the following details: o Name of the option scheduled to be run o Task ID o Start Time for job o Rescheduling Frequency o Date this TaskMan job was originally scheduled |
D INIT^LRJSML5 |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL SCHED AUDIT RPT TASK |
action |
|
This action will schedule the 'LRJ SYS MAP HL Change Management TaskMan Report' option [LRJ SYS MAP HL TASKMAN RPT] as a background task. |
D SCHDBCKG^LRJSML6 |
|
| LRJ SYS MAP HL ACCEPT CONFIG |
action |
|
This Protocol is exercised from the Hospital Location Change Monitoring System. It is executed when: 1) The first time the site has synchronized Lab related Hospital Locations in VistA with those locations on a separate configuration. 2) The site has corrected Lab related Hospital Location(s) on a remote configuration and the begin or end dates for the TaskMan report need to be edited to reflect the time of the change. |
D ACPTCNFG^LRJSML6 |
|
| PSO BPS DISPLAY EXIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
Q |
| PSO BPS DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
This is the parent menu protocol for the ePharmacy site parameter display. |
|
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS EXIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
Q |
| ORB BLANK LINE1 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| VALM BLANK 5 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS COPYSP |
action |
|
|
D COPYSP^PSOBPSSP |
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS EDITALL |
action |
|
|
D EDITALL^PSOBPSSP |
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS EDITGEN |
action |
|
|
D EDITGEN^PSOBPSSP |
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS EDITRRRC |
action |
|
|
D EDITRRRC^PSOBPSSP |
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS EDITTRC |
action |
|
|
D EDITTRC^PSOBPSSP |
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS DISPLAY |
action |
|
|
D DIVLIST^PSOBPSSP |
|
| PSO BPS SITE PARAMS CHGDIV |
action |
|
|
D CHGDIV^PSOBPSSP |
|
| DG VTS ADT-A28 SERVER |
event driver |
|
This protocol is used to send an Hl7 v2.4 ADT-A28 message from VistA to RouteMatch. |
|
|
| DG VTS ADT-A28 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| DG VTS ADT-A28 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This is the subscriber protocol to DG VTS ADT-A28 SERVER protocol that sends HL7 message to RouteMatch. |
|
|
| VALM BLANK 6 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| IBCNE MEDICARE COB EE |
action |
|
|
D EXPND^IBCNESI1 |
D BLDSCRN^IBCNESI1 |
| IBCNE MEDICARE COB |
menu |
|
Protocol menu item that lists 271 medicare patients with subsequent insurance |
|
|
| IBCNE MEDICARE COB AC |
action |
|
Add or Edit comments for this inquiry response pertaining to secondaryy insurance |
D CMNT^IBCNESI2 |
D BLD^IBCNESI2 |
| IBCNE MEDICARE COB CS |
action |
|
|
D STATUS^IBCNESI2 |
|
| IBCNE MEDICARE COB DISP |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF ICD10 STATUS UPDATE CL |
action |
|
|
S IBDRE=1 D CL^IBDFUTL4 |
K IBDRE |
| IBDF ICD10 STATUS UPDATE |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF ICD10 STATUS UPDATE JP |
action |
|
|
D JP^IBDFUTL4 |
|
| IBDF ICD10 STATUS UPDATE PL |
action |
|
|
D PRTL^VALM1 |
|
| IBDF ICD10 STATUS UPDATE IS |
action |
|
|
D IS^IBDFUTL4 |
|
| VALM DISPLAY W/EXPAND |
menu |
|
This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility. |
|
|
| IBCNB LIST COMPLETE VIEW |
action |
|
|
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(6) |
|
| IBCNB LIST FAILURE VIEW |
action |
|
|
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(4) |
|
| IBCNB ENTRY ESCALATE |
action |
|
|
D ESC^IBCNBLA1(IBBUFDA,IBKEYS) |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDITS^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for the Taxonomy List Manager display. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMTAXL |
| PXRM LEXICON MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMLEXL |
| PXRM LEXICON ADD |
action |
|
|
D INCL^PXRMLEXL |
|
| PXRM LEXICON REMOVE FROM TAXONOMY |
action |
|
|
D RFTL^PXRMLEXL |
|
| PXRM LEXICON REMOVE FROM DIALOG |
action |
|
|
D RFDL^PXRMLEXL |
|
| VALM RIGHT |
action |
|
|
D RIGHT^VALM40(XQORNOD(0)) |
|
| PXRM LEXICON USE IN DIALOG |
action |
|
|
D UIDL^PXRMLEXL |
|
| PXRM LEXICON SAVE |
action |
|
|
D SAVE^PXRMLEXL |
|
| PXRM LEXICON SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMLEXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D INQS^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY COPY |
action |
|
|
D COPYS^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY CHANGE LOG |
action |
|
|
D CLOGS^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY CODE SEARCH |
action |
|
|
D CODESRCH^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY IMPORT |
action |
|
|
D IMPS^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY UID REPORT |
action |
|
|
D REPD^PXRMUIDR |
|
| VALM LEFT |
action |
|
|
D LEFT^VALM40(XQORNOD(0)) |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY CHOOSE ENTRIES |
menu |
|
This is the menu for taxonomy choosing. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMTXCE |
| PXRM TAXONOMY CHOOSE ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMTXCE |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY CHOOSE SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELTAX^PXRMTXCE |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY CHOOSE REMOVE |
action |
|
|
D REMTAX^PXRMTXCE |
|
| PXRM DIALOG TAXONOMY EDIT |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^PXRMTXDL |
|
| PXRM LEXICON EXIT |
action |
|
|
D EXITS^PXRMLEXL |
|
| PXRM EXCH LOAD WEB HF |
action |
|
|
D LDWEB^PXRMEXLM |
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR TITRATION RX REFILL |
action |
|
|
D TIMTRX^PSOOTMRX |
|
| VALM HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR MARK AS TITRATION |
action |
|
|
D MARKTIT^PSOOTMRX |
|
| PSO SPMP3 MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO SPMP3 SHOW DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D SHOWHID^PSOSPMA3 |
|
| PSO SPMP4 MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO SPMP4 VIEW ASAP DEFINITION |
action |
|
|
D ASAPDEF^PSOSPML4 |
|
| PSO SPMP4 VIEW RX |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^PSOSPML4 |
|
| PSO SPMP2 MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO SPMP2 BATCH EXPORT |
action |
|
|
D EXP^PSOSPML2("EXPORT") |
|
| PSO SPMP2 SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOSPML2 |
|
| PSO SPMP4 MEDICATION PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D MP^PSOSPML4 |
|
| VALM GOTO PAGE |
action |
|
|
D GOTO^VALM40 |
|
| PSO SPMP2 VIEW RAW DATA |
action |
|
|
D EXP^PSOSPML2("VIEW") |
|
| PSO SPMP4 EXPORT RX |
action |
|
|
D EXPORT^PSOSPML4 |
|
| PSO SPMP1 MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO SPMP1 SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOSPML1 |
|
| PSO SPMP1 STATE PARAMETERS |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOSPMSP |
|
| PSO SPMP1 MANUAL BATCH EXPORT |
action |
|
|
D ASK^PSOSPML7 |
|
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #5 |
menu |
|
This hidden action menu protocol contains the minimum standard hidden actions for an Outpatient Pharmacy Listman option. No customized actions should be attached to this protocol. |
|
|
| PSO SPMP5 SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOSPML5 |
|
| PSO SPMP5 MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| MAG CPACS A01 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes inpatient admission messages a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| VALM WORKBENCH |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| MAG CPACS A02 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes patient transfer messages a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A03 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes patient discharge messages a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A11 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes admission cancellation messages a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A12 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes transfer cancellation messages a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A13 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes discharge cancellation messages a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| IB NIF QUERY DRIVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| IB NIF QUERY SUBSCRIPTION |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IB NIF RESPONSE SUBSCRIPTION |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IB NIF RESPONSE DRIVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC CONSULTS TO HCP |
action |
|
Creates and sends an REF^I12, REF^I13, or REF^I14 HL7 message to the Healthcare Claims Processing System when a consult is generated for a fee basis service. |
|
|
| VALM DEMOGRAPHICS |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMW2("DEMOGRAPHICS EDIT"),HDR^VALMWB |
|
| GMRC HCP REF-I12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I12 v2.5 messages to HCP application for new Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP REF-I12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I12 v2.5 messages to HCP application for new Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP REF-I14 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I14 v2.5 messages to HCP application for canceled or discontinued Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP REF-I14 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I14 v2.5 messages to HCP application for canceled or discontinued Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP REF-I13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I13 v2.5 messages to HCP application for updated Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP REF-I13 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I13 v2.5 messages to HCP application for updated Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP RRI-I13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Receives HL7 RRI^I13 v2.5 messages from HCP application for updated Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC HCP RRI-I13 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Receives HL7 RRI^I13 v2.5 messages from HCP application for updated Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| IBJP IB TRICARE PAY-TO PROVIDER ADD |
action |
|
|
D PRVADD^IBJPS3(1) |
|
| IBJP IB TRICARE PAY-TO PROVIDER DEL |
action |
|
|
D PRVDEL^IBJPS3(1) |
|
| VALM CAPTION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMW2("CAPTION EDIT") |
|
| IBJP IB TRICARE PAY-TO PROVIDER EDIT |
action |
|
|
D PRVEDIT^IBJPS3(1) |
|
| IBJP IB TRICARE PAY-TO PROVIDER DIVISIONS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPS4(1) |
|
| IBJP IB TRICARE PAY-TO ASSOCIATIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP IB TRICARE PAY-TO DIVISION ADD |
action |
|
|
D DIVADD^IBJPS4(1) |
|
| IBCEM CSA CANCEL/CLONE BILL |
action |
|
This action allows a user to cancel/clone a bill that has been returned to the site in error. |
D CLONE^IBCECSA4 |
I '$D(IOUON) D ENS^%ZISS |
| RCDPE ERA WORKLIST CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^RCDPEWLP |
|
| RCDPEX RX_COMMENT |
action |
|
This option allows the user to enter a comment for an unreleased prescription. |
D EDITRXC^RCDPEX32 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^RCDPEWL |
|
| RCDPE APAR EEOB LIST MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu that contains the actions that can performed manually on the EEOBs for APAR. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| ORB BLANK LINE2 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| VALM MUMPS CODE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMW2("MUMPS CODE EDIT") |
|
| RCDPE APAR SELECT EEOB |
action |
|
Protocol allows the selection of an EEOB line item off the AUTO-POST - AWAITING RESOLUTION screen. |
D ENTEREOB^RCDPEAA1 |
|
| RCDPE APAR VIEW/PRINT ERA |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the summary or summary and detail information for an electronic remittance advice (ERA). |
D VIEWERA^RCDPEAA2($G(RCIENS)) |
|
| RCDPE APAR CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
Provides capability to change and save preferred view for the next time the option is executed. |
D CV^RCDPEAA1 |
|
| RCDPE APAR SELECTED EEOB MENU |
menu |
|
The APAR selected EEOB menu contains the actions that can be performed manually on the EEOB item that did not get a receipt when the associated ERA record was processed during the auto-post nightly process. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE MARK FOR AUTOPOST |
action |
|
Protocol will check the EEOB for auto-posting criteria and mark the EEOB for auto-posting if all criteria are met. |
D MARK^RCDPEAA2(RCIENS) |
|
| RCDPE APAR SPLIT LINE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to split the payment and adjustment amount of an EEOB line item to redistribute the funds to more accurately reflect the disposition of the payment/adjustment. |
D SPLIT^RCDPEAA3(RCIENS) |
|
| RCDPE APAR EEOB REFRESH |
action |
|
This option allows the user to 'refresh' the APAR scratch pad entry to remove all previously entered edits/splits/adjustments and restore it to the state it was in before any manual changes were made. |
D REFRESH^RCDPEAA3(RCIENS) |
|
| RCDPE APAR RESEARCH |
action |
|
This option allows the user access to the IB options for cancel, edit, add patient charges from within the APAR screen of EDI Lockbox. |
D RESEARCH^RCDPEAA3 |
|
| RCDPE APAR EEOB REVIEW |
action |
|
Allows addition of comments or used as a bookmark on a specific EEOB line in case processing was interrupted, thereby allowing the user to more easily resume where they left off. This option must be turned 'on' each time the user enters the EEOB to enter or view comments. |
D REVIEW^RCDPEAA3(RCIENS) |
|
| RCDPE APAR VIEW/PRINT EOB |
action |
|
This option allows the user to view the detail of a selected EOB presented in the APAR Scratch pad screen. |
D PREOB^RCDPEAA3($G(RCIENS)) |
|
| VALM OTHER FIELDS |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMW2("OTHER FIELDS") |
|
| RCDPE APAR EEOB RESEARCH MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be performed to research a payment/denial for a claim when reviewing an EOB. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPE APAR VERIFY |
action |
|
This option allows the user to access the options for verifying the EEOBs against the data on the VistA system to ensure the payments are being made for the correct claim. |
D VERIF^RCDPEAA3(RCIENS) |
|
| MHVSM DFT-P03 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM DFT-P03 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM ACK-P03 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| MHVSM ACK-P03 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z06 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| EAS ESR 050 ORU-Z06 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| DGEN HBP 11.1 MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for patient Health Benefit Plan data display and edit. |
|
D PEXIT^DGR111 |
| DGEN HBP VIEW |
action |
|
This protocol action allows the user to view the Health Benefit Plan(s) which have been added to or deleted from a patient's profile. |
D ACT^DGR111("VH") |
|
| VALM PROTOCOL INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMW2("PROTOCOL INFORMATION") |
|
| DGEN HBP DETAIL |
action |
|
This protocol action allows the user to view the detailed description of the VHA Profile(s) available for assigning to a patient's profile. |
D ACT^DGR111("VD") |
|
| DGEN HBP 11.1A MENU |
action |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^DGR111 |
| PSO REJECT TRICARE HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
This is the hidden menu option for the Reject Information (UNRESOLVED) [PSO REJECT TRICARE] ListMan screen. This is specifically for TRICARE and CHAMPVA rejects. |
|
|
| PSO REJECTS PRINT TO EXCEL |
action |
|
|
D PRTEXCL^PSOREJP0 |
|
| MDC OBSERVATION UPDATE |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be triggered when an observation in the OBS file MDCOBS("PATIENT_ID","E")="SIMPSON,BARTHOLOMUE" MDCOBS("PATIENT_ID","I")=2 MDCOBS("STATUS","E")="Unverified" MDCOBS("STATUS","I")=0 In case of an error, MDCOBS("ERROR") will be populated with the error number and error text from FileMan. enters or leaves VERIFIED status. The local array "MDCOBS" will be populated as follows: MDCOBS("OBS_ID","E")="{35627230-5C66-49E3-AD93-97C269CB257D}" MDCOBS("OBS_ID","I")="{35627230-5C66-49E3-AD93-97C269CB257D}" MDCOBS("OLD_STATUS","E")="Verified" MDCOBS("OLD_STATUS","I")=1 |
D EN^MDCPROTD |
|
| OR EVSEND VPR |
extended action |
|
|
|
|
| PSB EVSEND VPR |
extended action |
|
The purpose of this protocol is to send notification of events that modify the BCMA MEDICATION LOG file (#53.79). |
|
|
| HMP ADT-A04 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process HL7 ADT/A04 messages published by above, It adds a HMP (Health Management Platform) 'freshness' event. the VAFC ADT-A04 SERVER protocol. The client causes a HMP 'freshness' event for each new patient registration that occurs. This is especially important for new patients, as it is the only MAS event mechanism available that can be used to discover new patient entries. Note: The ROUTING LOGIC does not send any HL7 messages. As mentioned |
|
|
| HMP ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process HL7 ADT/A08 messages published by above, It adds a HMP (Health Management Platform) 'freshness' event. the VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER protocol. The client filters A08 events. It adds to the HMP 'freshness' queue only if the A08 was the result of the patient's sensitivity being modified via the DG SECURITY EDIT/EDIT option. All other A08 events are ignored and should not add to the 'freshness' queue. Note: The ROUTING LOGIC does not send any HL7 messages. As mentioned |
|
|
| HMP APPT EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track appointments for HMP. |
D SDAM^HMPEVNT(SDATA) |
|
| VALM LIST REGION EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMW2("LIST REGION EDIT") |
|
| HMP DG UPDATES |
action |
|
This protocol will track Patient file changes for HMP. |
D DG^HMPEVNT(DGDA,DGFIELD,DGFILE) |
|
| HMP GMPL EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will track new and updated problems for HMP. |
D GMPL^HMPEVNT(DFN,GMPIFN) |
|
| HMP INPT EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track patient admissions and discharges for HMP. |
D DGPM^HMPEVNT(DGPMA,DGPMDA,DGPMP,DGPMT) |
|
| HMP PCE EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track PCE visit data for HMP. |
D PCE^HMPEVNT |
|
| HMP XQOR EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol monitors order events for HMP. It is placed on the * EVSEND OR protocols to check for updates being sent from ancillary packages to Order Entry; it monitors when orders are completed. |
D XQOR^HMPEVNT(.XQORMSG) |
|
| HMP GMRA EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track Allergy data updates for HMP. |
D GMRA^HMPEVNT("") |
|
| HMP NA EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol monitors order events for HMP. It is placed on the OR EVSEND * protocols to check for order numbers assigned to new orders placed from the ancillary packages. |
D NA^HMPEVNT(.XQORMSG) |
|
| HMP MDC EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will track new and updated observations for HMP. |
D MDC^HMPEVNT(.MDCOBS) |
|
| HMP PSB EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track medication administrations for HMP. |
D PSB^HMPEVNT(.PSBIEN) |
|
| HMP PCMM TEAM |
action |
|
|
D PCMMT^HMPEVNT(SCPTTMAF,SCPTTMB4) |
|
| VALM CHANGE LIST |
action |
|
|
D INIT^VALMWB S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"",1:"R") |
|
| HMP PCMM TEAM POSITION |
action |
|
|
D PCMMTP^HMPEVNT(SCPTTPAF,SCPTTPB4) |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE MGR MENU |
menu |
|
Main protocol menu used by the VPRM EVT QUE MGR ListMan template. |
S XQORM("B")="Update" |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE CHANGE SERVER |
action |
|
Allows user to change which server's freshness queue events to display in the viewer. |
D CS^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE FRESHNESS REPORT |
action |
|
View overview freshness queue information for all HMP servers. |
D FSHRPT^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE CHANGE DOMAIN |
action |
|
Allows user to indicate only freshness events for a particular domain, like med, task, visit, etc., or all domains should be listed in freshness viewer. |
D CD^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE REFRESH |
action |
|
Refresh/update the current list of freshness queue events using the current criteria/filters specified. |
D REFRESH^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE DISPLAY DETAILS |
action |
|
Display details related to an event listed in the freshness queue viewer. |
D DETAIL^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE FILTER |
action |
|
Allows user to indicate only freshness events with a state of 'processed' or 'waiting to be processed' or all events should be listed in freshness viewer. |
D FILTER^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE SHOW TEMP GLOBALS |
action |
|
Show VPR temporary global usage report. The report displays summary information related to VPR processing use of ^XTMP and ^TMP globals. |
D SHOWHMPN^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMPM EVT QUE SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
Allows user to specify that only the freshness events for the selected patient should be used in the freshness queue event viewer. |
D SELPT^HMPEQLM |
|
| VALM EDIT ALL |
extended action |
|
|
S VALMALL="" |
K VALMALL S VALMBCK="R" D BLD^VALMWB |
| HMPM EVT QUE CHANGE MAX LISTED |
action |
|
Allows user to select the maximum events to display in the freshness queue viewer. (10 - 1000) |
D CM^HMPEQLM |
|
| HMP DGPF ASSIGN FLAG |
action |
|
Used to trigger a JDS update when the DGPF ASSIGN FLAG action protocol is used. A patient must have been selected and the DFN value is in DGDFN. |
I $G(DGDFN),$L($T(POST^HMPEVNT)) D POST^HMPEVNT(DGDFN,"patient",DGDFN) |
|
| IBCNB LIST TRICARE/CHAMPVA VIEW |
action |
|
|
K IBCNSORT D EN1^IBCNBLL(7) |
|
| SDEC ADD APPOINTMENT |
action |
|
Adds an appointment to the CLINICAL SCHEDULING package when the corresponding appointment in VistA scheduling is added. |
I $G(SDAMEVT)=1 D ADDEVT^SDEC07($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL),$G(SDDA)) |
|
| SDEC CANCEL APPOINTMENT |
action |
|
Cancel an appointment in the CLINICAL SCHEDULING package when the corresponding appointment in the VistA Scheduling is cancelled. |
I $G(SDAMEVT)=2 D CANEVT^SDEC08($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL)) |
|
| SDEC CHECKIN APPOINTMENT |
action |
|
Check in an appointment in the CLINICAL SCHEDULING package when the corresponding appointment in VistA Scheduling is checked in. |
I $G(SDAMEVT)=4 D CHKEVT^SDEC25($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL)) |
|
| SDEC NOSHOW APPOINTMENT |
action |
|
This protocol will no-show an appointment in the CLINICAL SCHEDULING package when the corresponding appointment in VistA Scheduling is no-showed. |
I $G(SDAMEVT)=3 D NOSEVT^SDEC31($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL)) |
|
| GMRA ASSESS SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D PATIENT^GMRAFA |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRA ASSESS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRA ASSESS DET REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D RR^GMRAFA1 |
S:$G(VALMBCK)="" VALMBCK="R" |
| VALM PROTOCOL EDIT |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,4^VALMW |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRA ASSESS DET MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRA ASSESS DET ASSESSMENT |
action |
|
|
D UASSESS^GMRAFA1 |
S:$G(VALMBCK)="" VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRA ASSESS DET ALL EIE |
action |
|
|
D ALLEE^GMRAFA1 |
S:$G(VALMBCK)="" VALMBCK="R" |
| RCDPE EFT ERA MANUAL MATCH |
action |
|
|
D MATCHWL^RCDPEM2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST RECEIPT PROCESSING |
action |
|
This option will jump to the receipt profile listmanager |
D RECPROC^RCDPEWL4 |
|
| RCDPE ECME INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D GOECME^RCDPEWL2 |
|
| IBJT ERA 835 INFORMATION |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJTEP |
|
| IBJT ERA 835 MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBPRVSCR)'="IBJTEP",$G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT 835 ADDITIONAL DATA |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJTAD |
D EXIT^IBJTAD |
| IBJT ERA 835 PRINT EEOB |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJTPE |
D EXIT^IBJTPE |
| VALM RUN LIST |
action |
|
|
D RUN^VALMW2(VALMIFN) |
|
| IBJT EXIT MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJT ERA 835 RECEIPT PROF |
action |
|
|
D RECEIPT^IBJTEP1 |
|
| RCDPE APAR CLAIM COMMENT |
action |
|
This protocol is used to capture a comment about the current claim. |
D COMNT^RCDPEAA3 |
|
| RCDPE WORKLIST ERA MARK FOR AUTO POST |
action |
|
This option allows the user to mark an ERA for auto-posting. If the ERA passes validation, the ERA will be marked as an auto-post candidate to get posted by the Nightly Background Job. |
D AUTOPOST^RCDPEWL8(1) |
|
| RCDPE EOB WORKLIST MARK FOR AUTO POST |
action |
|
This option allows the user to mark an ERA for auto-posting. If the ERA passes validation, the ERA will be marked as an auto-post candidate to get posted by the Nightly Background Job. |
D AUTOPOST^RCDPEWL8(2) |
|
| PSO SPMP3 COPY VERSION |
action |
|
|
D COPYVER^PSOSPMA3 |
|
| PSO SPMP3 EDIT DELIMETERS |
action |
|
|
D EDTDELIM^PSOSPMA3 |
|
| PSO SPMP3 CUSTOMIZE SEGMENT |
action |
|
|
D CUSSEG^PSOSPMA3 |
|
| PSO SPMP3 CUSTOMIZE DATA ELEMENT |
action |
|
|
D CUSELM^PSOSPMA3 |
|
| PSO SPMP3 DELETE CUSTOMIZATION |
action |
|
|
D DELCUS^PSOSPMB3 |
|
| VALM INPUT TEMPLATE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,^DIB S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| BPS PRTCL CMT ADD PHARM |
action |
|
|
D ADDP^BPSCMT01 |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR RESUB NO REVERSE |
action |
|
List Manager action protocol to allow the ECME user screen user to be able to resubmit an ECME claim without doing a reversal no matter what the previous ECME claim status happens to be. This action is used to help get claims back into sync with payers. |
D RESNRV^BPSSCRRS |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR OPECC REJECT INFORMATION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the OPECC on the ECME User Screen to go into the Reject Information details using a version of the pharmacy Reject Information Screen. |
D EN^BPSSCRRJ |
|
| BPS OPECC REJECT MENU |
menu |
|
This is the parent menu protocol for the OPECC Reject Information screen. |
|
|
| BPS OPECC REJECT VIEW ECME RX |
action |
|
This is the action protocol from the BPS OPECC REJECT INFORMATION screen to view the ePharmacy prescription data. |
D VER^BPSSCRRJ |
|
| BPS OPECC REJECT INFO VIEW RX |
action |
|
|
D VIEW^BPSSCRRJ |
|
| BPS OPECC REJECT INFO PATIENT INFORMATION |
action |
|
This is the action protocol to get from the ECME OPECC Reject Information screen to the Patient Information screen. Variable parameters RXIEN and RXFIL are common variables to routine BPSSCRRJ. |
D PI^BPSSCRRJ(RXIEN,RXFIL) |
|
| BPS OPECC REJECT INFO MEDICATION PROFILE |
action |
|
This is the action protocol to get from the ECME OPECC Reject Information screen to the Medication Profile screen. Variable parameters RXIEN and RXFIL are common variables to routine BPSSCRRJ. |
D MP^BPSSCRRJ(RXIEN,RXFIL) |
|
| BPS PRTCL USRSCR OPEN/CLOSE NON-BILLABLE ENTRY |
action |
|
This is the action protocol on the ECME user screen which allows the user to open or close a non-billable entry. This is a toggle action in that this action can open a closed entry, and it can close an open entry. |
D OC^BPSSCRN0 |
|
| PSO REJECTS VIEW ECME RX |
action |
|
Action protocol from the Third Party Payer Rejects - Worklist screen hidden menu to jump into the View ePharmacy Rx report. |
D VER^PSOREJP0 |
|
| VALM LIST ENTRY |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR PRTCL USRSCR VERIFY |
action |
|
Action protocol from the PSO LM ORDER SELECTION screen hidden menu to jump into the View ePharmacy Rx report. |
S:$G(RXN)="" RXN=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D VER^PSOBPSU3(RXN,+$G(DFN)) |
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR PRTCL USRSCR RESUBMIT |
action |
|
Action protocol from the PSO LM ORDER SELECTION screen hidden menu to resubmit a claim. |
S:$G(RXN)="" RXN=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D RES^PSOBPSU3(RXN,DFN) |
|
| PSO LM BACKDOOR PRTCL USRSCR REVERSE |
action |
|
Action protocol from the PSO LM ORDER SELECTION screen hidden menu to reverse a claim. |
S:$G(RXN)="" RXN=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D REV^PSOBPSU3(RXN,DFN) |
|
| PSO BPS PAT INFO MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol was created to mimic the main Patient Information screen, but the actions available on this menu protocol are simplified because this screen is being used by the OPECC from the ECME User screen and they should not have access to some of the functions on the normal Patient Information screen. |
|
|
| PSO BPS MED PROF MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu protocol for the Patient Medication Profile screen when coming from the ECME User Screen. This is from the OPECC Reject Information screen on the ECME user screen. The OPECC is not allowed to have access to the normal Patient Medication Profile screen actions so this simplified menu protocol was created. |
|
|
| KMPV MANAGEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| KMPV VIEW CFG |
action |
|
|
D VIEWCFG^KMPVLM |
|
| KMPV START MONITOR |
action |
|
|
D STARTMON^KMPVLM |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE3 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| VALM DEMO MENU |
menu |
|
Allows user to list a package's options and take some actions against those options. |
|
|
| KMPV STOP MONITOR |
action |
|
|
D STOPMON^KMPVLM |
|
| KMPV DELETE DATA |
action |
|
|
D KILL^KMPVLM |
|
| IBCE VIEW LOC PRINT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBRFI INITIAL WL MENU |
menu |
|
Protocol Menu used to display all of the actions that can be invoked from the RFAI Management Worklist. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBRFI RESORT |
action |
|
|
D SORT^IBRFIWL(1) |
|
| IBJP IB REVENUE CODES MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP IB REVENUE CODES DEL |
action |
|
|
D RCDEL^IBJPS5 |
|
| IBJP IB REVENUE CODES ADD |
action |
|
|
D RCADD^IBJPS5 |
|
| IBJP IB REVENUE CODES EXIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
Q |
| IBJP ADMIN CONTRACTOR MED ADD TYPE |
action |
|
|
D ADD^IBJPS6(1) |
|
| VALM DEMO PROTOCOL EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^VALMD |
|
| IBJP ADMIN CONTRACTOR MED DEL TYPE |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBJPS6(1) |
|
| IBJP ADMIN CONTRACTOR MED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBRFI SELECT MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to select an RFAI message to view the details of the message, add a comment or remove it from the list. |
D SMSG^IBRFIWL |
|
| IBJP ADMIN CONTRACTOR COM DEL TYPE |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBJPS6(2) |
|
| IBJP ADMIN CONTRACTOR COM ADD TYPE |
action |
|
|
D ADD^IBJPS6(2) |
|
| IBJP ADMIN CONTRACTOR COM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBRFI DETAIL REVIEW |
action |
|
Used to mark/unmark a selected message as 'In-Progress'. |
D REVIEW^IBRFIWL1 |
|
| IBRFI DETAIL COMMENT |
action |
|
Used to enter/edit the comment for a selected message. |
D EN^IBRFIN |
D INIT^IBRFIWL1 |
| IBRFI DETAIL REMOVE |
action |
|
Used to manually removed the selected message. |
D REMOVE^IBRFIWL1 |
|
| IBRFI CSA TPJI |
action |
|
Used to perform a set of actions and screens for Third Party AR/IB Joint Inquiry and provide detailed information on any Third Party Claim for the selected message. |
D TPJI^IBRFIWL1 |
|
| VALM DEMO DESC |
action |
|
|
D DESC^VALMD |
|
| IBRFI DETAIL MENU |
menu |
|
Used to provide the actions that may be performed after selecting a specified message. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBRFI ENTER COMMENTS 1 |
action |
|
|
D COMMENT^IBRFIWL1 |
|
| IBRFI COMMENTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBRFI 277 IN |
event driver |
|
This is the event driver protocol for incoming X12 277 RFAI messages. |
|
|
| IBRFI 277 RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
This is subscriber protocol for 277 responses. |
|
|
| IBJP HCSR CLINICS EDIT |
action |
|
Edit list of clinics for HCS Review. |
D EN^IBJPC1(1) |
D INIT^IBJPC2 |
| IBJP HCSR WARDS EDIT |
action |
|
Edit list of wards for HCS Review. |
D EN^IBJPC1(2) |
D INIT^IBJPC2 |
| IBJP HCSR ADM INSCO EDIT |
action |
|
Edit list of insurance companies for HCS Review Admissions search. |
D EN^IBJPC1(3) |
D INIT^IBJPC2 |
| IBJP HCSR APPT INSCO EDIT |
action |
|
Edit list of insurance companies for HCS Review Appointments search. |
D EN^IBJPC1(4) |
D INIT^IBJPC2 |
| IBJP HCSR CLINIC ADD |
action |
|
Add clinic to HCSR list. |
D ADD^IBJPC1(1) |
|
| VALM DEMO CHANGE PACKAGE |
action |
|
Allows users to change package. |
D CHG^VALMD |
|
| IBJP HCSR CLINIC DEL |
action |
|
Delete clinic from HCSR list. |
D DEL^IBJPC1(1) |
|
| IBJP HCSR WARD ADD |
action |
|
Add ward to HCSR list. |
D ADD^IBJPC1(2) |
|
| IBJP HCSR WARD DEL |
action |
|
Delete ward from HCSR list. |
D DEL^IBJPC1(2) |
|
| IBJP HCSR ADM INSCO ADD |
action |
|
Add insurance company to HCSR Admissions Search list. |
D ADD^IBJPC1(3) |
|
| IBJP HCSR ADM INSCO DEL |
action |
|
Delete insurance company from HCSR Admissions Search list. |
D DEL^IBJPC1(3) |
|
| IBJP HCSR APPT INSCO ADD |
action |
|
Add insurance company to HCSR Appointments Search list. |
D ADD^IBJPC1(4) |
|
| IBJP HCSR APPT INSCO DEL |
action |
|
Delete insurance company from HCSR Appointments Search list. |
D DEL^IBJPC1(4) |
|
| IBJP HCSR CLINICS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP HCSR WARDS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP HCSR ADM INSCO MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| VALM DEMO PRINT |
action |
|
|
W !!,*7,"This is a test print protocol!" R X:DTIME S VALMBCK="" |
|
| IBJP HCSR APPT INSCO MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBT HCSR WORKLIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBT HCSR LIST SORT |
action |
|
|
D SORT^IBTRH1 |
|
| IBT HCSR LIST DEL |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBTRH1 |
D INIT^IBTRH1 |
| IBT HCSR EXPAND ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRH2 |
D INIT^IBTRH1 |
| IBT HCSR ENTRY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBT HCSR SEND 278 REQUEST |
action |
|
|
D SEND278^IBTRH2 |
|
| IBT HCSR COPY 278 REQUEST |
action |
|
|
D COPY278^IBTRH2A |
|
| IBT HCSR ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D ADDCMT^IBTRH2 |
|
| IBT HCSR IN PROGRESS SET |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH1(1) |
|
| IBT HCSR IN PROGRESS REM |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH1(0) |
|
| IBTR HCSR OUT |
event driver |
|
This is event driver protocol for HCSR requests. |
|
|
| IBTR HCSR INQUIRY |
subscriber |
|
This is subscriber protocol for HCSR requests. |
|
|
| IBTR HCSR IN |
event driver |
|
This is event driver protocol for incoming HCSR messages. |
|
|
| IBTR HCSR RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
This is subscriber protocol for HCSR responses. |
|
|
| IBJP HCSR PARAMETERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBJP HCSR OTHER EDIT |
action |
|
Edit HCSR Parameters |
D OP^IBJPC2 |
D INIT^IBJPC2 |
| IBJP HCSR PARAMETERS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPC2 |
D INIT^IBJPC |
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D RESPWR^IBTRH1B |
D INIT^IBTRH1 |
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE EXPAND ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D EN2^IBTRH3 |
D INIT^IBTRH5 |
| GMRCM STATUS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE LIST SORT |
action |
|
|
D SORT^IBTRH5 |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBT HCSR REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D REFRESH^IBTRH1A |
|
| IBT HCSR NEXT REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D DELAY^IBTRH1B |
D INIT^IBTRH1 |
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D REFRESH^IBTRH5 |
|
| IBT HCSR ADD COMMENT WORKLIST |
action |
|
|
D ADDCMT^IBTRH1 |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE NEXT REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D DELAY^IBTRH5 |
|
| IBT HCSR IN PROGRESS EE REM |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH2(0) |
|
| IBT HCSR IN PROGRESS EE SET |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH2(1) |
|
| IBT HCSR SEND 278 INQUIRY |
action |
|
|
D SEND215^IBTRH2B |
|
| GMRCOR CONSULT |
protocol |
|
This is a very important protocol for activating the Consult order capabilities in the Add orders process. This is the protocol which should be performed when "Consult..." is selected from the "Add New Orders menu". |
D EN^GMRCP |
|
| IBT HCSR SEND 278 SHORT |
action |
|
|
D SEND278^IBTRH6 |
|
| IBT HCSR SEND 278 ADD DATA |
action |
|
|
D DATA^IBTRH6 |
|
| IBT HCSR SEND 278 SHORT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE VIEW MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBT HCSR VIEW PENDING RESPONSE |
action |
|
|
D EN3^IBTRH3 |
|
| IBT HCSR SEND 278 REQUEST SHORT |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRH6 |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE IN PROGRESS REM |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH1(0,"","IBTRH5IX") |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE IN PROGRESS SET |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH1(1,"","IBTRH5IX") |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE IN PROGRESS EE REM |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH3(0) |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE IN PROGRESS EE SET |
action |
|
|
D PRMARK^IBTRH3(1) |
|
| GMRCT SAMPLE CONSULT TYPE |
protocol |
|
This is a Consult Type protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "CONSULT..." header. |
S GMRCEN="C" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE EE SEND278 |
action |
|
|
D SEND278^IBTRH5(IBTRIEN) |
|
| IBT HCSR RESPONSE LIST DEL |
action |
|
|
D DEL^IBTRH5 |
D INIT^IBTRH5 |
| IBJP HCSR CLINIC ADD PAYER |
action |
|
Add payer to clinic for inclusion in HCSR search. |
D ADDPYR^IBJPC3(1) |
|
| IBJP HCSR CLINIC DEL PAYER |
action |
|
Delete payer from clinic for inclusion in HCSR search. |
D DELPYR^IBJPC3(1) |
|
| IBJP HCSR WARD ADD PAYER |
action |
|
Add payer to ward for exclusion from HCSR search. |
D ADDPYR^IBJPC3(2) |
|
| IBJP HCSR WARD DEL PAYER |
action |
|
Delete payer from ward for exclusion from HCSR search. |
D DELPYR^IBJPC3(2) |
|
| IBT HCSR MANUAL 278 REQUEST |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRH7 |
|
| IBT HCSR VIEW X12 MESSAGE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRH8 |
|
| IB TABLE UPDATE |
subscriber |
|
This is subscriber protocol for table updates. |
|
|
| IB TBLUPD IN |
event driver |
|
This is event driver protocol for incoming table update messages. |
|
|
| GMRCR SAMPLE PROCEDURE |
protocol |
|
This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| PSJ LM ADM HIST |
action |
|
This will display the last five actions on the Orderable Items for active orders for the patient chosen in PSJ OE. |
D INIT^PSGAH |
D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBCNCH COMMENT HISTORY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNCH ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D ADDCOM^IBCNCH |
|
| IBCNCH EXPAND COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D EXPCOM^IBCNCH3 |
|
| IBCNCH DELETE COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBCNCH |
|
| IBCNCH SEARCH LIST |
action |
|
|
D SEARCH^IBCNCH2 |
|
| IBCNCH EDIT COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCNCH |
|
| IBCNSP PATIENT POLICY COMMENTS ADD/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCNCH($G(DFN),$P($G(IBPPOL),"^",4),1) |
D BLD^IBCNSP |
| IBCNSP PATIENT POLICY COMMENTS VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCNCH($G(DFN),$P($G(IBPPOL),"^",4),0) |
|
| IBCNCH COMMENT HISTORY VIEW |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| ORB BLANK LINE4 |
action |
|
Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace. |
|
|
| GMRCURGENCY - INPATIENT |
protocol menu |
|
This menu is not actually used by the Consult/Request Tracking Package. It serves here as a guideline for the urgencies the OE/RR Task Force recommends for Consults and Requests. Please review this list and set up the appropriate entries for your site in the GMRCURGENCYM CSLT (and REQ) - INPATIENT protocol menus. This is the Urgency of Consult selection items recommended for use with Inpatient patients. |
S XQORM("A")="URGENCY: ",XQORM(0)="1A",XQORM("B")="Within 72 hours",XQORFLG("SH")=0 K XQORQUIT,XQORPOP |
S GMRCU=X |
| IBCNSP ADD GROUP COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D GC^IBCNSP3 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("COMMENT"),1) |
| IBCNCH COMMENT HISTORY EXPAND |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNCH EDIT COMMENT EXPAND |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCNCH($G(COMIEN)) |
|
| IBCNCH DELETE COMMENT EXPAND |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBCNCH($G(COMIEN)) |
|
| IBCNCH SEARCH LIST EXPAND |
|
|
|
D SEARCH^IBCNCH2($G(COMIEN)) |
|
| IBCNCH COMMENT HISTORY SEARCH |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNCH SEARCH NEXT |
action |
|
|
D NEXTCOM^IBCNCH3 |
|
| IBCNCH PREVIOUS COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D PREVCOM^IBCNCH3 |
|
| IBCNCH COMMENT HISTORY EXPAND VIEW |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNCH EXPAND COMMENT VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EXPCOM^IBCNCH3(1) |
|
| GMRCURGENCY - NOW |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Now" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| IBJT PATIENT POLICY COMMENTS VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCNCH($G(DFN),+$G(IBJPOL),0) |
|
| IBCN INS CO SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^IBCNILK |
|
| IBCN INS CO UNSELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNILK |
|
| IBCN INS CO SHOW SEL |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSEL^IBCNILK |
|
| IBCN INS CO ACTIVE UNSELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNILK(1) |
|
| IBCN INS CO MENU |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN INS CO ACTIVE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN INS CO NEW SEARCH |
action |
|
|
D NEWSRCH^IBCNILK |
|
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER MENU |
menu |
|
Menu used to select and unselect Subscribers. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^IBCNSUR4 |
|
| GMRCURGENCY - TODAY |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Today" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER UNSELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNSUR4 |
|
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER SHOW SEL |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSEL^IBCNSUR4 |
|
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER SORT LIST |
action |
|
|
D SELSORT^IBCNSUR4 |
|
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER ACTIVE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN SUBSCRIBER ACTIVE UNSELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNSUR4(1) |
|
| IBJT SHORT MENU 2 |
menu |
|
Short menu used from Third Party Joint Inquiry->PI->VP option. Includes the new PT (Patient Policy Comments) action. |
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)>2 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNB ELIG PAYER SUMMARY |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCNES4 |
|
| IBCNE ELIG PAY SUM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSJ RDEO11 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Inpatient - send RDE^011 message. |
|
|
| PSJ RDEO11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 24 HOURS |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Within 24 hrs" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| PSJ ADT-A01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A02 message from PIMS (patient transfer) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A03 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A03 message from PIMS (patient discharge) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A03 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A01 message from PIMS (patient admission) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A01 ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
This is the routing protocol for all VAFC ADT events (ADT, cancel ADT & bed switch). |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A08 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A08 message from PIMS (bed switch) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A11 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 48 HOURS |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Within 48 hrs" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. This is the default for inpatient consults, so it must be one of the items on the GMRCURGENCYM inpatient protocol menus. |
Q |
|
| PSJ ADT-A11 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A11 message from PIMS (cancel admission) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A12 message from PIMS (cancel transfer) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ ADT-A13 SERVER |
event driver |
|
A modified copy of the A13 message from PIMS (cancel discharge) is created to send to PADE. |
|
|
| PSJ PADE OMS-O05 SUB |
subscriber |
|
This protocol processes HL7 messages received from Pharmacy Automated Dispensing Equipment (PADE) containing dispensing cabinet activity. This protocol subscribes to the PSJ PADE OMS-O05 EVENT protocol. |
|
|
| PSJ PADE OMS-O05 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol represents the trigger event on the Pharmacy Automated Dispensing Equipment (PADE) system when pocket activity occurs at a dispensing device. A Stock Requisition Order message OMS^O05 is sent from the PADE system and processed by subscriber protocol PSJ PAD OMS_O05 SUB. |
|
|
| PSJ LM PADE ACTIVITY |
action |
|
This displays all Pharamcy Automated Dispensing Equipment (PADE) activity for the current patient. The display includes the Date and Time the activity occured, the type of activity, the drug item, the quantity, and the PADE cabinet/dispensing device. This hidden action is available in Inpatient Order Entry. |
D PADECK^PSJPADPT |
|
| PSJ SIU-S12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Clinic appointments/Surgery bookings will generate S12 type HL7 messages as part of the nightly scheduled job. |
|
|
| PSJ SIU-S12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 72 HOURS |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Within 72 hrs" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| PSJ SIU-SDAM ROUTER |
subscriber |
|
This is the routing protocol for Scheduling event (patient appointment check-in). |
|
|
| PSJ PADE OMS-O05 EVENT 2.3 |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PSJ PADE OMS-O05 SUB 2.3 |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSS MFNM01 SERVER |
event driver |
|
PDM MASTER FILE UPDATE |
|
|
| PSS MFNM01 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
PDM MASTER FILE UPDATE CLIENT |
|
|
| PXCE ICR ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to enter an immunization contraindication or refusal event. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("ICR") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| PSO REMOTE RX QBP-Q13 EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REMOTE RX QBP-Q13 ESUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM REMOTE ORDER MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM REFILL REMOTE ORDER |
action |
|
|
D REFREQ^PSORRX1 |
|
| GMRCURGENCY - NEXT AVAILABLE |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Next available" urgency for ordering a Consult/request. |
Q |
|
| PSO LM REMOTE PARTIAL |
action |
|
|
D PARTIAL^PSORRX1 |
|
| PSO REMOTE RX RDS-O13 EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| PSO REMOTE RX RDS-O13 ESUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM REMOTE RX REPORT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO LM SELECT REPORT ITEM |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSORRP |
Q |
| A1VS PACKAGE MANAGER MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager template named: A1VS PACKAGE MANAGER. This menu allows access to VistA Package Manager actions. |
|
|
| A1VS SITE PARAMETERS |
action |
|
This protocol is used to set the Default Directory that XTMPSIZE.DAT is stored. |
D SP^A1VSLM |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EDIT TOOLS |
action |
|
This Protocol will execute the A1VS PKG MGR EDIT TOOLS ListManager Template. It requires an editor key (A1VS EDITOR). |
D PE^A1VSLM |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EDIT MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu Type Protocol defines the actions available for the A1VS PKG MGR EDIT TOOLS ListMan Template. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR MENU EDIT ACTION |
action |
|
This Protocol invokes an Action that starts the A1VS PKG MGR EDIT TOOLS List Template. |
D PE^A1VSLM |
|
| GMRCURGENCYM - OUTPATIENT |
menu |
|
This is the menu of urgencies recommended for Consult/Request orders for outpatient patients. |
Q |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM DISP/EDIT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display a selected package Parameter file (XTMPSIZE.DAT) for review, or Edit and Save to a new file. |
D PRMD^A1VSLM |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR VISTA SIZE RPT |
action |
|
This action protocol will tally components based upon a selected XTMPSIZE.DAT parameter file. The results are displayed by the A1VS PKG MGR VISTA SIZE RPT ListMan template. |
D VSR^A1VSLM |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR RPT MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager Template Named: A1VS PKG MGR VISTA SIZE RPT. This menu allows access to VistA Package Manager statistics report actions. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR RPT WRT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol is used to write the VistA Package Size report to a Text file. |
D TEXTFILE^A1VSLR |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR RPT MAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol is used to create an E-mail and send the displayed report as an attachement to selected recipients. |
D SNDEXT^A1VSLAPI("VistA Size Report",DUZ,"^TMP(""A1VS PKG MGR RPT"","_$J_")") |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EXTRACT MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu Type Protocol is used by the List Manager Template named: A1VA PKG MGR EXTRACT MNGR. This menu allows access to the Package File Extract tools. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EXT MNGR ACTION |
action |
|
This Protocol invokes an Action that starts the A1VS PKG MGR EXTRACT MNGR List Template. |
D EA^A1VSLM |
|
| A1VS PKG EXTRACT DEL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol prompts for a $JOB value in the Package Extract Array node definition and deletes it. |
D DE^A1VSLN |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EXT DISP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will invoke the A1VS PKG MGR EXT DISP ACTION List Template. |
D ED^A1VSLN |
|
| A1VS PKG EXT DISP DEL ACTION |
action |
|
This Action protocol will delete the displayed package extract from the A1VS PKG MGR EXT DISP List Template. |
D DEL^A1VSLDE |
|
| GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 1 WEEK |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Within 1 week" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EXT DISP MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager Template Named: XUVS PKG MGR EXT DISP. This action displays a selected extract and related actions for the extract. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG EXTRACT CREATE ACTION |
action |
|
This Action protocol will create a package extract from the Package File. The data will be stored in ^XTMP("XUSER",$J). Note that moving extracts between system via PackMan or creating two extracts from the current login process can/will overwrite an ^XTMP("XUSER") extract with the same Process ID ($JOB) number. Saving ^XTMP("XUSER") Globals with value via loading them in a Packman message is advised. |
D PEXT^A1VSLN |
|
| A1VS PKG EXT EMAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will invoke the A1VS PKG EXT EMAIL ACTION protocol. |
D EEXT^A1VSLN |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM DISP MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu protocol contains the list of actions available from the A1VS PKG MGR PARAM DISPLAY List Template. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM ERROR MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu Type Protocol is used by the List Manager Template named: A1VS PKG MGR PARAM ERROR DISP. This protocol allows access to the Package Parameter File error reporting actions. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM ERR DISP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the list of File Range and Prefixes shared by multiple packages. |
D PKGERR^A1VSLP |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PREFIX OVERLAP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the list of Prefixes shared by multiple packages. |
DO DPFXERR^A1VSLPER |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR FILE OVERLAP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the list of files shared by multiple packages. |
DO DRNGERR^A1VSLPER |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM OVRLP REDISP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will re-display the list Prefixes and Files shared by multiple packages. |
D CMBERR^A1VSLPER |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM DISP CAPTION ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will format the parameter file and display packages with captions. |
D PARAMRPT^A1VSLP |
|
| GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 1 MONTH |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Within 1 mo" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request |
Q |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM DISP CAPTN MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu protocol contains the list of actions available from the A1VS PKG MGR PARAM CAPTN DISP List Template. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG EXT CRT PARAM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow a user holding the "A1VS EDITOR" key to select an extract [from ^XTMP("XUSIZE")] for review and output. |
D CRTPARM^A1VSLN |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR NEW PARAM MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager template named: A1VS PKG EXT CRT PARAM. This menu allows acces to the new parameter file management actions. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG EXT REDISP PARAM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will [re-]display the new Parameter file listing. |
DO REDISPRM^A1VSCP |
|
| A1VS PKG EXT DISP CORRECTIONS ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will list notes about Package File Parameters discovered when the new Parameter list was created from the Package Parameter Extract. |
DO REDISCRT^A1VSCP |
|
| A1VS PKG EXT PARAM WRT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow a user holding the "A1VS EDITOR" Key t to create a Package Parameter File (like XTMPSIZE.DAT). |
D WRPARMFL^A1VSCP |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR NEW PARAM MAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will E-mail a corrections report for the listed Parameters and attach the Parameter list in a text file. |
D SNDNPFLE^A1VSCP |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EDIT PACKAGE PARM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to select a package from the parameter file displayed and edit it. |
D EDITPRM^A1VSLPDC |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR DEL PACKAGE PARM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to select a package from the parameter file and delete it out of the parameter file. |
D DELPMPKG^A1VSLPDC |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR SAVE PACKAGE PARM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow a user to save changes made to the displayed Package Parameter File. |
D SAVPMPKG^A1VSLPDC |
|
| XU USER SIGN-ON |
extended action |
|
This is a protocol option to link other packages that want to know about a user sign-on event. The protocols must not read/write to the screen because we may be doing a GUI sign-on. They can set Text that will be displayed to the user by calling SET^XUS1A(string) The first character should be a "!" to cause the text to be placed on a new line. DUZ will be defined but other variables may not be. It is called from XUS1A. |
|
|
| GMRCPLACEM - INPATIENT |
protocol menu |
|
This is the recommended menu of Place of Consultation answers for Consult/Requests ordered for inpatients. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM FILE DELETE ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user (holding the A1VS EDITOR key) to select a parameter file and delete it. |
D DELPRM^A1VSLM |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM DATA MAP HELP ACTION |
action |
|
This Protocol invokes an Action that will display a data map for the caret delimited data in the Package Parameter file displayed. |
D PARAMAP^A1VSLP |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR EMAIL OVRLAP RPT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will invoke the A1VS PKG MGR EMAIL OVRLAP RPT ACTION protocol to E-mail the displayed report to selected recipients. |
D ERPT^A1VSLPER |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM CMPR MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager Template Named: A1VS PKG MGR PARAM COMPARE. The action allows selection of an existing XTMPSIZE.DAT file for comparison to a displayed file. Differences are reported in a ListMan user interface. |
|
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM COMPARE ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will prompt the user to select a Parameter File to compare to the displayed Parameter File. |
DO PARAMCMP^A1VSLP |
|
| A1VS PKG MGR PARAM COMPR MAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will E-Mail a comparison report resulting from the a compare of two Package parameter files by the A1VS PKG MGR PARAM COMPARE protocol. |
D MAILRPT^A1VSLPC |
|
| PSIVARH PHARMACY |
action |
|
|
D EN101^PSIVARH(.XQORMSG) |
|
| IBOH EXPAND HELD CHARGES |
action |
|
This options expands the selected entry. |
D EXPAND^IBOHLS |
|
| IBOH RELEASE HELD CHARGES |
action |
|
This options Releases the selected entry. |
D REL^IBOHLS2 |
|
| IBOH EXPORT TO FILE |
action |
|
This options exports the selected entry to an excel file. |
D EXPORT^IBOHLS2("IBHOLS",.FILTERS) |
|
| GMRCPLACE - BEDSIDE |
protocol |
|
This is one of the selections to be used for the "Place of Consultation" prompt while ordering a consult/request. |
|
|
| IBOH PRINT HELD CHARGES RPT |
action |
|
This options prints the held charges report. |
D RPT^IBOHLS2("IBOHLS",.FILTERS) |
|
| IBOH HELD CHARGES WORKLIST MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu options for the Held Charges list manager. |
|
|
| IBOH HELD CHARGES PATIENT INSURANCE |
action |
|
This option displays the patient insurance screen for the selected entry. |
D PATINS^IBOHLS2 |
|
| IBOH HELD CHARGES CLAIM TRACKING |
action |
|
This option displays the claim tracking information for the selected entry. |
D CLMTRK^IBOHLS2 |
|
| IBOH HELD CHARGES TPJI |
action |
|
This options displays the patient claim information screen for the selected entry. |
D PATCLM^IBOHLS2 |
|
| IBOH HELD CHARGES ACCOUNT PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D PATACP^IBOHLS2 |
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST IVACTION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST IVPRECERT |
action |
|
|
D IVDONE^IBFBWL6 |
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST IVREMOVE |
action |
|
|
D IVREM^IBFBWL6 |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCPLACE - ON CALL |
protocol |
|
This is one of the selections for the "Place of Consultation" prompt when ordering a Consult/Request. It gives the assigned Consultant the choice of where the consult/request should be performed with the patient. |
|
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST REFRESH |
action |
|
This action allows the user to re-display the current screen. |
D REFRESH^IBFBWL |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST EXPAND |
action |
|
|
D EXPAND^IBFBWL |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST INSURANCE LINK |
action |
|
|
D LINKI^IBFBWL |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST CLAIMS TRACKING LINK |
action |
|
|
D LINKCT^IBFBWL |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST ACTIONS |
action |
|
|
D ACTIONS^IBFBWL |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST HISTORY |
action |
|
|
D HISTORY^IBFBWL |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST EXPAND MENU PROTOCOL |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST EXPAND REFRESH |
action |
|
This action allows the user to re-display the current screen. |
D REFRESH^IBFBWL2 |
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST ACTION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST REMOVE |
action |
|
Use this action to remove an item from the Billing Worklist |
D REM^IBFBWL3 |
|
| GMRCPLACEM - OUTPATIENT |
protocol menu |
|
This is the recommended menu of Place of Consultation answeres when ordering a consult/request for an outpatient. |
|
|
| IB BILLING WORKLIST COMPLETE |
action |
|
Use this action to complete departmental review of item on Billing Worklist. |
D DONE^IBFBWL3 |
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST RURACTION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST RURREMOVE |
action |
|
|
D RUREM^IBFBWL6 |
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST RURCOMP |
action |
|
|
D RUDONE^IBFBWL6 |
|
| IB NVC PRECERT WORKLIST RURNRD |
action |
|
|
D RUNRD^IBFBWL6 |
|
| DIAC MEMBERS |
action |
|
|
D ADD^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D CHANGE^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D DETAIL^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC LINK ACTION |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,LINK^DIACLM1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| GMRCPLACE - EMERGENCY ROOM |
protocol |
|
This is one of the selections for the "Place of Consultation" prompt when ordering a Consult/Request, for Outpatients. |
Q |
|
| DIAC FUNCTIONS |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,FCNS^DIACLM1 S VALMBCK="R" |
|
| DIAC EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC EXPAND |
action |
|
|
D EXPAND^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC QUIT |
action |
|
|
D EXIT^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC TEST |
action |
|
|
D TEST^DIACLM1 |
|
| DIAC ACTION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| DIAC BLANK LINE |
action |
|
|
Q |
|
| DIAC DISABLE |
action |
|
|
D DISABLE^DIACLM1 |
|
| BPS VRX NAV PRINT REPORT |
action |
|
|
D REPORT^BPSVRX3 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| OR EVSEND SD |
extended action |
|
This protocol is used to send return to clinic appointment requests to Scheduling. |
|
|
| GMRCURGENCY - ROUTINE |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Routine" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| SD RECEIVE OR |
action |
|
This protocol receives return to clinic appointment requests from OE/RR. |
D EN^SDHL7(.XQORMSG) |
|
| SD EVSEND OR |
extended action |
|
This protocol sends scheduled appointment information to OE/RR. Specifically, appointments scheduled due to the receipt of an appointment scheduling request received from OE/RR. |
|
|
| GMPL MENU COPY GROUP |
action |
|
This action allows the user to copy an existing category to a new category. Local/VISN categories may not be copied into a National category. However National categories may be adopted/copied into a Local/VISN category for local modifications. |
D COPY^GMPLBLDC |
|
| PXRM VS MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for utilizing NLM Value Sets in Clinical Reminders. |
|
D PEXIT^PXRMVSLM |
| PXRM VS CREATE TAXONOMY |
action |
|
|
D CRETAXS^PXRMVSLM |
|
| PXRM VS INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D INQS^PXRMVSLM |
|
| PXRM VS SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMVSLM |
|
| PXRM CQM SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMCQLM |
|
| PXRM CQM INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D INQS^PXRMCQLM |
|
| PXRM CQM MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMCQLM |
| GMRCURGENCY - EMERGENCY |
protocol |
|
This represents "Emergency" urgency for Consult/Requests. |
Q |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMTXLS |
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED SAVE |
action |
|
|
D SAVE^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED SELECT |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED UID |
action |
|
|
D UIDL^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED EXIT |
action |
|
|
D EXITS^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED RFT |
action |
|
|
D RFTL^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED RFD |
action |
|
|
D RFDL^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED ADD |
action |
|
|
D INCL^PXRMTXLS |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY ALL SELECTED UID EDIT |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXRMUIDE |
| PXRM TAXONOMY UID EDIT |
action |
|
|
D UIDES^PXRMTAXL |
|
| GMRCACTM USER REVIEW SCREEN |
menu |
|
This is the actions which may be taken by a user in the Consult/Request Tracking package. |
|
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY UIDE SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXRMUIDE |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY UIDE EXIT |
action |
|
|
D EXITS^PXRMUIDE |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY UIDE SAVE |
action |
|
|
D SAVE^PXRMUIDE |
|
| PXRM TAXONOMY VALUE SET COMPARE |
action |
|
|
D VSCMPS^PXRMTAXL |
|
| PXRM VS CODE SEARCH |
action |
|
|
D CODESRCH^PXRMVSCS |
|
| PSO ERX HQ MENU |
menu |
|
This is the eRx holding queue menu. |
|
|
| PSO ERX HQ SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SI^PSOERX1A |
|
| PSO ERX DISPLAY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX VALIDATE PATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol hangs off of the PSO ERX HQ DISPLAY PROTOCOL as an action. This protocol allows the user to manually validate the patient for a given eRx prescription. |
D PAT^PSOERX1A |
|
| PSO ERX HQ SEARCH |
action |
|
This protocol allows a user to search the eRx holding queue. |
D SEARCH^PSOERX |
|
| GMRCR ATRIAL LEAD IMPLANT |
protocol |
|
This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| PSO ERX HQ SORT |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to sort the eRx entries. |
D SORT^PSOERX |
|
| PSO ERX VALIDATE PROVIDER |
action |
|
|
D PROV^PSOERX1A |
|
| PSO ERX VALIDATE DRUG |
action |
|
|
D DRUG^PSOERX1A |
|
| PSO ERX VALIDATION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX PRINT |
action |
|
|
D PRINT^PSOERX1C(PSOIEN) |
|
| PSO ERX ACCEPT ERX |
action |
|
|
D ACCEPT^PSOERSE3 |
|
| PSO ERX HOLD |
action |
|
|
D HOLD^PSOERXH1 |
|
| PSO ERX UNHOLD |
action |
|
|
D UNHOLD^PSOERXH1 |
|
| PSO ERX ACCEPT VALIDATION |
action |
|
|
D ACVAL^PSOERX1B(PSOIEN,EDTYP) |
|
| GMRCR ELECTROCARDIOGRAM |
protocol |
|
This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. This is the name of procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| PSO ERX EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^PSOERX1A(EDTYP) |
|
| PSO ERX SELECT BY NUMBER |
action |
|
|
D SBN^PSOERX1A |
|
| PSO ERX REMOVE |
action |
|
|
D REM^PSOERX1B |
|
| PSO ERX OP PRINT |
action |
|
Physical printing of an eRx from pending outpatient orders and backdoor orders |
D PRINT^PSOERX1C("",1) |
W "" |
| MAG CPACS A08 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based ADT patient update messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAGD PACS VAFC ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This protocol will track PATIENT file (#2) changes for VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A08 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes ADT A08 Update Patient Information messages to a commercial PACS. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A08 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes patient update message to a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| GMRCR ECHO |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| MAG CPACS A47 |
event driver |
|
This protocol generates headers for IHE-based ADT change patient identifier list messages to be delivered to a commercial PACS by VistA Imaging. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A47 SUBS-HLO |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes change patient identifier list messages to a commercial PACS using the HL7 Optimized package. |
|
|
| MAG CPACS A47 SUBS |
subscriber |
|
This protocol routes change patient identifier list messages to a commercial PACS. |
|
|
| IBCNE MBI REQUEST |
action |
|
The MBI Request action will initiate an electronic request for the current patient's Medicare Beneficiary Identifier |
D MBIREQ^IBCNEQU |
D INIT^IBCNEQU |
| YTXCHG CREATE ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D CREATE^YTXCHGL |
|
| YTXCHG DELETE ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^YTXCHGL |
|
| YTXCHG SAVE HOST |
action |
|
|
D SAVEHOST^YTXCHGL |
|
| YTXCHG BROWSE SPEC |
action |
|
|
D BROWSE^YTXCHGL |
|
| YTXCHG LOAD HOST |
action |
|
|
D LOADHOST^YTXCHGL |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| YTXCHG DRYRUN |
action |
|
|
D DRYRUN^YTXCHGL |
|
| GMRCURGENCYM REQ - INPATIENT |
menu |
|
This is the menu of urgencies recommended for use with Inpatient Procedure orders in the Consult/Request package. |
S XQORM("A")="URGENCY: ",XQORM(0)="1A",XQORM("B")="Within 72 hours",XQORFLG("SH")=0 |
S GMRCU=X |
| YTXCHG INSTALL |
action |
|
|
D INSTALL^YTXCHGL |
|
| YTXCHG MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| YTXCHG REBUILD ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D REBUILD^YTXCHGL |
|
| YTXCHG LOAD URL |
action |
|
|
D LOADURL^YTXCHGL |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main cross-servicing worklist protocol. |
|
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST EXPAND |
action |
|
|
D EXPAND^RCTCSWL |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST EXPAND MENU PROTOCOL |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST INSURANCE |
action |
|
|
D LINKI^RCTCSWL |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST ACCOUNT PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D ACCTPR^RCTCSWL |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST VIEW PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D PTVW^RCTCSWL |
|
| GMRCURGENCY - STAT |
protocol |
|
This represents the "Stat" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. |
Q |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST CANCEL/EDIT/ADD |
action |
|
|
D CEA^RCTCSWL |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE INCREASE TRANS |
action |
|
This is the action for Increase Adjustment on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection allowed. |
D INC^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE DECREASE TRANS |
action |
|
This is the action for Decrease Adjustment on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection allowed. |
D DEC^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST PRINT STATEMENT |
action |
|
|
D PRTSTAT^RCTCSWL |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE STOP |
action |
|
This is the action for Stop TCSP on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection allowed. |
D STOP^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE TERM FISCAL |
action |
|
This is the action for Term Fiscal on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection allowed. |
D TERM^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE RECALL BILL |
action |
|
This is the action for Recall Bill on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection allowed. |
D RECALLB^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE RECALL DEBTOR |
action |
|
This is the action for Recall Debtor on the Account Profile screen. No multiple selection. |
D RECALLD^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| PRCA TCSP WORKLIST REMOVE |
action |
|
|
D REMOVE^RCTCSWL |
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE SUSPEND |
action |
|
This is the action for Suspend Bill on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection allowed. |
D SUSPEND^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| GMRCR ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. |
|
|
| PRCA TCSP ACCOUNT PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This option will show a profile of bills for an account. |
|
|
| RCDP ACCT PROFILE RE-ESTABLISH |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for the Re-Establish Bill on the Account Profile screen. Multiple selection is allowed. |
D REESTAB^RCDPAPL1 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MEDICATION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO PATIENT MED RESET |
action |
|
|
D RESET^PSOCPF1 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MED CANCEL |
action |
|
|
D CANCEL^PSOCPF1 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MED EXPORT |
action |
|
|
D EXPORT^PSOCPF1 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MED ACC PRO |
action |
|
|
D PATACP^PSOCPF2 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MED PAT BILL |
action |
|
|
D BILINQ^PSOCPF2 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MED TPJI |
action |
|
|
D TPJI^PSOCPF2 |
|
| PSO PAT MED PAT INQ |
action |
|
|
D PATINQ^PSOCPF2 |
|
| GMRCR EXERCISE TOLERANCE TEST |
action |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service. |
|
|
| PSO PATIENT MED BILL PRO |
action |
|
|
D BILPRO^PSOCPF2 |
|
| PSO PATIENT MED NEW PAT |
action |
|
|
D NP^PSOCPF2 |
|
| RCDPE PAYER FLAGS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^RCDPEP |
|
| RCDPE PAYER FLAGS FILTER |
action |
|
|
D FILTER^RCDPEP |
|
| RCDPE PAYER FLAG PHARM |
action |
|
|
D FLAGP^RCDPEP |
|
| RCDPE PAYER FLAG TRIC |
action |
|
|
D FLAGT^RCDPEP |
|
| RCDPE PAYER FLAGS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| RCDP LIST OF RECEIPTS PROCESS |
action |
|
|
D RP^RCDPRL |
|
| RCDP LIST OF RECEIPTS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS VRX NAV MED PROFILE |
action |
|
|
D NAV^BPSVRX(8) |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCR GENERATOR IMPLANT |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service. |
|
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PSOPTC0 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT HISTORY |
action |
|
|
D HIST^PSOPTC0 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT ACTIVATE |
action |
|
|
D ACT^PSOPTC0 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT EXIT |
action |
|
|
DO EXIT^PSOPTC0 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT DOWN A LINE |
action |
|
|
D DOWN^VALM40 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT UP A LINE |
action |
|
|
D UP^VALM40 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D PREV^VALM4 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
|
D NEXT^VALM4 |
|
| PSO PATIENT COMMENT HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCR HOLTER |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| RA RELEASE 2.4 |
event driver |
|
This protocol is triggered whenever a VAQ 'Release Study' message is received. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers and technologist comments. |
|
|
| GMRC CONSULTS TO CCRA |
action |
|
Creates and sends an REF^I12, REF^I13, or REF^I14 HL7 message to the CCRA when a consult is generated for a fee basis service. |
D EN^GMRCCCRA(.XQORMSG) |
|
| GMRC CCRA REF-I12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I12 v2.5 messages from CCRA to HSRM application for new Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC CCRA REF-I13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I13 v2.5 messages to HCP application for updated Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC CCRA REF-I14 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I14 v2.5 messages from CCRA to HSRM application for canceled or discontinued Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC CCRA-HSRM REF-I12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I12 v2.5 messages from CCRA to HSRM application for new Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC CCRA-HSRM REF-I13 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I13 v2.5 messages from CCRA to HSRM application for new Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| GMRC CCRA-HSRM REF-I14 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I14 v2.5 messages from CCRA to HSRM application for cancellation of Non-VA Care Referrals. |
|
|
| IBCNSC INS CO DENTAL CLAIMS OFFICE |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",110," D EA^IBCNSI |
S VALMBG=46 |
| IBCNSC INS CO BILLING ADDRESSES |
menu |
|
|
K IBFASTXT |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| GMRCR PACEMAKER SURVEILLANCE |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service. |
|
|
| IBCNSC INS CO ADDRESSES |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBCNSI |
D INIT^IBCNSC |
| PSJ LM DRUG LOOK |
action |
|
Hidden menu option to view drug information |
D DMACTN^PSJUTL3 |
|
| PSJ LM VIEW PROVIDER |
action |
|
Hidden menu option to view provider information |
D VPACTN^PSJUTL3 |
|
| PSO DRUG LOOK |
action |
|
Hidden action to view drug information |
D DMACTN^PSOUTLA2 |
|
| PSO VIEW PROVIDER |
action |
|
Hidden action to view provider on pending orders |
D VPACTN^PSOUTLA2 |
|
| RCDPE EOB AUTO-DECREASE |
action |
|
This option allows the user to stop or allow auto-decreasing of CARC adjustments on a zero balance no-pay ERA. |
D BLOCK^RCDPEWLZ(RCSCR) |
|
| PSO ERX MESSAGE VIEW |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to view specific message types. |
D MTYPE2^PSOERX |
|
| PSO ERX ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to add comments to an eRx message. |
D ADDCOMM^PSOERXU2(PSOIEN) |
|
| GMRCR VENTRICAL LEAD IMPLANT |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult sent to the Cardiology Service. |
|
|
| PSO ERX ACKNOWLEDGE |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to acknowledge electronic prescription messages. |
D CANACK^PSOERXU5(PSOIEN) |
|
| PSO ERX PCV SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D PATDATA^PSOERXC1 |
|
| PSO ERX PCV MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX PCV SEARCH QUEUE |
action |
|
|
D CENTSRCH^PSOERXC1 |
|
| PSO ERX PCV SORT ENTRIES |
action |
|
|
D CENTSORT^PSOERXC1 |
|
| PSO ERX PCV SELECT BY NUMBER |
action |
|
|
D SBN^PSOERXC1 |
|
| PSO ERX JUMP TO OP |
action |
|
|
D JTQ^PSOERXU6(ERXIEN) |
|
| PSO ERX PCV MESSAGE VIEW |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to view specific message types within the patient centric view. |
D MTYPE2^PSOERX |
|
| PSO ERX STATUS HISTORY |
action |
|
This action protocol displays the status history for an eRx record. |
D SH^PSOERXU6(ERXIEN) |
|
| SD PARM EDIT HEADER TEXT |
action |
|
This Protocol will allow the users to enter/edit the Additional Header Text data in the Scheduling Parameter (#404.91) file. |
D 3^SDPARM2 |
|
| GMRCR CATHETERIZATION |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| GMRC PRINT LIST |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE EIV RQP OUT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is for Identification messages |
|
|
| IBCNE EIV ID REQUEST |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is for the outbound message associated with the EICD Identification Request for insurance. |
|
|
| IBCNE EIV ID RESPONSE |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNE EIV PIN-I07 IN |
event driver |
|
This protocol is for EICD Identification Responses. Incoming responses to EICD Identification Inquiries. Refer to protocol "IBCNE EIV RQP OUT" for EICD Identification Inquiries. |
|
|
| PSO EDIT CLAIM SUBMITTED 1 |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to add to a claim fields not already on the payer sheet. |
D ECS^PSOBPSU3($P(PSOLST(ORN),"^",2),,1) |
|
| PSO EDIT CLAIM SUBMITTED 2 |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to add to a claim fields not already on the payer sheet. |
D ECS^PSOBPSU3($G(RX),$G(FILL),2) |
|
| PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #6 |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| VPR DG UPDATES |
action |
|
This protocol will track Patient file changes for VPR. |
D DG^VPREVNT |
|
| VPR INPT EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track patient admissions and discharges for VPR. |
D DGPM^VPREVNT |
|
| GMRCR COLONOSCOPY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Gastroenterology Service. |
|
|
| VPR APPT EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track appointments for VPR. |
D SDAM^VPREVNT |
|
| VPR PCE EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track PCE visit data for VPR. |
D PX^VPRENC |
|
| VPR XQOR EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol monitors order events for VPR. It is placed on the * EVSEND OR protocols to check for updates being sent from ancillary packages to Order Entry; it monitors when orders are completed. |
D OR^VPREVSND(.XQORMSG) |
|
| VPR GMRA EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track Allergy data updates for VPR. |
D GMRA^VPREVNT("") |
|
| VPR NA EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol monitors order events for VPR. It is placed on the OR EVSEND * protocols to check for order numbers assigned to new orders placed from the ancillary packages. |
D OR^VPREVSND(.XQORMSG,1) |
|
| VPR GMPL EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will track new and updated problems for VPR. |
D GMPL^VPREVNT(DFN,GMPIFN) |
|
| VPR ADT-A08 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process HL7 ADT/A08 messages published by the VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER protocol. The client causes a VPR 'freshness' event for each set of updates made to the Patient file outside of the registration process, including the DG SECURITY EDIT/EDIT option. Note: The ROUTING LOGIC does not send any HL7 messages. |
|
|
| VPR PCMM TEAM |
action |
|
|
D PCMMT^VPREVNT |
|
| VPR PCMM TEAM POSITION |
action |
|
|
D PCMMTP^VPREVNT |
|
| VPR GMRA ERROR EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track Allergy data updates for VPR. |
D GMRA^VPREVNT("@") |
|
| GMRCR ESOPHAGOGASTRODUODENOSCOPY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Gastroenterology Service. |
|
|
| VPR DGPF EVENTS |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process HL7 ORU/R01 messages published by the DGPF PRF ORU/R01 EVENT protocol. The client causes a VPR 'freshness' event when a patient record flag is added or modified. Note: The ROUTING LOGIC does not send any HL7 messages. |
|
|
| VPR RMIM EVENTS |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process HL7 ORU/R01 messages published by the RMIM DRIVER protocol. The client causes a VPR 'freshness' event when functional independence measurements are posted. Note: The ROUTING LOGIC does not send any HL7 messages. |
|
|
| VPR IBCN EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track changes to the patient's insurance for VPR. |
D IBCN^VPREVNT |
|
| VPR LRAP EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol monitors order events for VPR. It is placed on the LR7O AP EVSEND OR protocol to check for updates being sent from Lab Anatomic Pathology to Order Entry; it monitors when orders are completed. |
D LRAP^VPREVSND(.XQORMSG) |
|
| MAG PRECACHE |
subscriber |
|
This protocol will initiate image precache for radiology exams. |
|
|
| DGPF TRANSFER FLAG |
action |
|
This action protocol permits the user to transfer a National Category 1 Patient Record Flag within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPFRECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. |
D TR^DGPFLMA5 |
|
| DGPF PRF QBP/Q11 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the event protocol for the Patient Record Flags transfer request message (QBP^Q11). |
|
|
| DGPF PRF RSP/K11 SUBSC |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is the subscriber protocol for the response to Patient Record Flags transfer request message (RSP^K11). |
|
|
| DGPF PRF TR REQ REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D RR^DGPFTR1 |
|
| DGPF PRF TR REQ CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^DGPFTR1 |
|
| GMRCR ERCP |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Gastroenterology Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| DGPF PRF TR REQ MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| DGPF PRF TR REQ DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D SD^DGPFTR1 |
|
| DGPF PRF QBP/Q11 SUBSC |
subscriber |
|
This protocol is the subscriber protocol for the Patient Record Flags transfer request message (QBP^Q11). |
|
|
| DGPF PRF RSP/K11 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the event protocol for the response to Patient Record Flags transfer request message (RSP^K11). |
|
|
| IBJP IB NON-MCCF RATE TYPE DEL |
action |
|
|
D RTDEL^IBJPS7(1) |
|
| IBJP IB NON-MCCF RATE TYPES MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP IB NON-MCCF RATE TYPE ADD |
action |
|
|
D RTADD^IBJPS7(1) |
|
| IBJP IB NON-MCCF RATE TYPES |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBJPS7(1) |
|
| IBJPS CMN CPT ADD |
action |
|
|
D RTADD^IBJPS8 |
|
| IBJPS CMN CPT DEL |
action |
|
|
D RTDEL^IBJPS8 |
|
| GMRCR LAPARASCOPY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Gastroenterology Service. |
|
|
| IBJPS CMN CPT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBJP IB NON-MCCF PAY-TO PROVIDERS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRC SIGNED CONSULT DST |
action |
|
THIS PROTOCOL WILL EXAMINE IF A CONSULT HAS BEEN SIGNED THEN QUERY THE DST SERVER AND RETRIEVE ANY DST COMMENTS AND PLACE THEM INTO THE SIGNED CONSULT |
D PROT^GMRCDST(.XQORMSG) |
|
| RCDPEX DUP EXCEPTION MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions that can be manually performed on duplicate ERA messages |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| RCDPEX DELETE DUP MESSAGE |
action |
RCDPE ERA EXCEPT |
This action allows a user to manually delete a duplicate ERA message that either cannot continue, or is not wanted to continue, through the EDI Lockbox message process. A MailMan message is sent to alert that this action has been taken. |
D DEL^RCDPEX5 |
|
| RCDPEX FILE DUPLICATE MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action allows a user to manually force a duplicate ERA message to process through the EDI Lockbox ERA/EOB file process. |
D UPD^RCDPEX5 |
|
| RCDPEX VIEW/PRINT DUP MESSAGE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to view a duplicate EDI Lockbox ERA message. |
D VP^RCDPEX5 |
|
| RCDPE EFT PARTIAL MATCH SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SELEFT^RCDPEE |
|
| RCDPE EFT PARTIAL MATCH MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| CCRA HSRM SIU-S12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Receives HL7 SIU^S12 v2.5.1 messages from HSRM app. |
|
|
| GMRCR NON-ENDOSCOPIC GI PROCEDURE |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Gastroenterology Service. |
|
|
| CCRA HSRM SIU-S12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends ACK for HL7 SIU^S12 v2.5.1 messages received from HSRM app. |
|
|
| CCRA HSRM SIU-S15 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends ACK for HL7 SIU^S15 v2.5.1 messages received from HSRM Application. |
|
|
| CCRA HSRM SIU-S26 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends ACK for HL7 SIU^S26 v2.5.1 messages received from HSRM Application. |
|
|
| CCRA HSRM SIU-S15 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Receives HL7 SIU^S15 v2.5.1 messages from HSRM application. |
|
|
| CCRA HSRM SIU-S26 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Receives HL7 SIU^S26 v2.5.1 messages from HSRM application. |
|
|
| TIU CCRA-HSRM MDM-T02 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 MDM-T02 v2.5.1 messages from VistA CCRA to HSRM. |
|
|
| TIU CCRA-HSRM MDM-T02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 MDM-T02 v2.5.1 messages from VistA CCRA to HSRM. |
|
|
| GMRC HSRM-CCRA REF-I13 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I13 v2.5 messages from HSRM application to CCRA. This is to update the consult record with new status (scheduled / complete) |
|
|
| GMRC HSRM-CCRA REF-I14 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I14 v2.5 messages from HSRM application to CCRA This message type is to send to VistA an update to cancel the consult |
|
|
| GMRC HSRM-CCRA REF-I13 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I12 v2.5 messages from HSRM application to CCRA This is for consult status updates from HSRM |
|
|
| GMRCR BONE MARROW ASPIRATE |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Hematology Service. |
|
|
| GMRC HSRM-CCRA REF-I14 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends HL7 REF^I12 v2.5 messages from HSRM application to CCRA This is for consult status updates - cancel appointment |
|
|
| TMP QBP-Q13 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| TMP RTB-K13 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| TMP RTB-K13 Subscriber |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| TMP QBP-Q13 Event Driver |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| SD TMP S12 CLIENT SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for receiving SIU-S12 messages. |
|
|
| SD TMP S12 SERVER EVENT DRIVER |
event driver |
|
HL7 event driver (server) protocol for receiving SIU-S12 messages. |
|
|
| SD TMP SIU-S12 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Receives and processes appointment action messages from Tele Health Management Platform. |
|
|
| SD TMP SIU-12 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Sends SIU-S12 messages to the Tele Health Management Platform. |
|
|
| SD IFS EVENT DRIVER |
event driver |
|
The event protocol that is used to send/receive inter facility scheduling messages for the Tele Health Management Platform (TMP). |
|
|
| GMRCR BONE MARROW BIOPSY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Hematology Service. |
|
|
| SD IFS SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| SD TMP S15 CLIENT SUBSCRIBER |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| SD TMP S15 SERVER EVENT DRIVER |
event driver |
|
HL7 event driver (server) protocol for receiving S15 appointment cancelation messages for the Tele Health Management (TMP) application. |
|
|
| SD TMP SEND INTRAFACILITY |
event driver |
|
This event driver is used to schedule intra facility appointments. An intra facility appointment is where the provider and patient are at different clinics but the same facility and an appointment has to be scheduled in both clinics. |
|
|
| SD TMP RECEIVE INTRAFACILITY |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| SD TMP SEND CANCEL INTRA |
event driver |
|
This event driver is used to cancel intra facility appointments. An intra facility appointment is where the provider and patient are at different clinics but the same facility and an appointment has to be scheduled in both clinics. |
|
|
| SD TMP RECEIVE CANCEL INTRA |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| ORNOT LISTMAN 1 MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^ORPARMGR |
| ORNOT LISTMAN EDIT ENTITIES |
action |
|
|
D ADDREM^ORPARMGR |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT DEFAULT SELECTIONS |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMGR("ASK") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCR BRONCHOSCOPY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Pulmonary Service. |
|
|
| ORNOT LISTMAN 1 ENTITY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^ORPARMG1 |
| ORNOT DEFAULT ENTITY SELECTIONS |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMG1("ASK") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN ENTITY ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^ORPARMG1 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN ENTITY REMOVE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMG1("REMOVE") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN ENTITY VIEW |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMG1("VIEW") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN EDIT VALUE |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMGR("ASK") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN INSTANCE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMGR("VIEWP") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN INSTANCE ALL |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMGR("VIEWA") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORNOT LISTMAN QUIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
|
| ORNOT LISTMAN ENTITY REMOVE ALL |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^ORPARMG1("REMALL") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCR LARYNGOSCOPY |
protocol |
|
This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Pulmonary Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| ORNOT LISTMAN BLANK |
action |
|
|
|
Q |
| OR COMPLETE ORDER |
extended action |
|
The purpose of this protocol is to create a way for packages (including COTS or Class 3) to receive notifications when an order is set to a complete status in CPRS. The array ORINFO will be passed to the protocol. |
|
|
| XULM LOCK MANAGER MENU |
menu |
|
This is the protocol menu for the Kernel Lock Manager List Manager screen. |
|
|
| XULM SELECT LOCK |
action |
|
This action allows a user to select a lock from the list. It then displays a new screen with detailed information about the lock. |
D SELECT^XULMUI |
|
| XULM SINGLE LOCK MENU |
menu |
|
This is the protocol menu for the XULM DISPLAY SINGLE LOCK List Template. |
|
|
| XULM DISPLAY SYSTEM LOCKS |
action |
|
This List Template action protocol displays a list of the system locks. System locks are generally ignored within the Lock Manager. They are locks held by infrastucture packages, such as the Kernel or HL7 package. |
D SYSTEM^XULMUI |
|
| XULM REFRESH LOCKS |
action |
|
This List Manager action protocol re-builds the list of locks by reading the lock table. |
D REFRESH^XULMUI |
|
| XULM TERMINATE PROCESS |
action |
|
This List Manager action protocol will terminate the process that is currently selected. |
D KILLPROC^XULMUI1 |
|
| XULM GO TO |
action |
|
This List Manager action asks the user where he wants to go to on the list and then shifts the display to that location. |
D GOTO^XULMUI |
|
| XULM SORT/SCREEN LOCKS |
action |
|
This action provides the user with several options for how the list locks should be displayed. The options include sorting the list by patient name, sorting the list by the user name, sorting the list by the lock string, or screening the entries by lock reference, which means that only locks that relate to a specific file will be included in the display. |
D OPTIONS^XULMUI |
|
| GMRCR LAVAGE |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Pulmonary Service. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| XULM SELECT NODE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to select either a single computer node or all the computer nodes. If the user selects a single node then the display of locks will include only locks placed by processess running on that node. |
D SLCTNODE^XULMUI |
|
| IBCNSJ INS CO NEW PLAN |
action |
|
This is the action protocol for adding a new plan without prompting for subscribers. It is used in the Insurance Company Edit. |
D NP^IBCNSJ5 |
|
| DG OTH SELECT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D SP^DGOTHMG1 |
|
| DG OTH VIEW DENIED |
action |
|
|
D VD^DGOTHMG1 |
|
| DG OTH SHOW DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D SD^DGOTHMG1 |
|
| DG OTH ADD 90 DAYS |
action |
|
|
D AP^DGOTHMG2 |
|
| DG OTH VIEW APPROVED |
action |
|
|
D VA^DGOTHMG1 |
|
| DG OTH PATIENT INQUIRY |
action |
|
|
D PI^DGOTHMG1 |
|
| DG OTH SHOW PENDING |
action |
|
|
D PR^DGOTHMG1 |
|
| DG OTH MGMT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCR PULMONARY FUNCTION TEST |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate results with a consult sent to the Pulmonary Service. |
|
|
| DSSO APAT OMG-O19 SERVER |
event driver |
|
Event driver for APAT OMG-O19 HL7 message |
|
|
| DSSO APAT OMG-O19 CLIENT |
subscriber |
|
Subscriber to DSSO APAT OMG-O19 SERVER protocol |
|
|
| TIU DOCUMENT ACTION EVENT |
extended action |
|
This protocol will notify subscribing packages when a document is ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"PATIENT")=DFN DFN: internal entry number of the document's patient in the PATIENT file (#2) ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"VISIT")=VISIT VISIT: internal entry number of the document's visit in the VISIT file (#9000010) ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"DOCUMENT")=DOC IEN^DOC NAME DOC IEN: internal entry number of the document in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) DOC NAME: name of the document in the TIU DOCUMENT DEFINITION file deleted, retracted or reassigned. (#8925.1) When ACT is "REASSIGN", ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"PATIENT","OLD")=DFN DFN: internal entry number of the document's patient in the PATIENT file (#2) before reassignment ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"PATIENT","NEW")=DFN DFN: internal entry number of the document's patient in the PATIENT file (#2) after reassignment ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"VISIT","OLD")=VISIT VISIT: internal entry number of the document's visit in the VISIT file (#9000010) before reassignment ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"VISIT","NEW")=VISIT VISIT: internal entry number of the document's visit in the VISIT file (#9000010) after reassignment ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"DOCUMENT","OLD")=DOC IEN^DOC NAME DOC IEN: internal entry number of the retracted document in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) DOC NAME: name of the retracted document in the TIU DOCUMENT DEFINITION file (#8925.1) The following data is available to subscribers: ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"DOCUMENT","NEW")=DOC IEN^DOC NAME DOC IEN: internal entry number of the reassigned document in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) DOC NAME: name of the reassigned document in the TIU DOCUMENT DEFINITION file (#8925.1) ^TMP("TIUDOCAT",$J,"ACTION")=ACT ACT: the action taken on the document; possible values are "DELETE", "RETRACT", and "REASSIGN" When ACT is "DELETE" or "RETRACT", |
|
|
| TIU DOCUMENT ACTION DISPLAY |
extended action |
|
This protocol allows subscribing packages to display an onscreen message DOC IEN: internal entry number of the document in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) DOC NAME: name of the document in the TIU DOCUMENT DEFINITION file (#8925.1) ^TMP("TIUDOCDIS",$J,"ACTION")=ACTION ACTION: the action taken on the document; either "DELETE", "RETRACT" or "REASSIGN" Place the text to display in the ^TMP global with the following structure: to TIU users when a document is deleted, retracted or reassigned. ^TMP("TIUDOCDIS",$J,"MESSAGES",DISPLAY)=LINE COUNT DISPLAY: the display name of the package as it should appear to the user; for example, "Women's Health" LINE COUNT: total number of lines to display to the user ^TMP("TIUDOCDIS",$J,"MESSAGES",DISPLAY,N)=TEXT N: line number of text, starting at one and incrementing by one TEXT: the line of text to display. The subscriber is responsible for ensuring that the length is not more than 80 characters as TIU will not wrap the text that is displayed. When the text is displayed in the CPRS GUI, it will wrap depending on the screen size of the user's display; subscribers should not assume that how the text is displayed in a roll and scroll environment is how it will appear in a GUI environment. The following data is available to subscribers: ^TMP("TIUDOCDIS",$J,"PATIENT")=DFN DFN: internal entry number of the patient in the PATIENT file (#2) ^TMP("TIUDOCDIS",$J,"VISIT")=VISIT VISIT: internal entry number of the visit in the VISIT file (#9000010) ^TMP("TIUDOCDIS",$J,"DOCUMENT")=DOC IEN^DOC NAME |
|
|
| WV ACT ON DOCUMENT ACTION |
action |
|
This protocol will process actions taken on a TIU document. Specifically, it will send an alert to the case manager and maternity care coordinator notifying them when a document is deleted, retracted, or reassigned and that document's visit has pregnancy or lactation data associated with it. |
D DOCACT^WVTIU |
|
| WV DISPLAY ASSOCIATED DATA |
action |
|
This protocol will display a message when there is pregnancy and/or lactation data associated with a TIU document's visit. |
D SHOVISIT^WVRPCPT1 |
|
| WV PREGNANCY STATUS CHANGE EVENT |
extended action |
|
This protocol will notify subscribing packages when a pregnancy status Field (#40) in WV PATIENT File (#790) ========================================================================== ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"COMMENTS") SEE NOTES ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"ENCOUNTER NUMBER") VISIT (#4) ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"ENTERED BY") DATA ENTERED BY (#2) ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"ENTERED IN ERROR") ENTERED IN ERROR (#6) ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"ENTERED ON") PREGNANCY STATUS D/T ENTERED (#.01) ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"EXTERNAL ID") SEE NOTES record is added, modified or marked as entered in error. Pregnancy status ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"FROM TIME") SEE NOTES ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"STATE") SEE NOTES ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"STATUS") SEE NOTES ^TMP("WVPREGST",$J,SUB,"TO TIME") SEE NOTES Notes: 1. SUB: Possible values for this global node are "BEFORE" and "AFTER". Data descendant from the "BEFORE" node comes from the most recent record as it was before any data change is made. Data descendant from the data is stored in a logbook fashion. To document an episode of pregnant, "AFTER" node comes from the most recent record as it is after any data change is made. If there is no recent record, the "BEFORE" node is not created; the "AFTER" node is always created. 2. All data, with the exception of data returned in the STATE node, is returned in internal format. See the note for the STATE node below for details of how that node's data is returned. 3. "COMMENTS": The value for this node comes from different fields and may contain data from multiple fields based on the data on file. When the two records are created: one for when the patient is pregnant and another value for the "STATE" node is "-1^UNABLE TO CONCEIVE", the value comes from the MEDICAL REASON field (#23). When the value for the "STATE" node is "0^NOT PREGNANT" and there is a valid previous entry of PREGNANT immediately prior to this record, the value comes from the REASON PREGNANCY ENDED field (#45). When the value for the "STATE" node is "1^PREGNANT", the value comes from the OVERRIDE CALCULATED EDD REASON field (#43). When the value for the "ENTERED IN ERROR" node is 1, the value from the REASONS ENTERED IN ERROR field (#10) is appended to the values from the other fields mentioned, if applicable, to form the value for this node. when the patient is no longer pregnant. 4. "EXTERNAL ID": This is the Internal Entry Number String (IENS) that VA FileMan uses to represent the internal entry numbers for an entry. It is a comma-separated list of internal entry numbers (IENs) where the first number is the IEN in the PREGNANCY STATUSES field (#40) and the last number is the IEN in the WV PATIENT file (#790). 5. "FROM TIME": The value for this node comes from different fields based on the data on file. When the value for the STATE node is "1^PREGNANT", the value comes from either the LAST MENSTRUAL PERIOD DATE field (#41), if populated, or the PREGNANCY STATUS D/T ENTERED field (#.01), if field #41 is not populated. When the value for the STATE node is anything other than "1^PREGNANT" and there is a valid previous entry of PREGNANT immediately prior to this record, the value comes from the PREGNANCY END DATE field (#44). When the value for the STATE node is anything other than "1^PREGNANT" and there is no valid previous entry of PREGNANT immediately prior to this record, the value comes from the PREGNANCY STATUS D/T ENTERED field (#.01). 6. "STATE": The value for this node comes from the PREGNANCY STATE field The following data is available to subscribers: (#21). For medically unable to conceive patients, this node is set to "-1^UNABLE TO CONCEIVE". 7. "STATUS": The value for this node comes from the status of the VA-WH UPDATE PREGNANCY STATUS reminder definition. If this reminder is due and the most recent documentation is complete, this node is set to "INACTIVE", otherwise, this node is set to "ACTIVE". 8. "TO TIME": The value for this node comes from different fields based on the data on file. When the value for the STATE node is "1^PREGNANT", the value comes from the EDD field (#42). When the value for the STATE node is anything other than "1^PREGNANT", this node is set to the current system date. Output Global Node Name Field in PREGNANCY STATUSES |
|
|
| DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER |
extended action |
|
This protocol will notify subscribing packages when an International ^TMP("DG PTF ICD NOTIFIER",$J,"DFN")=DFN DFN: internal entry number of the patient in the PATIENT file (#2). ^TMP("DG PTF ICD NOTIFIER",$J,TYPE,"IENS")=IENS TYPE: The activity type; possible values are "DISCHARGE", "MOVEMENT", "SERVICE" and "SERVICE46". "DISCHARGE" codes are from the PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS field and the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS series of fields in the PTF file (#45). "MOVEMENT" codes are from the ICD series of fields in the 501 sub-file (#45.02) in the PTF file (#45). "SERVICE" code is from the PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS field in the CPT RECORD DATE/TIME Classification of Diseases (ICD) diagnosis code is added, modified or sub-file (#45.06) in the PTF file (#45). "SERVICE46" codes are from the PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS field and the SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS series of fields in the INPATIENT CPT CODE file (#46). IENS: The internal entry number string identifying the record in which the associated codes are stored. ^TMP("DG PTF ICD NOTIFIER",$J,TYPE,FIELD,"OLD")=ICDP This is how the field appeared in the file before the change was made. FIELD: This is an abbreviation denoting which field the code came from. The following table should assist in determining which field a removed for entries within the PTF file (#45). code came from: TYPE FIELD Field Name ----------------------------------------------------- DISCHARGE PDX PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS DISCHARGE SDXnn SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS nn (nn is a whole number) DISCHARGE PDX-P1986 PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS pre 1986 MOVEMENT DXnn ICD nn (nn is a whole number) SERVICE PDX PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS SERVICE46 PDX PRIMARY DIAGNOSIS SERVICE46 SDX0n SECONDARY DIAGNOSIS n (n is a whole number) ICDP: Internal entry number of the diagnosis code in the ICD DIAGNOSIS file (#80). ^TMP("DG PTF ICD NOTIFIER",$J,TYPE,FIELD,"NEW")=ICDP This is how the field appeared in the file after the change was made. When a code is added, the "OLD" value will be blank and the "NEW" value will not be. When a code is deleted, the "OLD" value will not be blank and the "NEW" value will be. When a code is changed, both the "OLD" and "NEW" values will not be blank. The following data is available to subscribers: ^TMP("DG PTF ICD NOTIFIER",$J,"DATE")=DATE DATE: FileMan date/time (internal format) of when the activity occurred. |
|
|
| PXRM LAB SEND TO ORDER |
action |
|
This protocol processes HL7 messages sent by the Laboratory software package to the Order Entry/Results Reporting software package. If certain message criteria are met, the Clinical Reminders software package will perform an action. |
D EN^PXRMPLAB(.XQORMSG) |
|
| PXRM DIALOG TESTER |
action |
|
|
D BUILD^PXRMDLG(6) |
|
| GMRCOR REQUEST |
protocol |
|
This is a very important protocol for activating the Procedure Request order capabilities in the Add orders process. This is the protocol which should be performed when "Procedure..." is selected from the "Add New Orders menu. This protocol should only be added for clinician use when the procedures which may be ordered without requiring a consult are defined in the "GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES" protocol menu. that option. This protocol depends on procedures being defined in the "GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES" protocol menu. |
D EN^GMRCP |
|
| PXRM DIALOG CHECKER |
action |
|
This protocol checks the dialog for errors. |
D WRITE1^PXRMDLRP(PXRMDIEN) |
|
| PXRM ORDER SEND TO RAD |
action |
|
|
D EN^PXRMPRAD(.XQORMSG) |
|
| PXRM PATIENT PROBLEM DATA CHANGE |
action |
|
This protocol is called by the GMPL EVENT protocol. It will allow clinical reminders to take an action whenever a new problem is added to the problem list. |
D PLIST^PXRMPINF |
|
| PXRM PATIENT PTF DATA CHANGE |
action |
|
This protocol is called by the DG PTF ICD DIAGNOSIS NOTIFIER protocol. It will allow clinical reminders to take an action whenever ICD data within the PTF file (#45) is added, modified, or deleted. |
D PTFCHG^PXRMPINF |
|
| PXRM EXCH REPACK |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^PXRMEXRP |
|
| GMRA ASSESSMENT CHANGE |
extended action |
|
This protocol is activated whenever there is a change in a patient's the X(order#) array. For example, piece 1 is populated from the X(1) node and piece 4 is populated from the X(4) node. Note: Reference the data dictionary for the ADVERSE REACTION ASSESSMENT file (#120.86) for a listing of the fields included in the AHDR cross-reference. Note that all pieces are in internal format. adverse reaction assessment. The following variable is defined when the protocol is activated: GMRAL = Internal Entry Number (IEN) in the ADVERSE REACTION ASSESSMENT file (#120.86) GMRAL(0) = Contents of the FileMan X(order#) array in the new-style AHDR cross-reference, flattened. Each caret piece number of this node is populated from the corresponding subscript in |
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM OCCURRENCE ACCEPTED_CANCELLED |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM OCCURRENCE RTCLICK_CANCELLED |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM OCCURRENCE CANCELLED |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM LOCATION |
action |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCURGENCYM CSLT - INPATIENT |
protocol menu |
|
This is the menu of urgencies recommended for use with inpatient consult ordering. |
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM PATIENT |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM USER |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM ORDERABLE ITEM |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM CLIN DANGER LEVEL |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM ORDER CHECK |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM CLIN DANGER LEVEL HIGH |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM CLIN DANGER LEVEL MEDIUM |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM CLIN DANGER LEVEL LOW |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM OCCURRENCE |
action |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM 1 MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCRM MEDICINE REQUEST TYPES |
protocol menu |
|
THIS MENU SHOULD NOT BE ALTERED. This menu is not actually used during processing, but serves to show which Procedure Types from the Medicine Package interface with the Consult/Request Tracking package. |
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM 2 OCCURRENCE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK SRCHPARAM 3 DANGER MENU |
|
|
|
|
|
| ORCHK LISTMAN 1 MAIN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D EXIT^OROCLM |
| ORCHK LISTMAN SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^OROCLM("ASK") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORCHK LISTMAN VIEW ORDER |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^OROCLM("VIEW") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORCHK LISTMAN CHANGE SEARCH |
action |
|
|
D SELECT^OROCLM("CHANGE") |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORLPREM ADD ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D ADDENT^ORLPREML |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORLPREM MGMT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| ORLPREM EDIT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D EDITENT^ORLPREML |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORLPREM RUN NOW |
action |
|
|
D RUNNOW^ORLPREML |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| GMRCACTM MEDICINE PKG MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This is the menu of actions provided for Medicine Package users which allows adding, discontinuing, completing, and associating Medicine results with an order. |
|
|
| ORLPREM REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D REFRESH^ORLPREML |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| ORLPREM DEL ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D DELENT^ORLPREML |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| DGPF PRF EVENT |
extended action |
|
This protocol is invoked when a Patient Record Flag is assigned or modified via DGPF options. The following variables will be available to read and use, but do NOT kill: DFN = Patient file #2 ien |
|
|
| VPR PRF EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol monitors Patient Record Flags for VPR. |
D EVT^VPRSDAF |
|
| PSJ LM NEW CM ORDER |
action |
|
Allows the user to enter a new clinic medication order for the selected patient without seeing a medication profile. |
K PSJSTARI,^TMP("PSJINTER",$J) D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) D HOLDHDR^PSJOE K PSJLK,PSJCMO S X=DFN_";DPT(" D LK^ORX2 S PSJLK=Y,PSJCMO=1 I Y D LMNEW^PSJOE0(DFN,PSJPROT) |
D KILL^PSJBCMA5(+$G(PSJSYSP)) I PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D ULK^ORX2 K PSJCMO |
| IBCN RDV MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN RDV SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^IBCNRDV1 |
|
| IBCN RDV DESELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNRDV1 |
|
| IBCN RDV POL SEL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN RDV SHOW SELECTED |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSEL^IBCNRDV1 |
|
| GMRCR RHEUMATOLOGY |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate results with a consult sent to the Rheumatology Service. |
|
|
| IBCN RDV POL DESELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNRDV1(1) |
|
| IBCN RDV BLANK |
action |
|
|
|
|
| OR ACT ON DOCUMENT ACTION |
action |
|
This protocol will process actions taken on a TIU document. |
D DOCACT^ORPDMPNT |
|
| DGEN CCP MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for patient CCP data that can be added, edited or removed. |
|
D PEXIT^DGRP1152A |
| DGEN CCP ADD |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to add a new COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM for a Collateral Eligibility. |
D ACT^DGRP1152A("A") |
|
| DGEN CCP REMOVE |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to remove a Community Care Program from Active status, which had been previously added through the AD - Add option. Community Care Programs may not be Deleted, they can only be deactivated via an entry into the END DATE internal data field. |
D ACT^DGRP1152A("R") |
|
| DGEN CCP EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol action allows a user to edit a Community Care Program that has been previously added through the AD - Add option. |
D ACT^DGRP1152A("E") |
|
| DGEN ADD VALID 1.2 MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains the activities for selecting a validated patient address. The Address Validation screen will display the address entered by the user along with all addresses returned from the UAM Address Validation Service. This protocol menu has only 1 action. The SEL action will prompt the user to select the address from that list. |
|
D PEXIT^DGADDLST |
| DGEN ADDR SELECT |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to select a validated address from a list of addresses returned from the UAM Address Validation Service. |
D ACT^DGADDLST("SEL") |
|
| DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER |
extended action |
|
This protocol will notify subscribing packages when an entry in the ^TMP("DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER",$J,"DATE")=DATE DATE: FileMan date/time (internal format) of when the activity occurred. ^TMP("DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER",$J,"DFN","CURRENT")=DFN DFN: Internal Entry Number (IEN) of the patient in the PATIENT file (#2). This is the patient the entry points to after the change. ^TMP("DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER",$J,"DFN","OLD")=DFN DFN: Internal Entry Number (IEN) of the patient in the PATIENT file (#2). This is the patient the entry pointed to before the change. SCHEDULED ADMISSION file (#41.1) is created, modified or deleted. ^TMP("DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER",$J,"FIELDS",NAME)="" NAME: When the ACTION is "MODIFIED", the "FIELDS" subscript is created. Nodes descendant from the "FIELDS" subscript are the field number of the field(s) that were edited. ^TMP("DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER",$J,"IEN")=IEN IEN: Internal Entry Number (IEN) of the affected entry. The following data is available to subscribers: ^TMP("DG SA FILE ENTRY NOTIFIER",$J","ACTION")=ACTION ACTION: The action that was taken on the entry. Possible values are "CREATED", "MODIFIED" and "DELETED". |
|
|
| GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES |
protocol menu |
|
THIS PROTOCOL NAME SHOULD NOT BE ALTERED. The menu items are the only order from a service which they don't require a consult for. site modifiable information for this protocol menu. This is the list of procedures, treatments or other service requests which do not require a consult. This menu represents the items which are selectable when the "Procedures..." entry is selected on the Add Orders menu in OE/RR. Procedures should be added to this menu as clinicians identify things they |
|
|
| VPR DGS EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track Scheduled Admission (#41.1) file changes for VPR. |
D DGS^VPREVNT |
|
| VPR PTF EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track PTF (#45) file changes for VPR. |
D DXEVT^VPREVNT1 |
|
| VPR PREGNANCY EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol monitors WV Prenancy Status Change events for VPR. |
D WV^VPREVNT |
|
| PSO ERX RX RENEWAL REQUEST |
action |
|
This action protocol executes a rxRefillRequest to Change Healthcare. An rxRefillResponse may then be returned by an external provider. |
D RREQLST^PSOERXX1(.PSOLST,PSOSITE,PSOCNT) |
|
| PSO ERX CHANGE REQUEST |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to generate an eRx Change request in the Inbound eRx application. |
D EN^PSOERCR0 |
|
| KMPV ALLOW TEST SYSTEM |
action |
|
|
D TESTSYS^KMPVLM |
|
| KMPV CONTACT |
action |
|
|
D CONTACT^KMPVLM |
|
| VPR PSB EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track medication administrations for VPR. |
D PSB^VPRSDAP |
|
| VPR GMRA ASSESSMENT |
action |
|
This protocol will track Allergy assessment updates for VPR. |
D GMRASMT^VPREVNT(+$G(GMRAL)) |
|
| GMRCR UGI |
protocol |
|
This is the procedure request for an upper GI which does not require a Consult in order for the procedure to be done. If a site does not wish to use this entry as a direct procedure request it should be removed from the GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES protocol menu. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| PSO SPMP1 DELETE BATCH |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOSPMDL |
|
| XTVS PACKAGE MANAGER MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager template named: XTVS PACKAGE MANAGER. This menu allows access to VistA Package Manager actions. |
|
|
| XTVS SITE PARAMETERS |
action |
|
This protocol is used to set the Default Directory that XTMPSIZE.DAT is stored. |
D SP^XTVSLM |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM DISP/EDIT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display a selected package Parameter file (XTMPSIZE.DAT) for review, or Edit and Save to a new file. |
D PRMD^XTVSLM |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR VISTA SIZE RPT |
action |
|
This action protocol will tally components based upon a selected XTMPSIZE.DAT parameter file. The results are displayed by the XTVS PKG MGR VISTA SIZE RPT ListMan template. |
D VSR^XTVSLM |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR RPT MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager Template Named: XTVS PKG MGR VISTA SIZE RPT. This menu allows access to VistA Package Manager statistics report actions. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG MGR RPT WRT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol is used to write the VistA Package Size report to a Text file. |
D TEXTFILE^XTVSLR |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR RPT MAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol is used to create an E-mail and send the displayed report as an attachment to selected recipients. |
D SNDEXT^XTVSLAPI("VistA Size Report",DUZ,"^TMP(""XTVS PKG MGR RPT"","_$J_")") |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR EXTRACT MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu Type Protocol is used by the List Manager Template named: XTVS PKG MGR EXTRACT MNGR. This menu allows access to the Package File Extract tools. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG MGR EXT MNGR ACTION |
action |
|
This Protocol invokes an Action that starts the XTVS PKG MGR EXTRACT MNGR List Template. |
D EA^XTVSLM |
|
| GMRCR THORACENTESIS |
protocol |
|
DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate results with a consult sent to the PULMONARY SERVICE. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG EXTRACT DEL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol prompts for a $JOB value in the Package Extract Array node definition and deletes it. |
D DE^XTVSLN |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR EXT DISP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will invoke the XTVS PKG MGR EXT DISP ACTION List Template. |
D ED^XTVSLN |
|
| XTVS PKG EXT DISP DEL ACTION |
action |
|
This Action protocol will delete the displayed package extract from the XTVS PKG MGR EXT DISP List Template. |
D DEL^XTVSLDE |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR EXT DISP MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager Template Named: XTVS PKG MGR EXT DISP. This action displays a selected extract and related actions for the extract. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG EXTRACT CREATE ACTION |
action |
|
This Action protocol will create a package extract from the Package File. The data will be stored in ^XTMP("XTSIZE",$J). Note that moving extracts between system via PackMan or creating two extracts from the current login process can/will overwrite an ^XTMP("XTSIZE") extract with the same Process ID ($JOB) number. Saving ^XTMP("XTSIZE") Globals with value via loading them in a Packman message is advised. |
D PEXT^XTVSLN |
|
| XTVS PKG EXT EMAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will invoke the XTVS PKG EXT EMAIL ACTION protocol. |
D EEXT^XTVSLN |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM DISP MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu protocol contains the list of actions available from the XTVS PKG MGR PARAM DISPLAY List Template. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM ERROR MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu Type Protocol is used by the List Manager Template named: XTVS PKG MGR PARAM ERROR DISP. This protocol allows access to the Package Parameter File error reporting actions. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM ERR DISP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the list of File Range and Prefixes shared by multiple packages. |
D PKGERR^XTVSLP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PREFIX OVERLAP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the list of Prefixes shared by multiple packages. |
DO DPFXERR^XTVSLPER |
|
| GMRCR PARACENTESIS |
protocol |
|
This is an example of a GMRCR Procedure type which may be used by clinicians to order without requiring a consult to the service first. If the service is not defined in the FILE LINK field, the clinician will have to enter the Service during the order process. The GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES option is the menu these type of items should be added to in order to be able to select this procedure from the "Procedure..." order flow. |
S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR FILE OVERLAP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will display the list of files shared by multiple packages. |
D DRNGERR^XTVSLPER |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM OVRLP REDISP ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will re-display the list Prefixes and Files shared by multiple packages. |
D CMBERR^XTVSLPER |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM DISP CAPTION ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will format the parameter file and display packages with captions. |
D PARAMRPT^XTVSLP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM DISP CAPTN MENU |
menu |
|
This Menu protocol contains the list of actions available from the XTVS PKG MGR PARAM CAPTN DISP List Template. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG EXT CRT PARAM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow a user holding the "XTVS EDITOR" key to select an extract [from ^XTMP("XTSIZE")] for review and output. |
D CRTPARM^XTVSLN |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR NEW PARAM MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager template named: XTVS PKG EXT CRT PARAM. This menu allows acces to the new parameter file management actions. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG EXT REDISP PARAM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will [re-]display the new Parameter file listing. |
DO REDISPRM^XTVSCP |
|
| XTVS PKG EXT DISP CORRECTIONS ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will list notes about Package File Parameters discovered when the new Parameter list was created from the Package Parameter Extract. |
DO REDISCRT^XTVSCP |
|
| XTVS PKG EXT PARAM WRT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow a user holding the "XTVS EDITOR" Key t to create a Package Parameter File (like XTMPSIZE.DAT). |
D WRPARMFL^XTVSCP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR NEW PARAM MAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will E-mail a corrections report for the listed Parameters and attach the Parameter list in a text file. |
D SNDNPFLE^XTVSCP |
|
| GMRCT TPN |
protocol |
|
This is the Consult Type which represents TPN (Hyperalimentation) orders for the Pharmacy Service. |
S GMRCEN="C" D EN^GMRCP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR EDIT PACKAGE PARM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to select a package from the parameter file displayed and edit it. |
D EDITPRM^XTVSLPDC |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR DEL PACKAGE PARM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to select a package from the parameter file and delete it out of the parameter file. |
D DELPMPKG^XTVSLPDC |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR SAVE PACKAGE PARM ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will allow a user to save changes made to the displayed Package Parameter File. |
D SAVPMPKG^XTVSLPDC |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM FILE DELETE ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user (holding the XTVS EDITOR key) to select a parameter file and delete it. |
D DELPRM^XTVSLM |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM DATA MAP HELP ACTION |
action |
|
This Protocol invokes an Action that will display a data map for the caret delimited data in the Package Parameter file displayed. |
D PARAMAP^XTVSLP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR EMAIL OVRLAP RPT ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will invoke the XTVS PKG MGR EMAIL OVRLAP RPT ACTION protocol to E-mail the displayed report to selected recipients. |
D ERPT^XTVSLPER |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM CMPR MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol is used by the List Manager Template Named: XTVS PKG MGR PARAM COMPARE. The action allows selection of an existing XTMPSIZE.DAT file for comparison to a displayed file. Differences are reported in a ListMan user interface. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM COMPARE ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will prompt the user to select a Parameter File to compare to the displayed Parameter File. |
D PARAMCMP^XTVSLP |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM COMPR MAIL ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol will E-Mail a comparison report resulting from the a compare of two Package parameter files by the XTVS PKG MGR PARAM COMPARE protocol. |
D MAILRPT^XTVSLPC |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR PARAM UNLOCK ACTION |
action |
|
This parameter allows a user holding the XTVS EDITOR key to list the locked files and delete a lock. |
D RMVLCK^XTVSLM |
|
| GMRCACTM PHARMACY PKG MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This is the menu of actions provided for Pharmacy package users which allows adding, discontinuing and completing of a Pharmacy consult order. |
|
|
| XTVS PKG EXT QUERY REMOTE ACTION |
action |
|
This Action allows a user to request a Package file extract from any production VistA. If an extract is requested from Forum, the user has the option to request a size report for all VistA packages using Forum as the VistA to report and the Package file extract [returned for the request] as the package parameter file. |
D QRYEXT^XTVSLN |
|
| XTVS PKG MGR RPT QUERY REMOTE ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol prompts the user for a package to size and a VistA Domain to request a size report. A size report query message is sent to the selected VistA Domain. |
D REMREQ^XTVSLR |
|
| XTVS PKG QUERY REMOTE VISTA SIZE ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol prompts the user for a package to size and a VistA Domain to request a size report. A size report query message is sent to the selected VistA Domain. |
D REMREQ^XTVSLM |
|
| XTVS PKG RPT SWAP HEADER ACTION |
action |
|
This action protocol can be used on the Package Size Report for all packages to toggle the ListMan header between the standard header and the report headings. |
D SWAPHEAD^XTVSLR |
|
| XTVS BLANK 1 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS MANAGEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for the Education Management List Manager display. |
|
D PEXIT^PXEDUMGR |
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXEDUMGR |
|
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXEDUMGR |
|
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDITS^PXEDUMGR |
|
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS COPY |
action |
|
|
D COPYS^PXEDUMGR |
|
| GMRCACTM SERVICE ACTION MENU |
protocol menu |
|
This is the menu of actions which may be used for a service to keep track service activities for consults and requests. There are paging, print and tracking actions included. The tracking actions perform an activity tracking audit trail. |
|
|
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D INQS^PXEDUMGR |
|
| PX EDUCATION TOPICS CHANGE LOG |
action |
|
|
D CLOGS^PXEDUMGR |
|
| PX EXAM ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXEXMGR |
|
| PX EXAM CHANGE LOG |
action |
|
|
D CLOGS^PXEXMGR |
|
| PX EXAM COPY |
action |
|
|
D COPYS^PXEXMGR |
|
| PX EXAM EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDITS^PXEXMGR |
|
| PX EXAM INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D INQS^PXEXMGR |
|
| PX EXAM SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXEXMGR |
|
| PX EXAM MANAGEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for the Exam Management List Manager display. |
|
D PEXIT^PXEXMGR |
| PX HEALTH FACTOR ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^PXHFMGR |
|
| GMRCACT ADD |
action |
|
Add a consult which originated service work, not already in OE/RR |
D AD^GMRCA1 |
|
| PX HEALTH FACTOR EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDITS^PXHFMGR |
|
| PX HEALTH FACTOR COPY |
action |
|
|
D COPYS^PXHFMGR |
|
| PX HEALTH FACTOR INQUIRE |
action |
|
|
D INQS^PXHFMGR |
|
| PX HEALTH FACTOR CHANGE LOG |
action |
|
|
D CLOGS^PXHFMGR |
|
| PX HEALTH FACTOR SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXHFMGR |
|
| PX HEALTH FACTOR MANAGEMENT MENU |
menu |
|
This is the menu for the Health Factor Management List Manager display. |
|
D PEXIT^PXHFMGR |
| PXCE LEXICON SELECT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
D PEXIT^PXLEXS |
| PXCE LEXICON SELECT CODE(S) |
action |
|
|
D SELL^PXLEXS |
|
| PXCE LEXICON REMOVE CODE(S) |
action |
|
|
D REML^PXLEXS |
|
| PXCE STANDARD CODES ADD |
action |
|
This action allows you to add standard codes for the patient. |
S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("SC") |
D INIT^PXCEAE |
| GMRCACT ASSOCIATE RESULTS |
action |
|
Associate Results with a consult allows the user to associate Medicine package results with a consult. |
D AR^GMRCMED("") |
I $G(GMRCO) D REFRESH^GMRCMED(GMRCO) |
| PXCE LEXICON SELECT ENTRY |
action |
|
|
D XSEL^PXLEXS |
|
| PX CODE SET UPDATE CPT |
action |
|
Search for inactive mapped codes, triggered by CPT code setup update. Attachment to ICPT CODE UPDATE EVENT covered by ICR #4125. |
D CPTPE^PXCSPE |
|
| PX CODE SET UPDATE ICD |
action |
|
Search for inactive mapped codes, triggered by ICD code set update. Attachment to ICD CODE UPDATE EVENT covered by ICR #4126. |
D ICDPE^PXCSPE |
|
| TIU HSRM-VISTA MDM-T02 SERVER |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| TIU HSRM-VISTA MDM-T02 SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBDF UTIL DELETE ALL |
action |
|
|
D DLTALL^IBDFUTL2 |
|
| IBDF UTIL REPLACE ALL |
action |
|
|
D REPLALL^IBDFUTL3 |
|
| IBDF UTIL REFRESH LIST |
action |
|
|
D RFRSHLST^IBDFUTL1 |
|
| HBHC EDIT PROVIDER MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol allows for entering/editing data in the HBHC PROVIDER (#631.4) file. |
|
|
| HBHC EDIT PROVIDER FILE 631.4 |
action |
|
This protocol will allow for editing a current entry in the HBHC PROVIDER (#631.4) file. |
D EDIT^HBHCPROV |
|
| GMRCACT SELECT SERVICE |
action |
|
Select a service/specialty to review consults |
D SS^GMRCSLM,ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("HL") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| HBHC DISPLAY NEW PERSON(S) |
action |
|
This protocol is used to display entries from the NEW PERSON (#200) file. |
S HBHCNP=1 D EN2^HBHCPROV |
|
| HBHC ADD NEW PROVIDER |
action |
|
This protocol is used to define a new HBHC Provider for the HBHC PROVIDER (#631.4) file. |
D ADD^HBHCPROV |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| HBHC DISPLAY PROVIDER FILE 631.4 |
action |
|
This protocol displays entries in the HBHC PROVIDER (#631.4) file based on user input. |
S (HBHCNP,HBHCIENX)=0 D EN2^HBHCPROV |
|
| HBHC DISPLAY ALL PROVIDER FILE 631.4 |
action |
|
This protocol displays all entries in the HBHC PROVIDER (#631.4) file. |
S HBHCNP=0 D ALLPROV^HBHCPROV |
|
| HBHC DETAIL DISPLAY |
action |
|
This protocol displays detailed information from the NEW PERSON (#200) file or the HBHC PROVIDER (#631.4) file for a user selection. |
D DD^HBHCPROV |
|
| HBHC PRINT SELECTION |
action |
|
This protocol prints the display. TO DO: enhance description and name of this protocol. |
D PRINT^HBHCPROV |
|
| PSO BYPASS 3/4 DAY SUPPLY |
action |
|
This action allows the user to set the Bypass 3/4 Days Supply flag. If this flag is set, then when CMOP suspense is run, the logic concerning the 3/4 days supply will be bypassed. If the flag is already set to TRUE when this action is performed, then the flag will be reset to FALSE. |
S:$G(RXN)="" RXN=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D BYPASSACT^PSOBPSU4(RXN) |
|
| VPR TIU RETRACT |
action |
|
|
D TIUR^VPREVNT |
|
| RCDPE EOB WL PREVIEW AM MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu that contains the actions the can be performed manually on ERAS received by Account Manaagers. |
|
I $G(RCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| PSO ERX UN-ACCEPT |
action |
|
|
D UNACC^PSOERX1H |
|
| GMRCACT RESULTS DISPLAY |
action |
|
Display the consult result using the RT. This will list all TIU consult reports (with addenda), all Medicine package results, and resolution comments. |
D RT^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("H") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| PSO ERX JUMP TO ERX |
action |
|
|
D JUMP2ERX^PSOERX1I |
|
| PSO ERX AUDIT LOG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX AUDIT LOG SORT BY EDITED BY |
action |
|
|
D EB^PSOERXAU |
|
| PSO ERX AUDIT LOG SORT BY FIELD NAME |
action |
|
|
D FN^PSOERXAU |
|
| PSO ERX AUDIT LOG SORT BY DATE/TIME |
action |
|
|
D DT^PSOERXAU |
|
| PSO ERX AUDIT LOG SHOW/HIDE ERX VALUE |
action |
|
|
D SH^PSOERXAU |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW AUDIT LOG |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOERXAU(ERXIEN) |
|
| PSO LM PAT PREG/LACT DISPLAY |
action |
|
This protocol displays details about a patient's pregnancy and lactating episode in a user-friendly format. |
D FULL^VALM1,PLST^PSOLMPAT |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| IBCNIU PIN/I07 EVENT |
event driver |
|
This protocol is the event protocol for the IIU application within Integrated Billing. Refer to the eInsurance team for questions about this interface at a high level. |
|
|
| IBCNIU PIN/I07 SUB |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| IBCE VIEW PREV TRANS SEL ALL |
action |
|
Select all claims in the worklist to be resubmitted. |
D SELALL^IBCEPTC3 |
|
| IBCNE EICD REQUEST |
action |
|
|
D EICDREQ^IBCNEQU1 |
D INIT^IBCNEQU |
| IBCNE BLANK |
action |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNS PLAN SELECT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNS PLAN MULTI-SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^IBCNSU21 |
|
| IBCNS PLAN MULTI-DESEL |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNSU21 |
|
| IBCNS PLAN SHOW SEL |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSEL^IBCNSU21 |
|
| IBCNS POL SEL MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCN BLANK |
action |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNS PLAN MULTI-DESELECT |
action |
|
|
D UNSEL^IBCNSU21(1) |
|
| IBJP IIV FIX CORRUPT BUFFERS |
action |
|
Fix corrupt buffers in INSURANCE VERIFICATION PROCESSOR File (#355.33) |
D LTENT^IBJPI2 |
|
| PXRM ACT ON DOCUMENT ACTION |
action |
|
This protocol allows Clincial Reminders to listen to actions taken on a TIU document. |
D EN^PXRMNOTE |
|
| PSO PARK |
action |
|
|
S PSOPK=1,(DA,PPL,PSDA)=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D PARK^PSOPRK(DA) K PSONOOR,PSOPK,COM,DA,PPL,PSDA |
W "" |
| PSO UNPARK |
action |
|
|
S (DA,PPL,PSDA)=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D UNPARK^PSOPRK K COM,DA,PPL,PSDA |
W "" |
| PXRM MFS EVENT |
action |
|
This is the Clinical Reminders protocol for capturing MFS events. It should be attached to the XUMF MFS EVENTS protocol. |
D MFSEVENT^PXRMMFS |
|
| DG PTF ICD PROCEDURE NOTIFIER |
extended action |
|
This protocol will notify subscribing packages when an International ^TMP("DG PTF ICD OP NOTIFIER",$J,"DFN")=DFN DFN: internal entry number of the patient in the PATIENT file (#2). ^TMP("DG PTF ICD OP NOTIFIER",$J,TYPE,"IENS")=IENS TYPE: The activity type; possible values are "DISCHARGE", "PROCEDURE", and "SURGERY". "DISCHARGE" codes are from the PROCEDURE series of fields on the 401P node in the PTF (#45) file. "PROCEDURE" codes are from the PROCEDURE CODE series of fields in the 601 sub-file (#45.05) of the PTF file (#45). "SURGERY" codes are from the OPERATION CODE series of fields in the 401 sub-file Classification of Diseases (ICD) procedure code is added, modified or (#45.01) of the PTF (#45) file. IENS: The internal entry number string identifying the record in which the associated codes are stored. ^TMP("DG PTF ICD OP NOTIFIER",$J,TYPE,FIELD,"OLD")=ICDP This is how the field appeared in the file before the change was made. FIELD: This is an abbreviation denoting which field the code came from. The following table should assist in determining which field a code came from: TYPE FIELD Field Name removed for entries within the PTF file (#45). ----------------------------------------------------- DISCHARGE OPCnn PROCEDURE nn (nn is a whole number) PROCEDURE OPCnn PROCEDURE CODE nn (nn is a whole number) SURGERY OPCnn OPERATION CODE nn (nn is a whole number) ICDP: Internal entry number of the procedure code in the ICD OPERATION/ PROCEDURE file (#80.1). ^TMP("DG PTF ICD OP NOTIFIER",$J,TYPE,FIELD,"NEW")=ICDP This is how the field appeared in the file after the change was made. When a code is added, the "OLD" value will be blank and the "NEW" value will not be. When a code is deleted, the "OLD" value will not be blank and the "NEW" value will be. When a code is changed, both the "OLD" and "NEW" values will not be blank. The following data is available to subscribers: ^TMP("DG PTF ICD OP NOTIFIER",$J,"DATE")=DATE DATE: FileMan date/time (internal format) of when the activity occurred. |
|
|
| VPR PTF OP EVENTS |
action |
|
This protocol will track PTF (#45) file changes for VPR. |
D OPEVT^VPREVNT1 |
|
| VPR PSO VDEF EVENTS |
subscriber |
|
This client protocol is used to process HL7 RDS/O13 messages published by the PSO VDEF RDS 013 OP PHARM PREF and PPAR protocols. It will cause VPR to post an update request for the refilled prescription. update of the refilled prescription to HealthShare. measurements are posted. Note: The ROUTING LOGIC does not send any HL7 messages. |
|
|
| PSO HOST RX RDS-O13 ESUBS |
subscriber |
|
|
|
|
| PSO DISP RX RDS-O13 EVENT |
event driver |
|
|
|
|
| TIU FM AUDIT QUIT |
action |
|
|
Q |
|
| TIU FM AUDIT VIEW |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1,SELECT^TIUAUD00 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| TIU FM AUDIT MENU |
menu |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 |
D EXIT^TIUAUD00 |
| TIU FM AUDIT BLANK |
action |
|
|
|
|
| TIU FM AUDIT REFRESH |
action |
|
|
D HDR^TIUAUD00,INIT^TIUAUD00 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| PSODEAME ACCEPT AND SAVE |
action |
|
|
D ACTIONA^PSODEAME |
|
| PSODEAME COPY TO VISTA |
action |
|
|
D ACTIONC^PSODEAME |
|
| PSODEAME EDIT VISTA VALUES |
action |
|
|
D ACTIONE^PSODEAME |
|
| PSODEAME QUIT AND REJECT |
action |
|
|
D ACTIONX^PSODEAME |
|
| PSODEAME MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT COMMENT ORDERS |
action |
|
Add a comment to a consult. |
D COMMENT^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| PRCA RPP WL EDIT |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to edit terms of a selected repayment plan. |
D ED^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PRCA RPP WL REVIEW |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to review a selected repayment plan. |
D RV^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PRCA RPP WL EXPORT |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to export the list of repayment plans to Excel format. |
D EX^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PRCA RPP WL INQ |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to call RPP Inquiry for a selected repayment plan. |
D IN^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PRCA RPP WL PROFILE |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to view full account profile for a selected repayment plan. |
D AP^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PRCA RPP WL VIEW |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to change current view on the List Manager screen. |
D CV^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PRCA RPP WL MENU |
menu |
|
This protocol menu contains all the activities for repayment plan worklist. |
|
|
| PRCA RPP WL ADD |
action |
|
This action protocol allows user to add new bills to a selected repayment plan. |
D AB^RCRPWL1 |
|
| PSO ERX HIDDEN ACTIONS |
menu |
|
Hidden actions for the eRx holding queue. |
|
|
| PSO ERX PATIENT ALLERGIES MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT DETAIL DISPLAY |
action |
|
Display order details, audit trail, and results |
D DT^GMRCA1 |
|
| PSO ERX PATIENT ALLERGIES VISTA PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D VPA^PSOERALL |
|
| PSO ERX UN-REMOVE |
action |
|
|
D UNREM^PSOERX1B |
|
| PSO ERX VD SBN |
action |
|
|
D SBN^PSOERXD2 |
|
| PSO ERX UN-PROCESS |
action |
|
|
D UNPROC^PSOERXUX |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT INCLUDE ALL STATUSES |
action |
|
|
D IAS^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX PROVIDER VALIDATION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE RXRENEWAL REQUEST |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to issue an eRx refill/renewal request for a single prescription. |
D RREQSIN^PSOERXX1(RXN,PSOSITE) |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT QUEUE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY DRUG NAME |
action |
|
|
D DR^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY PROVIDER NAME |
action |
|
|
D PR^PSOERPT0 |
|
| GMRCACT NEW PATIENT |
action |
|
Select a new patient |
D SP^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCSLM,HDR^GMRCSLM |
S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 K GMRCSEL,GMRCO,GMRCND |
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY RECEIVED DATE |
action |
|
|
D RE^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY STATUS |
action |
|
|
D STA^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY PATIENT MATCH |
action |
|
|
D PAM^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY PROVIDER MATCH |
action |
|
|
D PRM^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY DRUG MATCH |
action |
|
|
D DRM^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SHOW/HIDE DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D DET^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY ALL MATCHES |
action |
|
|
D ALL^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT GROUP BY CS |
action |
|
|
D CS^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT SORT BY ERX ID |
action |
|
|
D ID^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT BATCH HOLD |
action |
|
|
D BH^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT BATCH UNHOLD |
action |
|
|
D BU^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS QUEUE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SORT BY PATIENT NAME |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERRX0("PA") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS GROUP BY CS |
action |
|
|
D CS^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SORT BY PATIENT DOB |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERRX0("DOB") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SORT BY DRUG NAME |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERRX0("DR") |
|
| GMRCACT PRINT CONSULT FORM |
action |
|
Print Consult Std Form 513 for an order |
S VALMBCK="R" D SEL^GMRCP5 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D EN^GMRCP5(GMRCND),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SORT BY PROVIDER NAME |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERRX0("PR") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SORT BY STATUS |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERRX0("STA") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SORT BY RECEIVED DATE |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERRX0("RE") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS CHANGE LOOK BACK DAYS |
action |
|
|
D LBD^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS QUEUE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS CHANGE VIEW |
action |
|
|
D CV^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS RX VIEW SWITCH |
action |
|
|
D RX^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS PATIENT CENTRIC VIEW SWITCH |
action |
|
|
D PC^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS SEARCH QUEUE |
action |
|
|
D SQ^PSOERPC0 |
|
| GMRCACT SELECT STATUS |
action |
|
Select the OE/RR status of orders to be reviewed |
D ST^GMRCA1 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS SORT BY PATIENT NAME |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERPC0("PA") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS SORT BY DOB |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERPC0("DOB") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS SORT BY ELAPSED DAYS |
action |
|
|
D SORT^PSOERPC0("ED") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS CHANGE LOOK BACK DAYS |
action |
|
|
D LBD^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT CHANGE LOOK BACK DAYS |
action |
|
|
D LBD^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS GROUP BY CS |
action |
|
|
D CS^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS REMOVE FILTERS |
action |
|
|
D RF^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SEARCH QUEUE |
action |
|
|
D SQ^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS REMOVE FILTERS |
action |
|
|
D RAF^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX HISTORY LOG MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT REROUTE |
action |
|
Forward order to another service |
D FR^GMRCAFR |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW HISTORY LOG |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOERHL0(ERXIEN) |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS REFRESH LIST |
action |
|
|
D REF^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS REFRESH LIST |
action |
|
|
D REF^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS NEXT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D NEXTPAT^PSOERPC0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT NEXT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D NP^PSOERPT0 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT QUEUE HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS QUEUE HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS QUEUE HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX PATIENT VALIDATION MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS RXRENEWALREQUEST ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("RR") |
|
| GMRCACT DISCONTINUE |
action |
|
Discontinue an order. (Updates OE/RR status to "dc") |
S GMRCA=6 D DC^GMRCA1("",GMRCA),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| PSO ERX ALL RXS RXRENAWLRESPONSE ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("RE") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS NEWRX ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("N") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS RXCHANGEREQUEST ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("CR") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS RXFILL ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("RXF") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS INBOUND ERROR ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("IE") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS OUTBOUND ERROR ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("OE") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS CANCELRX ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("CA") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS CANCELRXRESPONSE ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("CN") |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS RXCHANGERESPONSE ONLY |
action |
|
|
D FLTRMT^PSOERRX0("CX") |
|
| PSO ERX PATIENT VALIDATION HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| GMRCACT CANCEL REQUEST |
action |
|
The service may cancel a consult request, with an explanation. (Updates OE/RR status to "x"). Requestors of cancelled consults may edit and resubmit the request. |
S GMRCA=19 D DC^GMRCA1("",GMRCA),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| PSO ERX PATIENT ALLERGIES VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EN^PSOERALL |
|
| PSO ERX DRUG VALIDATION HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS SHOW/HIDE DETAILS |
action |
|
|
D DET^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX ENTER PROGRESS NOTES |
action |
|
|
D PN^PSOERXU6(+$G(ERXIEN)) |
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW ALL SUBS |
action |
|
To view All of plans subscribers while working in insurance enter edit. |
D ALLINI^IBCNSJ53 |
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW SUBSCRIBER MENU |
menu |
|
Plan View menu Subscriber sub-menu |
S IBCACT=3 |
I $D(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW ACTIVE SUBS |
action |
|
View the Insurances Plan's Active Subscribers. |
D ACINI^IBCNSJ53 |
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW INACTIVE SUBS |
action |
|
View the Insurances Plan's Inactive Subscribers. |
D ININI^IBCNSJ53 |
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW SUBSCRIBERS |
action |
|
To view the plans subscribers while working in insurance enter edit. |
D VP^IBCNSJ53 |
|
| VPR OBSERVATION UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D MDC^VPRSDAOB(.MDCOBS) |
|
| GMRCACT COMPLETE |
action |
|
Complete/Update the results for a consult. |
D ENTER^GMRCTIU(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("LH") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| GMRA EDIT VERIFIED DATA |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be activated whenever a verified reaction is modified, GMRAPA1 = Internal Entry Number of the observation in File 120.85 (ADVERSE REACTION REPORTING) GMRAPA1(0) = Zero node of the entry in file 120.85 including observations. Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction; observation variables will only be returned if one was modified or added. Variables: GMRAPA = Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = Zero node of the entry in file 120.8 |
|
|
| SD PID/CID UPDATE OR |
action |
|
|
D UPDATECONSULTPID^SDUPDATECONSPID(.XQORMSG) |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW ORIGINAL ERX |
action |
|
|
D VO^PSOERSE1 |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW REQUEST ERX |
action |
|
|
D VRR^PSOERSE1 |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW RESPONSE ERX |
action |
|
|
D VRE^PSOERSE1 |
|
| PSO ERX RESEND CHANGE REQUEST |
action |
|
This action protocol allows a user to resend an eRx Change request in the Inbound eRx application. |
N RESEND S RESEND=1 D EN^PSOERCR0 |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW PATIENT SUGGESTIONS |
action |
|
|
D VS^PSOERUT6(ERXIEN,"PA") |
|
| PSO ERX PROVIDER VALIDATION HIDDEN MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX VIEW PROVIDER SUGGESTIONS |
action |
|
|
D VS^PSOERUT6(ERXIEN,"PR") |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW DRUG SUGGESTIONS |
action |
|
|
D VS^PSOERUT6(ERXIEN,"DR") |
|
| GMRCACT RECEIVED REQUEST |
action |
|
Acknowledge the receipt of a consult (updates CPRS status to active). |
D RC^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") |
D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R") |
| PSO ERX JUMP TO ERX PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D J2EP^PSOERRX0(+$G(DFN)) |
|
| PSO LM MAIL EXEMPTION |
action |
|
|
D MAILEX^PSOUTLA2 |
|
| RCDPE PAYER FLAG CVA |
action |
|
|
D FLAGC^RCDPEP |
|
| IBCNB LIST BUFFER REFRESH |
action |
|
Buffer Refresh |
D REFRESH^IBCNBLL |
|
| PX COMPACT EOC |
action |
|
This protocol is the event handler for the Compact Act Episode of Care events. |
D EVAL^PXCOMPACTEVAL |
|
| YTQ EVENT |
extended action |
|
This protocol will be invoked whenever an administration in MHA is either added or updated. This includes updates to the MH ADMINISTRATIONS (#601.84), MH ANSWERS (#601.85), and MH RESULTS (#601.92) files. The events are only fired for administrations where IS COMPLETED is "Yes". |
|
|
| YTQ EVENT RECEIVER TEST |
action |
|
This protocol allows testing of events published by YTQ EVENT. It is just for testing and does not serve any specific purpose. |
D RECEIVE^YTQEVNT |
|
| IBCNS COVERAGE ADD |
action |
|
|
D ADD^IBCNSJ54 |
|
| IBCNS COVERAGE DELETE |
action |
|
|
D DELETE^IBCNSJ54 |
|
| IBCNS COVERAGE EDIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBCNSJ54 |
|
| DGPM TREATING SPECIALTY EVENT |
extended action |
|
VERSION 5.0 TREATING SPECIALTY EVENT |
D EV^DGPTTS |
|
| IBCNS COVERAGE SORT |
action |
|
|
D SORT^IBCNSJ54 |
|
| IBCNS COVERAGE MENU |
menu |
|
Menu used to Add/Edit Coverage Limitations. |
|
|
| IBCNSJ PLAN VIEW SORT |
action |
|
To sort the displayed items |
D SORT^IBCNSJ53 |
|
| TIU AVATAR MDM EVENT |
event driver |
|
PROTOCOL TO HANDLE MDM MESSAGES FROM OTP VENDOR |
|
|
| TIU AVATAR MDM SUB |
subscriber |
|
PROTOCOL SUBSCRIBER TO HANDLE THE T02 EVENT FOR AN OTP VENDOR |
|
|
| IBTREC MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBTREC ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D ADDCOM^IBTREC |
|
| IBTREC EDIT COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D EDCOM^IBTREC |
|
| IBTREC DEL COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D DELCOM^IBTREC |
|
| BPS AUTO CLOSE REJECT EC |
action |
|
|
D EC^BPSACR |
|
| DGJ INCOMPLETE EVENT |
extended action |
|
This option adds a record to the Incomplete Records file upon discharge of a patient. It will stuff in all the pertinant data that is needed for this file. |
D ^DGJTEVT |
|
| BPS AUTO CLOSE REJECT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| BPS AUTO CLOSE REJECT EXIT |
action |
|
|
DO EXIT^BPSACR |
|
| PSO ERX ALL PATIENTS CR DEFAULT TEXT EDIT |
action |
|
Allow the user to change/update the default change request template. |
D CRT^PSOERPC3 |
|
| PSO LMOE MOVE TO NEXT PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D NP^PSOORFI2 |
|
| PSO ERX VIEW SUGGESTED RX |
action |
|
|
D VSR^PSOERSE1 |
|
| PSO ERX SINGLE PATIENT NEXT DRUG |
action |
|
|
D NEXTDRUG^PSOERSE3 |
|
| PSO ERX DRUG EDIT FROM SINGLE ERX VIEW |
action |
|
|
D EDITDRUG^PSOERSE3 |
|
| PSO ERX ALL RXS INCLUDE ALL STATUSES |
action |
|
|
D IAS^PSOERRX0 |
|
| PSO ERX BATCH CHANGE REQUEST MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| PSO ERX BATCH CHANGE REQUEST SUBMISSION |
action |
|
|
D ERXBATCH^PSOERBT1($G(CHRQTYPE),$G(FROMDRUG),$G(NEWDRUG)) |
|
| DGOERR NOTE |
extended action |
|
This option is used to send ADMISSION and DECEASED MAS NOTIFICATIONS in ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING. It must be an item in the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS option in order for the notifications to be sent. The notifications will be sent for admissions and death discharges. This will only work with OE/RR v2.09 or higher. |
D EN^DGOERNOT |
|
| PSO ERX BATCH CHANGE REQUEST SELECT |
action |
|
|
D SEL^PSOERBT |
|
| PSO ERX BATCH VISTA DRUG REPLACEMENT |
action |
|
|
D DRUGREP^PSOERBT0 |
|
| PSO ERX BATCH INCLUDE ALL STATUSES |
action |
|
|
D IAS^PSOERBT |
|
| PSO REJECT DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS CODE |
action |
|
This action protocol allows the user to add a diagnosis code to the claim. |
D DIA^PSOREJP7 |
|
| DG MEANS TEST AUDIT |
extended action |
|
The event is invoked off of the Means Test event driver. Based upon the action taken the Means Test Change file will be updated. |
D EN^DGMTAUD |
|
| DG MEANS TEST EVENTS |
extended action |
|
This option is the means test event protocol. |
|
|
| DG MEANS TEST DOM |
action |
|
|
D EN^DGMTDOM |
|
| DGJ ENTER/EDIT RECORDS MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the actions for the IRT Record Summary Tracking option. This is the protocol menu that controls the actions for entering a new IRT record and editing an already existing IRT record. |
|
|
| DGJ IRT SUMMARIES |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the activities for updating an IRT record if it is an op report, interim or discharge summary. This menu is called by the protocol action of editing a deficiency. |
|
|
| DGJ IRT PARM ENTER/EDIT MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the actions for the IRT Record Summary Tracking option. This is the protocol menu that controls the actions for entering a new IRT record and editing an already existing IRT record. |
S DGJTHFLG="AD" |
K DGJTHFLG |
| DGJ ENTER/EDIT DEFICIENCY MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the activities for the IRT DEFICIENCY TRACKING option |
S DGJTHFLG="EN" |
K DGJTHFLG |
| DG MEANS TEST REQUIRED |
action |
|
This event is evoked off the scheduling event driver. If a patient's means test has a required status and an appointment is made it will send a bulletin to the DG MEANS TEST REQUIRED group. |
D EN^DGMTREQB |
K DGREQF,DGMSGF,DGMTYPT |
| DGOERR ADMIT |
protocol |
|
This is the admission option associated with order entry/results reporting. |
S DGPMT=1 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL |
|
| DGOERR BED SWITCH |
protocol |
|
This is the bed switch option associated with oreder entry/results reporting. |
D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGSWITCH K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL |
|
| DGOERR DISCHARGE |
protocol |
|
This is the discharge option assocaited with order entry/result reporting. |
S DGPMT=3 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL |
|
| DGOERR PATIENT INQUIRY |
protocol |
|
This is the inquiry option associated with order entry/results reporting. |
D OREN^DGRPD |
|
| DGOERR SCHED ADMIT |
protocol |
|
This is the scheduled admission option associated with order entry/ results reporting. |
D OREN^DGSCHAD,READ^ORUTL |
|
| DGOERR TRANSFER |
protocol |
|
This is the transfer option associated with order entry/result reporting. |
S DGPMT=2 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL |
K DGPMASIH |
| ORRP UNSIGNED |
action |
|
Display unsigned orders. |
S ORPRES="11;UNSIGNED ORDERS" |
|
| DG OERR TREATING TRANSFER |
protocol |
|
This is the treating specialty transfer option associated with order entry/ results reporting. |
S DGPMT=6 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL |
|
| DGJ IRT EDIT DEFICIENCY |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to edit a record deficiency. This action is associated with the protocol menu for entering and editing all deficiencies for a patients record. |
D NEW^DGJTEE |
|
| DGJ IRT ENTER DEFICIENCY |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to enter a record deficiency. It is an action under the Enter/Edit Deficiencies protocol menu. |
D NEW1^DGJTEE |
|
| DGJ EDIT SUMMARY/REPORT |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to edit a specific IRT record. This is an action attached to the protocol menu that is called when a record deficiency is an op report, interim summary or discharge summary and the deficiency is being edited. This is the action that allows the IRT record to be updated as well as the deficiency. |
S (X,DGJTNUM)=1 D EDIT^DGJTVW1 |
|
| DGJ IRT EXP |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to expand a selection. When a selection is chosen this action will display all the data in the file. If the selection is an OP report, interim summary, or discharge summary, the IRT record associated with that selection will be displayed also. |
D EXP^DGJTEE1 |
|
| DGJ CHNG PAT |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to change a patient. |
D PAT1^DGJTEE1 |
|
| DGJ IRT ENTER RECORD |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to enter a new IRT record. It is an action under the Enter/Edit a Record protocol menu. |
D NEW1^DGJTEE |
|
| DGJ IRT EDIT RECORD |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to edit an IRT record under the Enter/Edit an IRT Record protocol menu. |
D NEW^DGJTEE |
|
| DGPT A/P EDIT TMP |
menu |
|
This protocol is used to implement PTF Archive/Purge functions. It is used in conjuction with the List Manager utility. |
|
|
| DGPT REMOVE A/P |
action |
|
This function will remove the selcted PTF records from the entries selected for the Archive and Purge process. The entries removed will NOT be Archived or Purged. |
D DELEX^DGPTLMU1 |
|
| DGPT SELECT A/P |
action |
|
This function will select a PTF record previously de-selected from the A/P process. Once the record(s) have been selected they will be Archived and Purged. |
D ADDEX^DGPTLMU1 |
|
| DGPT A/P MAIN |
menu |
|
This protocol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility. |
|
|
| DGPT ADD A/P TEMPLATE |
action |
|
This protocol will be used to add a A/P template. |
D TMPADD^DGPTLMU2 |
D TMPEXIT^DGPTLMU2 |
| DGPT DEL A/P TEMPLATE |
action |
|
This protocol is used to delete an entry from PTF A/P History File (#45.62) |
D TMPDEL^DGPTLMU2 |
D TMPEXIT^DGPTLMU2 |
| DGPT EDIT A/P TEMPLATE |
action |
|
This function will allow the user to edit a PTF A/P Template. |
D TMPED^DGPTLMU2 |
D TMPEXIT^DGPTLMU2 |
| DGPT DETAILED INQUIRY |
action |
|
This protocol will be used to display a detailed inquiry of the PTF record selected. |
D DIEN^DGPTLMU4 |
|
| DGPT A/P ARCHIVE |
action |
|
This protocol will be used to Archive PTF records. |
D ARC^DGPTAPA |
D ARCEX^DGPTAPA |
| DGPT A/P PURGE |
action |
|
This protocol will be used to Purge PTF records. |
D PUR^DGPTAPP |
D PUREX^DGPTAPP |
| DGJ GROUP 2 EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in group 2 of the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. |
S DGJTNUM=2 D EDIT^DGJTVW1 |
|
| DGJ GROUP 3 EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in group 3 of the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. |
S (X,DGJTNUM)=3 D EDIT^DGJTVW1 |
|
| XU USER TERMINATE |
extended action |
|
This is a protocol to link other packages that want to know about a USER TERMINATE event. Other pachages can attach to this protocol option and they will be called when a USER is Terminated. DUZ will be the person that is running the terminate option. XUIFN will point to the NEW PERSON file entry that is being terminated. It is called from XUSTERM2. |
|
|
| DGJ GROUP 4 EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in group 4 of the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. |
S (X,DGJTNUM)=4 D EDIT^DGJTVW1 |
|
| DGJ ALL GROUP EDIT |
action |
|
This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in all groups on the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. |
D ALLEDIT^DGJTVW1 |
|
| DGJ TS UPDATE |
action |
|
This protocol is the action to update the Treating Specialty and Primary and Attending physicians for the IRT package and ADT without exiting the IRT enter/edit option. |
S DGJTSEDT=1 D TS^DGJTUTL |
K DGJTSEDT |
| DG CO-PAY TEST STATUS |
action |
|
This protocol is intended to update the co-pay status when changed in billing. |
D ^DGMTCOST |
|
| DGJ DELETE DEFICIENCY |
action |
|
|
S DGJTDELE=1 D OKD^DGJTDEL |
K DGJTDELE |
| DGJ DELETE MENU |
menu |
|
|
S DGJTHFLG="DL" |
K DGJTHFLG |
| DGJ COMPLETE EDIT MENU |
menu |
|
|
S DGJTCOM=1,DGJTHFLG="CE" |
K DGJTCOM,DGJTHFLG |
| DGJ EDIT COMP IRT SINGLE |
action |
|
|
D NEW^DGJTEE |
|
| DGJ EDIT COMP IRT SUPER |
action |
|
|
S DGJTCOM=1 D START4^DGJTEE |
K DGJTCOM D REP^DGJTEE |
| DGJ EDIT COMP SUPER2 |
action |
|
|
D NEW^DGJTEE |
K DGJTCOM |
| ORS 24HR SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol allows users to generate a 24 hour summary of orders placed on a user-specified date. |
D DAY^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP |
|
| DGJ DELETE SUPER |
action |
|
|
S DGJTDLT=1 D START5^DGJTEE |
K DGJTDLT D REP^DGJTEE |
| DGJ DELETE SUPER2 |
action |
|
|
D OKD^DGJTDEL |
|
| DGJ JUMP CATEG |
action |
|
|
D JUMP^DGJTEE3 |
|
| DGJ IRT COMPLETE DEF |
action |
|
|
D QUICMP^DGJTEE2 |
|
| DGJ IRT EDIT PARMS |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^DGJPAR1 |
|
| DGJ IRT ADD DEF. PARMS |
action |
|
|
D EN^DGJTADD |
|
| IBDF DELETE GROUP |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a group. The selected group, along with all of its selections, is deleted. |
D DELGRP^IBDF3 |
|
| SD APPT STATUS |
extended action |
|
This option is called from the EVENT DRIVER when a patient is admitted or discharged or an admission or discharge is edited. The appointments for that patient are updated with inpatient or outpatient status based upon the admission and discharge dates. |
Q:'$D(^DPT(DFN,"S")) D ^SDSTAT |
|
| SDAM MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the activities for the appointment management option. |
|
|
| SD OERR CANCEL APPT |
protocol |
|
OERR option to cancel clinic appt. |
D OERR^SDCNP |
D SDCNP^SDKILL |
| ORS RNG SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to print a summary of orders placed during a user-specified date/time range. |
D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP |
|
| SD OERR MAKE APPT |
protocol |
|
OERR option to make a clinic appt. |
D OERR^SDM |
D SDM^SDKILL |
| SDAM APPT CHECK IN |
action |
|
|
D CI^SDAM2 |
|
| SDAM APPT MAKE |
action |
|
|
D MAKE^SDAM2 |
|
| SDAM LIST MENU |
menu |
|
|
S XQORM(0)="1A" |
S:'$D(VALMBCK) VALMBCK="" D EXIT^SDAM |
| SDAM LIST CHECKED IN |
action |
|
|
S X="CHECKED IN" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDAM LIST NO SHOWS |
action |
|
|
S X="NO SHOWED" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDAM LIST ALL |
action |
|
|
S X="ALL" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDAM LIST CHECKED OUT |
action |
|
|
S X="CHECKED OUT" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDAM LIST NO ACTION |
action |
|
|
S X="NO ACTION TAKEN" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDAM PATIENT CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D PAT^SDAM10 |
D EXIT^SDAM |
| ORS CUSTOM SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol allows the user to generate summaries of orders placed during a user-specified date/time range by service and order status. |
D CUSTOM^ORPRS01 Q:$G(OREND) S ORSDG(+XQORNOD)=ORDG,ORPRES(+XQORNOD)=ORPRES D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP |
|
| SDAM CLINIC CHANGE |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to select a different clinic. |
D CLN^SDAM3 |
D EXIT^SDAM |
| SDAM DATE CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D DATE^SDAM2 |
D EXIT^SDAM |
| SDAM APPT UNSCHEDULED |
action |
|
This action allows the user to enter an unscheduled(walk-in) visit for a patient. |
S SDWLLIST=1 D WI^SDAM2 |
K SDWLLIST |
| SDUL NEXT SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. |
D NEXT^SDUL4 |
|
| SDUL PREVIOUS SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. |
D PREV^SDUL4 |
|
| SDUL REFRESH |
action |
|
This actions allows the user to re-display the current screen. |
D RE^SDUL4 |
|
| SDUL LAST SCREEN |
action |
|
The action will display the last items. |
D LAST^SDUL4 |
|
| SDUL FIRST SCREEN |
action |
|
This action will display the first screen. |
D FIRST^SDUL4 |
|
| SDAM BLANK 1 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDUL UP ONE LINE |
action |
|
Move up a line |
D UP^SDUL4 |
|
| ORS CHART SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol allows printing of chart copy summaries for patients selected from the user's preferred list of orders released during a user-specified date/time interval. |
D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP |
|
| SDUL DOWN A LINE |
action |
|
Move down a line. |
D DOWN^SDUL4 |
|
| SDAM BLANK 2 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDAM BLANK 3 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDAM BLANK 4 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDAM BLANK 5 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDAM BLANK 6 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDAM BLANK 7 |
action |
|
Use This option as a place holder. |
|
|
| SDAM LIST CANCELLED |
action |
|
This list will display all the cancelled appointments for the date range specified. |
S X="CANCELLED" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDUL DISPLAY |
menu |
|
This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility. |
|
|
| SDUL QUIT |
action |
|
This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. |
Q |
|
| ORS HEALTH SUMMARY |
action |
|
This protocol allows printing of Health Summaries for patients selected from the user's preferred list. |
D SELTYP^ORPRS13 |
|
| SDUL PRINT SCREEN |
action |
|
This action allows the user to print the current List Manager display screen. The header and the current portion of the list are printed. |
D PRT^SDUL1 |
|
| SDUL PRINT LIST |
action |
|
This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. |
D PRTL^SDUL1 |
|
| SDAM APPT CANCEL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to cancel appointments from the portion of the list currently displayed. |
D EN^SDAMC |
|
| SDAM LIST FUTURE |
action |
|
This action allows the user to list future appointments for a patient. |
D FUT^SDAM |
|
| SDAM LIST INPATIENT |
action |
|
This protocol will list only inpatient appointments. |
S X="INPATIENT" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDUL EXPAND |
action |
|
|
I $D(^TMP("SDUL DATA",$J,SDULEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") |
S:'SDULCC SDULBCK="R" |
| SDUL TURN ON/OFF MENUS |
action |
|
|
D MENU^SDUL2 |
|
| SDUL BLANK 1 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| SDUL SEARCH LIST |
action |
|
Finds text in list of entries. |
D FIND^SDUL40 |
|
| SD PARM PARAMETERS MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the activities for the scheduling parameter option. |
|
|
| ORS GRAPH LABS |
action |
|
This action type protocol allows graphing of lab results by collection sample, and test for any time interval and # of data points. |
S LRCW=8,LRFLAG="",LRCTRL=0,(LRNSET,N)=80 D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP D L2^LRDIST4 S:$D(LRSPEC) ORLRSPEC(+XQORNOD)=LRSPEC S:'$D(LRTEST) OREND=1 I X="^" S DUOUT=1 S:X="^^" DIROUT=1 |
|
| SD PARM EDIT PARAMETERS |
action |
|
|
D 1^SDPARM2 |
|
| SD PARM EDIT DIVISION |
action |
|
|
D 2^SDPARM2 |
|
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY ADD/EDITS |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to display all add/edits or add/edits for a date range. It will also allow the user to select a specific clinic stop code to display. |
N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=1,DIC=40.7 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL |
K SDBEG,SDEND,SDLN,SDFLG,SDTYP,VALMHDREND |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY APPOINTMENTS |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to display all appointments or appointments for a date range. It will also allow the user to select a specific clinic to display. |
N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=2,DIC=44 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL |
K SDBEG,SDEND,SDLN,SDFLG,SDTYP,VALMHDREND,^TMP("SDAPT",$J) |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY ENROLLMENTS |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to display all enrollments or enrollments for a date range. It will also allow the user to select a specific clinic to display. |
N SDY,SDACT S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=4,DIC=44 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL |
K SDBEG,SDEND,SDFLG,SDLN,SDTYP,VALMHDREND,^TMP("SDENR",$J) |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY DISPOSITIONS |
action |
|
This action will allow the user to display all dispositions or dispositions for a date range. |
N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=3 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL |
K SDBEG,SDEND,SDLN,SDTYP,SDFLG,VALMHDREND |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY MEANS TEST |
action |
|
This actions allows the user to display all Means Test Information or specific Means Test Date. |
N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=5,DIC=408.31 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL |
K SDBEG,SDEND,SDFLG,SDTYP,SDLN,VALMHDREND |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY ALL |
action |
|
This action allows the user to display all information concerning Add/Edits, Appointments, Enrollments, Dispositions, and Means Test Information, or will display the above for a date range. |
K SDY S SDALL=1,(SDTYP,SDFLG)=6 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL |
K SDBEG,SDEND,SDFLG,SDLN,SDTYP,SDALL,VALMHDREND |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY INFO MENU |
menu |
|
This menu allows the user to display all time sensitive information. It will include Add/Edits, Appointments, Enrollments, Dispositions, and Mean Test Information. |
|
S VALMBCK="R" |
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE MENU |
menu |
|
This is the main menu for the Patient Profile. |
|
|
| ORS LAB INTERIM |
action |
|
This protocol prints interim labs for a user-specified time interval |
D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP |
|
| SDUL BLANK 2 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| SDUL BLANK 3 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| SDUL BLANK 4 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| SDUL BLANK 5 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| SDUL BLANK 6 |
action |
|
This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists. |
|
|
| SDAM APPT NO-SHOW |
action |
|
|
D EN^SDAMN |
|
| SDUL DISPLAY W/EXPAND |
menu |
|
This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility. |
|
|
| SDAM LIST NON-COUNT |
action |
|
This protocol will list only inpatient appointments. |
S X="NON-COUNT" D LIST^SDAM |
|
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
This allows a user to change the patient within the Patient Profile. |
D CHPT^SDPP |
|
| ORS VITALS REPORT |
action |
|
This protocol prints the SF511 vitals report for a time range |
D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP |
|
| SDUL BLANK 7 |
action |
|
|
|
|
| SDCO CLINIC APPT |
action |
|
This action permits the user to make an appointment for the patient from the check out menu. |
I $G(SDOE) D MC^SDCO5(SDOE,0,.SDCOMKF,.SDCOQUIT) |
K SDCOMKF,SDCOQUIT |
| SDCO CLASSIFICATION |
action |
|
This action permits the user to edit the classifications associated with appointments, add/edits and dispositions. |
D EN^SDCO2 |
|
| SDCO APPT CHECK OUT |
action |
|
This action permits the user to check out an appointment. |
D EN^SDCO1 |
|
| SDCO PROVIDER |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update the providers associated with appointments, add/edits and dispositions. |
D EN^SDCO3 |
|
| SDCO DIAGNOSIS |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update the diagnosis associated with appointments, add/edits and dispositions. |
D EN^SDCO4 |
|
| SDCO MENU |
menu |
|
This menu contains all the activities for the check out action. |
S:'$G(SDCOXQB) XQORM("B")="Interview" |
|
| SDCO DISCHARGE CLINIC |
action |
|
This action permits the user to discharge a patient from a clinic. |
D DC^SDCO7 |
|
| SDAM ADD EDIT |
action |
|
This action permits the user to add or edit a standalone encounter from the appointment management menu. |
D EN^SDAMBAE6 |
|
| SDCO PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update patient demographics. |
D PD^SDCO7 |
|
| ORS VITALS CUM REPORT |
action |
|
This protocol prints the vitals cumulative report for a time interval. |
D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP |
|
| SDCO INTERVIEW |
action |
|
This action permits the user to answer all questions related to a check out interview. |
D EN^SDCO6 |
|
| SDCO ADD EDIT NEW |
action |
|
This action permits the user to add or edit a standalone encounter from the check out menu. |
D EN1^SDAMBAE6 |
|
| SDAM RT MAS-RE-CHARGE |
action |
|
MAS application specific action for charging a chart to another borowwer. |
D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-RE-CHARGE") |
|
| SDCO CHECK OUT DATE |
action |
|
This action permits the user to change the check out date/time associated with an appointment. |
D CD^SDCO7 |
|
| SDAM PROVIDER |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update the providers associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. |
D CO^SDCOAM("PR","provider") |
|
| SDAM DIAGNOSIS |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update the diagnoses associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. |
D CO^SDCOAM("DX","diagnosis") |
|
| SDAM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS |
action |
|
This action permits the user to update patient demographics. |
D PD^SDCOAM |
|
| SDAM CLASSIFICATION |
action |
|
This action permits the user to edit the classifications associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. |
D CO^SDCOAM("CL","classifications") |
|
| SDAM DISCHARGE CLINIC |
action |
|
This action permits the user to discharge a patient from a clinic. |
D DC^SDCOAM |
|
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE CHANGE DATE |
action |
|
This allows a user to change the date range within the Patient Profile. |
D DATE^SDPPSEL,CHDT^SDPP |
|
| ORS BLOOD BANK |
action |
|
This protocol prints blood bank reports for the patient |
W !!,"Gets Patient Blood Bank Report." |
|
| SDAM DELETE CHECK OUT |
action |
|
This action permits the user to delete a check out. |
S SDPFSFLG=1 D DEL^SDCOAM |
K SDPFSFLG |
| SDAM RT MAS-FILL-NEXT |
action |
|
Allows clinics to re-charge charts to next clinic. |
D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-FILL-NEXT") |
|
| SDAM RT MAS-CHART-REQUEST |
action |
|
MAS application specific Record request. |
D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-CHART-REQUEST") |
|
| SDAM RT MAS-CHART-PROFILE |
action |
|
MAS application specific inquiry for viewing records. |
D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-CHART-PROFILE") |
|
| SDAM RT MENU |
menu |
|
This menu protocol contains the record tracking actions available on the Appointment Management and Check-Out screens. |
S XQORM(0)="1A" D FULL^VALM1 |
S VALMBCK="R" D HOME^%ZIS |
| IBDF SAVE/DISCARD BLOCK CHANGES |
action |
|
Allows the user to save the changes to the block he is currently editing. |
D DECIDE^IBDF5B |
|
| ORRP VERBAL |
action |
|
Display all verbal and telephoned orders. |
S ORPRES="13;VERBAL/PHONED ORDERS" |
|
| ORRP VERBAL UNSIGNED |
action |
|
Display all unsigned verbal and telephoned orders. |
S ORPRES="14;UNSIGNED VERBAL ORDERS" |
|
| DGJ IRT VIEW MENU |
menu |
|
|
S DGJTHFLG="VW" |
K DGJTHFLG |
| ORS ANATOMIC PATH REPORT |
action |
|
This protocol prints the anatomic pathology report for a patient |
W !!,"Gets ALL Anatomic Pathology Tests for Patient." |
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT ADD |
action |
|
This protocol is for adding dependents to means test. |
D EN1^DGDEP2 |
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT MENU |
menu |
|
This is used for the Means Test Dependents utility. |
|
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT CHILD |
action |
|
This protocol is used to edit the dependent demographic |
D EN3^DGDEP2 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT ADDDEP |
action |
|
This will allow the user to add a new dependent. |
D ADDEP^DGDEP4 |
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT DEMO |
action |
|
This allows the user the edit the dependent demographics. |
D EDITDEP^DGDEP4 |
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT EDIT |
action |
|
This allows the user to choose a specific dependent to edit |
D SEL^DGDEPU,RETDEP^DGDEP0,^DGDEPE |
K ^TMP("DGMTEP",$J) |
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT EFFECTIVE |
action |
|
This will allow the user to edit an effective date of a dependent |
D EN^DGDEP1 |
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT UTIL |
menu |
|
This is the utilities connected with mean test. |
|
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT REMOVE |
action |
|
This will allow the user to remove a dependent from the means test |
D EN2^DGDEP2 |
|
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT SPOUSE DEMO |
action |
|
This protocol will allow the user to edit spouse's demographics |
D EN^DGDEP4 |
S VALMBCK="R" |
| DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT DELETE |
action |
|
This allows a user to delete a dependent. |
D EN^DGDEP5 |
|
| SDPP PATIENT PROFILE PRINT ALL |
action |
|
This prints the patient profile. |
D ^SDPPRT |
|
| IB MEANS TEST BILLING |
extended action |
|
Means Test billing for ADT activity will be initiated through this option. |
D ^IBAMTD |
|
| IB MEANS TEST EVENT |
action |
|
This protocol will send a bulletin to billing when ever a change to a past means test may affect billing. |
D ^IBAMTED |
|
| IBACM ADD CHARGE |
extended action |
|
This extended protocol performs all actions for adding a charge. |
|
|
| IBACM1 MENU |
menu |
|
|
Q |
|
| IBACM ADD CHARGE ONE |
action |
|
This protocol adds a charge to the ib action file. |
D ADD^IBECEA1 |
|
| IBACM CANCEL CHARGE |
extended action |
|
Cancel an existing charge. |
S IBNOD(0)=XQORNOD(0) |
K IBNOD |
| IBACM CANCEL CHARGE ONE |
action |
|
Cancel a charge . |
D CAN^IBECEA1 |
|
| IBACM OP LINK |
action |
|
Automate OP billing via link to Scheduling |
D ^IBAMTS |
|
| IBACM PATIENT CHANGE |
action |
|
Change patient to search for Billable Events. |
D PAT^IBECEA |
D EXIT^IBECEA |
| IBACM UPDATE CHARGE |
extended action |
|
This extended protocol performs all actions for updating a charge. (Cancel previous charge, add new charge.) |
S IBNOD(0)=XQORNOD(0) |
K IBNOD |
| IBACM UPDATE CHARGE ONE |
action |
|
Update a charge (cancel previous charge, create a new one). |
D UPD^IBECEA1 |
|
| IBACM1 DATE CHANGE |
action |
|
Change range of dates to search for Billable Events. |
D DATE^IBECEA |
D EXIT^IBECEA |
| IBACM PASS CHARGE |
action |
|
This protocol passes a Category C charge to Accounts Recievable, resulting in a change in its STATUS. |
D PASS^IBECEA1 |
|
| IBDF PRINT MANAGER CLINIC SETUP |
action |
|
Allows the user to edit the setup used by the Print Manager in determining what forms to print for an appointment at the clinic level. |
D CLNCSUP2^IBDF11 |
|
| IBDF PRINT MANAGER DIVISION SETUP |
action |
|
Allows the user to edit the setup used by the Print Manager in determining what forms to print for an appointment at the division level. |
D DIVSUP2^IBDF11 |
|
| IB EXEMPTION EVENTS |
extended action |
|
This is the Integrated Billing Exemption Event driver. It is invoked every time an Pharmacy Co-pay Exemption is added. See routine IBARXEVT for details. |
|
|
| IBACM UPDATE EVENT |
action |
|
This menu protocol provides the user the tools needed to adjust the Means Test billing event record which is established for inpatient billing episodes. Normally, the event record does not need to be managed, but if the system crashes or a logical error occurs, it may be necessary to adjust this record. |
D EN^IBECEA5 |
|
| IBACME EVENT MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBACME CHANGE STATUS |
action |
|
This protocol may be used to open or close a Means Test Billing event record. If the record is opened, and the patient still admitted, Means Test billing will resume. If the patient has been discharged and the event record was left open, this action may be used to close the event record. |
D CS^IBECEA51 |
|
| IBACME LAST CALC |
action |
|
This action is used to adjust the last day that a patient was billing for the Means Test hospital or nursing home per diem charge. If an event record is open and the patient still admitted, the nightly compilation will start billing the patient on the day following the 'Last Calculated' date. |
D LC^IBECEA51 |
|
| IBDF EDIT SELECTION LIST MENU |
menu |
|
Displays all the selection groups defined for the list and provides a menu of actions for editing the contents of the list. |
|
|
| IBDF ADD GROUP |
action |
|
Adds a new group to the selection list. |
D ADDGRP^IBDF3 |
|
| IBDF EDIT GROUP HDR/ORDER |
action |
|
Allows a group to be selected. Then the header and print order can be edited. |
D EDITGRP^IBDF3 |
|
| IBDF EDIT GROUP'S SELECTIONS MENU |
menu |
|
Used to edit a group's selections. |
|
|
| IBDF ADD SELECTION |
action |
|
Adds a new selection to the selection list. |
D ADDSLCTN^IBDF4 |
|
| IBDF DISPLAY GRP'S SLCTNS FOR EDIT |
action |
|
Displays the group's selections and a menu of edit actions. |
D EDTSLCTN^IBDF3 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF CLINIC'S FORMS MENU |
menu |
|
Displays all of the forms used by a particular clinic. Allows the user to change the clinic setup, create new blank forms, copy forms, delete to change the clinic setup, create new blank forms, copy forms, delete |
|
|
| IBDF EDIT FORM |
action |
|
This protocol calls the list manager to display an encounter form. There is a menu of actions that allows the form description to be edited. |
D EDITFORM^IBDF6 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF DISPLAY TOOL KIT BLOCKS FOR ADDING |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a block from the tool kit and add it to the form. |
D ADD^IBDF7 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF MENU FOR EDITING DISPLAYED FORM |
menu |
|
Allows the user to edit the form. |
|
|
| IBDF SELECT TOOL KIT BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a block from the list of toolkit blocks. The block is then pasted to the form at a position given by the user. He can also change the header, size, and description of the block. |
D SELECT^IBDF7 |
|
| IBDF MENU FOR ADDING TOOL KIT BLOCK |
menu |
|
A menu of actions available in connection with adding a block from the tool kit to a form. |
|
|
| IBDF VIEW TOOL KIT BLOCK |
action |
|
|
D VIEWBLK^IBDF8 |
|
| IBDF EDIT SELECTION |
action |
|
Allows editing of an existing selection |
D EDIT^IBDF4A |
|
| IBDF DELETE SELECTION |
action |
|
Allows the user to choose existing selections for deletion. |
D DELETE^IBDF4A |
|
| IBDF MOVE BLOCK |
action |
|
Moves a block to any position on the form. |
D MOVE^IBDF5 |
|
| IBDF RESIZE BLOCK (WHILE EDITING FORM) |
action |
|
Allows the user to change the height and width of the block. |
D RESIZE^IBDF5 |
|
| IBDF DISPLAY FORM BLOCK FOR EDIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a block from the form for editing. |
D EDITBLK^IBDF5B |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF EDIT FORM BLOCK MENU |
menu |
|
A menu of actions the user can use to define what is inside a form block. |
|
|
| IBDF SELECTION LIST |
action |
|
Allows the user to create a new selection list, delete or edit an already existing one, or change the contents of a list. |
D LIST^IBDF9A |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF CREATE BLANK FORM |
action |
|
Creates a new blank form and allows the user to add it to the clinic setup. |
D NEWFORM^IBDF6A |
|
| IBDF COPY FORM |
action |
|
Allows the user to choose any form and and copy it, giving it a new name. He can then add it to the clinic setup. |
D COPYFORM^IBDF6A |
|
| IBDF ADD TO CLINIC SETUP |
action |
|
Allows the user to add a form to the clinic setup. |
D SETUP^IBDF6A |
|
| IBDF DELETE FROM CLINIC SETUP |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a form and deletes it from the clinic setup. |
D DSETUP^IBDF6C |
|
| IBDF DELETE A BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a block from the form and delete it. |
D DELETE^IBDF5 |
|
| IBDF RESIZE BLOCK (WHILE EDITING BLOCK) |
action |
|
This allows the user to change the height and width of the block while he is editing the block. |
D RESIZE^IBDF9 |
|
| IBDF EDIT NAME,HEADER,OUTLINE |
action |
|
Allows editing of the block header and outline type. |
D EDITBLK^IBDF9 |
|
| IBDF DATA FIELD |
action |
|
Allows the user to create a new data field or edit or delete an already existing one. |
D FIELD^IBDF9B |
|
| IBDF STRAIGHT LINE |
action |
|
Allows a straight line, either horizontal or vertical, to be created, deleted or edited. |
D LINE^IBDF9D |
|
| IBDF EDIT HEADER BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the form header to be edited |
D EDITHDR^IBDF9C |
|
| IBDF PRINT SAMPLE FORM |
action |
|
Allows a sample form, without patient information, to be printed. |
D PRINT^IBDF5B |
|
| IBDF DELETE FORM |
action |
|
Allows the user to delete a form. Deletion is not allowed if the form is in use by any clinic. In that case the form must first be deleted from the clinic setup, and then actually deleted using this action. This two step process is used to be on the safe side, since a form may be in use by more than one clinic. |
D DELFORM^IBDF6A |
|
| IBDF CREATE EMPTY BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to add a new empty block to the form. |
D NEWBLOCK^IBDF5C |
|
| IBDF TEXT AREA |
action |
|
Allows the user to specify text and a rectangular area on the block that the text should appear in. |
D TEXT^IBDF9E |
|
| IBDF CHANGE CLINIC |
action |
|
Allows the user to specify a different clinic. The setup for the new clinic will then be displayed. |
D CHNGCLNC^IBDF6 |
|
| IBDF EDIT FORM NAME/DESCR/SIZE |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a form, then edit its name, description, and size. |
D EDITFORM^IBDF6C |
|
| IBDF SHIFT BLOCK CONTENTS |
action |
|
The user can use this action to move the contents of a block. He can specify the type of object to shift, the area to be affected and the direction and distance of the shift. |
D SHIFT^IBDF10() |
D UNCMPBLK^IBDF19(IBBLK),IDXBLOCK^IBDFU4 |
| IBDF REDRAW FORM |
action |
|
Causes the form to be re-displayed. Should be used if it is suspected that the display is incorrect. This differs from the refresh action that comes with the List Processor in that the array which contains the list of form lines is re-built. |
D REDRAW^IBDF5C |
|
| IBDF TOOL KIT FORMS MENU |
menu |
|
Displays the tool kit forms. Allows the user to edit them, create new ones, etc. |
|
|
| IBDF DELETE TOOL KIT FORM |
action |
|
Allows the user to delete a form from the tool kit. |
D DELFORM^IBDF12 |
|
| IBDF EDIT TOOL KIT BLOCKS MENU |
menu |
|
Allows the user to edit tool kit blocks. |
|
|
| IBDF EDIT TOOL KIT BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to edit a tool kit block. |
D EDITBLK^IBDF13 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDF NEW TOOL KIT BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to create a new tool kit block. |
D NEWBLK^IBDF13 |
|
| IBDF DELETE TOOL KIT BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to delete a block from the tool kit. |
D DLTBLOCK^IBDF13 |
|
| IBDF COPY BLOCK INTO TOOL KIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to select any block and copy it into the tool kit. |
D COPYBLK^IBDF13 |
|
| IBDF COPY FORM BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows a block or page from any form to be selected and pasted to the current form. |
D COPY^IBDF5D |
|
| IBDF SHIFT BLOCKS |
action |
|
Allows the user to shift a group of blocks. The user is asked to specify a rectangular region where the shift should occur, the direction of movement and distance. |
D SHIFT^IBDF5 |
|
| IBDF QUIT |
action |
|
Quits to the prior level. |
|
S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBDE IMP/EXP MENU FOR FORMS |
menu |
|
The main menu of the import/export utility, which allows forms and tool kit blocks to be transferred between sites. |
|
|
| IBDE ADD FORM TO IMP/EXP WS |
action |
|
Allows the user to add a form to the IMP/EXP files. |
D ADD^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE DELETE FORM FROM IMP/EXP FILES |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a form in the imp/exp files and deletes it. |
D DELETE^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE DELETE IMP/EXP FILES |
action |
|
Deletes all of the imp/exp files (358 range). |
D DLTALL^IBDE2 |
|
| IBDE EDIT FORM'S IMP/EXP NOTES |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a form form from the imp/exp files, then allows the user to edit the imp/exp notes. |
D EDIT^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE VIEW FORM'S IMP/EXP NOTES |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a form from the IMP/EXP files, then displays the imp/exp notes. |
D VIEW^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE IMPORT FORM |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a form from the work space, then imports it. |
D IMPORT^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE IMP/EXP HELP |
action |
|
Displays help information about the import/export procedures that the user must follow. |
D HELP^IBDEHELP |
|
| IBDE EXECUTE DIFROM |
action |
|
Allows the user to execute ^DIFROM without leaving the imp/exp utility. |
D DIFROM^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE EXECUTE INITS |
action |
|
Allows the user to execute the inits without leaving the imp/exp utilities. |
D INITS^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE IMP/EXP MENU FOR BLOCKS |
menu |
|
The menu of actions that apply to tool kit blocks in the imp/exp files. |
|
|
| IBDE DISPLAY TK BLOCKS |
action |
|
Displays the list of tool kit blocks that are in the imp/exp files. |
D BLOCKS^IBDE1 |
|
| IBDE DELTE TK BLOCK FROM IMP/EXP FILES |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a TK block, then deletes it. |
D DELETE^IBDE3 |
|
| IBDE ADD BLOCK TO IMP/EXP WS |
action |
|
Allows the user to choose any block and adds it to the import/export files. |
D ADD^IBDE3 |
|
| IBDE EDIT BLOCK'S IMP/EXP NOTES |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a tool kit block from the imp/exp files, then allows him to edit the imp/exp notes. |
D EDIT^IBDE3 |
|
| IBDE VIEW BLOCK'S IMP/EXP NOTES |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a tool kit block from the imp/exp files, then allows him to view the imp/exp notes. |
D VIEW^IBDE3 |
|
| IBDE IMPORT TK BLOCK |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a tool kit block from the list, then imports it. |
D IMPORT^IBDE3 |
|
| IBDF CHANGE BLOCK TK ORDER |
action |
|
Allows the user to select a block from the tool kit, then change it's order. |
D CHGORDER^IBDF13 |
|
| IBCNSM CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBCNSM |
|
| IBCNSM VIEW PAT POLICY |
action |
|
|
D VP^IBCNSM1 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSM UPDATE ANNUAL BENEFITS |
action |
|
|
D AB^IBCNSM1 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSM UPDATE INS CO. |
action |
|
|
D EI^IBCNSM2 |
|
| IBCNSM PRINT WORKSHEET |
action |
|
|
D WP^IBCNSM1 |
|
| IBCNSM PRINT PATIENT INS |
action |
|
|
D PC^IBCNSM1 |
|
| IBCNSM VERIFY INS |
action |
|
|
D VC^IBCNSM2 |
|
| IBCNSC INS CO EDIT ALL |
action |
|
|
S IB("^")=0,IBY=",6," S VALMY=IBCNS D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC INS CO BILLING PARAMETERS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",1," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC INS CO MAIN MAILING ADDRESS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",2," D EA^IBCNSI |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC INS CO APPEALS OFFICE |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",4," D EA^IBCNSI |
S VALMBG=31 |
| IBCNSC INS CO INQUIRY OFFICE |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",5," D EA^IBCNSI |
S VALMBG=39 |
| IBCNSP EDIT POLICY INFO |
action |
|
|
D PI^IBCNSP11 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSP EDIT EFFECTIVE DATES |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=16 |
| IBCNSP VERIFY COVERAGE |
action |
|
|
D VC^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("VERIFY"),1) |
| IBCNSP SUBSCRIBER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D SU^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=$S($G(IB1ST("ID EDIT")):$G(IB1ST("ID"),24),1:24) |
| IBCNSP EMPLOYER INFO FOR CLAIMS |
action |
|
|
D EM^IBCNSP3 |
S VALMBG=24 |
| IBCNSP ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D AC^IBCNSP3 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("COMMENT"),1) |
| IBCNSP UR INFO |
action |
|
|
D IT^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=16 |
| IBCNSC INS CO CHANGE COMPANY |
action |
|
|
D CC^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC INS CO TELEPHONE |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",7," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
|
| IBCNSC INS CO REMARKS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",8," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("REM")) S:'VALMBG VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC INS CO SYNONYMS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",9," D EA^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("SYN")) S:'VALMBG VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSC INS CO (IN)ACTIVATE COMPANY |
action |
|
|
D AI^IBCNSC1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSM BENEFITS USED |
action |
|
|
D BU^IBCNSM2 |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSM ADD POLICY |
action |
|
|
D AD^IBCNSM3 |
|
| IBCNSM DELETE POLICY |
action |
|
|
D DP^IBCNSM1 |
|
| IBCNSA AN BEN POL INF |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB POL INF]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN OPT |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB OPT]") |
S VALMBG=15 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN INPT |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB INPT]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN MEN H |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB MEN H]") |
S VALMBG=15 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN HOME HEA |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB HOME HEA]") |
S VALMBG=29 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN HOSPC |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB HOSPC]") |
S VALMBG=29 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN USER INF |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB USER INF]") |
S VALMBG=37 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN ADD COM |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB ADD COM]") |
|
| IBCNSA AN BEN ED ALL |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB EDIT ALL]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN CH YR |
action |
|
|
D CY^IBCNSA2 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSP ANNUAL BENEFITS |
action |
|
|
D AB^IBCNSP1 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSP BENEFITS USED |
action |
|
|
D BU^IBCNSP1 |
I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSP EDIT ALL |
action |
|
|
D EA^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| ORB BLANK LINE11 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSM EDIT ALL |
action |
|
|
D EA^IBCNSM31 |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSC INS CO INPT CLAIMS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",3," D EA^IBCNSI |
S VALMBG=8 |
| IBCNSC INS CO OPT CLAIMS |
action |
|
|
S IBY=",10," D EA^IBCNSI |
S VALMBG=16 |
| IBCNSM INSURANCE MANAGEMENT |
menu |
|
This is the Primary Insurance Management option for IB v2.0 |
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSC INSURANCE CO |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=5 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSP POLICY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSA ANNUAL BENEFITS |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSM PATIENT INSURANCE |
menu |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNS EXIT |
action |
|
Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. |
D FASTEXIT^IBCNSM |
|
| IBCNSV ANNUAL BENEFITS |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| ORB BLANK LINE12 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNSV PATIENT INSURANCE |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSV VIEW EXP POL |
action |
|
|
D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW EXP POL") |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSV VIEW AN BEN |
action |
|
|
D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW AN BEN") |
|
| IBCNSV VIEW BEN USED |
action |
|
|
D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW BEN USED") |
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSV BENEFITS USED BY DATE |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSV POLICY MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSV INSURANCE CO |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSM VIEW INS CO |
action |
|
|
D VI^IBCNSM1 |
|
| IBCNSM VIEW NAT INS CO |
action |
|
|
D VN^IBCNSM1 |
|
| IBCNSM VIEW BENEFITS |
action |
|
|
D VB^IBCNSM1 |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE13 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBCNMS VIEW ALL DATA |
action |
|
|
D VA^IBCNSM1 |
|
| IBCNSM UPDATE POLICY |
action |
|
|
D EP^IBCNSM2 |
|
| IBCNSM UPDATE INS BENEFITS |
action |
|
|
D EB^IBCNSM2 |
|
| IBCNSD B USED POL INF |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU POL]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSD B USED OPT DED |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU OPT]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSD B USED INPT DED |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU INPT]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSD B USED ADD COM |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU ADD COM]") |
S VALMBG=15 |
| IBCNSD B USED CH YR |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W !! D CY^IBCNSD1 |
|
| IBCNSD B USED ED AL |
action |
|
|
D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU ED AL]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBCNSD BENEFITS USED BY DATE |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSA AN BEN REHAB |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB REHAB]") |
S VALMBG=29 |
| IBCNSA AN BEN IV MGMT |
action |
|
|
D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB IV MGMT]") |
S VALMBG=29 |
| IBCN NEW INSURANCE EVENTS |
extended action |
|
This event driver will be invoked whenever a new insurance type entry is created in the patient file. This is so that necessary actions can take place when a new insurance policy is added for a patient. |
|
|
| IBCN INSURANCE BULLETIN |
action |
|
This protocol will send a bulletin when ever new insurance policies are added and there is covered care that may now be billable. |
|
D ^IBCNSBL |
| IBTRE MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRE CHANGE PATIENT |
action |
|
|
D CP^IBTRE1 |
|
| IBTRE ADD TRACKING |
action |
|
|
D AT^IBTRE2 |
|
| IBTRE DELETE TRACKING |
action |
|
|
D DT^IBTRE1 |
|
| IBTRE EDIT REVIEWS |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRE1("IBT REVIEW EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRE QUICK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D QE^IBTRE1 |
|
| IBTRE COMMUNICATIONS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRE1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRE VIEW/EDIT TRACKING |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRE1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT TRACKING") |
|
| IBTRE DENIALS/APPEALS |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRE1("IBT APPEAL/DENIAL EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRE CHANGE DATE |
action |
|
|
D CD^IBTRE1 |
|
| IBTRED MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRED BILLING INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRED1("[IBT BILLING INFO]") |
S VALMBG=15 |
| IBTRED UR INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRED1("[IBT UR INFO]") |
S VALMBG=7 |
| IBTRED PRECERT INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRED1("[IBT PRECERT INFO]") |
S VALMBG=15 |
| IBTRED EDIT REVIEWS |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRED1("IBT REVIEW EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRED COMMUNICATIONS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRED1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR") |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE14 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBTRV MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRV QUICK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D QE^IBTRV1 |
|
| IBTRV PRE-CERT |
action |
|
|
D REV^IBTRV3(10,IBTRN) |
|
| IBTRV CONT STAY |
action |
|
|
D REV^IBTRV3(30,IBTRN) |
|
| IBTRV DELETE REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D DT^IBTRV1 |
|
| IBTRV EXPAND REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRV1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT REVIEW") |
|
| IBTRV COMMUNICATIONS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRVD1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR",1) |
D BLD^IBTRV |
| IBTRV COMPLETE REV |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRV1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]") |
|
| IBTRV URGENT ADM REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D REV^IBTRV3(20,IBTRN) |
|
| IBTRV DISCHARGE REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D REV^IBTRV3(40,IBTRN) |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE15 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBTRV DIAGNOSIS |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRV |
| IBTRV NEXT REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D NR^IBTRV2 |
|
| IBTRVD MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRVD REVIEW INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT REVIEW INFO]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBTRVD ADD COMMENTS |
action |
|
|
S IBDIF=1 D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT ADD COMMENTS]") |
D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=27 |
| IBTRVD STATUS CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]") |
S VALMBG=17 |
| IBTRVD SPEC UNIT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT SPECIAL UNIT]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBTRVD DIAGNOSIS UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=17 |
| IBTRVD INSURANCE ACTION |
action |
|
|
D IA^IBTRVD1(IBTRV) |
|
| IBTRVD COMMUNICATIONS EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRVD1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRVD REVIEW CRITERIA |
action |
|
|
D QE^IBTRVD1 |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBTRC MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRC ADD INS. ACTION |
action |
|
|
D AI^IBTRC1 |
|
| IBTRC DELETE INS. ACTION |
action |
|
|
D DT^IBTRC1 |
|
| IBTRC QUICK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D QE^IBTRC1 |
|
| IBTRC VIEW/EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRC1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT COMMUNICATIONS") |
|
| IBTRC APPEAL/DENIALS |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRCD1("IBT APPEAL/DENIAL EDITOR",1) |
D BLD^IBTRC |
| IBTRCD MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRCD INSURANCE INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT INSURANCE INFO]") |
S VALMBG=9 |
| IBTRCD ACTION INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT ACTION INFO]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBTRCD APPEAL INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT APPEAL INFO]") |
S VALMBG=15 |
| IBTRCD CONTACT INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT CONTACT INFO]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBTRCD COMMENT INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT COMMENT INFO]") |
S VALMBG=23 |
| IBTRCD EDIT PT. INS. |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRCD1("IBCNS VIEW PAT INS") |
|
| IBTRPR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRPR CHANGE DATE |
action |
|
|
D CD^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRPR QUICK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D QE^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRPR VIEW EDIT |
action |
|
|
D VE^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRPR STATUS CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D SC^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRPR UR REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRPR1("IBT REVIEW EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRPR INSURANCE ACTIONS |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRPR1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR") |
|
| IBTRPR CLAIMS TRACKING |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRPR1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT TRACKING") |
|
| IBTRPR REMOVE FROM LIST |
action |
|
|
D RL^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRD MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRD VIEW EDIT DENIAL |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRD1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT DENIALS") |
|
| IBTRD ADD APPEAL |
action |
|
|
D AA^IBTRD1 |
|
| IBTRD QUICK EDIT |
action |
|
|
D QE^IBTRD1 |
|
| IBTRD DELETE APPEAL/DENIAL |
action |
|
|
D DT^IBTRD1 |
|
| IBTRD VIEW INS. CO |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRD1("IBCNS INSURANCE COMPANY") |
|
| IBTRD PATIENT INS. EDIT |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRD1("IBCNS PATIENT INSURANCE") |
|
| ORB BLANK LINE16 |
limited protocol |
|
|
|
|
| IBTRDD MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRDD ACTION INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT ACTION INFO]") |
S VALMBG=1 |
| IBTRDD APPEAL INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT APPEAL INFO]") |
S VALMBG=9 |
| IBTRDD COMMENT INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT COMMENT INFO]") |
|
| IBTRDD CONTACT INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT CONTACT INFO]") |
S VALMBG=23 |
| IBTRDD EDIT PT. INS. |
action |
|
|
D NX^IBTRDD1("IBCNS PATIENT INSURANCE") |
|
| IBTRDD INSURANCE INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT INSURANCE INFO]") |
S VALMBG=17 |
| IBTRE ASSIGN CASE |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRE1("[IBT ASSIGN CASE]") |
|
| IBTRC ADD COMMENT |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRC1("[IBT COMMENT INFO]") |
|
| IBTRC SHOW SC CONDITIONS |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSC^IBTRC1 |
|
| IBTRE SHOW SC CONDITIONS |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSC^IBTRC1 |
|
| IBTRD SHOW SC CONDITIONS |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSC^IBTRD1 |
|
| IBTRPR SHOW SC CONDITIONS |
action |
|
|
D SHOWSC^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRPR PRINT WORKSHEET |
action |
|
|
D PW^IBTRPR1 |
|
| IBTRE DIAGNOSIS UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D DIAG^IBTRE1 |
D BLD^IBTRE |
| IBTRED DIAGNOSIS UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7 |
| IBTRCD DIAGNOSIS UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRCD |
| IBTRC DIAGNOSIS UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN),DRG^IBTRV2(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRC |
| IBTRE PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D PU^IBTRE1 |
D BLD^IBTRE |
| IBTRED PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7 |
| IBTRV PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRV |
| IBTRVD PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=17 |
| IBTRC PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRC |
| IBTRCD PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRCD |
| IBTRE PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D PRV^IBTRE1 |
D BLD^IBTRE |
| IBTRED PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7 |
| IBTRV PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRV |
| IBTRVD PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=17 |
| IBTRC PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRC |
| IBTRCD PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRCD |
| IBTRPR DIAGNOSIS UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D DIAG^IBTRPR2 |
|
| IBTRPR PROCEDURE UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D PU^IBTRPR2 |
|
| IBTRPR PROVIDER UPDATE |
action |
|
|
D PRV^IBTRPR2 |
|
| IBTRV ADD NEXT REVIEW |
action |
|
|
D ADNXT^IBTRV3(IBTRN) |
D BLD^IBTRV |
| IBTRC STATUS CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRC1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]") |
|
| IBTRCD STATUS CHANGE |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]") |
|
| IBTRPR HR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRPR IR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRE IR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRE HR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBCNSP INSURANCE CONTACT INF |
action |
|
|
D IC^IBCNSP1 |
S VALMBG=$G(IB1ST("CONTACT"),1) |
| IBTRE BILLING INFO |
action |
|
|
D EDIT^IBTRE1("[IBT BILLING INFO]") |
|
| IBDF ADD BLANK SELECTION |
action |
|
Allows the user to add a blank selection, i.e., a place holder that takes up space on the selection list but has no data that is displayed. |
D ADDBLANK^IBDF4A |
|
| IBDF ADD BLANK GROUP |
action |
|
Allows the user to add a group that has no displayable text - i.e., it is blank - serves to add space to the list. |
D ADDEMPTY^IBDF3 |
|
| IBDF FORMAT ALL SELECTIONS |
action |
|
Allows the user to format all the selections on the selection list all at once. |
D FORMAT^IBDF9A1 |
|
| IBDF FORMAT GROUP'S SELECTIONS |
action |
|
Allows the user to format in mass all the selections in the group. |
D FORMAT2^IBDF9A1 |
|
| IBDF VIEW FORM W/WO DATA |
action |
|
Allows the user to either view the form with or without data. When viewing with data the user must select a test patient. |
D VIEW^IBDF5C |
|
| IBTRE BI MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRED IR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
| IBTRED HR MENU |
menu |
|
|
|
I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q" |
